As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 13, 2011May 24, 2013

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

The Hillman Companies, Inc. The Hillman Group, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
5080 5080
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
23-2874736 31-1623179
(IRS Employer Identification No.) (IRS Employer Identification No.)

 

 

10590 Hamilton Avenue

Cincinnati, Ohio 45231-1764

(513) 851-4900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

James P. WatersDouglas D. Roberts

Chief Financial OfficerGeneral Counsel and Secretary

The Hillman Companies, Inc.

10590 Hamilton Avenue

Cincinnati, Ohio 45231-1764

(513) 851-4900

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

John C. Kennedy, Esq.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

(212) 373-3000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.    ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨  Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Smaller reporting company  ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)    ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)    ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of each class of securities to be registered Amount to be
registered
 Proposed maximum
offering price per share
 Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price
 Amount of
registration fee

10.875% Senior Notes due 2018

 $50,000,000 100% $50,000,000(1) $5,805(2)

Guarantees of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018

 N/A N/A N/A N/A(3)
 
 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Share

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

10.875% Senior Notes due 2018

 $65,000,000 100% $65,000,000 (1) $8,866.00 (2)

Guarantees of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018

 N/A N/A N/A N/A (3)

 

 

(1)Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act of 1933.
(2)The registration fee has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3)No additional consideration is being received for the guarantees and therefore no additional fee is required.

 

 

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Name

  State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization
  Primary
Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
  IRS
Employer
Identification
Number
 

Hillman Investment Company

  Delaware  5080   51-0385959  

All Points Industries, Inc.

  Florida  5080   65-0683513  

SunSub C Inc.

  Delaware  5080   43-1831418  

TAGWORKS, L.L.C.Hillman Group GP1, LLC

  ArizonaDelaware  39995080   56-264228446-1806701

Hillman Group GP2, LLC

Delaware508046-1831510

Paulin Industries Inc.

Delaware508034-1687883  

The address of each of the additional registrants is c/o The Hillman Companies, Inc., 10590 Hamilton Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio 45231-1764.


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 13, 2011MAY 24, 2013

PROSPECTUS

The Hillman Group, Inc.

Exchange Offer for $50,000,000$65,000,000

10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 and Related Guarantees

The Notes and the Guarantees

 

We are offering to exchange $50,000,000$65,000,000 of our outstanding 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 and certain related guarantees, which were issued on March 16, 2011February 19, 2013 and which we refer to as the initial notes, for a like aggregate amount of our registered 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 and certain related guarantees, which we refer to as the exchange notes. The exchange notes will be issued under anthe indenture dated as of May 28, 2010, as amended and supplemented on December 29, 2010, and April 1, 2011.2011, February 5, 2013 and February 19, 2013.

 

We previously issued $150.0$200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 pursuant to the same indenture as the notes offered for exchange hereby. On December 6, 2010 and December 7, 2011, we completed a registered exchange offeroffers with respect to these notes for a like principal amountamounts of registered notes, which we refer to as the existing notes and, together with the exchange notes, the notes. The exchange notes will constitute part of a single class of securities together with the existing notes and have the same terms as the existing notes except as otherwise provided herein.

 

The notes will mature on June 1, 2018. We will pay interest on the notes on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 20112013 in the case of the exchange notes, at a rate of 10.875% per annum, to holders of record on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15, as the case may be.

The notes are our senior unsecured obligations, rank equally in right of payment with all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior unsecured debt and rank senior in right of payment to all of our and all of the guarantors’ existing and future subordinated unsecured debt. The notes and the guarantees are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt. The notes and the guarantees are structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities, including trade payables, of each of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes. See “Description of Notes—Brief Description of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.”

Terms of the exchange offer

 

It will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2011,2013, unless we extend it.

 

If all the conditions to this exchange offer are satisfied, we will exchange all of our initial notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn for the exchange notes.

 

You may withdraw your tender of initial notes at any time before the expiration of this exchange offer.

 

The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your initial notes will be substantially identical to your initial notes except that, unlike your initial notes, the exchange notes will have no transfer restrictions or registration rights.

 

The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your initial notes are an addition to a relatively new issue of securities with no established market for trading.

Before participating in this exchange offer, please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” commencing on page 27.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for unregistered notes where those unregistered notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. To the extent any such broker-dealer participates in the exchange offer, we have agreed that for a period of up to 180 days we will use commercially reasonable efforts to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to such broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2011.2013.

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   1  

RISK FACTORS

   27  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   37  

USE OF PROCEEDS

   38  

CAPITALIZATION

   39  

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   40  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   43  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   4648  

THE TRANSACTIONS

   6772  

BUSINESS

   6973  

MANAGEMENT

   8489  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   8792  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

   104108  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

   105109  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

   106110  

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

   108112  

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

   117121  

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

   162167  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

   168173  

LEGAL MATTERS

   169174  

EXPERTS

   169174  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   170175  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-1  

 

 

MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER DATA

The data included in this prospectus regarding markets and ranking are estimates based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. We believe these estimates to be accurate as of their respective dates. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for our estimates or because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and other similar data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable. Neither we nor the initial purchaser can guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information contained in this prospectus.


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. Please review this prospectus in its entirety, including the risk factorssections entitled “Risk Factors”, “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements”, and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein,“Where You Can Find More Information”, before you decide to invest in the notes.

Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise, (i) the term “Hillman Group” refers to The Hillman Group, Inc., the principal operating subsidiary of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and the issuer of the notes; (ii) the term “Hillman” refers to theThe Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Group’s indirect parent and a guarantor of the notes; and (iii) the terms “we,” “us,” or “our” and the “Company” refer collectively to The Hillman Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The term “Initial Transactions” refers to, collectively, the Merger, the Bank Financing, the Equity Contribution, the Quick-Tag Acquisition, the offering of the existing notes and the use of proceeds therefrom (each as defined herein). The term “New Acquisition Transactions”“Paulin Acquisition” refers to the Serv-A-Lite Acquisition and the TagWorks Acquisition (each as defined herein). The term “Transactions” refers to, collectively, to the Initial Transactions and the New Acquisition Transactions.acquisition of H. Paulin & Co., Limited (“Paulin”) by Hillman.

The term “existing notes” refers to the $150.0$200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of ourHillman Group’s 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018.2018 previously issued under the same indenture as the initial notes and the exchange notes offered hereby. The term “initial notes” refers to the $65.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Hillman Group’s 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 that were issued on March 16, 2011February 19, 2013 in exchange for a like principal amount of temporary 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 issued on December 21, 2012 in a private offering, and the term “exchange notes” refers to theHillman Group’s 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 to be offered with this prospectus. The term “notes” refers to the existing notes and the exchange notes, collectively.

References to information being “pro forma” or “on a pro forma basis” means that the information gives effect to the Initial Transactions, as if they had occurred on January 1, 2010 or January 1, 2011, as applicable, for statement of operations and other operational data.

Company Overview

We are a leading value-added distributorone of fasteners, key duplication systems, keys, engrave-able tags, letters numbersthe largest providers of hardware-related products and signs, threaded rod, builder’s hardware and other hardware-related items primarilyrelated merchandising services to the retail marketmarkets in North America. We providehad net sales of $555.5 million in 2012. We sell our customersproducts to hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, pet supply stores, and other retail outlets principally in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Australia, Latin America and the Caribbean. Product lines include thousands of small parts such as fasteners and related hardware items; threaded rod and metal shapes; keys, key duplication systems and accessories; builder’s hardware; and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers, and signs. We support our product sales with value-added solutionsvalue added services including design and product category management services for our more than 60,000 stock keeping units (“SKUs”), including sourcing, logistics,installation of merchandising displays,systems and maintenance of appropriate in-store inventory level management and extensive in-store sales and service support. We believe that our value-added solutions and product category management services are difficult to replicate, resulting in significant competitive advantages and deeply entrenched customer relationships.levels.

We hold a leading position in all of our core product categories and have a strong history of new product introductions and acquisitions of complementary product lines. Our product mix encompasses low price-point consumer products that exhibit recession-resistant characteristics. We sell these products to a diverse customer base comprising hardware stores, home improvement centers, mass merchants, national and regional hardware stores, pet supply stores, and other retail outlets in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Latin America, the Caribbean and Australia. Our wide-ranging service offerings and dedicated 700approximately 850 person full-time sales force makes us a highly effective outsourcing solution for managing SKUstock keeping unit (“SKU”) intensive, low price-point hardware product categories.

 

The following charts illustrate the contribution to our net sales by product category and customer type and product category for the year ended December 31, 2010:2012(1):

LOGO

LOGO

(1)Our net sales by product category and customer type for the year ended December 31, 2012 do not reflect the Paulin Acquisition, which occurred in February 2013.

We have delivered strong financial results through economic cycles, even in difficult operating environments. For example, during the recessionary periods between 2008 and 2010, we generated significant free cash flow and exhibited relative stability in revenues, profitability and returns. Specifically, while our net sales declined 4.9% between 2008 and 2009 and we experienced a net loss of approximately $1.2 million in each of 2008 and 2009, our earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization adjusted for management fees, stock compensation, and other acquisition and integration related general and administrative costs (“Adjusted EBITDAEBITDA”) grew from $77.4 million to $83.3 million during the same period, representing a CAGRcompound annual growth rate of 7.6%. Our net sales increased from $458.2$506.5 million in 20092011 to $462.4$555.5 million in 2010.2012. We have grown our Adjusted EBITDA in 14 of the last 15 years. Our strong profitability, combined with the low capital intensity of the business, has resulted in attractive free cash flows and substantial deleveraging. Further, recent investments in demand forecasting software combined with the application of Lean vendor schedules have significantly improved inventory turns, reflecting the management’s focus on continuous improvement. We continue to demonstrate strong operating and financial performance by offering inexpensive consumer products with demand characteristics not significantly affected by macroeconomic uncertainty. Our commitment to value-added merchandising services and category management has also increased our customers’ reliance on us, thereby creating stability and predictability in our business model.

Products

Fasteners:Fasteners form the core of our product offerings with more than 40,00064,000 SKUs as of December 31, 2012 (prior to the Paulin Acquisition), which we believe represents one of the largest fastener selections among suppliers servicing the hardware retail segment in North America. Our fastener products are sold in numerous packaging configurations, resulting in a very high SKU count, sometimes numbering in the thousands for a single customer. This category includes standard and specialty nuts, bolts, washers, screws, anchors, and picture hanging items in a wide variety of materials and finishes, including steel, brass, chrome, nylon, stainless steel and galvanized steel for both indoor and outdoor use. We possess the scale and infrastructure to efficiently manage our customers’ entire supply chain, including sourcing, inventory management and merchandising for these products. The Serv-A-LiteIn 2013, we completed the Paulin Acquisition in which was completed on December 29, 2010, expanded our linewe acquired a leading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of specialty fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and electrical parts.retail hardware components.

Keys and Key Duplication:Accessories: Our key duplication business is largely driven by our own proprietary equipment that we design and manufacture in our Tempe, Arizona facility. Our “razor / razor blade” strategy is

based on providing these Hillman-owned machines to the merchant free of charge and the merchant typically purchases key blanks

from us. Key duplication systems are marketed under two brands: Axxess Precision Key Duplication System©, or Axxess, and the Hillman Precision Laser Key Program.Program™. We have a large installed base of over 14,30013,900 Axxess+® machines placed in North American retailers including Wal-Mart, Kmart, Sears, The Home Depot, Lowe’s Menards and CVS.Menards. We also have an exclusive strategic partnership with Barnes Distribution for the distribution of the proprietary PC+© Code Cutter to duplicate automobile keys based on a vehicle’s identification number. This program is marketed to automotive dealerships, auto rental agencies and various companies with truck and vehicle fleets. We have sold over 7,900 PC+ units and 8,1008,500 of the newer Flash Code Cutter units since their introduction. In conjunction with the TagWorks Acquisition, Hillman Group signed a definitive 17-year agreement with KeyWorks (as defined herein) to assign its patent-pending retail key program technology to Hillman Group. In addition, we also sell key machines to thousands of franchise hardware stores and independent retailers through the Hillman Precision Laser Key Program.Program™.

Engrave-able Tags:Engraving: Our engraving categoryQuick-Tag™ is largely based on Quick-Tag™, our patented, consumer-operated vending system that custom engraves specialty products such as pet identification tags, military-style identification tags, holiday ornaments and luggage tags. Using an interactive touch screen, customers input information such as a pet name and telephone number, and the system’s proprietary technology engraves the tag in less than two minutes. The Quick-TagQuick-Tag™ system does not require incremental labor at the point of sale and thus generates high levels of customer satisfaction and attractive margins for the retailer. We have placed approximately 2,700 Quick-Tagover 2,500 Quick-Tag™ machines in retail outlets throughout the United States and Canada, including at Wal-Mart and PETCO and inside theme parks such as Disney, Sea World and Universal Studios. In 2009,2010, we introduced the new FidoFIDO™ engraving system to PETCO. FidoFIDO™ combines an attractive consumer interface and improved engraving capability with an expanded tag offering. On March 16,We have placed approximately 1,000 FIDO™ systems in PETCO stores. In 2011, Hillman Groupwe completed the TagWorks Acquisition. TagWorksacquisition of TagWorks™. TagWorks™ provides innovative pet ID tag programs to leading pet products chain retailers using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pendingpatented technology, product portfolio, and off-board merchandising display. The TagWorks™ system utilizes laser printing technology and product portfolio.allows consumers to watch the engraving process. The off-board merchandising allows premium-priced tags to be displayed in store-front locations and is effective at increasing the average price per transaction.

Letters, Numbers and Signs (“LNS”): Our LNS product category includes individual and/or packaged letters, numbers, signs, safety related products (e.g. 911 signs), driveway markers, and a variety of sign accessories, such as sign frames marketed under the Hillman Sign Center brand. Through a series of strategic acquisitions, exclusive partnerships, and organic product development, we believe we offer retailers a significant offering in the LNS product category. In addition to our core product program, we provide value-added retail support including custom plan-o-grams and merchandising solutions.

Threaded Rod: Following our acquisition of The SteelWorks Corporation (“SteelWorks”) in 2006, weWe are now a leading supplier of threaded rod in the retail market in the United States. This categoryThe SteelWorks™ threaded rod product includes hot and cold rolled rod, both weldableweld-able and plated, as well as a complete offering of All-Thread rod in galvanized steel, stainless steel, and brass. Selected product applications include metal shelving, racking, grates and enclosures and braces for home improvement and light construction. The SteelWorksSteelWorks™ program is carried by many top retailers including Lowe’s, Menards, and Sears, and through cooperatives such as Ace and True Value.Hardware. We are also the primary supplier of threaded rod to many wholesalers throughout the country.

Builder’s Hardware: In 2007, we entered the residential Builder’s Hardware market by selling our newly developed product line to Canadian Tire, a Canadian retailer with 497 stores. The Builder’s Hardwarebuilder’s hardware category includes a variety of common household items such as coat hooks, door stops, hinges, gate latches, hasps and decorative hardware. We market the Builder’s Hardwarebuilder’s hardware products under the Hardware Essentials™ brand and provide the retailerretailers with an innovative merchandising solution. The additionHardware Essentials™ program utilizes modular packaging, color coding and integrated merchandising to simplify the shopping experience for consumers. Colorful signs, packaging and installation instructions guide the consumer quickly and easily to the correct product location. Hardware Essentials™ provides retailers and consumers decorative upgrade opportunities through the introduction of the Builder’s Hardware product line exemplifies our strategy of leveraging our core competencies to further penetrate customer accounts with new product offerings. In 2010, we expanded the placement of the Hardware Essentials line to customers including Sears, Fred Meyerhigh-end finishes such as satin nickel, pewter and Kent Building Supply.antique bronze.

 

Customers

Over the course of our 46-year49-year operating history, we have developed longstanding relationships with over 18,00020,000 active customer accounts as of December 31, 2012 (prior to the Paulin Acquisition), ranging from small local and regional hardware stores to large retail outlets with national footprints and mass merchants. We have a successful track record of generating high levels of customer satisfaction as a result of our uniquely tailored sales and service approach for each of these customer segments. Our customers demand a high level of expertise in managing point of purchase data, item profitability, inventory turns, retail pricing, merchandising capability and display management and we successfully manage these objectives on a daily basis. A measure of our effectiveness in partnering with our customers is the breadth and duration of the relationships we maintain with many of the largest and most respected retailers in North America. These longstanding relationships were developed through considerable sales force effort that we believe can notcannot be easily replicated. We serve three main customer segments: large retail chains with a national presence, traditional hardware stores and smaller regional retail chains.

National: National accounts include such retailers as Lowe’s, Home Depot, Wal-Mart, Tractor Supply, Sears, Menards and PETCO. For the year ended December 31, 2010,2012, Lowe’s was our single largest customer, representing approximately 24.3%21.6% of revenue, Home Depot was our second largest at approximately 11.7%11.6% of revenue and Wal-Mart was our third largest at approximately 7.8%6.9% of revenue. Our sales representatives play critical roles in helping retailers manage store inventory of up to 5,000 SKUs by frequently updating physical inventory availability in their computer systems to ensure optimal SKU replenishment, best-in-class merchandising and display maintenance on all fastener, key, LNS and builder’s hardware categories, and providing technical service and support for all engraving and key duplicating machines. Our status as a national supplier to major national retailers has allowed us to develop a strong competitive position within our product categories.

Traditional: Our traditional accounts consist of more than 13,000approximately 15,000 franchise and independent (“F&I”) retail outlets, which are typically members of larger cooperatives such as True Value, Ace Hardware, and Do-It-Best. The segment is divided into two divisions: Store Direct and Warehouse. Through Store Direct, we supply our products directly to independent hardware stores and provide in-store inventory management, product display and price implementation services. Through our Warehouse segment,division, we supply wholesalers, cooperatives and central warehouses such as True Value, Ace Hardware, and AceDo-It-Best that distribute to their member network and do not require our merchandising services. The Warehouse channel reduces logistics expenses for us while reducing central warehouse inventory and delivery costs for the cooperatives.

Regional: Our regional accounts are comprised of large multi-store chains that operate within regional marketing areas, such as Orchard Supply, 84 Lumber, Westlake Hardware, Orscheln Farm, and Valu Home Center. These customers operate similarly to our national accounts and have centralized purchasing managers. In order to effectively compete against the national retailers, regional chains have been challenged to develop unique niches to maintain and build customer loyalty. We have responded to these challenges by successfully working with regional customers to develop unique merchandising and product assortments that meet targeted customer needs.

Distribution Network and Supply Chain

Our customers are generally not equipped to, nor have a desire to handle the sourcing and merchandising of a vast number of low-priced SKUs without the benefit of the economies of scale that we enjoy. We provide a value-added distribution service by providing a wide breadth of products and services to our large-scale national customers on a regional or national basis that smaller competitors are unable to match. Our 335,700-square foot distribution center in Forest Park, Ohio, is the core of our distribution network, augmented by tentwenty-three additional regional distribution centers located strategically throughout the United States, Canada, Australia and Mexico.Mexico as of March 31, 2013. This distribution network provides customers with on-demand supply of over 60,000approximately

80,000 SKUs (prior to the Paulin Acquisition) and the efficiency of a 97.5%97.1% order fill rate. Our focus on service levels has enabled us to reduce our network inbound and outbound cycle times significantly, demonstrating the capability to receive and allocate products within two hours and pick, pack and ship orders within four hours.

We purchaseAs of December 31, 2012, we purchased our products from approximately 750427 vendors throughout the world. Our global sourcing strategy is focused on finding the highest quality products from reliable vendors at the lowest prices. This strategy has evolved into a highly efficient system comprised of multiple vendors supplying thousands of low-cost SKUs from multiple countries. Low-cost country sourcing, primarily from Taiwan, China, India and Malaysia, accountsaccounted for 41%43% of our total purchases as of December 31, 2012, the vast majority of which is for the Fastener product category. We continue to evaluate the cost benefits of sourcing from low-cost countries versus sourcing domestically, and expect our sourcing from low-cost countries to increase, creating opportunities for incremental margin improvement. Our vendor quality control procedures include on-site evaluations and frequent product testing, and we evaluate vendors based on delivery performance and the accuracy of their shipments. Our sourcing group is strategically aligned by product category to improve speed to market and to enhance category expertise.

LOGO

LOGO

 

(1)There is also a distribution center in Melbourne, Australia, which is not shown on the map.
(2)The MexicanMilton, Canada facilities support manufacturing operations exclusively.
(3)The Monterrey, Mexico distribution center is owned and operated by a third party logistics provider.

Sales and Service Organization

Our established customer relationships are a result of the multiple touch points that our representatives maintain with customers, and extend to purchasing managers, store management and senior executives. With approximately 700850 full-time dedicated national and regional sales and service representatives, serving over 18,000 accounts, we maintain close relationships with our customers and provide the highest level of customer service available in the industry. Our representatives regularly visit customer store locations to provide merchandisingvalue-added services, including high-value-addsuch as merchandising

design, in-store service and inventory management and in-store display and promotion development.management. The hands-on support and service offered by our representatives also provide us with multiple opportunities to sell additional products and further enhance existing relationships. As of December 31, 2012 (prior to the Paulin Acquisition), our national and regional sales and service representatives served over 20,000 accounts.

Competitive Strengths

We believe our key competitive strengths include:

Market Leader with Strong Positions in Attractive Growth MarketsMarkets.. We believe we are the market leader in served sales channels for all of our core product categories. Our strong growth over the last 1517 years has helped solidify our leading position in each of our business lines. Our leadership position has translated into

significant economies of scale that provide a unique competitive advantage in areas such as sourcing, logistics, inventory management, merchandising, customer service and information technology. We are actively expanding our geographic presence with share gains in Canada, Mexico, Australia, Latin American and Mexicothe Caribbean to complement our strong position in the United States. WeIn 2011, we were recently awarded the bulk fastener, picture hanging and key business for the Lowe’s/Woolworths joint venture in Australia. With the Paulin Acquisition in 2013, we acquired a leading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and retail hardware components. We believe we are well-positioned to establish ourselves as a leader in several new product categories due to our relationship with our existing customer base and distribution network.

 

Product Line

  Product
Category
Position
  2010 Revenue
($mm)
   

Highlights

Fastener

  #1  $258    

•   Distributes over 40,000 SKUs representing the most in-depth offering of low-cost Do-It-Yourself hardware products

 

•   Low per unit cost helps insulate end-user demand from economic cyclicality

 

•   Serv-A-Lite Acquisition

Key Duplication

  #1  $82    

•   Patent-protected industry-leading key duplication technologies

 

•   Growing installed base of over 14,300 Axxess+ machines in North America

 

•   Highly attractive profitability characteristics for both us and customers

 

•   New technology and new fashionable products represent significant growth drivers

 

•   Conventional key cutting systems sold to Traditional hardware stores

 

•   Assignment of patent-pending retail key program technology to us by KeyWorks

Engraving

  #1  $29    

•   Installed base of over 2,700 Quick-Tag self-service engraving machines

 

•   Growing opportunities with continued expansion in high traffic destinations—amusement parks, zoos, movie theaters, sporting venues

 

•   TagWorks Acquisition

LNS

  #1  $35    

•   Most widely used brand in the United States

 

•   Industry’s low-cost manufacturer

 

•   Capitalizes on existing distribution infrastructure

Threaded Rod

  #1  $30    

•   Acquired product line in 2006, making us the category leader

 

•   Complementary to our other product lines

Other

  —    $28    

•   Includes key accessories, automotive key duplication revenue, and initial revenue from Builder’s Hardware product line

Product Line

  Product
Category
Position
  2012 Revenue
($mm) (1)
   

Highlights

Fastener

  #1  $309    

•    Distributes approximately 64,000 SKUs (prior to the Paulin Acquisition), which management believes to be one of the largest selections among suppliers servicing the hardware retail segment

 

•    Low per unit cost helps insulate end-user demand from economic cyclicality

 

•    The Ook and Serv-A-Lite™ acquisitions expanded our line of picture hanging products, specialty fasteners and electrical parts

 

•    Paulin is a leading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and retail hardware components

Key Duplication

  #1  $87    

•    Patent-protected industry-leading key duplication technologies

 

•    Growing installed base of over 13,900 Axxess+ machines in North America

 

•    Highly attractive profitability characteristics for both us and customers

 

•    New technology and new fashionable products represent significant growth drivers

 

Product Line

  Product
Category
Position
  2012 Revenue
($mm) (1)
   

Highlights

      

•   Conventional key cutting systems sold to Traditional hardware stores

      

•   TagWorks™/KeyWorks collaboration is expected to provide an opportunity to develop a next generation consumer operated key duplicating system

Engraving

  #1  $49    

•   Installed base of over 2,500 Quick-Tag™ self-service engraving machines in the United States and Canada

 

•   Growing opportunities with continued expansion in high traffic destinations—amusement parks, zoos, movie theaters, sporting venues

 

•   TagWorks™ provides innovative pet ID tag programs to leading pet products chain retailers

Letters, Numbers and Signs

  #1  $32    

•   Most widely used brand in the United States

 

•   Industry’s low-cost manufacturer

 

•   Capitalizes on existing distribution infrastructure

Threaded Rod

  #1  $33    

•   Acquired product line in 2006, making us the category leader

 

•   Complementary to our other product lines

Builder’s Hardware

  —    $16    

•   Includes a variety of common household items such as coat hooks, door stops, hinges, gate latches, hasps and decorative hardware

 

•   Exemplifies our strategy of leveraging core competencies to further penetrate customer accounts with new product offerings

Other

  —    $29    

•   Includes key accessories, automotive key duplication revenue, and revenue from Code Cutter

(1)Our 2012 revenue does not reflect the Paulin Acquisition in February 2013.

Source: Hillman management estimates.

Core Competencies Create Competitive AdvantagesAdvantages.. The complexity associated with the procurement, distribution, stocking and merchandising of 40,000approximately 64,000 SKUs (prior to the Paulin Acquisition) in our fastener category makes direct sourcing by customers a difficult task; one that we believe we deliver with excellence. While the SKU count that we supply is high relative to our customers’ total SKU count, our customers’ decision not to source directly is typically influenced by the relatively low percentage of their revenue that our products represent. We also benefit as the exclusive supplier for many product lines across a customer’s entire store footprint.

Our installed base of more than 14,30013,900 Axxess+ systems and 2,700 Quick-Tag2,500 Quick-Tag™ engraving machines in North America creates significant switching costs in our key duplication and engraving product categories. Our

patent-protected equipment would be expensive to replace given the aggregate high value of our current installations. Moreover, high merchandise display costs in each customer store make displacing us time consuming and expensive.

Finally, as evidenced by our 97.5%97.1% order fill rate, our ability to consistently meet the highly demanding customer service and procurement requirements of sophisticated national retailers such as Wal-Mart, Kmart, Sears, Lowe’s, The Home Depot and Wal-MartMenards represents a competitive advantage. We are able to successfully utilize our distribution capabilities to meet such customers’ just-in-time inventory requirements throughout their entire footprint in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Australia, Latin America and Mexico.the Caribbean. Such distribution capabilities, coupled with our highly differentiated service oriented business model and long-term customer relationships enhance our competitive position.

Long-Term Customer RelationshipsRelationships.. We maintain longstanding relationships, with an average of 1314 years for our top eight customers, with many of the largest and most respected retailers in North America. Our long-term customer relationships provide revenue stability and a platform for sustainable growth, and are driven by our unique operating model, unmatched service capabilities and our sales force’s desire to be the preferred supplier and valued partner to our customers. We have historically been successful in adding new products to our existing customers by leveraging our supply chain and adopting a focused sales approach. With approximately 700850 full-time dedicated national and regional sales and service representatives, serving approximately 18,000 customers, we have established strong institutional relationships with our customers while providing superior customer service. As of December 31, 2012 (prior to the Paulin Acquisition), our national and regional sales and services representatives served over 20,000 accounts.

Highly Diversified and Stable Product CategoriesCategories.. We provide a comprehensive selection of fasteners and related hardware products to the retail channel with over 60,000 SKUs.approximately 80,000 SKUs (prior to the Paulin Acquisition). The items within our product categories possess highly attractive end-user demand attributes, drive traffic through our retail partners and, importantly, generate high margins for both us and our customers. We believe that end-user demand for our products exhibit price inelastic and recession-resistant characteristics: whether a small package of fasteners for a small repair project or a key requiring replacement or a tag for a new pet, macroeconomic conditions do not tend to materially influence the purchasing decision. This is illustrated by our strong operating performance during periods of economic weakness. Lastly, the depth and breadth of our product categories ensure a wide product selection for end-users, which enhances store foot traffic, minimizes lost or missed sales and improves merchant profitability.

Comprehensive Service OfferingOffering.. Our representatives regularly visit store locations to provide merchandising services, including highly valued in-store inventory management and in-store display and promotion development. The quality of our service force has been instrumental in developing our strong and long standing relationships with customers. Our sales representatives are today one of the only factory service groups providing regular services in many national retailer’s stores. This hands-on service and support also offers opportunities to sell additional products and further solidify existing relationships. We are often the exclusive supplier of our product categories to the customer’s entire store footprint, creating additional efficiencies in distribution and management.

Robust Sales and Operations Planning and ReportingReporting.. We have developed and implemented an integrated sales and operations planning (“S&OP”) group through which our leadership team consistently

achieves focus, alignment and synchronization among all functions of the organization. The S&OP group is organized by market channel to improve forecasting accuracy and create product level information by customer group. The integration and synchronization of customer purchasing needs to the manufacturing process in Asia provides suppliers with 26 weeks of demand forecasts with weekly shipping schedules. In addition, our dedicated internal monthly reporting packages provide our management with timely reports on key performance indicators,

income and expense items and balance sheet metrics including snapshots of product and customer sales, margins and profits, working capital and detailed MD&A and management briefs on strategic initiatives. The reporting packages also provide information on budgeted financials compared to actual results by customer and product segments, which facilitate executive level monthly meetings to manage operations effectively.

National Distribution Network and Supply Chain EfficiencyEfficiency.. Our distribution infrastructure forms the centerpiece of our unique selling proposition and provides us with a significant competitive advantage. Our elevenIncluding the Paulin Acquisition, our twenty-four strategically located distribution centers in the United States, Canada, Australia, and Mexico, covering over 1.22.0 million square feet of space, enable us to maintain a 97.5%97.1% order fill rate and ship orders to customers in less than 30within 48 hours. Our highly efficient and technologically advanced 335,700 square foot distribution center in Forest Park, Ohio, where the majority of our products are received, is the hub of our distribution network. This highly sophisticated network, which utilizes pick-to-light and radio frequency technologies, enables us to effectively manage the vast number of SKUs, a task our customers and competitors are unable to replicate efficiently. We believe we could meaningfully increase our sales within our current facility footprint and have identified potential for further capacity expansion through Lean initiatives. By managing multiple product sources in multiple countries and supplying products and services to thousands of retailers nationwide, we provide a highly differentiated value-added distribution service.

Proven and Economically Aligned Management TeamTeam.. Our senior management team has a broad range of expertise with an average of over 21approximately 13 years of experience at Hillman. Our senior management team represents a solid mix of tenured employees with long careers at Hillman, augmented by new management talent from large, well-respected organizations. Our current management team has driven our highly effective business strategy over a long period, leading to our strong operating and financial performance over that time period. Furthermore, members of our management team invested an aggregate of $12.5 million in connection with the Mergeracquisition of 100% of the capital stock of Hillman by OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. pursuant to equity rollover agreements.

Strong Equity OwnershipOwnership.. Oak Hill Capital Partners (as defined herein) is a private equity firm managing funds with more than $8 billion of committedinitial capital commitments from leading entrepreneurs, endowments, foundations, corporations, pension funds and global financial institutions. Over a period of more than 2425 years, the professionals at Oak Hill Capital Partners and its predecessors have invested in more than 6070 significant private equity transactions. Central to Oak Hill Capital Partners’ management strategy with respect totransactions across broad segments of the Hillman investment are Senior Advisers, some of whom have experience in the retail, consumer productsU.S. and distribution industry.global economies. Oak Hill Capital Partners applies an industry-focused, theme-based approach and its Senior Advisers are actively engaged board members, workingengages experienced operating consultants to work directly with our management teamteams to implement Hillman’s strategic and operational initiatives. Oak Hill Capital Partners is one of two independently managed firms (which may work together from time to time) that operate with the Oak Hill name and invest in various asset classes, including equity and debt securities.

Strategy

We intend to continue to expand our business, enhance our market position and increase our revenues and cash flow by focusing on the following:

Focus on Incremental Penetration of Existing CustomersCustomers:: Meaningful opportunity exists for expansion of our current product offerings to our existing customers. Increased penetration of the fastener, key duplication threaded rod and builder’s hardware product lines to some of our largest customers presents a significant growth opportunity. We plan to increase our product penetration by leveraging our existing supply chain in conjunction with innovative sales and merchandising programs and a focused sales approach with existing customers.

Add New Products to Expand Existing Customer RelationshipsRelationships:: We have historically been successful in adding new products to our existing portfolio, both through organic initiatives as well as acquisitions, by seeking

product expansion opportunities that are complementary to the existing portfolio and that can be marketed

through our existing sales force. The success of our new product introductions is reflected in the evolution of our diverse product portfolio. For example, the revenue contribution of our non-Fastener product lines has increased from approximately $4.9 million in 1996 to approximately $204$246.0 million in 2010.2012. We introduced our Threaded Rod product line in 2006 and added the Builder’s Hardware product line in 2007. In 2013, we added fluid system products, automotive parts, and additional hardware components to our product portfolio with the Paulin Acquisition. Significant additional opportunities exist for further growth through product line expansion.

Enhance Growth Through Footprint Expansion of Major CustomersCustomers:: We believe that we are the exclusive provider of our core products to most customers and we believe we are well positioned to secure aisle space for such products when these customers open new stores. It is anticipated that customers in our National and Regional segment will continue to open new stores in the coming years, providing us with a “built-in” organic growth opportunity. Store openings by Big Box (“Big Box”)big box chains (defined as mass merchants, home centers, and large-format grocery/drug centers), are expected to gain momentum should the retailing environment improve in step with a general economic recovery.

Continue Our International GrowthGrowth:: We have expanded into Canada, Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and Australia in recent years, and believe we are well-positioned to expand even further into these and potentially into other international markets. We typically follow the international footprint expansion of our National accounts, including The Home Depot and Lowe’s. For example, The Home Depot’s entry into the Mexican market early in the decade and its subsequent expansion to 85101 stores currently provides us with a strong “built-in” growth platform in Mexico. Our distribution centers in Canada and Mexico also provide crucial support to our international customers. We continue to seek international expansion through new customers, increased penetration of existing customers, continued footprint expansion of current customers, and launch of new products. We recently began doing business in Australia and our first sales are expectedwere reported in the third quarter of 2011.

Focused on Increased Operating EfficienciesEfficiencies:: We will continue to focus on enhancing our operating efficiency, including working capital management and effectively managing our cost structure. We intend to expand our implementation of Lean initiatives throughout the organization, providing potential for enhanced profitability and more efficient inventory management. Our focus will include improved sourcing capabilities, expanded Asian sourcing and distribution, potential rationalization of our distribution center network, and greater manufacturing efficiencies in selected facilities.

Pursue Tuck-In Acquisition OpportunitiesOpportunities:: We have demonstrated a strong track record of successfully acquiring and integrating acquisitions, and plan to continue to selectively pursue tuck-in acquisitions. Over the past 1517 years we have completed 1215 acquisitions, allowing us to expand our product portfolio with existing customers and enter new markets. Our long-tenured management team, which has participated in the integration of these acquisitions, is well versed in identifying and realizing synergies through effective integration. Notable recent acquisitions include the Threaded Rod distribution business of SteelWorks in January 2006, the Quick-Tag Acquisition (as defined herein),Quick-Tag™ acquisition in May 2010, the Serv-A-Lite Acquisition (as defined herein)Serv-A-Lite™ acquisition in December 2010, the TagWorks™ acquisition in March 2011, the Ook acquisition in December 2011, and the TagWorksPaulin Acquisition (as defined herein).in February 2013. The SteelWorks acquisition strengthened our relationships with national retailers and provided us with another product category in which we now hold a leadership position. The Serv-A-Lite Acquisition strengthensServ-A-Lite™ acquisition strengthened Hillman’s position in specialty fasteners and electrical parts to hardware retailers. The TagWorks Acquisition strengthens Hillman’s positionTagWorks™/KeyWorks collaboration is expected to provide an opportunity to develop a next generation consumer operated key duplicating system. The Ook brand’s excellence in the engraving business and expands its technology portfolio.

Initial Transactions

Simultaneously with the issuance of the existing notes, OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Purchaser”), acquired 100% of the capital stock of Hillman for aggregate consideration of $832.7 million (including the assumption of $105.4 million, which represents the liquidation value of the Trust Preferred Securities (as defined herein), of junior subordinated debentures of Hillman issued to the Hillman Group Capital Trust (“Hillman Trust”) that remained outstanding immediately after the acquisition and excludes related fees, expenses and other related payments). As a result, Hillman became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Purchaser.

In the Merger (as defined below), all of the outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock of Hillman, and all of the outstanding options to purchase such shares (other than shares of common stock contributed to the Purchaser as part of the Equity Contribution and dissenting shares), were converted into the right to receive an aggregate of $370.2 million in cash consideration. In connection with the acquisition, we repaid our existing senior term loan (including our interest rate swap with respect thereto) and subordinated notes and redeemed or purchased all of the outstanding shares of preferred stock of Hillman Investment Company, our direct parent and a guarantor of the notes (“Hillman Investment”), and stock options in respect of such preferred stock, for an aggregate of $322.9 million. We refer to all of the transactions referenced in this and the immediately preceding paragraph collectively as the “Merger.”

Immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger, affiliates of OHCP III (as defined below) and certain members of our management contributed an aggregate of $308.6 million in cash and shares of common stock of Hillman to the Purchaser in exchange for shares of common stock of the Purchaser. We refer to this transaction as the “Equity Contribution.”

In connection with the Merger, we issued $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 in a private placement, pursuant to the same indenture as the notes offered for exchange hereby. On December 6, 2010, we completed a registered exchange offer with respect to these notes for a like principal amount of registered notes, which we refer to as the “existing notes.” Upon completion of this exchange offer, the exchange notes will trade with our existing notes.

In addition, simultaneously with the Merger and the issuance of the existing notes, we entered into $320 million of new senior secured credit facilities consisting of a $290 million term loan and a $30 million revolving credit facility. We refer to this transaction as the “Bank Financing.”

Concurrently with the closing of the Merger, we closed our acquisition from Quick-Tag Holdings and Quick-Tag, Inc. to purchase therefrom the license and all patents related to the Quick-Tag product for a purchase price of $11.5 million. We refer to this acquisition as the “Quick-Tag Acquisition.” We used a portion of our borrowings under our term loan to finance the Quick-Tag Acquisition.

At closing of the Merger, we borrowed the full amount under the term loan facility and used such proceeds, the proceeds of the Equity Contribution and the proceeds from the offering of the existing notes (the “Initial Closing”) to fund the cash consideration in the Merger, to fund the repayment of our existing senior term loan and our outstanding subordinated notes and the redemption or purchase of the outstanding shares of preferred stock of Hillman Investment and stock options in respect of such preferred stock, to fund the Quick-Tag Acquisition and to pay related fees, expenses and other related payments.

As used in this prospectus, the term “Initial Transactions” means, collectively, the Merger, the Bank Financing, the Equity Contribution, the Quick-Tag Acquisition and the offering of the existing notes and the use of proceeds therefrom.

New Acquisition Transactions

On December 29, 2010, Hillman Group acquired Serv-A-Lite Products, Inc. (“Serv-A-Lite”), an East Moline, Illinois based distributor of residential fasteners and related products (the “Serv-A-Lite Acquisition”). Since its establishment in 1979, Serv-A-Lite has developed into a major supplier of fasteners and ‘hard to find’ parts to the retail hardware market. Serv-A-Lite’s excellence inpicture hanging specialty fasteners and electrical parts strengthenscategory strengthened our position of providing value-added products and services to home centers and hardware retailers. On March 31, 2011, Serv-A-Lite was merged withIn the Paulin Acquisition, we acquired a leading Canadian distributor and into Hillman Group, with Hillman Group as the surviving entity.manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and retail hardware components.

 

Recent Developments

On March 16, 2011,February 19, 2013, pursuant to the terms of the previously announced plan of arrangement dated as of December 17, 2012 (the “Arrangement Agreement”), Hillman Group acquired all of the membership interests in TAGWORKS, L.L.C. (“TagWorks”issued and outstanding Class A common shares (the “Shares”), of Paulin and Paulin became an Arizona limited liability companyindirect wholly owned subsidiary of Hillman (the “TagWorks“Paulin Acquisition”) for an initial purchase price of approximately $40.0 million in cash.. On March 31, 2013, Paulin was amalgamated with and into The closing purchase price is subject to post closing adjustments for certain changes in indebtedness and working capital of TagWorks and certain transaction expenses, in each case as provided in the purchase agreement. In addition, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions, Hillman Group will pay additional considerationCanada ULC.

Paulin is an Ontario, Canada-based distributor and manufacturer of $12.5 million to the sellersfasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and screw machine components. Paulin’s manufacturing processes include Cold Heading, Nut Forming, Metal Stamping, Screw Machine, Adhesive Coating and Packaging. The industries served by Paulin include automotive, industrial, retail hardware, and agricultural. All manufacturing facilities are located in Ontario, Canada, while Paulin’s distribution facilities are located in Vancouver, Edmonton, Winnipeg, Toronto, Montreal, Moncton and Cleveland, Ohio. Paulin supplies over 75,000 different SKUs of TagWorks on October 31, 2011,standard fasteners and an additional earn-out payment of up to $12.5 million in 2012. Founded in 2007, TagWorks provides innovative pet ID tag programs to a leading pet products chain retailer using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pending technology and product portfolio. In conjunction with this agreement, Hillman Group entered into a license agreement with KeyWorks-KeyExpress, LLC (“KeyWorks”), a company affiliated with TagWorks, to assign its patent-pending retail key program technology to Hillman Group and to continue to work collaboratively with us to develop next generation key duplicating technology. In connection with the KeyWorks license agreement, Hillman Group is required to pay an annual royalty fee equal to the greater of $500,000 or 25% of the incremental revenue earned from the deployment of KeyWorks technology to Hillman Group’s retail customers.fittings.

In connection with the closing of the TagWorksPaulin Acquisition, Hillman Group also closedmandatorily exchanged all of its offeringpreviously offered $65.0 million aggregate principal amount of temporary 10.875% Senior Notes issued under an indenture dated as of December 21, 2012 by issuing in exchange therefor a like aggregate amount of the initial notes. As used in this prospectus,The initial notes so issued constituted an additional issuance of Hillman Group’s 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 pursuant to that certain indenture, dated as of May 28, 2010, as amended and supplemented on December 29, 2010, April 1, 2011, February 5, 2013 and February 19, 2013, between Hillman Group, the term “New Acquisition Transactions” refers to the Serv-A-Lite Acquisitionguarantors party thereto and the TagWorks Acquisition.trustee, under which Hillman Group previously issued $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its existing notes.

As used in this prospectus,On May 20, 2013, Hillman Group purchased an interest rate cap agreement (the “2013 Cap Agreement”) with a two-year term for a notional amount of $225.0 million. The effective date of the term “Transactions” means, collectively, the Initial Transactions2013 Cap Agreement is May 28, 2013 and the New Acquisition Transactions.its termination date is May 28, 2015. The 2013 Cap Agreement provides for a cap strike price of 1.250% and a floating rate option of 3 months USD-LIBOR-BBA.

On May 23, 2013, Hillman announced that Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer James P. Waters will succeed Max W. Hillman as Chief Executive Officer, effective July 1, 2013. Mr. Waters, who had previously served as Chief Financial Officer of Hillman, joined Hillman’s Board of Directors, effective May 23, 2013.

 

Corporate Structure

The following chart summarizes our legal entity structure after consummationas of the Transactions:

LOGOMarch 31, 2013:

 

LOGO

Equity Sponsor

On May 28, 2010, Hillman was acquired by an affiliate of Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and, Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectivelyL.P (together, “OHCP III”) are, and certain members of Hillman’s management and board of directors (the “Merger”). OHCP III is managed by Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC (“OHCM”, and together with the funds it manages, including OHCP III, and other private equity funds managed by OHCM, “Oak Hill Capital Partners” or “OHCP”). Oak Hill Capital Partners is a private equity firm managing funds with more than $8 billion of committedinitial capital commitments from leading entrepreneurs, endowments, foundations, corporations, pension funds and global financial institutions. Over a period of more than 2425 years, the professionals at Oak Hill Capital Partners and its predecessors have invested in more than 6070 significant private equity transactions.transactions across broad segments of the U.S. and global economies. Oak Hill Capital Partners applies an industry-focused, theme-based approach and engages experienced operating consultants to work directly with management teams to implement strategic and operational initiatives. Oak Hill Capital Partners’ equity investment in Hillman was made from its current fund, OHCP III, which has $3.8 billion of committedinitial capital and had its final close in February 2009. Oak Hill Capital Partners seeks to invest in middle-market companies with strong fundamentals, favorable competitive positions, attractive growth prospects and experienced management teams. Oak Hill Capital Partners invests across the broad segments of the U.S. and global economies with an industry-focused, theme-based approach.commitments. Oak Hill Capital Partners is one of several independenttwo independently managed firms (which are not under common control, but may work together from time to time) operatingthat operate with the Oak Hill name and investinginvest in various asset classes, including equity and debt securities and real estate. Each firm has a dedicated and independent management team.securities.

Additional Information

Each of Hillman and Hillman Investment is a holding company whose assets consist solely of the equity securities of its subsidiaries. Hillman Group is a direct subsidiary of Hillman Investment and an indirect subsidiary of Hillman, and is our principal operating subsidiary. Each of Hillman, Hillman Investment and Hillman Group is a Delaware corporation.

Our headquarters are located at 10590 Hamilton Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio.Ohio 45231-1764 and our telephone number is (513) 851-4900. We maintain a website at http://www.hillmangroup.com. Information contained or linked on our website is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

 

Summary of the Exchange Offer

In this subsection, “we,” “us” and “our” refer only to The Hillman Group, Inc., as issuer of the notes, exclusive of The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company and our subsidiaries.

 

Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange $50,000,000$65,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our exchange notes for a like aggregate principal amount of our initial notes. In order to exchange your initial notes, you must properly tender them and we must accept your tender. We will exchange all outstanding initial notes that are properly tendered and not validly withdrawn.

 

 The exchange notes constitute an additional issuance of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 pursuant to our indenture dated as of May 28, 2010, as amended and supplemented on December 29, 2010, and April 1, 2011, February 5, 2013 and February 19, 2013, under which the existing notes were previously issued. Upon completion of this exchange offer, the exchange notes will trade with our existing notes.

 

Expiration Date

This exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 20112013 unless we decide to extend it.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

We will complete this exchange offer only if:

 

there is no change in the laws and regulations which would impair our ability to proceed with this exchange offer;

 

there is no change in the current interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) permitting resales of the exchange notes; and

 

there is no stop order issued by the SEC that would suspend the effectiveness of the registration statement which includes this prospectus or the qualification of the exchange notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

 

 Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

 

Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes

To participate in this exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal or its facsimile and transmit it, together with your initial notes to be exchanged and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange agent, at its address indicated under “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.” In the alternative, you can tender your initial notes by book-entry delivery following the procedures described in this prospectus. For more information on tendering your notes, please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes.”

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are a beneficial owner of initial notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your initial notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your initial notes and you cannot get the required documents to the exchange agent on time, you may tender your notes by using the guaranteed delivery procedures described under the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes—Guaranteed Delivery Procedure.”

 

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw the tender of your initial notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. To withdraw, you must send a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent at its address indicated under “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent” before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.

 

Acceptance of Initial Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes

If all the conditions to the completion of this exchange offer are satisfied, we will accept any and all initial notes that are properly tendered in this exchange offer on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We will return any initial note that we do not accept for exchange to you without expense promptly after the expiration date. We will deliver the exchange notes to you promptly after the expiration date and acceptance of your initial notes for exchange. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Acceptance of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes.”

 

Federal Income Tax Considerations Relating to the Exchange Offer

Exchanging your initial notes for exchange notes will not be a taxable event to you for United States federal income tax purposes. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Federal“Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Exchange Agent

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is serving as exchange agent in the exchange offer.

 

Fees and Expenses

We will pay the expenses related to this exchange offer. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Fees and Expenses.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. We are making this exchange offer solely to satisfy certain of

our obligations under our registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the offering of the initial notes.

 

Consequences to Holders Who Do Not Participate in the Exchange Offer

If you do not participate in this exchange offer:

 

except as set forth in the next paragraph, you will not necessarily be able to require us to register your initial notes under the Securities Act;

 

you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer your initial notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, registration under the Securities Act; and

 

the trading market for your initial notes will become more limited to the extent other holders of initial notes participate in the exchange offer.

 

You will not be able to require us to register your initial notes under the Securities Act unless:

 

the exchange offer is not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy;

 

you are prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offer;

 

you may not resell the exchange notes you acquire in the exchange offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by you; or

 

you are a broker-dealer and hold initial notes acquired directly from us or one of our affiliates.

 

 In these cases, the registration rights agreement requires us to file a registration statement for a continuous offering in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this paragraph. We do not currently anticipate that we will register under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer.

 

 Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences.”

 

Resales

It may be possible for you to resell the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, subject to the conditions described under “—Obligations of Broker-Dealers” below.

 

 To tender your initial notes in this exchange offer and resell the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, you must make the following representations:

 

you are authorized to tender the initial notes and to acquire exchange notes, and that we will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto;

 

the exchange notes acquired by you are being acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes and are not participating in, and do not intend to participate in, the distribution of such exchange notes;

 

you are not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of ours, or you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable; and

 

if you are a broker-dealer, initial notes to be exchanged were acquired by you as a result of market-making or other trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of such exchange notes.

 

 Please refer to the sections of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Procedure for Tendering Initial Notes—Proper Execution and Delivery of Letters of Transmittal,” “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer—Some persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange notes” and “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Obligations of Broker-Dealers

If you are a broker-dealer (1) who receives exchange notes, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resales of the exchange notes, (2) who acquired the initial notes as a result of market making or other trading activities, you may use the exchange offer prospectus as supplemented or amended, in connection with resales of the exchange notes, or (3) who acquired the initial notes directly from the issuer in the initial offering and not as a result of market making and trading activities, you must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with resales of the exchange notes.

 

Summary of Terms of the Exchange Offer

The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Some of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the notes.

 

Issuer

The Hillman Group, Inc.

 

Notes Offered

$50,000,00065,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of our 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018. The forms and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the initial notes except that the issuance of the exchange notes is registered under the Securities Act, the exchange notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer and the exchange notes will not be entitled to registration rights under our registration rights agreement. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the initial notes. The initial notes, the exchange notes and the existing notes will be governed by the indenture dated as of May 28, 2010, as amended and supplemented on December 29, 2010, and April 1, 2011.2011 February 5, 2013 and February 19, 2013.

 

Maturity Date

June 1, 2018

 

Interest

10.875% per year (calculated using a 360-day year).

 

Interest Payment Dates

Each June 1 and December 1, commencing December 1, 2011,2013, in the case of the exchange notes.

 

Ranking

The notes are our general unsecured, senior obligations. Accordingly, they rank:

 

effectively subordinate to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under the new term loan and the revolving credit facility, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness;

 

effectively subordinate to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of any non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and other liabilities owed to Hillman Group);

 

equal in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness; and

 

senior in right of payment to all of our future subordinated indebtedness.

 

 As of March 31, 2011,2013, we had approximately $607$759.7 million of total indebtedness, of which:

 

$105.4 million was indebtedness of Hillman, consisting of the 11.6% junior subordinated debentures due 2027 issued to the Hillman Trust (which represents the liquidation value of the Trust Preferred Securities); and

 

$501.6654.3 million was indebtedness of Hillman Group, consisting of $287.8$388.4 million of senior secured debt under our term loan, and $204.6$200.0 million of unsecured debt under the notes;existing notes, $65.0 million of unsecured debt under the initial notes and $0.9 million of capital lease and other obligations; and

 

$5.95.5 million committed for letters of credit and $15.1$24.5 million available for borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

 

 In addition, as of March 31, 2011,2013, there was outstanding a $105.4 million subordinated intercompany note due 2027 (the “Intercompany Note”) of Hillman Group held by Hillman Investment. The Intercompany Note was issued in connection with the issuance of the 11.6% junior subordinated debentures of Hillman and the trust preferred securities of Hillman Trust.

 

 The indenture governing the notes restricts the ability of Hillman Group to refinance or otherwise pay principal or interest on the Intercompany Note.

 

Guarantees

The notes are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by Hillman, Hillman Investment and each of Hillman Group’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries. All of the guarantors have guaranteed Hillman Group’s obligations under ourthe term loan and ourthe revolving credit facility on a senior secured basis. In the future, the guarantees may be released or terminated under certain circumstances. See “Description of Notes—Note Guarantees.”

 

 Each guarantee ranks:

 

effectively subordinate to all existing and future secured indebtedness of the guarantor, including its guarantee of indebtedness under the new term loan and the revolving credit facility, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness;

 

effectively subordinate to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of any non-guarantor subsidiaries;

 

equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the guarantor; and

 

senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of the guarantor.

 

 Not all of our subsidiaries guarantee the notes. As of March 31, 2011:2013:

 

the notes were effectively subordinated to $2.1$17.5 million of indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our non-guarantor subsidiaries; and

 

our non-guarantor subsidiaries had assets representing approximately .21%25.2% of our consolidated assets as of March 31, 2011, and revenue representing approximately 3.5% of our consolidated revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

2013, and revenue representing approximately 6.3% of our consolidated revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Optional Redemption

Prior to June 1, 2014, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

 On and after June 1, 2014, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth under “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

 At any time prior to June 1, 2013, we may, from time to time, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at the redemption price set forth under “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption,” if at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under the indenture remainsremain outstanding immediately after such redemption and the redemption occurs within 90 days of the closing date of such equity offering.

 

Change of Control

If a change of control occurs, each holder of notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of its notes for cash at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of such notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase.

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture governing the exchange notes is the same indenture that governs the initial notes and the existing notes. The indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Hillman Group and its direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries to:

 

sell assets;

 

pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock or subordinated indebtedness;

 

make investments;

 

incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

 

create certain liens;

 

enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to us;

 

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the assets of our company;

 

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

create unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

 

These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described under the heading “Description of

Notes” in this prospectus. These covenants are generally not applicable to Hillman, Hillman Investment or any of their subsidiaries (other than the Hillman Group and its direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries).

 

Absence of a Public Market for the Exchange Notes

The exchange notes are an addition to a relatively new issue of securities. The initial notes have traded separately from our existing notes. Upon completion of this exchange offer, the exchange notes will trade together with our existing notes. We cannot assure you that a market for the notes will develop or that this market will be liquid. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Notes and Our Indebtedness—There is no established trading market for the exchange notes, and you may not be able to sell them quickly or at the price that you paid.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding initial notes. We are making this exchange solely to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the offering of the initial notes.

 

Form of the Exchange Notesand Denomination

The exchange notes will be represented by one or more permanent global securities in registered form deposited on behalf of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as custodian. You will not receive exchange notes in certificated form unless one of the events described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Notes—Book Entry; Delivery and Form—Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes” occurs. Instead, beneficial interests in the exchange notes will be shown on, and transfers of these exchange notes will be effected only through, records maintained in book entry form by The Depository Trust CompanyDTC with respect to its participants.

 

Risk Factors

You should consider carefully the information set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27 of this prospectus and all other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to invest in the exchange notes.

 

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information

The following table sets forth our summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial information. The summary historical consolidated financial information set forth below for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2009,2012, the seven months ended December 31, 2010, the five months ended May 28, 2010 the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and as of December 31, 20092012 and 20102011 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information set forth below for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 and as of March 31, 2010 and 20112013, has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information set forth below for the five months ended May 28, 2010, the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would be achieved over the course of an actual fiscal year.

The following table also presents certain summary pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 20102012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 that gives effect to the Initial TransactionsPaulin Acquisition as if theyit had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods.on January 1, 2012.

The summary historical consolidated financial information presented below is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information included elsewhere in this prospectus under the captions “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization”“Capitalization,” “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”

Our summary historical consolidated financial information for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2009, the five months ended May 28, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 is referenced herein as the predecessor financial statements (the “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Financial Statements”). Our summary historical consolidated financial information for the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2011periods thereafter is referenced herein as the successor financial statements (the “Successor” or “Successor Financial Statements”).

 

Statement of OperationsComprehensive Income Data:

 

 Predecessor    Successor  Predecessor    Successor 
 Year ended December 31, Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
  Three  Months
Ended

March 31,
2010
     Seven Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
  Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
     Seven Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
 Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
($ in thousands)       2008             2009        2011 2012 2012 2013 (1) 

Net sales

 $481,923   $458,161   $185,716   $108,460     $276,680   $111,294  $185,716     $276,680   $506,526   $555,465   $128,373   $143,919  

Cost of sales (1)(2)

  244,647    224,642    89,773    51,938      136,554    55,656    89,773      136,554    252,491    275,016    63,589    73,646  
                    

Gross profit

  237,276    233,519    95,943    56,522      140,126    55,638  
                    

Operating expenses:

                

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  161,350    159,150    82,850    40,288      90,760    42,446    82,850      90,760    169,766    188,330    44,920    48,369  

Non-recurring expense

  —      —      11,342    —        11,150    1,290  

Acquisition and Integration

  11,342      11,150    2,805    3,031    152    2,029  

Depreciation

  17,835    16,993    7,283    4,290      11,007    4,439    7,283      11,007    21,333    22,009    5,889    5,542  

Amortization

  7,073    6,912    2,678    1,607      10,669    4,741    2,678      10,669    20,717    21,752    5,471    5,446  

Management and transaction fees to related party

  1,043    1,010    438    251      —      —      438      —     110    155    —     —   
                     

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total operating expenses

  187,301    184,065    104,591    46,436      123,586    52,916    104,591      123,586    214,731    235,277    56,432    61,386  
                     

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other income (expense), net

  (2,250  (120  (114  82      145    365  

Other (income) expense, net

  (114    145    (851  4,204    (483  1,103  
                     

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

  47,725    49,334    (8,762  10,168      16,685    3,087  

(Loss) income from operations

  (8,762    16,685    38,453    40,968    8,835    7,784  

Interest expense, net

  20,545    15,521    8,327    4,180      20,712    9,077    8,327      20,712    40,679    41,138    10,102    11,953  

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

  11,091    12,312    5,488    3,246      —      —      5,488      —     —     —     —     —   

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

  12,609    12,820    5,254    3,152      7,356    3,152    5,254      7,356    12,610    12,610    3,152    3,152  

Investment income on trust common securities

  (378  (378  (158  (95    (220  (95  (158    (220  (378  (378  (95  (94
                     

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  3,858    9,059    (27,673  (315    (11,163  (9,047  (27,673    (11,163  (14,458  (12,402  (4,324  (7,227
                     

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income tax (benefit) provision

  5,023    10,289    (2,465  1,254      (3,125  (4,165

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (2,465    (3,125  (4,679  (5,168  (1,737  (2,642
                     

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

 $(1,165 $(1,230 $(25,208  (1,569   $(8,038 $(4,882

Net loss

 $(25,208   $(8,038 $(9,779 $(7,234 $(2,587 $(4,585
                     

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating and Other Financial Data:

                

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

 $37,592   $71,997   $(483 $(2,093   $11,199   $(8,947 $(483   $11,199   $24,213   $23,418   $288   $(6,596

Net cash used for investing activities

  (13,409  (12,971  (5,411  (2,976    (43,760  (44,481  (5,411    (43,760  (73,529  (24,310  (5,444  (110,067

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

  (28,969  (48,995  (10,003  (87    38,879    49,599    (10,003    38,879    53,758    54,413    806    73,754  

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

  77,391    83,303    32,175    17,752      50,213    14,935  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)

  1.08x    1.20x    —      —        —      —    
 

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

  32,175      50,213    90,219    107,019    20,853    22,475  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)

  (.37x    .64x    .76x    .78x    .71x    .57x  

Other Data:

                

Capital expenditures

 $(13,409 $(12,971 $(5,411 $(2,976   $(9,675 $(4,122 $5,411     $9,675   $17,935   $24,313   $5,447   $6,651  

Other Comprehensive Income:

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  17      (1  (179  1,051    (80  1,237  

Interest rate swap, net of tax

  1,161      (624  624    —     —     —   
                     

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  1,178      (625  445    1,051    (80  1,237  
 

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 $(24,030   $(8,663 $(9,334 $(6,183 $(4,665 $(1,350
 

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:Data (at period end):

 

  Successor 
  Predecessor     Successor   December 31,   March 31, 
  Year Ended December 31, As of
March 31,
     As of
December 31,
   As of
March 31,
  2010   2011   2012   2012   2013 
($ in thousands)  2008   2009 2010     2010   2011               (unaudited)   (unaudited) 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $7,133    $17,164   $12,008      $7,585    $3,756    $7,585    $12,027    $65,648    $7,677    $22,639  

Total assets

   650,677     628,481    630,908       1,052,778     1,122,866     1,052,778     1,127,851     1,175,793     1,128,767     1,262,044  

Working capital (5)

   126,527     110,610    105,923       120,440     102,743  

Total debt (6)

   358,115     313,115    313,115       555,993     602,268  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   9,478     (10,559  (16,831     287,731     283,003  

Working Capital (6)

   120,440     123,211     193,945     136,334     224,665  

Total debt (7)

   556,160     619,330     683,885     620,347     759,791  

Stockholder’s equity (deficit)

   287,731     278,547     270,495     277,197     266,361  

 

(1)Financial data as at and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 (in contrast to the comparable predecessor period) reflects the Paulin Acquisition, which occurred on February 19, 2013.
(2)Excludes depreciation and amortization, which is included in total operating expenses. Cost of sales includes royalty payments made pursuant to the Quick-TagQuick-Tag™ license of $2,829,905 and $2,423,081 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and $757,313,$757, $0, $0 and $472,933$0 for the five months ended May 28, 2010, the seven months ended December 31, 2010, the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and $0 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 20112012 and 2010,2013, respectively. We completed the Quick-Tag AcquisitionQuick-Tag™ acquisition in connection with the Merger. See “The Transactions” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”
(2)(3)We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA adjusted for management fees, stock compensation costs, exchange rate gains/losses, non-recurring legal and professional fees and other non-recurring general and administrative costs. These further adjustments are itemized below. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales.

 

Pro Forma Data:    
   Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA (4)

  $83,159  

Pro Forma Net loss (4)

  $(2,343
Pro Forma Data:   
The pro forma data gives effect to the Paulin Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2012. 
  Successor 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2013
 

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA (5)

 $117,689   $24,465  

Net loss (5)

  (4,703  (4,248

 

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net loss:income (loss):

 

  Predecessor    Successor   Predecessor     Successor 
  Year Ended December 31, Five Months
Ended
May 28,
 Three Months
Ended
March 31,
    Seven Months
Ended
December 31,
 Three Months
Ended
March 31,
   Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
      Seven Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
  Year Ended
December 31,
 Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
($ in thousands)      2008         2009     2010 2010    2010 2011       2011 2012 2012 2013 

Net loss

  $(1,165 $(1,230 $(25,208 $(1,569   $(8,038 $(4,882  $(25,208    $(8,038 $(9,779 $(7,234 $(2,587 $(4,585

Interest expense, net

   20,545    15,521    8,327    4,180      20,712    9,077     8,327       20,712    40,679    41,138    10,102    11,953  

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   11,091    12,312    5,488    3,246      —      —       5,488       —     —     —     —     —   

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   12,609    12,820    5,254    3,152      7,356    3,152     5,254       7,356    12,610    12,610    3,152    3,152  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (378  (378  (158  (95    (220  (95   (158     (220  (378  (378  (95  (94

Income tax (benefit) provision

   5,023    10,289    (2,465  1,254      (3,125  (4,165

Income tax provision

   (2,465     (3,125  (4,679  (5,168  (1,737  (2,642

Depreciation

   17,835    16,993    7,283    4,290      11,007    4,439     7,283       11,007    21,333    22,009    5,889    5,542  

Amortization

   7,073    6,912    2,678    1,607      10,669    4,741     2,678       10,669    20,717    21,752    5,471    5,446  
  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

EBITDA

  $72,633   $73,239   $1,199   $16,065     $38,361   $12,267    $1,199      $38,361   $80,503   $84,729   $20,195   $18,772  
                       

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Management and transaction fees to related party

   1,043    1,010    438    251      —      —       438       —     110    155    —     —   

Stock compensation expense

   2,481    8,737    19,053    1,427      —      —       19,053       —     —     714    —      261  

Exchange rate (gain) loss

   980    (536  (76  (239    (315  (309   (76     (315  446    1,171    (342  1,163  

Other adjustments (a)

   254    853    11,561    248      12,167    2,977     11,561       12,167    9,160    20,250    1,000    2,279  
  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $77,391   $83,303   $32,175   $17,752     $50,213   $14,935    $32,175      $50,213   $90,219   $107,019   $20,853   $22,475  
                       

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(a)Other adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 were primarily one-time costs related to the shutdown of the Albany, New York distribution facility and severance costs following the elimination of certain positions in the first quarter of 2009. In the five months ended May 28, 2010, and seven months ended December 31, 2010, other adjustments were primarily one-time restructuring costs and one-time charges for investment banking, legal, diligence and professional fees. In the three months ended March 31, 2011 other adjustments were primarily one-time charges for investment banking, legal and professional fees. For the seven months ended December 31, 2010, the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, other adjustments were primarily charges for legal, diligence and professional fees.

We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it assists investors and analysts in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. In addition, we use Adjusted EBITDA because our credit agreement and our indenture use measures similar to Adjusted EBITDA to measure our compliance with certain covenants. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”

 

(3)(4)The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing fixed charges into net income (loss)loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense on debt (including the amortization of debt expense) and one-third (the proportion deemed representative of the interest portion) of rent expense.

 

(4)(5)The pro forma information presented should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma financial information in this prospectus. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.” The following tables reconcile pro forma Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma net loss for the periods presented:

 

  Successor 
($ in thousands)  Year
Ended
December  31,
2010
   Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
 Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2013
 

Net loss

  $(2,343

Pro forma net loss

  $(4,703 $(4,248

Interest expense, net

   33,919     47,371    12,214  

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   —       —      —    

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   12,610     12,610    3,152  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (378   (378  (94

Income tax (benefit) provision

   2,032     (5,820  (1,642

Depreciation

   18,290     23,867    5,817  

Amortization

   18,184     22,452    5,563  
      

 

  

 

 

EBITDA

  $82,314  

Pro Forma EBITDA

  $95,399   $20,762  
      

 

  

 

 

Management and transaction fees to related party

   —       155    —    

Stock compensation expense

   —       714    261  

Exchange rate (gain) loss

   (391   1,171    1,163  

Other adjustments (a)

   1,236     20,250    2,279  
      

 

  

 

 

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA

  $83,159    $117,689   $24,465  
      

 

  

 

 

 

(a)In the year ended December 31, 2010,2012, other adjustments were primarily one-time restructuring costs and one-time charges for investment banking, legal, diligence and professional fees. In the three months ended March 31, 20112013, other adjustments were primarily one-time charges for investment banking, legal, diligence and professional fees.

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA margin represents pro forma Adjusted EBITDA divided by pro forma net sales.

 

    Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA is subject to all of the limitations that apply to Adjusted EBITDA. See footnote 2 above and “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”3 above.

 

(5)(6)Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.

 

(6)(7)Also includes the current portion of long term debt. On an as adjusted basis, includesIncludes $105.4 million of indebtedness of Hillman and $654.3 million of indebtedness of Hillman Group. Does not include the Intercompany Note. See “Capitalization” and “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness—Intercompany Note.”

 

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the exchange notes involves risk as discussed below. If any of the following risks occur or are otherwise realized, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. You should consider carefully the risks described below the information set forth under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and all other information included in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and schedules thereto, as well as in other documents that we file with the SEC before deciding to invest in the exchange notes.

Risks relating to our Business

Current economic conditions may adversely impact demand for our products, reduce access to credit and cause our customers and others with which we do business to suffer financial hardship, all of which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations have and may continue to be affected by various economic factors. The U.S. economy has undergone a period of recession and the future economic environment may continue to be less favorable than that of recent years. ThisThe economic slowdown has and could further leadled to reduced consumer and business spending and any delay in the recovery could lead to further reduced spending in the foreseeable future, including by our customers. In addition, economic conditions, including decreased access to credit, may result in financial difficulties leading to restructurings, bankruptcies, liquidations and other unfavorable events for our customers, suppliers and other service providers. If such conditions continue or further deteriorate in 20112013 or through fiscal 2012,2014, our industry, business and results of operations may be severelymaterially adversely impacted.

Our business is impacted by general economic conditions in the U.S. and international markets, particularly the U.S. retail markets including hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, and other retailers. In recent quarters, operations have been negatively impacted by the general downturn in the U.S. economy, including higher unemployment figures, and the contraction of the retail market. Although there have been certain signs of improvement in the economy, generally such conditions aregeneral expectations do not expectedcall for significant economic growth to improve significantlyreturn in the near term and may have the effect of reducing consumer spending which could adversely affect our results of operations during the next year.

If the current weakness continues in the retail markets including hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants and other retail outlets in North America, or general recessionary conditions worsen, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business has been adversely affected by the decline in the North American economy, particularly with respect to retail markets, including hardware stores, home centers, lumberyards and mass merchants. It is possible this softness will continue or further deteriorate in 2011 or through fiscal 2012. To the extent it persists or deteriorates, there is likely to be an unfavorable impact on demand for our products which could have a material adverse effect on sales, earnings and cash flows. In addition, due to current economic conditions, it is possible certain customers’ credit-worthiness may erode resulting in increased write-offs of customer receivables.

We operate in a highly competitive industry, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The retail industry is highly competitive, with the principal methods of competition being price, quality of service, quality of products, product availability, credit terms and the provision of value-added services, such as merchandising design, in-store service and inventory management. We encounter competition from a large number of regional and national distributors, some of which have greater financial resources than us and may offer a greater variety of products. If these competitors are successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

If the current weakness continues in the retail markets including hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants and other retail outlets in North America, or general recessionary conditions worsen, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In the past several years, our business has been adversely affected by the decline in the North American economy, particularly with respect to retail markets including hardware stores, home centers, lumberyards and mass merchants. It is possible that this softness will continue or further deteriorate in 2013 or through fiscal 2014. To the extent that this decline persists or deteriorates, there is likely to be an unfavorable impact on demand for our products which could have a material adverse effect on sales, earnings and cash flows. In addition, due to current economic conditions, it is possible that certain customers’ credit-worthiness may erode and result in increased write-offs of customer receivables.

Our failure to develop and introduce next generation key duplication and engraving technology could render our key duplicating modules uncompetitive or obsolete and reduce our net sales and market share.

Our success requires that we invest significant financial resources in research and development to keep pace with technological advances in the key duplication and engraving technology. However, research and development activities are inherently uncertain, and we could encounter practical difficulties in commercializing our research results. Our expenditures on research and development may not be sufficient to produce the desired technological advances, or they may not produce corresponding benefits. Our key duplication and engraving machines may be rendered obsolete by the technological advances of our competitors, which could harm our results of operations and adversely impact our net sales and market share.

Our business financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by seasonality.

In general, we have experienced seasonal fluctuations in sales and operating results from quarter to quarter. Typically, the first calendar quarter is the weakest due to the effect of weather on home projects and the construction industry. If adverse weather conditions persist on a regional or national basis into the second or other calendar quarters, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Large customer concentration and the inability to penetrate new channels of distribution could adversely affect theour business.

Our three largest customers constituted approximately 43.7%40.1% of net sales and 52.5%49.7% of the year-end accounts receivable balance for the year ended December 31, 2010.2012. Each of these customers is a Big Boxbig box chain store. As a result, our results of operations depend greatly on our ability to maintain existing relationships and arrangements with these Big Boxbig box chain stores. To the extent the Big Boxbig box chain stores are materially adversely impacted by the current economic slowdown, this could have a negative effect on our results of operations. The loss of one of these customers or a material adverse change in the relationship with these customers could have a negative impact on our business. Our inability to penetrate new channels of distribution may also have a negative impact on our future sales and business.

Successful sales and marketing efforts depend on our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees.

The success of our efforts to grow our business depends on the contributions and abilities of key executives, our sales force and other personnel, including the ability of our sales force to achieve adequate customer coverage. We must therefore continue to recruit, retain and motivate management, sales and other personnel to maintain our current business and support itsour projected growth. A shortage of these key employees might jeopardize our ability to implement our growth strategy.

We are exposed to adverse changes in currency exchange rates.

Exposure to foreign currency risk results because we, through our global operations, enter into transactions and make investments denominated in multiple currencies. Our predominant exposures are in Australian, Canadian, Mexican Canadian and Asian currencies, including the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”). In preparing our financial statements, for foreign operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability accounts are translated at current exchange rates, and income and expenses are translated using weighted-average exchange rates. With respect to the effects on translated earnings, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to local currencies, our earnings could be negatively impacted. We do not make a practice of hedging our non-U.S. dollar earnings.

We source many products from China and other Asian countries for resale in other regions. To the extent that the RMB or other currencies appreciate with respect to the U.S. dollar, we may experience cost increases on such purchases. The RMB appreciated approximately 3% versusagainst the U.S. dollar by 1.0% in 20102012, 4.6% in 2011 and remained substantially unchanged3.3% in 2009. The RMB currency fluctuation in 2010 and 2009 has not generated material cost increases

for products sourced from China, however further significant2010. Significant appreciation of the RMB or other currencies in countries where we source productour products could adversely impact our profitability. We may not be successful at implementing customer pricing or other actions in an effort to mitigate the related cost increases and thus our results of operations may be adversely impacted.

Our results of operations could be negatively impacted by inflation or deflation in the cost of raw materials, freight and energy.

Our products are manufactured of metals, including but not limited to steel, aluminum, zinc, and copper. Additionally, we use other commodity based materials in the manufacture of LNS that are resin based and subject to fluctuations in the price of oil. We are also exposed to fluctuations in the price of diesel fuel in the

form of freight surcharges on customer shipments and the cost of gasoline used by the field sales and service force. As described in more detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” we have been negatively impacted by commodity and freight inflation in recent years. Continued inflation over a period of years would result in significant increases in inventory costs and operating expenses. If we are unable to mitigate these inflation increases through various customer pricing actions and cost reduction initiatives, our financial condition may be adversely affected. Conversely, in the event that there is deflation, we may experience pressure from our customers to reduce prices. There can be no assurance that we would be able to reduce our cost base (through negotiations with suppliers or other measures) to offset any such price concessions which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows.

Our business is subject to risks associated with sourcing product from overseas.

We import large quantities of our fastener products. Substantially all of our import operations are subject to customs requirements and to tariffs and quotas set by governments through mutual agreements or bilateral actions. In addition, the countries from which our products and materials are manufactured or imported may, from time to time, impose additional quotas, duties, tariffs or other restrictions on itsour imports or adversely modify existing restrictions. Adverse changes in these import costs and restrictions, or our suppliers’ failure to comply with customs regulations or similar laws, could harm our business.

Our ability to import products in a timely and cost-effective manner may also be affected by conditions at ports or issues that otherwise affect transportation and warehousing providers, such as port and shipping capacity, labor disputes, severe weather or increased homeland security requirements in the U.S. and other countries. These issues could delay importation of products or require us to locate alternative ports or warehousing providers to avoid disruption to customers. These alternatives may not be available on short notice or could result in higher transit costs, which could have an adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

Although we expect that the Paulin Acquisition will result in benefits to us, we may not realize those benefits because of integration difficulties.

Integrating the operations of Paulin successfully or otherwise realizing any of the anticipated benefits of the Paulin Acquisition, including anticipated cost savings and additional revenue opportunities, involves a number of challenges. The failure to meet these integration challenges could seriously harm our results of operations and our cash flow may decline as a result.

Realizing the benefits of the Paulin Acquisition will depend in part on the integration of information technology, operations, personnel, and sales force. These integration activities are complex and time-consuming and we may encounter unexpected difficulties or incur unexpected costs, including:

our inability to achieve the cost savings and operating synergies anticipated in the Paulin Acquisition, which would prevent us from achieving the positive earnings gains expected as a result of the Paulin Acquisition;

diversion of management attention from ongoing business concerns to integration matters;

difficulties in consolidating and rationalizing information technology platforms, administrative infrastructures, and accounting standards;

complexities associated with managing the combined businesses and consolidating multiple physical locations;

difficulties in integrating personnel from different corporate cultures;

challenges in demonstrating to our customers and to customers of Paulin that the Paulin Acquisition will not result in adverse changes in customer service standards or business focus; and

possible cash flow interruption or loss of revenue as a result of change of ownership transitional matters related to the Paulin Acquisition.

We may not successfully integrate the operations of the businesses of Paulin in a timely manner and we may not realize the anticipated net reductions in costs and expenses and other benefits of the Paulin Acquisition to the extent, or in the timeframe, anticipated. In addition to the integration risks discussed above, our ability to realize these net reductions in costs and expenses and other benefits and synergies could be adversely impacted by practical or legal constraints on our ability to combine operations.

Acquisitions have formed a significant part of our growth strategy in the past and may continue to do so. If we are unable to identify suitable acquisition candidates or obtain financing needed to complete an acquisition, our growth strategy may not succeed.

Historically, our growth strategy has relied on acquisitions that either expand or complement our businesses in new or existing markets. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify or acquire acceptable acquisition candidates on terms favorable to us and in a timely manner, if at all, to the extent necessary to fulfill our growth strategy.

The process of integrating acquired businesses into our operations including recently acquired Serv-A-Lite and TagWorks, may result in unforeseen difficulties and may require a disproportionate amount of resources and management’smanagement attention, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses into our operations.

The current economic environment may make it difficult to acquire businesses in order to further our growth strategy. We will continue to seek acquisition opportunities both to expand into new markets and to enhance our position in our existing markets. However, our ability to do so will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to obtain financing that we may need to complete a proposed acquisition opportunity which may be unavailable or available on terms that are not advantageous to us. If financing is unavailable, we may be forced to forego otherwise attractive acquisition opportunities which may have a negative effect on our ability to grow.

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting and effective disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner or prevent fraud and our business and operating results could be harmed. We reported an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 because of a material weakness identified by management related to income tax accounting. For the same reasons, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we implemented controls and enhanced procedures to address this material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. As of December 31, 2010, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective. Any failure to remediate deficiencies noted by our independent registered public accounting firm or our management to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could result in material misstatements in our financial statements. A failure to implement improved internal controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation or execution, could cause future delays in our reporting obligations and could have a material adverse effect on us.

If we were required to write down all or part of our goodwill or indefinite-lived tradenames,trade names, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

As a result of the Transactions,Merger and the subsequent acquisitions of Serv-A-Lite™, TagWorks™, Ook and Paulin, we had $458have $468.5 million of goodwill and $51$54.3 million of indefinite-lived tradenamestrade names recorded on our consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2011.2013. We are required to periodically determine if our goodwill or indefinite-lived tradenamestrade names have become impaired, in which case we would write down the impaired portion of the intangible asset. If we were required to write down all or part of our goodwill or indefinite-lived tradenames,trade names, our net income could be materially adversely affected.

Our success is highly dependent on information and technology systems.

We believe that our proprietary computer software programs are an integral part of our business and growth strategies. We depend on our information systems to process orders, to manage inventory and accounts receivable collections, to purchase, sell and ship products efficiently and on a timely basis, to maintain cost-effective operations and to provide superior service to our customers. There can be no assurance that the precautions which we have taken against certain events that could disrupt the operations of our information systems will prevent the occurrence of such a disruption. Any such disruption could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Risks relating to the Notes and Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our operations and financial data and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We have now a significant amount of indebtedness. OnAt March 31, 2011,2013, we had total indebtedness of $607$759.7 million, consisting of $105.4 million of indebtedness of Hillman (which represents the liquidation value of theour 11.6% Trust Preferred Securities)Securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”)) and $501.6$654.3 million of indebtedness of Hillman Group.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;

 

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

 

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

In addition, the indenture and our senior secured credit facilities contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts.

The level of indebtedness and the significant debt servicing costs associated with our indebtedness requires that a substantial portion of cash flows from operations be dedicated to make payments on debt, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes; limiting flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industries in which we compete; placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors, some of whom have lower debt service obligations and greater financial resources; limiting the ability to borrow additional funds; and increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions.

The decline of general economic conditions in the U.S. capital markets over the past two years has significantly reduced the availability of credit for a number of companies. This may impact our ability to borrow additional funds, if necessary.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indenture do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. Our senior secured credit facilities permit additional borrowing of up to $30.0 million and all of those borrowings would rank senior to the notes and the guarantees. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify. See “Description of Notes” andNotes,” “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”Facilities” and our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for a description of our senior secured credit facilities and certain other indebtedness.

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures and research and development efforts will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized on schedule or that future borrowings will be available to us under our credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including

these notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including these notes on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our credit facility and these notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

The failure to meet certain financial covenants required by our credit agreements may materially and adversely affect assets, financial position and cash flows.

Certain of our credit agreements require the maintenance of certain interest coverage and leverage ratios and limit our ability to incur debt, make investments, make dividend payments to holders of the 11.6% Trust Preferred Securities (“of Hillman Trust Preferred Securities”) or undertake certain other business activities. In particular, our maximum allowed leverage requirement is 6.5x,4.75x, excluding the junior subordinated debentures, as of March 31, 2011.2013. A breach of the leverage covenant, or any other covenants, could result in an event of default under the credit agreements. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the credit agreements, all amounts outstanding, together with accrued interest, could be declared immediately due and payable by our lenders. If this happens, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full the payments due under the credit agreements. The current credit market environment and other macro-economic challenges affecting the global economy may adversely impact our ability to borrow sufficient funds or sell assets or equity in order to pay existing debt.

Your right to receive payments on the notes is effectively subordinated to the rights of our existing and future secured creditors. Further, the guarantees of the notes are effectively subordinated to all our guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness. The notes will also be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

Holders of our secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of the guarantors have claims that are prior to your claims as holders of the notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing that other indebtedness. Notably, we and the guarantors are parties to the senior secured credit facilities, which are secured by liens on substantially all of our assets and the assets of the guarantors. The notes are effectively subordinated to all that secured indebtedness. In the event of any distribution or payment of our assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, or other bankruptcy proceeding, holders of secured indebtedness will have prior claim to those of our assets that constitute their collateral. Holders of the notes will participate ratably with all holders of our unsecured indebtedness that is deemed to be of the same class as the notes, and potentially with all of our other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor, in our remaining assets. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the notes. As a result, holders of notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of secured indebtedness.

As of March 31, 2011,2013, the aggregate amount of our secured indebtedness was approximately $287.8$388.4 million, and $15.1we had availability for $24.5 million was available forof additional borrowing under our credit facility.Senior Facilities. We may be permitted to borrow substantial additional indebtedness, including senior debt, in the future under the terms of the indenture. See “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”Facilities” and our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for a description of our senior secured credit facilities and certain other indebtedness.

In addition, the notes are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2011,2013, the notes werewould have been effectively junior to $2.1$17.5 million of indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated 3.5%6.3% of our consolidated revenues in the three monthstwelve-month period ended March 31, 20112013 and held .21%25.2% of our consolidated assets as of March 31, 2011.2013.

We are permitted to create unrestricted subsidiaries, which will not be subject to any of the covenants in the indenture, and we may not be able to rely on the cash flow or assets of those unrestricted subsidiaries to pay our indebtedness.

Unrestricted subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenants under the indenture governing the notes. Unrestricted subsidiaries may enter into financing arrangements that limit their ability to make loans or other

payments to fund payments in respect of the notes. Accordingly, we may not be able to rely on the cash flow or assets of unrestricted subsidiaries to pay any of our indebtedness, including the notes.

We are subject to fluctuations in interest rates, and will now be subject to fluctuating value in our interest rate swap due to the de-designation of the interest rate swap hedging relationship and related accounting treatment effective as of April 18, 2011.rates.

All of our indebtedness incurred in connection with the Bank Financing has variable rate interest. Increases in borrowing rates will increase our cost of borrowing, which may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may choose to redeem the notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

We may choose to redeem the notes from time to time, especially when prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, you would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the notes being redeemed. Our redemption right also may adversely impact your ability to sell your notes as the optional redemption date or period approaches.

There is no established trading market for the exchange notes, and you may not be able to sell them quickly or at the price that you paid.

The exchange notes are an addition to a relatively new issue of securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for exchange notes to be listed on any securities exchange or to arrange for their quotation on any automated dealer quotation system. The initial purchasers in the offering of the initial notes have advised us that as of the issuance date of the initial notes they intended to make a market in the notes, but the initial purchasers are not obligated to do so. The initial purchasers may discontinue any market making in the notes at any time, in their sole discretion. As a result, we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of any trading market for the exchange notes.

We also cannot assure you that you will be able to sell the exchange notes at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable. Future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors, including:

 

our operating performance and financial condition;

 

the interest of securities dealers in making a market; and

 

the market for similar securities.

Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices. It is possible that the market for the exchange notes will be subject to disruptions. Any disruptions may have a negative effect on noteholders,note holders, regardless of our prospects and financial performance.

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors.

Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be voided, or claims in respect of a guarantee could be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

 

received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such guarantee; and

was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or

 

was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

In addition, any payment by that guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets; or

 

if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we believe that each guarantor, after giving effect to its guarantee of the notes, will not be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged and will not have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. We cannot assure you, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making these determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard.

We may not be able to fulfill our repurchase obligations with respect to the notes upon a change of control.

If we experience certain specific change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all of our outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. We cannot assure you that we will have available funds sufficient to pay the change of control purchase price for any or all of the notes that might be tendered in the change of control offer.

The definition of change of control in the indenture governing the notes includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of our and our restricted subsidiaries’ assets, taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase such notes as a result of a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of our and our restricted subsidiaries”subsidiaries’ assets taken as a whole to another person or group may be uncertain. In addition, a recent Delaware Chancery Court decision raised questions about the enforceability of provisions, which are similar to those in the indenture governing the notes, related to the triggering of a change of control as a result of a change in the composition of a board of directors. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase notes as a result of a change in the composition of our board of directors may be uncertain.

In addition, our credit facility contains, and any future credit agreement likely will contain, restrictions or prohibitions on our ability to repurchase the notes under certain circumstances. If these change of control events occur at a time when we are prohibited from repurchasing the notes, we may seek the consent of our lenders to purchase the notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain these prohibitions or restrictions. If we do not obtain our lenders’ consent or refinance these borrowings, we will not be able to repurchase the notes.

Accordingly, the holders of the notes may not receive the change of control purchase price for their notes in the event of a sale or other change of control, which will give the trustee and the holders of the notes the right to declare an event of default and accelerate the repayment of the notes. See “Description of Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

A financial failure by us or our subsidiaries may result in the assets of any or all of those entities becoming subject to the claims of all creditors of those entities.

A financial failure by us or our subsidiaries could affect payment of the notes if a bankruptcy court were to substantively consolidate us and our subsidiaries. If a bankruptcy court substantively consolidated us and our subsidiaries, the assets of each entity would become subject to the claims of creditors of all entities. This would expose holders of notes not only to the usual impairments arising from bankruptcy, but also to potential dilution of the amount ultimately recoverable because of the larger creditor base. Furthermore, forced restructuring of the notes could occur through the “cram-down” provisions of the bankruptcy code. Under these provisions, the notes could be restructured over your objections as to their general terms, primarily interest rate and maturity.

An adverse rating of the notes may cause their trading price to fall and could result in increased interest and other financial expenses related to future borrowings.

A rating agency may assign a rating that is lower than the rating expected by the noteholders.note holders. Ratings agencies also may lower ratings on the notes or any of our other debt in the future. If rating agencies assign a lower than-expected rating or reduce, or indicate that they may reduce, their ratings of our debt in the future, the trading price of the notes could significantly decline.

A decision by a rating agency to downgrade the notes’ rating in the future could result in increased interest and other financial expenses relating to our future borrowings and could restrict our ability to obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms, if at all. In addition, any downgrade could restrict our access to, and negatively impact the terms of, trade credit extended to us by our vendors.

Your right to receive payments on the notes could be adversely affected if any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries declare bankruptcy, liquidate, or reorganize.

Some but not all of our subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us.

As of March 31, 2011,2013, the notes were effectively junior to $2.1$17.5 million of indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated 3.5%6.3% of our consolidated revenues in the three monthstwelve-month period ended March 31, 20112013 and held .21%25.2% of our consolidated assets as of March 31, 2011.2013.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

The issuance of the exchange notes may adversely affect the market for the initial notes.

To the extent the initial notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and tendered but unaccepted initial notes could be adversely affected. Because we anticipate that most holders of the initial notes will elect to exchange their initial notes for exchange notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale of exchange notes under the Securities Act, we anticipate that the liquidity of the market for any initial notes remaining after the completion of this exchange offer may be substantially limited. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer—Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences.”

Some persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange notes.

Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling,

SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1983), we believe that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances described in this prospectus under “Plan of Distribution,” you will remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer your exchange notes. In these cases, if you transfer any exchange note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you against, this liability.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain disclosures related to the Transactions, acquisitions, refinancing, capital expenditures, resolution of pending litigation, realization of deferred tax assets and business and financial trends contained in this prospectus involve substantial risks and uncertainties and may constitute forward-looking statements.statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue,” “project” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions.

These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on management’s current expectations, assumptions and projections about future events. Although management believes that the expectations, assumptions and projections on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, they nonetheless could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those expectations, assumptions and projections also could be inaccurate. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Instead, forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause our strategy, planning, actual results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any strategy, planning, future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those currently anticipated as a result of a number of factors, including the risks and uncertainties discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” set forth in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, current or prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus; they should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other individual. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur or be materially different from those discussed.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. We are making this exchange offer solely to satisfy certain of our obligations under our registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the offering of the initial notes.

The gross proceeds from the sale of the temporary 10.875% Senior Notes, exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of initial notes, was $54.6$69.2 million. We used the proceeds from the offering oftemporary 10.875% Senior Notes, together with the initial notesnet proceeds from the term loan financing, to pay the closing purchase price of the TagWorksPaulin Acquisition, to repay a portion of the indebtedness under our revolving credit facility, and to pay related fees, expenses and other payments related payments.to the Paulin Acquisition and for general corporate purposes.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2011.2013:

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information,”Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

($ in millions)  As of March  31,
2011
   As of March 31,
2013
 

Indebtedness:

    

Debt of Hillman Group and its subsidiaries:

    

Revolving credit facility (1)

  $9.0    $—   

Term loan

   287.8     388.4  

Capital leases and other obligations

   0.2  

Initial Notes

   54.6  

Capital lease and other obligations

   0.9  

Initial notes

   65.0  

Existing notes

   150.0     200.0  
      

 

 

Total Hillman Group debt (2)

  $501.6    $654.3  

Debt of Hillman only:

    

Junior subordinated debentures (3)

  $105.4    $105.4  
      

 

 

Total debt

  $607.0    $759.7  
    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   283.0  

Stockholders’ equity (4)

   266.4  
      

 

 

Total capitalization

  $890.0    $1,026.1  
      

 

 

 

(1)$30.0 million revolving credit facility maturing on May 28, 2015. We may also use availability under the revolving credit facility to issue letters of credit. Amounts repaid under the revolving credit facility may be reborrowed. See “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus.
(2)Does not include the Intercompany Note, which had $105.4 million outstanding as of March 31, 2011.2013. The Intercompany Note matures on September 30, 2027, bears interest at 11.6% per annum and is subordinated to all senior indebtedness of Hillman Group, including indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities, the existing notes and the exchange notes offered hereby. Historically, the interest paid on the Intercompany Note has been used to fund interest payments on the junior subordinated debentures of Hillman underlying the Trust Preferred Securities of Hillman Trust. Because it is an intercompany obligation, the Intercompany Note is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. The indenture governing the exchange notes offered hereby restricts the ability of Hillman Group to refinance or otherwise pay principal and interest on the Intercompany Note. See “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness—Intercompany Note.”
(3)Represents the liquidation value of the Trust Preferred Securities.
(4)Does not include accrued dividends on preferred stock, management purchased preferred stock options and preferred stock options.

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, 2009, 2008 2007 and 2006 and for the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and the five months ended and as of May 28, 2010 and the seven months ended and as of December 31, 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements previously filed with the SEC.

The selected consolidated financial information for the three month periodsmonths ended and as of March 31, 20102013 and 20112012 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements previously filed with the SEC, which include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

Our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 2008, 2007 and 2006 and as of the three months ended March 31, 20102008 and the related statements of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the periods presented prior to May 28, 2010 are referenced herein as the predecessor financial statements (the “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Financial Statements”). Our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, 2011, for the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 20112013 and 2012 and the related statements of operations,comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the periods presented subsequent to the Merger are referenced herein as the successor financial statements (the “Successor” or “Successor Financial Statements”). The Predecessor Financial Statements do not reflect

On May 28, 2010, Hillman was acquired by an affiliate of OHCP III (as defined herein), and certain transaction amounts that were incurred at the closemembers of the Merger. Such transaction amounts include the write-offHillman’s management and board of $5,010 in deferred financing fees associated with the Predecessor debt obligations.

directors. The Successor Financial Statements reflect the allocation of the aggregate purchase price of $832.7 million, including the value of our junior subordinated debentures, to the assets and liabilities of the Company based on fair values at the date of the Merger in accordance with ASCFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” We obtained third-party valuationsCombinations” (“ASC 805”). The excess of certainthe purchase price over the net assets acquired in connection with the Merger, including but not limitedhas been allocated to customer relationships, patents, licenses, propertygoodwill and equipment, non-compete agreements and the corresponding impact of deferred income taxes.intangible assets based upon an independent valuation appraisal.

Statement of Operations Information:Comprehensive Income Data:

 

 Predecessor    Successor  Predecessor    Successor 
 Year Ended December 31, Five
Months
Ended
May 28,
 Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
    Seven
Months
Ended
December 31,
 Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 Five Months
Ended
May 28,
    Seven
Months
Ended
December 31,
 Year Ended
December 31,
 Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
($ in thousands) 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2010    2010 2011  2008 2009 2010    2010 2011 2012 2012 2013 (1) 

Net sales

 $423,901   $445,628   $481,923   $458,161   $185,716   $108,460     $276,680   $111,294   $481,923   $458,161   $185,716     $276,680   $506,526   $555,465   $128,373   $143,919  

Cost of sales (1)(2)

  203,451    215,733    244,647    224,642    89,773    51,938      136,554    55,656    244,647    224,642    89,773      136,554    252,491    275,016    63,589    73,646  
                          

Gross profit

  220,450    229,895    237,276    233,519    95,943    56,522      140,126    55,638  
                          

Operating expenses:

                    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  153,547    162,056    161,350    159,150    82,850    40,288      90,760    42,446    161,350    159,150    82,850      90,760    169,766    188,330    44,920    48,369  

Non-recurring expense

  —      —      —      —      11,342    —        11,150    1,290  

Acquisition and Integration

  —      —      11,342      11,150    2,805    3,031    152    2,029  

Depreciation

  17,132    18,224    17,835    16,993    7,283    4,290      11,007    4,439    17,835    16,993    7,283      11,007    21,333    22,009    5,889    5,542  

Amortization

  7,748    7,274    7,073    6,912    2,678    1,607      10,669    4,741    7,073    6,912    2,678      10,669    20,717    21,752    5,471    5,446  

Extinguishment of debt

  726    —      —      —      —      —        —      —    
                          

Management and transaction fees to related party

  1,019    1,023    1,043    1,010    438    251      —      —      1,043    1,010    438      —      110    155    —      —    
                           

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total operating expenses

  180,172    188,577    187,301    184,065    104,591    46,436      123,586    52,916    187,301    184,065    104,591      123,586    214,731    235,277    56,432    61,386  
                           

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other income (expense), net

  1,042    839    (2,250  (120  (114  82      145    365  

Other (income) expense, net

  (2,250  (120  (114    145    (851  4,204    (483  1,103  
                           

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

  41,320    42,157    47,725    49,334    (8,762  10,168      16,685    3,087  
                      

(Loss) income from operations

  47,725    49,334    (8,762    16,685    38,453    40,968    8,835    7,784  

Interest expense, net

  25,799    25,528    20,545    15,521    8,327    4,180      20,712    9,077    20,545    15,521    8,327      20,712    40,679    41,138    10,102    11,953  

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

  8,894    9,919    11,091    12,312    5,488    3,246      —      —      11,091    12,312    5,488      —      —      —      —      —    

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

  12,609    12,609    12,609    12,820    5,254    3,152      7,356    3,152    12,609    12,820    5,254      7,356    12,610    12,610    3,152    3,152  

Investment income on trust common securities

  (378  (378  (378  (378  (158  (95    (220  (95  (378  (378  (158    (220  (378  (378  (95  (94
                           

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (5,604  (5,521  3,858    9,059    (27,673  (315    (11,163  (9,047  3,858    9,059    (27,673    (11,163  (14,458  (12,402  (4,324  (7,227
                           

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income tax (benefit) provision

  729    2,401    5,023    10,289    (2,465  1,254      (3,125  (4,165  5,023    10,289    (2,465    (3,125  (4,679  (5,168  (1,737  (2,642
                           

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss

 $(6,333 $(7,922 $(1,165 $(1,230 $(25,208 $(1,569   $(8,038 $(4,882 $(1,165 $(1,230 $(25,208   $(8,038 $(9,779 $(7,234 $(2,587 $(4,585
                           

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Operating and Other Financial Data:

                    

Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities

 $5,549   $36,516   $37,592   $71,997   $(483 $(2,093   $11,199   $(8,947

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

 $37,592   $71,997   $(483   $11,199   $24,213   $23,418   $288   $(6,596

Net cash used for investing activities

  (48,620  (24,527  (13,409  (12,971  (5,411  (2,976    (43,760  (44,481  (13,409  (12,971  (5,411    (43,760  (73,529  (24,310  (5,444  (110,067

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

  19,131    (2,621  (28,969  (48,995  (10,003  (87    38,879    49,599  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)

  —      —      1.08x    1.20x    —      —        —      —    

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

  (28,969  (48,995  (10,003    38,879    53,758    54,413    806    73,754  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)

  1.08x    1.20x    (.37x    .64x    .76x    .78x    .71x    .57x  

Other Data:

                    

Capital expenditures

 $(14,681 $(14,765 $(13,409 $(12,971 $(5,411  (2,976   $(9,675  (4,122 $13,409   $12,971   $5,411     $9,675   $17,935   $24,313   $5,447   $6,651  

Other Comprehensive Income:

          

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  74    (197  17      (1  (179  1,051    (80  1,237  

Interest rate swap, net of tax

  (1,248  297    1,161      (624  624    —      —      —    
                           

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  (1,174  100    1,178      (625  445    1,051    (80  1,237  
 

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 $(2,339 $(1,130 $(24,030   $(8,663 $(9,334 $(6,183 $(4,665 $(1,350
 

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance Sheet Information:Information (at period end):

 

  Predecessor     Successor 
  As of December 31,  As of
March 31,
     As of
December 31,
  As of
March 31,
 
 2006  2007  2008  2009  2010     2010  2011 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $2,551   $11,919   $7,133   $17,164   $12,008     $7,585   $3,756  

Working capital (3)

  105,883    125,148    126,527    110,610    105,923      120,440    102,743  

Total assets

  653,882    660,358    650,677    628,481    630,908      1,052,778    1,122,866  

Total debt (4)

  389,091    386,741    358,115    313,115    313,115      555,993    602,268  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  49,701    26,772    9,478    (10,559  (16,831    287,731    283,003  
  Predecessor     Successor 
  December 31,     December 31,  March 31, 
 2008  2009     2010  2011  2012  2012  2013 
($ in thousands)                      (unaudited) 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $7,133   $17,164     $7,585   $12,027   $65,648   $7,677   $22,639  

Total assets

  126,527    110,610      1,052,778    1,127,851    1,175,793    1,128,767    1,262,044  

Working Capital (4)

  650,677    628,481      120,440    123,211    193,945    136,334    224,665  

Total debt (5)

  358,515    313,609      556,160    619,330    683,885    620,347    759,791  

Stockholder’s equity (deficit)

  9,478    (10,559    287,731    278,547    270,495    277,197    266,361  

 

(1)Financial information for the three months ended and as at March 31, 2013 (in contrast to the comparable predecessor period) reflects the Paulin Acquisition subsequent to the acquisition, which occurred on February 19, 2013.
(2)Excludes depreciation and amortization, which is included in total operating expenses. Cost of sales includes royalty payments made pursuant to the Quick-TagQuick-Tag™ license of $2,714,192, $2,829,905 and $2,423,081 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, $757,313,$757, $0, $2,830, $2,423, $0 and $472,933$0 for the five months ended May 28, 2010, the seven months ended December 31, 2010, the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $0 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 20102012 and 2011,2013, respectively. We completed the Quick-Tag AcquisitionQuick-Tag™ acquisition in connection with the Merger. See “Transactions” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”
(2)(3)The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing fixed charges into net income (loss)loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense on debt (including the amortization of debt expense) and one-third (the proportion deemed representative of the interest portion) of rent expense.
(3)(4)Working capital represents current assets less current liabilities.
(4)(5)IncludesAlso includes the current portion of long term debt. Includes $105.4 million of indebtedness of Hillman and $654.3 million of indebtedness of Hillman Group. Does not include the Intercompany Note. See “Capitalization” and Description“Description of Certain Other Indebtedness—Intercompany Note.”

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma consolidatedcondensed combined financial information has been prepared by management for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had Hillman and Paulin been a combined company during the specified period. The pro forma adjustments are based on the preliminary information available at the time of the preparation of this document. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information, including the notes thereto, is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information, including the notes thereto, is based on the historical consolidated financial statements of Paulin.

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been prepared by our management and is based on (a) our historical consolidated financial statements, and (b) the assumptions and adjustments described below.

The unaudited pro forma consolidatedcondensed combined statement of operations datacomprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010 give2012 combines the historical consolidated statement of comprehensive income of Hillman for the year ended December 31, 2012, as filed with the SEC in its annual report on Form 10-K, with the condensed historical consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income of Paulin for the year ended December 31, 2012, giving effect to the Initial TransactionsPaulin Acquisition as if theythough it had occurred aton January 1, 2012, using the beginningpurchase method of accounting and applying the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 combines the historical consolidated statement of comprehensive income of Hillman for the three months ended March 31, 2013 (including Paulin as of February 19, 2013), as filed with the SEC in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q, with the condensed historical consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income of Paulin for the period of January 1, 2013 to February 19, 2013, giving effect to the Paulin Acquisition as though it had occurred on January 1, 2012, using the purchase method of accounting and applying the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

The Paulin Acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805. Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price, calculated as described in Note 2 to these unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements, is allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets of Paulin acquired in connection with the acquisition, based on their estimated fair values. Management has made a preliminary allocation of the respective periods.purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on various preliminary estimates. The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary pending finalization of various estimates and valuation analyses.

We have included allPro forma adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentationto reflect the purchase price and purchase accounting adjustments based on preliminary estimates of the data. We basedfair values of the pro forma adjustments on available information and on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. See “Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations” and “Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet” for a discussion of assumptions made.Paulin net assets acquired. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes and are based on management’s estimates. The unaudited pro forma consolidatedcondensed combined financial statements do not purportreflect any operating efficiencies and cost savings that may be realized with respect to represent what our results of operations or financial position actually would have been if the Initial Transactions had occurred on the dates indicated or what our results of operations or financial position will be for future periods.combined companies.

The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Pro Forma ConsolidatedCondensed Combined Statement of OperationsComprehensive Income (Unaudited)

Twelve MonthsFor The Year Ended December 31, 20102012

(Unaudited) ($(dollars in thousands)

 

  Historical    
  Predecessor     Successor    
  Five Months
Ended
May 28, 2010
     Seven Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Pro
Forma
 
  (unaudited)     (unaudited)       

Net sales

 $185,716     $276,680    —     $462,396  

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

  89,773      136,554    (771)(1)   225,556  
                  

Gross profit

  95,943      140,126    771    236,840  
                  

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  82,850      90,760    (19,053)(2)   154,557  

Non-recurring expense

  11,342      11,150    (22,492)(8)   —    

Depreciation

  7,283      11,007    —      18,290  

Amortization

  2,678      10,669    4,837 (3)   18,184  

Management and transaction fees to related party

  438      —      (438)(4)   —    
                  

Total operating expenses

  104,591      123,586    (37,146  191,031  
                  

Other income (expense), net

  (114    145    —      31  
                  

Income (loss) from operations

  (8,762    16,685    37,917    45,840  

Interest expense, net

  8,327      20,712    4,880 (5)   33,919  

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased preferred options

  5,488      —      (5,488)(6)   —    

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

  5,254      7,356    —      12,610  

Investment income on trust common securities

  (158    (220  —      (378
                  
  18,911      27,848    (608  46,151  
                  

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (27,673    (11,163  38,525    (311

Income tax (benefit) provision

  (2,465    (3,125  7,622 (7)   2,032  
                  

Net (loss) income

 $(25,208   $(8,038 $30,903   $(2,343
                  

Net income (loss)

  (25,208    (8,038  30,903    (2,343

Interest expense, net

  8,327      20,712    4,880    33,919  

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased preferred options

  5,488      —      (5,488  —    

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

  5,254      7,356    —      12,610  

Investment income on trust common securities

  (158    (220  —      (378

Income tax (benefit) provision

  (2,465    (3,125  7,622    2,032  

Depreciation

  7,283      11,007    —      18,290  

Amortization

  2,678      10,669    4,837    18,184  
                  

EBITDA

 $1,199     $38,361   $42,754   $82,314  
                  

Management and transaction fees to related party

  438      —      (438  —    

Stock compensation expense

  19,053      —      (19,053  —    

Exchange rate gain

  (76    (315  —      (391

Other adjustments

  11,561      12,167    (22,492  1,236  
                  

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA

 $32,175     $50,213   $771   $83,159  
                  
   Historical
Hillman
  Historical
Paulin
  Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Note
3
  Pro
Forma
Combined
 

Net sales

  $555,465   $145,985   $—      $701,450  

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

   275,016    110,355    3,230   A   388,601  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   188,330    29,593    (5,676 A,B   212,247  

Acquisition and integration expenses

   3,031    —     (2,164 B   867  

Depreciation

   22,009    976    882   C   23,867  

Amortization

   21,752    —     700   D   22,452  

Management fees to related party

   155    —     —       155  

Other (income) expense

   4,204    (23  —       4,181  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

   40,968    5,084    3,028      49,080  

Interest expense, net

   41,138    252    5,981   E   47,371  

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   12,610    —     —       12,610  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (378  —     —       (378
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   (12,402  4,832    (2,953    (10,523

Income tax provision (benefit)

   (5,168  1,300    (1,952 F   (5,820
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(7,234 $3,532   $(1,001   $(4,703
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) (from above)

  $(7,234 $3,532   $(1,001   $(4,703

Other comprehensive income:

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   1,051    11    —       1,062  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   1,051    11    —       1,062  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $(6,183 $3,543   $(1,001   $(3,641
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

SeeThe accompanying notes toare an integral part of these pro forma consolidated statementcondensed combined financial statements

The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of operationsComprehensive Income (Unaudited)

for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(dollars in thousands)

   Historical
Hillman
  Historical
Paulin
  Pro Forma
Adjustments (1)
  Note
3
  Pro
Forma
 

Net sales

  $143,919   $16,194   $—      $160,113  

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

   73,646    10,840    —       84,486  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   48,369    7,482    (2,089 G   53,762  

Acquisition and integration expenses

   2,029    —     (2,029 G   —    

Depreciation

   5,542    128    147   H   5,817  

Amortization

   5,446    —     117   I   5,563  

Management fees to related party

   —     —     —       —   

Other (income) expense

   1,103    —     —       1,103  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from operations

   7,784    (2,256  3,854      9,382  

Interest expense, net

   11,953    12    249   J   12,214  

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   3,152    —     —       3,152  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (94  —     —       (94
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   (7,227  (2,268  3,605      (5,890

Income tax provision (benefit)

   (2,642  (10  1,010   K   (1,642
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(4,585 $(2,258 $2,595     $(4,248
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (from above)

   (4,585  (2,258  2,595      (4,248

Other comprehensive income:

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (80  47    —       (33
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   (80  47    —       (33
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $(4,665 $(2,211 $2,595     $(4,281
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma condensed combined financial statements

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of OperationsCondensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)(Dollars in thousands)

 

(1)Reflects the eliminationBasis of royalty paymentsPresentation:

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 have been prepared to reflect the Paulin Acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 2012.

(2)Acquisition and Purchase Price Allocation:

On February 19, 2013, Hillman acquired all of the issued and outstanding Class A common shares of Paulin and Paulin became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Hillman. The aggregate purchase price was $103,416 paid in cash. The following table reconciles the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities to the total purchase price.

Accounts receivable

  $17,259  

Inventory

   55,051  

Other current assets

   2,656  

Property and equipment

   14,937  

Goodwill

   12,974  

Intangibles

   18,814  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   121,691  

Less:

  

Deferred income taxes

   5,471  

Liabilities assumed

   12,804  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

  $103,416  
  

 

 

 

The excess of the purchase price over the net assets has been preliminarily allocated to goodwill and intangible assets pending final valuation by an independent appraisal.

A final determination of fair values may differ materially from the preliminary estimates and will include management’s final valuation of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This final valuation will be based on the actual net tangible assets of Paulin that existed as of the completion date of the acquisition. The final valuation may change the allocation of purchase price, which could affect the fair value assigned to the assets and liabilities and could result in a change to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements.

(3)Acquisition and Purchase Price Allocation:

The following is a summary of pro forma adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements based on preliminary estimates, which may change as additional information is obtained.

Pro Forma Statement of Comprehensive Income Adjustments

A.To reclass certain Paulin wages from selling, general and administrative expenses to Quick-Tag Holdings following acquisitioncost of the Quick-Tag license.sales.

 

(2)Represents elimination of non cash stockB.To remove $2,446 in Paulin transaction fees and stock option expense which will be$2,164 in new structure.Hillman transaction fees.

 

(3)Represents changesC.To record $882 in amortization based upon estimates of fair values and useful lives of identified intangibledepreciation expense on fixed assets as part of the preliminary purchase price allocation.acquired.

 

(4)Represents elimination of management and transaction fees paid to Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC (“CHS”) and Ontario Teacher’s Pension Plan (“OTPP”) eliminated after consummation of the Merger.D.To record $700 in amortization expense on intangible assets acquired.

 

(5)Reflects pro formaE.To record $5,981 of interest expense resulting from our new capital structure immediately subsequenton Hillman debt used to finance the consummation of the Initial Transactions using applicable LIBOR rates as of December 31, 2010.transaction.

($ in thousands)  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Senior term loan facility (a)

  $15,590  

Notes (b)

   16,313  

Deferred financing fees (c)

   2,438  

Amortization of junior subordinated debenture premium (d)

   (422
     
  $33,919  

Less historical interest expense

   (29,039
     

Net adjustment to interest expense

  $4,880  
     

 

 (a)F.Reflects pro forma interest expense on the $290 million senior term loan facility at the LIBOR floor of 1.75% plus the applicable margin of 3.75%.
(b)Reflects pro forma interest on the notes.
(c)Represents amortization of deferred financing fees on the senior term loan facility and the notes.
(d)Represents amortization of premium on junior subordinated debentures.
(6)Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and related interest expense are eliminated in the new capital structure.
(7)Reflects the incomeTo record tax effect of the pro forma adjustments calculated usingto the respective statutory tax rates.statement of comprehensive income.

(8)Represents eliminationG.To remove $2,089 of non-recurring expensestransaction costs incurred by Paulin and $2,029 of transaction costs incurred by Hillman in connection with the Merger.Paulin Acquisition.

H.To record $147 in depreciation expense on fixed assets acquired.

I.To record $117 in amortization expense on intangible assets acquired.

J.To record $261 of interest on Hillman debt used to finance the Paulin Acquisition.

K.To record tax effect of the pro forma adjustments to the statement of comprehensive income.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion provides information which management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our operations and financial condition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and schedules thereto appearing elsewhere herein.

The following reflects our historical results of operations and financial condition as of and for the two years ended December 31, 2009, the five months ended May 28, 2010,2012, the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and the five months ended May 28, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 20102013 and 2011.2012. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the information included under the caption “The Transactions.”

Our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of May 28, 2010 and March 31, 2010 and its related statements of operations, cash flowscashflows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the periods presented prior to May 28, 2010 are referenced herein as the predecessor financial statements (the “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Financial Statements”). Our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and March 31, 20112013 and 2012 and its related statements of operations,comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the periods presented subsequent to the Merger are referenced herein as the successor financial statements (the “Successor” or “Successor Financial Statements”). The Predecessor and Successor periods have been separated by a vertical line to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical cost bases of accounting. The Predecessor Financial Statements do not reflect certain transaction amounts that were incurred at the close of the Merger. Such transaction amounts include the write-off of $5.0 million in deferred financing fees associated with the Predecessor debt obligations.

General

The Hillman Companies, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiariesWe are one of the largest providers of hardware-related products and related merchandising services to the retail markets in North America. Our principal business is operated through Hillman Group. Aits wholly-owned subsidiary, of Hillman Group, operateswhich had net sales of approximately $555.5 million in (1) Canada under the name The2012. Hillman Group Canada, Ltd., (2) Mexico under the name SunSource Integrated Services de Mexico S.A. de C.V., (3) Australia under the name The Hillman Group Australia Pty. Ltd., (4) the U.S. under the name TagWorks LLC and (5) primarily in Florida under the name All Points Industries, Inc. We sell our product lines and provide our servicessells its products to hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, pet supply stores, and other retail outlets principally in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Australia, Latin America and the Caribbean. Product lines include thousands of small parts such as fasteners and related hardware items; threaded rod and metal shapes; builder’s hardware; keys, key duplication systems and accessories; builder’s hardware; and identification items, such as tags and LNS. Services offered includeletters, numbers, and signs. Hillman supports its product sales with value added services including design and installation of merchandising systems and maintenance of appropriate in-store inventory levels.

2004The Merger Transaction

On March 31, 2004,May 28, 2010, Hillman was acquired by affiliatesan affiliate of CHS.OHCP III (as defined herein) and certain members of Hillman’s management and Board of Directors (“Holdco”). Pursuant to the terms and conditions of an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“CHS Merger Agreement”) dated as of February 14, 2004,April 21, 2010, Hillman was merged with an affiliatea subsidiary of CHSHoldco with Hillman surviving the merger (“CHSMerger. As a result of the Merger, Transaction”).Hillman is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdco. The total consideration paid in the CHS Merger Transaction was $511.6$832.7 million includingwhich includes $11.5 million for the Quick-Tag™ license and related patents, repayment of outstanding debt and including the net value of ourHillman’s outstanding Trust Preferred Securitiesjunior subordinated debentures ($102.4105.4 million liquidation value, net of $3.3 million in trust common securities, at the time)time of the merger).

Prior to the CHS Merger, Allied Capital Corporation (“Allied Capital”) owned 96.8% of Hillman’s common stock. As a result of the change of control, affiliates of CHS ownCode Hennessy & Simmons LLC (“CHS”) owned 49.3% of Hillman’s outstanding common stock and 54.6% of Hillman’s voting common stock, OTPP ownsOntario Teacher’s Pension Plan (“OTPP”) owned 28.0% of Hillman’s outstanding common stock and 31.0% of Hillman’s voting common stock and HarbourVest Partners VI ownsowned 8.7% of the Hillman’s outstanding common stock and 9.7% of Hillman’s voting common stock. OTPP’s voting rights with respect to the election of directors to the Board of

Directors was limited to the lesser of 30.0% or the actual percentage of voting stock held. Certain current and former members of management ownowned 13.7% of Hillman’s

outstanding common stock and 4.4% of Hillman’s voting common stock. Allied Capital no longer has an ownership interest in Hillman.Other investors owned 0.3% of Hillman’s outstanding common stock and 0.3% of Hillman’s voting common stock.

The Transactions

On May 28, 2010, Hillman completed its previously announced merger with an entity controlled by affiliates of OHCP III. Immediately following the acquisition, Hillman became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Purchaser. See “The Transactions” for a more detailed description of the Transactions.

Financing Arrangements

Our indebtedness primarily consistsOn May 28, 2010, Hillman and certain of its subsidiaries closed on a $320.0 million senior secured first lien credit facility (the “Senior Facilities”), consisting of a $290.0 million term loan and a $30.0 million revolving credit facility (“Revolver”). The term loan portion of the existing notes,Senior Facilities had a six year term, which has been extended to a seven year term following Amendment No. 4 to the initial notes,credit agreement under the senior secured credit facilities,Senior Facilities, and the junior subordinated debenturesRevolver had a five year term. The Senior Facilities provide borrowings at interest rates based on a EuroDollar rate plus a margin of Hillman. For3.75% for revolving loans and 3.00% for term loans (the “EuroDollar Margin”), or a summarybase rate (the “Base Rate”) plus a margin of 2.75% for revolving loans and 2.00% for term loans (the “Base Rate Margin”). The EuroDollar rate was subject to a minimum floor of 1.75% for revolving loans and 1.25% for term loans and the Base Rate was subject to a minimum floor of 2.75% for revolving loans and 2.25% for term loans.

Concurrently with the Merger, Hillman Group issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of its senior notes due 2018 (the “10.875% Senior Notes”). On March 16, 2011, Hillman Group completed an offering of $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 10.875% Senior Notes. Hillman Group received a premium of approximately $4.6 million on the $50.0 million 10.875% Senior Notes offering. On December 21, 2012, Hillman Group completed an offering of $65.0 million aggregate principal amount of its temporary 10.875% Senior Notes. Hillman Group received a premium of approximately $4.2 million on the $65.0 million temporary 10.875% Senior Notes offering. On February 19, 2013, the temporary 10.875% Senior Notes were mandatorily exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Notes in connection with the Paulin Acquisition. The 10.875% Senior Notes are guaranteed by Hillman, Hillman Investment Company and all of the material termsdomestic subsidiaries of the notes, see “Description of Notes” elsewhere in this prospectus. For a summary of the material terms of our senior secured credit facilities, see “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Hillman Group. Hillman Group pays interest to Hillman Trust on the junior subordinated debentures10.875% Senior Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

The Senior Facilities contain financial and operating covenants. These covenants require Hillman to maintain certain financial ratios, including a maximum secured leverage ratio. These debt agreements provide for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, cross-defaults, bankruptcy events, failure to pay judgments, attachment of its assets, change of control and the issuance of an order of dissolution. Certain of these events of default are subject to notice and cure periods or materiality thresholds. The occurrence of an event of default permits the lenders under the Senior Facilities to accelerate repayment of all amounts due, terminate commitments, direct borrower to pay Collateral Agent additional cash collateral, and enforce any and all rights.

We pay interest to the Hillman Group Capital Trust (the “Trust”) on the Junior Subordinated Debentures underlying the Trust Preferred Securities at the rate of 11.6% per annum on their face amount of $105.4 million, or $12.2 million per annum in the aggregate. HillmanThe Trust distributes an equivalent amount to the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. In order to retain capital, Hillman’s Board of Directors determined to temporarily defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debentures and Hillman Trust determined to defer the payment of cash distributions to holders of Trust Preferred Securities beginning with the January 2009 distribution. Our decision to defer the payment of interest on the junior subordinated debentures was designed to ensure we preserve cash and maintain our compliance with the financial covenants contained in our existing term loan agreement and subordinated notes. Pursuant to the indenture that governs the Trust Preferred Securities, Hillmanthe Trust is able to defer distribution payments to holders of the Trust Preferred Securities for a period that cannot exceed 60 months (the “Deferral Period”). During thea Deferral Period, we are required to accrue the full amount of all interest payable, and such deferred interest payable waswould become immediately payable by Hillmanus at the end of the Deferral Period. On July 31, 2009, we ended the Deferral Period and Hillman Trust resumed monthly distributions and paid all deferred distributions to holders of the Trust Preferred Securities.

On August 29, 2008, we entered into an Interest Rate Swap Agreement (“2008 Swap”) with a three-year term for a notional amount of $50 million. The 2008 Swap fixes the interest rate at 3.41% plus applicable interest rate margin. The 2008 Swap was terminated on May 24, 2010.

On June 24, 2010, we entered into an Interest Rate Swap Agreement (“2010 Swap”) with a two-year term for a notional amount of $115,000. The effective date of the 2010 Swap is May 31, 2011 and its termination date is May 31, 2013. Effective April 18, 2011, we executed the second amendment to our credit agreement and as a result we de-designated the 2010 Swap to an ineffective cash flow hedge.

On November 4, 2010, Hillman Group commenced an offer to exchange $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of its unregistered existing notes and related guarantees for a like principal amount of registered existing notes and related guarantees. The registered existing notes are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by Hillman Companies, Hillman Investment Company and each of Hillman Group’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries. The exchange offer closed on December 6, 2010. Hillman Group did not receive any proceeds in connection with the exchange offer.

Effective April 18, 2011, we completed an amendment to the credit agreement governing our existing senior secured credit facilities credit agreement.Senior Facilities. The senior secured credit facilitiesSenior Facilities amendment eliminated the total leverage and interest coverage covenants and reduced the secured leverage covenant to 4.75x with no future step downs. The term loan pricing was

modified to reduce the Eurodollar Margin and the Base Rate Margin by 25 basis points and reduce the floor on Eurodollar and Base Rate Loans by an additional 25 basis points. In connection with the amendment to the credit agreement, Hillman incurred loan discount costs of $1.25 million. As the modification of the Senior Facilities agreement was

not substantial, the unamortized loan discount and debt issuance costs will be amortized over the term of the amended Senior Facilities. Hillman was in compliance with all provisions and covenants of the amended Senior Facilities as of December 31, 2012.

Effective November 4, 2011, we entered into a Joinder Agreement to our credit agreement under the existing Senior Facilities (the “2011 Incremental Facility”). The senior secured2011 Incremental Facility increased the aggregate term loan commitments available to Hillman Group under the Senior Facilities by $30.0 million. In connection with the 2011 Incremental Facility, Hillman incurred loan discount costs of approximately $0.8 million. As the modification of the Senior Facilities agreement was not substantial, the unamortized loan discount costs will be amortized over the term of the amended Senior Facilities. The aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Senior Facilities, after giving effect to the 2011 Incremental Facility, was $350.0 million. We used the proceeds for general corporate purposes.

On June 24, 2010, we entered into a forward Interest Rate Swap Agreement (“2010 Swap”) with a two-year term for a notional amount of $115.0 million. The effective date of the 2010 Swap was May 31, 2011 and its termination date is May 31, 2013. The 2010 Swap fixes the interest rate at 2.47% plus the applicable interest rate margin.

The 2010 Swap was initially designated as a cash flow hedge. Effective April 18, 2011, we executed the second amendment to the credit facilitiesagreement which modified the interest rate on the Senior Facilities. The critical terms for the 2010 Swap no longer matched the terms of the amended Senior Facilities and the 2010 Swap was de-designated.

Effective November 7, 2012, we entered into a Joinder Agreement to our credit agreement under the existing Senior Facilities (the “2012 Incremental Facility”). The 2012 Incremental Facility increased the aggregate term loan commitments available to Hillman Group under the Senior Facilities by $76.8 million. Subject to the conditions precedent to each funding date described in Section 17 of the 2012 Incremental Facility, Hillman was permitted to make two drawings under the 2012 Incremental Facility on any business day after November 7, 2012 and prior to April 1, 2013. Hillman drew down on funds from the 2012 Incremental Facility in order to fund the permitted Paulin Acquisition on February 19, 2013. The aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Senior Facilities, after giving effect to the 2012 Incremental Facility, was $420.0 million.

Effective February 14, 2013, we completed an amendment relaxedto our credit agreement under the restrictionsexisting Senior Facilities. The Senior Facilities amendment modified the term loan pricing to reduce the EuroDollar margin by 50 basis points and reduce the EuroDollar floor on acquisitionsEuroDollar loans by an additional 25 basis points. This amendment modified the term loan pricing to reduce the base rate margin by 50 basis points and permitted indebtednessreduce the floor on base rate loans by an additional 25 basis points. This amendment also extended the maturity date of the term loan facility by one year to provide greater acquisition flexibility.May 28, 2017.

On May 20, 2013, Hillman Group purchased an interest rate cap agreement (the “2013 Cap Agreement”) with a two-year term for a notional amount of $225.0 million. The effective date of the 2013 Cap Agreement is May 28, 2013 and its termination date is May 28, 2015. The 2013 Cap Agreement provides for a cap strike price of 1.250% and a floating rate option of 3 months USD-LIBOR-BBA.

Acquisitions

On December 29, 2010, the Hillman Group entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) by and among Serv-A-Lite Products, Inc. (“Serv-A-Lite”), Thomas Rowe, Mary Jennifer Rowe, and the Hillman Group, whereby the Hillman Group acquired all of the equity interest of Serv-A-Lite.Serv-A-Lite (the “Serv-A-Lite Acquisition”). The aggregate purchase price was $21.3 million paid in cash at closing. Serv-A-Lite™ has a broad offering of fasteners and ‘hard to find’ parts which are sold primarily into the retail hardware market.

Serv-A-Lite’s breadth of product in specialty fasteners and electrical parts strengthens Hillman’s position of providing value-added products and services to hardware retailers. On March 31, 2011, Serv-A-Lite™ was merged with and into Hillman Group, with Hillman Group as the surviving entity.

On March 16, 2011, Hillman Group completedacquired all of the membership interests in TagWorks AcquisitionL.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company (the “TagWorks Acquisition”) for an initial purchase price of approximately $40.0 million in cash. In addition, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions, Hillman Group will paypaid additional consideration of $12.5 million to the sellers of TagWorks L.L.C. on October 31, 2011, and also paid an additional earn-out payment of up to $12.5 million in March 2012. In conjunction with this agreement, Hillman Group entered into an agreement with KeyWorks, a company affiliated with TagWorks L.L.C., to assign its patent-pending retail key program technology to Hillman Group. In connection with the KeyWorks license agreement, Hillman Group is required to pay an annual royalty fee equal to the greater of $500,000 or 25% of the incremental revenue earned from the deployment of KeyWorks technology to Hillman Group’s retail customers. The closing of the TagWorks Acquisition occurred concurrently with and was a condition to, the closing of the initialnew notes offering. Effective December 31, 2011, TagWorks L.L.C. was merged with and into Hillman Group, with Hillman Group as the surviving entity.

Product RevenuesOn December 1, 2011, Hillman Group purchased certain assets of Micasa Trading Corporation (“Micasa”), a Florida based producer of the Ook brand of picture hangers and related products (the “Ook Acquisition”). The aggregate purchase price was $14.8 million paid in cash.

In addition, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions provided in the purchase agreement, Hillman Group would have paid Micasa an additional undiscounted contingent consideration of up to $6.0 million in March 2013. The followingMarch 2013 additional consideration was contingent upon achieving a 2012 defined earnings target which was not met.

On February 19, 2013, pursuant to the terms of the previously announced Arrangement Agreement dated December 17, 2012, Hillman acquired all of the issued and outstanding Class A common shares of Paulin and Paulin became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Hillman. On March 31, 2013, Paulin was amalgamated with and into The Hillman Group Canada ULC. The aggregate purchase price of the Paulin Acquisition was $103.4 million paid in cash

Paulin is revenue for our significant product categories (in thousands):a leading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts and retail hardware components. Paulin’s distribution facilities are located across Canada in Vancouver, Edmonton, Winnipeg, Toronto, Montreal and Moncton, as well as in Flint, Michigan and Cleveland, Ohio. Paulin’s four manufacturing facilities are located in Ontario, Canada.

   Successor       Predecessor 
   Seven Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
       Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
   Year Ended
December 31,
2009
   Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Net sales

           

Keys

  $48,897       $32,716    $78,012    $80,754  

Engraving

   17,038        12,242     35,518     40,945  

Letters, numbers and signs

   22,026        12,859     34,287     34,671  

Fasteners

   154,319        103,457     253,703     261,646  

Threaded rod

   17,360        12,471     30,118     37,145  

Code cutter

   1,844        1,377     3,353     4,934  

Builders hardware

   3,137        1,753     3,832     1,606  

Other

   12,059        8,841     19,338     20,222  
                       

Consolidated net sales

  $276,680       $185,716    $458,161    $481,923  
                       

Current Economic Conditions

The U.S. economy has undergone a period of recession and the future economic environment may continue to be less favorable than that of recent years. This slowdown has, and could further lead to, reduced consumer and business spending in the foreseeable future, including by our customers. In addition, economic conditions, including decreased access to credit, may result in financial difficulties leading to restructurings, bankruptcies, liquidations and other unfavorable events for our customers, suppliers and other service providers. If such conditions continue or further deteriorate in the remainder of 2011 or through fiscal 2012, our industry, business and results of operations may be impacted.

Our business is impacted by general economic conditions in the U.S. and international markets, particularly the U.S. retail markets including hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, and other retailers. In recent quarters, operations have been negatively impacted by the general downturn in the U.S. economy, including higher unemployment figures, and the contraction of the retail market. AlthoughRecently, there have been certain signs of improvement in the economy, generally sucheconomic activity. However, conditions are not expected to improve significantly in the near termterm. While recent economic growth reports are more positive, there still exists concern about downside risk to future growth and the high unemployment rate. These factors may have the effect of reducing consumer spending which could adversely affect our results of operations during the remainder of thisnext year orand beyond.

We are sensitive to inflation or deflation present in the economies of the United States and foreign suppliers located primarily in Taiwan and China. For several years leading up to 2009, the rapid growth in China’s economic activity produced significantly rising costs of certain imported fastener products. In addition, the cost of commodities such as copper, zinc, aluminum, nickel, and plastics used in the manufacture of our other products increased sharply. Further, increases in the cost of diesel fuel contributed to transportation rate increases. The trend of rising commodity costs accelerated in the first half of 2008. In the second half of 2008 and during the first half of 2009, national and international economic difficulties startedof 2008 and 2009 began a reversal of the trend of rising costs for our products and commodities used in the manufacture of our products, including a decrease in the cost of oil and diesel fuel. During the second half of 2009,Throughout most of 2010 and the first three months of 2011, we have seensaw an end to decreasing costs and, in certain instances, moderate increases in the costs for our products and the most critical commodities used in the manufacture of our products. Additionally, unfavorable exchange rate fluctuations have increased the costs for many of our products. We took pricing action in the first quarter of 2011 and 2012 in an attempt to offset a portion of the product cost increases. While inflation and resulting cost increases over a period of years would result in significant increases in inventory costs and operating expenses, the opposite is true when

exposed to a prolonged period of cost decreases. The ability of our operating divisions to institute price increases and seek price concessions, as appropriate, is dependent on competitive market conditions.

Product Revenues

The following is revenue based on products for Hillman’s significant product categories, excluding Paulin (in thousands):

  Successor  Predecessor 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2013
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Year Ended
December 31,
2011
  Seven Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
  Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
 

Net sales

       

Keys

 $20,420   $21,320   $86,943   $85,410   $48,897   $32,716  

Engraving

  11,721    11,971    48,979    41,734    17,038    12,242  

Letters, numbers and signs

  6,749    6,424    32,251    33,079    22,026    12,859  

Fasteners

  69,443    69,748    308,770    279,564    154,319    103,457  

Threaded rod

  8,128    8,480    33,326    31,135    17,360    12,471  

Code cutter

  645    797    2,851    3,312    1,844    1,377  

Builders hardware

  3,310    3,753    16,370    10,080    3,137    1,753  

Other

  6,072    5,881    25,975    22,212    12,059    8,841  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Net Sales

 $126,488   $128,373   $555,465   $506,526   $276,680   $185,716  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Results of Operations

Our accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements are presentedSales and Profitability for two periods, Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the accounting periods preceding and succeeding the completion of the Merger. The Predecessor and Successor periods have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the condensed consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical cost bases of accounting. The following analysis of results of operations includes a brief discussion of the factors that affected our operating results and a comparative analysis of the Successor period of the three months ended March 31, 20112013 and the Predecessor period of the three months ended March 31, 2010.

Sales and Profitability for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010

(dollars in thousands)2012:

 

   Successor      Predecessor 
   Three Months ended
March 31, 2011
      Three Months ended
March  31, 2010
 
   Amount  % of
Total
      Amount  % of
Total
 

Net sales

  $111,294    100.0    $108,460    100.0

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

   55,656    50.0     51,938    47.9
                    

Gross profit

   55,638    50.0     56,522    52.1
                    

Operating expenses:

        

Selling

   21,903    19.7     20,846    19.2

Warehouse & delivery

   13,035    11.7     11,824    10.9

General & administrative

   7,508    6.7     6,191    5.7

Stock compensation expense

   —      —       1,427    1.3
                    

Total SG&A

   42,446    38.1     40,288    37.1

Acquisition and integration (a)

   1,290    1.2     —      —  

Depreciation

   4,439    4.0     4,290    4.0

Amortization

   4,741    4.3     1,607    1.5

Management and transaction fees to related party

   —      —       251    0.2
                    

Total operating expenses

   52,916    47.5     46,436    42.8
                    

Other income, net

   365    0.3     82    0.1
                    

Income from operations

   3,087    2.8     10,168    9.4

Interest expense, net

   9,077    8.2     4,180    3.9

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock & management purchased options

   —      —       3,246    3.0

Interest expense on junior subordinated notes

   3,152    2.8     3,152    2.9

Investment income on trust common securities

   (95  -0.1     (95  -0.1
                    

Loss before income taxes

   (9,047  -8.1     (315  -0.3

Income tax (benefit) provision

   (4,165  -3.7     1,254    1.2
                    

Net loss

  $(4,882  -4.4    $(1,569  -1.4
                    
    Successor 
   Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2013
  Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2012
 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount  % of
Total
  Amount  % of
Total
 

Net sales

  $143,919    100 $128,373    100.0

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)

   73,646    51.2  63,589    49.5

Selling

   23,260    16.2  23,020    17.9

Warehouse & delivery

   16,361    11.4  13,916    10.8

General & administrative

   8,748    6.1  7,984    6.2

Acquisition and integration(1)

   2,029    1.4  152    0.1

Depreciation

   5,542    3.9  5,889    4.6

Amortization

   5,446    3.8  5,471    4.3

Other (income) expense

   1,103    0.8  (483  -0.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from operations

   7,784    5.4  8,835    6.9

Interest expense, net

   11,953    8.3  10,102    7.9

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   3,152    2.2  3,152    2.5

Investment income on trust common securities

   (94  -0.1  (95  -0.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

   (7,227  -5.0  (4,324  -3.4

Income tax provision (benefit)

   (2,642  -1.8  (1,737  -1.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(4,585  -3.2 $(2,587  -2.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(a)(1)Represents charges for investment banking, legal and other professional fees incurred in connection with the Merger, Serv-A-LitePaulin Acquisition TagWorks Acquisitionin 2013 and the start-up of operations for Hillman Australia.Ook Acquisition in 2012.

Successor Period of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 vs Predecessor Period of the2013 v. Three Months Ended March 31, 20102012

Revenues

Net sales for the first quarter 2011of 2013 were $111.3$143.9 million, an increase of $2.8$15.5 million or 2.6%, compared to net sales of $108.5$128.4 million for the first quarter of 2010. Excluding the first quarter net sales of $5.0 million for2012. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to the newly acquired Serv-A-Lite and TagWorks businesses,Paulin business which contributed approximately $17.4 million in incremental net sales to the first quarter of 2011 net sales were $2.2 million or 2.0% less than2013. A decline in retail activity and a reduced level of product penetration in early 2013 resulted in revenue decreases from the prior year period.in our franchise and independent hardware accounts, Regional accounts and Engraving accounts.

Expenses

Operating expenses were higher for the three months ended March 31, 2013 than the three months ended March 31, 2012. The primary reason for the increase in operating expenses was the inclusion of the newly acquired Paulin business in the first quarter of 2013. The following changes in underlying trends impacted the change in operating expenses:

Our cost of sales expense was $73.6 million, or 51.2% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2013, an increase of $10.0 million compared to $63.6 million, or 49.5% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2012. The cost of sales percentage in the 2013 period was higher than the comparable 2012 period as a result of the inclusion of the Paulin business which increased cost of sales by 1.9% expressed as a percent of sales.

Selling expense was $23.3 million, or 16.2% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2013, an increase of $0.3 million compared to $23.0 million, or 17.9% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2012. Selling expense of approximately $1.1 million was attributable to the new Paulin business in the first quarter of 2013. However, the reduction in base sales from the remaining Hillman businesses resulted in less selling expense of approximately $0.8 million compared to the 2012 period. This favorable variance was primarily from reductions in salesman commissions, marketing and customer display costs.

Warehouse and delivery expense was $16.4 million, or 11.4% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2013, an increase of $2.5 million compared to warehouse and delivery expense of $13.9 million, or 10.8% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2012. Warehouse and delivery expense of approximately $2.4 million was attributable to the new Paulin business in the first quarter of 2013. The costs in the remaining Hillman businesses were up slightly from the prior year period.

G&A expenses were $39.7 million in 2012 compared to $29.4 million in 2011. The increase in G&A expenses was primarily the result of fewer new product rolloutsthe settlement cost of the previously pending Hy-Ko antitrust case and higher legal expense on the Hy-Ko patent infringement and antitrust cases. See Note 17 to our annual audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included elsewhere in our national accounts business.this prospectus for more information regarding the previously pending Hy-Ko cases.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit percentage was 50.0%Acquisition and integration costs were $2.0 million in the first quarter of 2011 compared to 52.1%2013 primarily as a result of the Paulin Acquisition. The acquisition and integration costs were $0.2 million in the first quarter of 2010. The margin decline2012 as a result of the Ook Acquisition.

Amortization expense was $5.4 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to $5.5 million in the first quarter of 2012. The slightly lower amount of amortization expense for the 2013 period was due to the decrease in amortization expense of certain intangible assets, subject to amortization, acquired as a result of the Ook Acquisition.

Interest expense, net, was $12.0 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to $10.1 million in the first quarter of 2012. The increase in interest expense was primarily the result of our higher borrowing levels in both 10.875% Senior Notes and the Senior Facilities during the first quarter of 2013 compared to the same period of 2012.

Sales and Profitability for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

    Successor 
   Year ended
December 31, 2012
  Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount  % of
Total
  Amount  % of
Total
 

Net sales

  $555,465    100.0 $506,526    100.0

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)

   275,016    49.5  252,491    49.8

Selling

   90,498    16.3  85,326    16.8

Warehouse & delivery

   58,097    10.5  55,063    10.9

General & administrative

   39,735    7.2  29,377    5.8

Acquisition and integration

   3,031    0.5  2,805    0.6

Depreciation

   22,009    4.0  21,333    4.2

Amortization

   21,752    3.9  20,717    4.1

Management and transaction fees to related party

   155    0.0  110    0.0

Other (income) expense, net

   4,204    0.8  851    0.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from operations

   40,968    7.4  38,453    7.6

Interest expense

   41,138    7.4  40,679    8.0

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   12,610    2.3  12,610    2.5

Investment income on trust common securities

   (378  (0.1%)   (378  (0.1%) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

   (12,402  (2.2%)   (14,458  (2.9%) 

Income tax benefit

   (5,168  (0.9%)   (4,679  (0.9%) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(7,234  (1.3%)  $(9,779  (1.9%) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 v. Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenues

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $555.5 million compared to net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $506.5. The increase in revenues of $49.0 million was primarily attributable to an improvement in retail activity and certain pricing actions taken in early 2012 resulted in further revenue improvement over the prior year in our franchise and independent (“F&I”) hardware accounts, Regional accounts, the All Points division and for Home Depot. In addition, revenue increased from having a full year of the newly acquired TagWorks™ and Ook businesses which contributed approximately $16.3 million in incremental net sales to 2012.

Expenses

Operating expenses were substantially higher for the year ended December 31, 2012 than for the year ended December 31, 2011. The primary reasons for the increase in operating expenses were the settlement of the Hy-Ko antitrust case and increase in legal cost related to the Hy-Ko patent infringement and antitrust litigation together with the inclusion of the newly acquired Ook business in the full year of 2012. In addition, the TagWorks™ business was acquired in March 2011 and therefore it contributed approximately nine months of operating expenses to 2011 and twelve months of operating expenses to 2012. The following changes in underlying trends also impacted the change in operating expenses:

Our cost of sales expense was $275.0 million, or 49.5% of net sales, in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $252.5 million, or 49.8% of net sales, in the year ended December 31, 2011. The cost of sales percentage was comparable for the two periods as unfavorable changes in product cost and sales mix have been offset by pricing actions.

Selling expense was $90.5 million, or 16.3% of net sales, in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $85.3 million, or 16.8% of net sales, in the year ended December 31, 2011. The acquisitions of TagWorks™ and Ook contributed to the higher sales volume in 2012, which resulted in higher variable service cost than 2011. The 2012 selling expense was less than 2011 when expressed as a percentage of sales.

Warehouse and delivery expense was $58.1 million, or 10.5% of net sales, in 2012 compared to $55.1 million, or 10.9% of net sales, in 2011. The higher sales volume in 2012 resulted in higher overall costs for warehouse labor and freight used to process and deliver customer orders. However, as a result of operating efficiencies, these costs decreased from 2011 when expressed as a percentage of net sales.

G&A expenses were $39.7 million in 2012 compared to $29.4 million in 2011. The increase in G&A expenses was primarily the result of the settlement cost of the previously pending Hy-Ko antitrust case and higher legal expense on the Hy-Ko patent infringement and antitrust cases. See Note 17 to our annual audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding the previously pending Hy-Ko cases.

Acquisition and integration expense of $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 represents one-time charges for investment banking, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with the acquisitions of Paulin and Ook. We incurred $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 for banking, legal and other professional fees incurred in connection with the Merger, and the Serv-A-Lite Acquisition, TagWorks Acquisition, Ook Acquisition and start-up of operations for the Hillman Group Australia Pty, Ltd. (“Hillman Australia”).

Depreciation expense was $22.0 million for 2012 compared to $21.3 million for 2011. The increase in annual depreciation expense in 2012 was the result of the increase in fixed assets subject to depreciation acquired through capital additions.

Amortization expense was $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $20.7 million for the prior year. The higher amortization expense in 2012 was the result of the increase in intangible assets subject to amortization acquired in the Ook Acquisition.

Interest expense was $41.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $40.7 million in the prior year. The increase in interest expense for 2012 was primarily the result of the higher level of debt outstanding.

Other (income) expense, net was $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in other expenses was primarily the result of the restructuring costs incurred to move the TagWorks™ operation and streamline the warehouse distribution system.

Sales and profitability for the year ended December 31, 2011, the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and the five months ended May 28, 2010:

   Successor   Predecessor 
   Year Ended
December 31, 2011
  Year Ended
December 31, 2010
   Five Months ended
May 28, 2010
 
(dollars in thousands)  Amount  % of
Total
  Amount  % of
Total
   Amount  % of
Total
 

Net sales

  $506,526    100.0 $276,680    100.0  $185,716    100.0

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)

   252,491    49.8  136,554    49.8   89,773    49.3

Selling

   85,326    16.8  45,883    16.6   33,568    18.1

Warehouse & delivery

   55,063    10.9  30,470    11.0   19,945    10.7

General & administrative

   29,377    5.8  14,407    5.2   10,284    5.5

Stock compensation expense

   —        —         19,053    10.3

Acquisition and integration

   2,805    0.6  11,150    4.0   11,342    6.1

Depreciation

   21,333    4.2  11,007    4.0   11,342    6.1

Amortization

   20,717    4.1  10,669    3.9   2,678    1.4

Management and transaction fees to related party

   110    0.0  —         438    0.2

Other (income) expense, net

   851    0.2  (145  (0.1%)    114    0.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

   38,453    7.6  16,685    6.0   (8,762  (4.7%) 

Interest expense

   40,679    8.0  20,712    7.5   8,327    4.5

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock & management purchased preferred options

   —        —         5,488    3.0

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   12,610    2.5  7,356    2.7   5,254    2.8

Investment income on trust common securities

   (378  (0.1%)   (220  (0.1%)    (158  (0.1%) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before taxes

   (14,458  (2.9%)   (11,163  (4.0%)    (27,673  (14.9%) 

Income tax benefit

   (4,679  (0.9%)   (3,125  (1.1%)    (2,465  (1.3%) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(9,779  (1.9%)  $(8,038  (2.9%)   $(25,208  (13.6%) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Successor Year Ended December 31, 2011 v. Predecessor Five Month Period of January 1 to May 28, 2010

Revenues

Successor net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011 (“2011 twelve month period”) were $506.5 million, or $2.03 million per shipping day. The net sales for the Predecessor period of January 1— May 28, 2010 (the “2010 five month period”) were $185.7 million, or $1.77 million per shipping day. The increase in revenues of $320.8 million was directly attributable to comparing operating results of 249 shipping days in the 2011 twelve month period compared to operating results from 105 shipping days in the 2010 five month period. The sales per shipping day of $2.0 million in the 2011 twelve month period were approximately 14.7% higher than the sales per shipping day of $1.8 million in the 2010 five month period. The increase in sales per day for the 2011 twelve month period was the result of including the incremental sales from the acquisitions of Serv-A-Lite™, TagWorks™, and Ook together with higher seasonal sales per day during the June through December period in the twelve months of 2011 compared to the average sales per day for the January to May 2010 period.

Expenses

Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $214.7 million compared to $104.6 million for the period of January 1—May 28, 2010. The increase in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 is primarily due to the longer 249 day ship period for the year of 2011 compared to the 105 day ship period in the 2010 five month period The following changes in underlying trends also impacted the change in operating expenses:

Our cost of sales percentage (excluding depreciation and amortization) was 49.8% in the 2011 twelve month period compared to 48.3% in the 2010 five month period. The rate increase in the 2011 twelve month period is the result of an unfavorable sales product mix and the impact of cost increases in certain commodities used in our products, particularly steel, copper, nickel and zinc. Additionally, a significant portion of our product is supplied from vendors in Asia, including Taiwan and China. Ocean cargo rates have increased approximately 20-25% from the prior year. This has resulted in a significant increase in the landed cost of our products. We initiated pricing action in the latter part of the first quarterhalf of 2011 to recover a portion of the increased product costs.

Expenses

Operating expenses forSelling expense was $85.3 million, or 16.8% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2011 were $52.9 milliontwelve month period compared to $46.4$33.6 million, or 18.1% of net sales, in the 2010 five month period. When expressed as a percentage of sales, the costs for service representatives, employee benefits, and new displays were lower in the first quarter of 2010. The following changes in underlying trends impacted2011 twelve month period than the change in operating expenses:2010 five month period.

 

Warehouse and delivery expense was $13.0 million, or 11.7% of net sales, in the first quarter of 2011 compared to $11.8$55.1 million, or 10.9% of net sales, in the first quarter2011 twelve month period compared to $19.9 million, or 10.7% of 2010. Outbound and inter-branch freightnet sales, in the 2010 five month period. Freight expense, the largest component of warehouse and delivery expense, increased from 4.3% of net sales in the first quarter of 2010 five month period to 4.9%4.6% of net sales in the first quarter of 2011. The 2011 freight costs included the negative impact of higher fuel surcharges and lower average customer order sizes.

General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses of $7.5 million in the first quarter of 2011 were $1.3 million higher than the first quarter of 2010. The increase in G&A expenses was primarily the result of an increase of $0.7 million in legal and professional costs together with the increased G&A expenses associated with the Serv-A-Lite and TagWorks Acquisitions.

No stock compensation expense was recorded in the first quarter of 2011. The stock compensation expense of the Successor is dependent upon the valuation of underlying shares due to the classification of liability based awards. The stock compensation expense of the Predecessor was $1.4 million in the first quarter of 2010.

Acquisition and integration expense of $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2011 represents charges for banking, legal and other professional fees incurred in connection with the Merger, Serv-A-Lite Acquisition, TagWorks Acquisition and the start-up of operations for Hillman Australia. There were no acquisition and integration expenses in the first quarter of 2010.

Amortization expense was $4.7 million in the first quarter of 2011, or an estimated annual rate of $18.8 million. The amortization expense of $1.6 million in the first quarter of 2010 amounted to an estimated annual amount of approximately $6.4 million. The higher annual rate of amortization expense for the 2011 period was due to the increase in intangible assets, subject to amortization, acquired as a result of the Merger, Serv-A-Lite Acquisition and TagWorks Acquisition.

Interest expense, net, was $9.1 million in the first quarter of 2011, or an estimated annual rate of approximately $36.4 million. The interest expense was $4.2 million for the first quarter of 2010, or an estimated annual rate of approximately $16.8 million. The increase in estimated annual interest expense was primarily the result of the higher level of debt outstanding as a result of the Merger, Serv-A-Lite Acquisition and TagWorks Acquisition.

The Successor incurred no interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options in the first quarter of 2011 as a result of their redemption in connection with the Merger. The interest expense on these securities was $3.2 million for the first quarter of 2010.

The Successor recorded an income tax benefit of ($4.2) million on a pre-tax loss of ($9.1) million in the first quarter of 2011, compared to an income tax provision of $1.2 million on a pre-tax loss of ($0.3) million in the first quarter of 2010. The effective income tax rates were 46.0% and -398.1% for

the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In the Successor period ended March 31, 2011, the effective income tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate primarily due to a current period charge caused by the effect of changes in certain state income tax rates on our deferred tax assets and liabilities. The remaining differences between the effective income tax rate and the federal statutory rate in the three month period ended March 31, 2011 was primarily due to state and foreign income taxes.

In the Predecessor period ended March 31, 2010, the effective income tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate primarily as a result of the effect of nondeductible interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and stock compensation expense. The non-deductible interest and compensation expense described above decreased the effective income tax rate from the federal statutory rate by -378.2% in the three month period ended March 31, 2010. The remaining difference between the effective income tax rate and the federal statutory rate in the three-month period ended March 31, 2010 was primarily due to state and foreign income taxes.

Sales and Profitability for the Seven Months Ended December 31, 2010 and the Five Months Ended May 28, 2010 and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(dollars in thousands)

  Successor     Predecessor 
  Seven Months ended     Five Months ended  Year ended 
  December 31, 2010     May 28, 2010  December 31, 2009 
  Amount  % of Total     Amount  % of Total  Amount  % of Total 

Net sales

 $276,680    100.0   $185,716    100.0 $458,161    100.0

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)

  136,554    49.4    89,773    48.3  224,642    49.0
                          

Gross profit

  140,126    50.6    95,943    51.7  233,519    51.0
                          

Operating expenses:

        

Selling

  45,883    16.6    33,568    18.1  77,099    16.8

Warehouse & delivery

  30,470    11.0    19,945    10.7  48,496    10.6

General & administrative

  14,407    5.2    10,284    5.5  24,818    5.4

Stock compensation expense

  —      —      19,053    10.3  8,737    1.9
                          

Total SG&A

  90,760    32.8    82,850    44.6  159,150    34.7

Acquisition and integration

  11,150    4.0    11,342    6.1  —      —  

Depreciation

  11,007    4.0    7,283    3.9  16,993    3.7

Amortization

  10,669    3.9    2,678    1.4  6,912    1.5

Management fees

  —      —      438    0.2  1,010    0.2
                          

Total operating expenses

  123,586    44.7    104,591    56.3  184,065    40.2
                          

Other income (expense)

  145    0.1    (114  -0.1  (120  —  

Income (loss) from operations

  16,685    6.0    (8,762  -4.7  49,334    10.8

Interest expense

  20,712    7.5    8,327    4.5  15,521    3.4

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock & management purchased preferred options

  —      —      5,488    3.0  12,312    2.7

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

  7,356    2.7    5,254    2.8  12,820    2.8

Investment income on trust common securities

  (220  -0.1    (158  -0.1  (378  -0.1
                          

Income (loss) before taxes

  (11,163  -4.0    (27,673  -14.9  9,059    2.0

Income tax (benefit) provision

  (3,125  -1.1    (2,465  -1.3  10,289    2.2
                          

Net loss

 $(8,038  -2.9   $(25,208  -13.6 $(1,230  -0.3
                          

Predecessor Five Month Period of January 1 – May 28, 2010 vs Predecessor Period of the Year Ended December 31, 2009

Revenues

Net sales for the Predecessor period of January 1 – May 28, 2010 (the “2010 five month period”) were $185.7 million, or $1.77 million per shipping day, compared to net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 of $458.2 million, or $1.84 million per shipping day. The decrease in revenues of $272.5 million was directly attributable to comparing operating results of 105 shipping days in the 2010 five month period to the results from 249 shipping days in 2009. The sales per shipping day of $1.77 million in the 2010 five month period were approximately 3.8% lower than the sales per shipping day of $1.84 million in the 2009. The decrease in sales per day for the 2010 five month period was the result of higher seasonal sales per day during the June through December period included in the twelve months of 2009 as compared to the average sales per day for the January to May 2010 period.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit percentage was 51.7% in the 2010 five month period compared to 51.0% in the year 2009. We experienced a significant increase in the unit cost of inventory during most of 2008 as a result of increases in related commodities used in our products such as steel, zinc, nickel, aluminum, copper and plastics. The higher unit costs negatively impacted gross profit during the first half of 2009 as the higher unit cost product sold through inventory. In 2009, commodity prices moderated and, in particular, the cost of steel based fasteners sourced primarily from Taiwan and China returned to the levels prior to the significant price increases seen in 2008. The gross profit in the first five months of 2010 benefited from the lower product costs experienced in the second half of 2009.

Expenses

Operating expenses for the period of January 1 – May 28, 2010 were $104.6 million compared to $184.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in operating expenses is primarily due to the shorter 105 day ship period in the 2010 five month period which provided certain favorable operating expense variances as compared to the 249 day ship period for the year of 2009. The following changes in underlying trends also impacted the change in operating expenses:

Warehouse and delivery expense was $19.9 million, or 10.7% of net sales, in the 2010 five month period compared to $48.5 million, or 10.6% of net sales in the year of 2009. Freight expense, the largest component of warehouse and delivery expense, was 4.1% of net sales in the 2010 five month period. The 4.1% rate was unchanged from the same rate in 2009.

 

Stock compensation expenses from stock options primarily related togranted under the CHS Merger Transaction2004 Common Stock Option Plan of the Predecessor resulted in a charge of $19.1 million in the 2010 five month period. The change in the fair value of the Class B Common Stock is included in stock compensation expense and this resulted in an additional charge of $13.9 million. The significant increase in the fair value of the Class B Common Stock in this predecessorPredecessor period resulted from the acquisition price paid by OHCP for the Company.Hillman. In addition, a stock compensation charge of $3.7 million was recorded for the increase in the fair value of the common stock options. TheThere was no stock compensation expense was $8.7 millionrecorded for year ended December 31, 2009.2011.

 

Acquisition and integration expense of $11.3 million in the 2010 five month period represents one-time charges for investment banking, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with the Merger. There were no acquisitionWe incurred $2.8 million for the 2011 twelve month period for banking, legal and integration expensesother professional fees incurred in connection with the Merger, Serv-A-Lite Acquisition, TagWorks Acquisition, Ook Acquisition and start-up of operations for Hillman Australia.

Depreciation expense was $21.3 million in the 2011 twelve month period compared to $7.3 million in the 2010 five month period, or an estimated annual amount of $17.5 million. The annual amount of depreciation expense in the 2011 twelve month period was the result of the increase in fixed assets subject to depreciation acquired in the acquisitions of Serv-A-Lite™ and TagWorks™.

Amortization expense was $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Amortization2011. The amortization expense was $2.7 million in the 2010 five month period. Theperiod, or an estimated annualized rate of approximately $6.4 million was comparable to themillion. The higher estimated annual amount of amortization expense in the 2011 twelve month period was the result of $6.9the increase in intangible assets subject to amortization acquired in the acquisitions of Serv-A-Lite™, TagWorks™ and Ook.

Interest expense was $40.7 million forin the year ended December 31, 2009.

Interest expense was2011, compared to $8.3 million in the 2010 five month period, compared to $15.5 millionor an estimated annual rate of $20.0 million. The increase in interest expense for year ended December 31, 2009. The 2010 fivethe 2011 twelve month period included a $1.6 million interest charge forwas primarily the terminationresult of the 2008 Swap.higher level of debt outstanding as a result of the Merger, the TagWorks Acquisition and the Ook Acquisition.

 

InterestThe Successor incurred no interest expense on the mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased preferred options wereas a result of their redemption in connection with the Merger. The interest expense on these securities was $5.5 million infor the 2010 five month period. The estimated annual rate of approximately $13.2 million was comparable to the interest expense of $12.3 million for year ended

Successor Year Ended December 31, 2009.

The effective income tax rates were 8.9% for the five month Predecessor period ended May 28, 2010 and 113.6% for the twelve month Predecessor period ended December 31, 2009. The change in the effective income tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate in the five month Predecessor period ended May 28, 2010 and the twelve month Predecessor period ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to the effect of nondeductible interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and nondeductible stock based compensation expense in addition to the effect of state rates.

2011 v. Successor Seven Month Period of May 28 to December 31, 2010 vs Predecessor Period of the Year Ended December 31, 2009

Revenues

Net sales for the Successor period of May 28—28 to December 31, 2010 (the “2010 seven month period”) were $276.7 million, or $1.92$1.9 million per shipping day, compared to net sales for the year ended December 31, 20092011 of $458.2$506.5 million, or $1.84$2.0 million per shipping day. The decreaseincrease in revenues of $181.5$229.8 million for the 2011 twelve month period was directly attributable to comparing operating results of 249 shipping days in 2011 to the results from 144 shipping days in the 2010 seven month period to the results from 249 shipping days in 2009. However, the sales per shipping day of $1.92 million in the 2010 seven month period were approximately 4.3% higher than the sales per shipping day of $1.84 million in the year ended December 31, 2009.period. The increase in sales per day for the 2010 seven2011 twelve month period was the result of higherincluding the incremental sales from the acquisitions of Serv-A-Lite™, TagWorks™, and Ook which were partially offset by the high seasonal sales per day during the June through December period asin the seven months of 2010 compared to the average sales per day for the January throughto December period of 2009.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit percentage was 50.6% in the 2010 seven month period compared to 51.0% in the year of 2009. We experienced a moderate increase in the unit cost of its products during the last seven months of 2010. The increases came in related commodities used in our products such as steel, zinc, nickel, aluminum, copper and plastics. The higher unit cost of our products negatively impacted gross profit in the 2010 seven month2011 period. In 2009, commodity prices moderated from the high points experienced in 2008 and average product costs decreased during that period of time. We anticipate that the average unit cost of its products will trend higher during 2011.

Expenses

Operating expenses for the 2010 seven month periodyear ended December 31, 20102011 were $123.6$214.7 million compared to $184.1$123.6 million for the period of May 28 to December 31, 2010. The increase in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in operating expenses2011 is primarily due to the longer 249 day ship period for the year of 2011 compared to the 144 day shippingship period in the 2010 seven month period as compared to the 249 day shipping period in the twelve months of 2009.period. The following changes in underlying trends also impacted the change in operating expenses:

Our cost of sales percentage (excluding depreciation and amortization) was 49.8% in the 2011 twelve month period compared to 49.4% in the 2010 seven month period. The rate increase in the 2011 twelve month period is the result of an unfavorable sales product mix and the impact of cost increases in certain commodities used in our products, particularly steel, copper, nickel and zinc. We initiated pricing action in the first half of 2011 to recover a portion of the increased product costs.

Selling expense was $85.3 million, or 16.8% of net sales, in the 2011 twelve month period compared to $45.9 million, or 16.6% of net sales, in the 2010 seven month period. When expressed as a percentage of sales, the costs for service representatives, employee benefits, and new displays were comparable in the 2011 twelve month period to the 2010 seven month period.

 

Warehouse and delivery expense was $30.5 million, or 11.0% of net sales, in the 2010 seven month period compared to $48.5$55.1 million, or 10.6%10.9% of net sales, in the year of 2009. Freight expense, the largest component of warehouse and delivery expense, increased from 4.1% of net sales in 2009 to 4.8% of net sales in the 2010 seven2011 twelve month period. The freight costs in the 2010 seven month period included the negative impact of higher fuel surcharges and lower average customer order sizes.

No stock compensation expense was recorded in the 2010 seven month period. Stock compensation expense in future periods is dependent on the valuation of underlying shares due to the classification of liability based awards. The stock compensation expense was $8.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Acquisition and integration expense of $11.2 million in the 2010 seven month period represents one-time charges for legal, professional, diligence and other expenses incurred by the Successor in connection with the Merger. There were no acquisitionWe incurred $2.8 million for the 2011 twelve month period for banking, legal and integration expensesother professional fees incurred in 2009.connection with the Merger, Serv-A-Lite Acquisition, TagWorks Acquisition, Ook Acquisition and start-up of operations for Hillman Australia.

 

Amortization expense was $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Amortization expense was $10.7 million in the 2010 seven month period, or an estimated annualized rate of approximately $18.3 million compared to amortization expense of $6.9 million for year ended December 31, 2009.million. The higher annual rate of amortization expense for the 2010 seven2011 twelve month period was due to the increase in intangible assets subject to amortization acquired as a result of the Merger.acquisitions of Serv-A-Lite™, TagWorks™, and Ook.

 

Interest expense was $40.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $20.7 million in the 2010 seven month period, or an estimated annual rate of approximately $35.5 million compared to interest expense of $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.million. The increase in estimated annualized amount of interest expense for the 2011 twelve month period was primarily the result of the higher level of debt outstanding following the Merger.

The Successor incurred no interest expense in the 2010 seven month period on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options as a result of their redemptionthe Merger, the TagWorks Acquisition and the Ook Acquisition.

Income Taxes

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

In the three month period ended March 31, 2013, we recorded an income tax benefit of $2.6 million on a pre-tax loss of $7.2 million. The effective income tax rate was 36.6% for the three month period ended March 31, 2013.

In the three month period ended March 31, 2012, we recorded an income tax benefit of $1.7 million on a pre-tax loss of $4.3 million. The effective income tax rate was 40.2% for the three month period ended March 31, 2012.

The effective income tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate in connection with the Merger.three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 due in part to an adjustment of the valuation reserve from a reduction of a related deferred tax asset because of utilization. The interest expense on these securities was $12.3 million for yearremaining differences between the effective income tax rate and the federal statutory rate in the three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were primarily due to state and foreign income taxes.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009.2012 and 2011 and the Seven Months Ended December 31, 2010 and the Five Months Ended May 28, 2010

The effective income tax rates were 41.7% and 32.4% for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The effective income tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate in the twelve month period ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to a decrease in the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits. The effective income tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate in the twelve month Successor period ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to the increase in the valuation reserve recorded against certain deferred tax assets in addition to the effect of state rates. The effective income tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate in the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 due to the effect of foreign and state taxes.

The effective income tax rates were 32.4% for the twelve month Successor period ended December 31, 2011, 28.0% for the seven month Successor period ended December 31, 2010, and 113.6%8.9% for the twelvefive month Predecessor period ended December 31, 2009.May 28, 2010. The change in effective income tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate in the twelve month Successor period ended December 31, 2011 and in the seven month Successor period ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to the increase in the valuation reserve recorded against certain deferred tax assets in addition to the effect of state rates.

Sales and Profitability for Each of The effective income tax rate differed from the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (dollars in thousands)

   2009  2008 
   Amount  % of Total  Amount  % of Total 

Net sales

  $458,161    100.0 $481,923    100.0

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)

   224,642    49.0  244,647    50.8
                 

Gross profit

   233,519    51.0  237,276    49.2
                 

Operating expenses:

     

Selling

   77,099    16.8  82,312    17.1

Warehouse & delivery

   48,496    10.6  55,781    11.6

General & administrative

   24,818    5.4  20,776    4.3

Stock compensation expense

   8,737    1.9  2,481    0.5
                 

Total SG&A

   159,150    34.7  161,350    33.5

Acquisition and integration

   —      —    —      —  

Depreciation

   16,993    3.7  17,835    3.7

Amortization

   6,912    1.5  7,073    1.5

Management fees

   1,010    0.2  1,043    0.2
                 

Total operating expenses

   184,065    40.2  187,301    38.9
                 

Other expense

   (120  —    (2,250  -0.5

Income from operations

   49,334    10.8  47,725    9.9

Interest expense

   15,521    3.4  20,545    4.3

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock & management purchased preferred options

   12,312    2.7  11,091    2.3

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   12,820    2.8  12,609    2.6

Investment income on trust common securities

   (378  -0.1  (378  -0.1
                 

Income before taxes

   9,059    2.0  3,858    0.8

Income tax provision

   10,289    2.2  5,023    1.0
                 

Net loss

  $(1,230  -0.3 $(1,165  -0.2
                 

Predecessor Period for the Year Ended December 31, 2009 vs Predecessor Period for the Year Ended December 31, 2008

Revenues

Net sales for the year of 2009 were $458.2 million compared to net sales of $481.9 million for the year of 2008. The decrease in revenues of $23.7 million, or 4.9%, was a result of the depressed economic conditions which caused a contractionfederal statutory rate in the residential construction market and a decrease in activity among our retail customers.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit of 51.0% in 2009 increased compared to 49.2% in 2008. For most of 2009, we were able to procure inventory items at lower unit costs than during the same prior yearfive month Predecessor period as a result of decreased prices for commodities such as steel, plastics, aluminum, nickel, copper, and zinc. In particular, the cost of steel based fasteners sourced primarily from Taiwan and China returned to the levels prior to the price increases seen in the second and third quarters of 2008. We were able to implement pricing actions during 2008 to recoup a portion of the cost increases received from suppliers. This was followed by a reduction in commodity costs in the second half of 2008 which resulted in lower supplier prices.

Expenses

Operating expenses for the year of 2009 were $184.1 million compared to $187.3 million for the year of 2008. The decrease in operating expenses in 2009 wasended May 28, 2010 primarily due to the impacteffect of lower sales volumenondeductible interest on variable expenses such as warehouse labor, freightmandatorily redeemable preferred stock and shipping supplies. The following changesnondeductible stock based compensation expense in underlying trends also impacted the change in operating expenses:

Selling expense was $77.1 million, or 16.8% of net sales, in 2009 compared to $82.3 million, or 17.1% of net sales in 2008. Selling expenses decreased $5.2 million, or 6.3%, primarily as a result of headcount reductions , reduced commissions on lower franchise and independent sales, and reduced auto and travel related expenses to provide service and merchandising to our customers.

Warehouse and delivery expense was $48.5 million, or 10.6% of net sales, in 2009 compared to $55.8 million or 11.6% of net sales in 2008. Freight expense, the largest component of warehouse and delivery expense, decreased from 4.6% of net sales in 2008 to 4.1% of net sales in 2009. The reduction in freight expense as a percentage of sales in 2009 resulted from a reduced level of fuel surcharges, the negotiation of more favorable freight contracts and the implementation of shipping and handling efficiencies. Operational improvementsaddition to the order fulfillment process continuedeffect of state rates. See Note 6, Income Taxes, of Notes to produce lower labor costsConsolidated Financial Statements for income taxes and shipping supply expense in 2009.

General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses of $24.8 million in 2009 were $4.0 million more than 2008. The increase in G&A expenses was primarily the result of the investment performance of securities held in the nonqualified deferred compensation plan’s Rabbi Trust which provided an unfavorable adjustment of $0.3 million in 2009 and a favorable adjustment of $1.4 million in 2008. In both years, an offsetting adjustment was recorded in other income (expense). In addition, professional and legal costs increased by $1.2 million in 2009 and administrative salaries, bonuses and benefits increased by $1.2 million as a result of higher EBITDA earnings in 2009.

Stock compensation expenses of $8.7 million were $6.3 million more than 2008. The stock compensation expense is derived from the changes in value of common stock and stock options primarilydisclosures related to the Merger. The changes in the fair value of the Class B Common Stock are included in stock compensation expense and this resulted in a charge of $4.7 million in 2009 compared to a gain of $1.0 million in 2008.income tax events.

Depreciation expense decreased $0.8 million from $17.8 million in 2008 to $17.0 million in 2009. The decreased depreciation was a result of less capital spending in 2009 for the placement of Quick-Tag and key duplicating machines which were partially offset by additional depreciation primarily for the Enterprise Resource Planning software (“ERP”) which became operational in 2009.

Interest expense decreased $5.0 million to $15.5 million in 2009 from $20.5 million in 2008. The decrease in interest expense was primarily the result of a decrease in our outstanding debt and lower borrowing costs on the variable rate term loan.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows

The statements of cash flows reflect the changes in cash and cash equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (Successor), the seven months ended December 31, 2010 (Successor), the five months ended May 28, 2010 (Predecessor) and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (Predecessor) and the three months ended DecemberMarch 31, 2010 (Predecessor)2013 and December 31, 20112012 (Successor) by classifying transactions into three major categories: operating, investing and financing activities. The cash flows from the Merger are separately discussed below.

Merger

In connection with the Merger in 2010, we issued common stock for $308.6 million in cash. Proceeds from borrowings under the senior secured credit facilitySenior Facilities provided an additional $290.6 million and proceeds from the existing notes10.875%

Senior Notes provided $150.0 million, less aggregate financing fees of $15.7 million. The debt and equity proceeds were used to repay the existing senior and subordinated debt and accrued interest thereon of $199.1 million, to repurchase the existing shareholders’ common equity, preferred equity and stock options of $506.4 million, and to purchase the Quick-TagQuick-Tag™ license for $11.5 million. The remaining proceeds were used to pay transaction expenses of $16.4 million and prepaid expenses of $0.1 million.

Operating Activities

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 20112013 and 20102012

Net cash used byfor operating activities for the quarterthree months ended March 31, 20112013 of $8.9$6.6 million was the result of the net loss adjusted for non-cash chargesitems of $0.6$4.0 million for depreciation, amortization, deferred taxes, and deferred financing, stock-based compensation and non-cash interest which was offset by cash related adjustments of $9.5$10.6 million for routine operating activities represented by changes in accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other assets. In the first three months of 2013, routine operating activities used cash through an increase in accounts receivable of $13.2 million, an increase in inventories of $1.9 million and a decrease in other accrued liabilities of $2.2 million. This was partially offset by a decrease in other assets of $2.2 million, an increase in accounts payable of $2.7 million, an increase of $1.0 million in interest payable on the junior subordinated debentures and other items of $0.8 million. In the first three months of 2013, the increase in accounts receivable was instrumental in the use of cash flow from operating activities for the period.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 of $0.3 million was the result of the net loss adjusted for non-cash items of $7.3 million for depreciation, amortization, deferred taxes, deferred financing and non-cash interest which was offset by cash related adjustments of $7.0 million for routine operating activities represented by changes in accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other assets. In the first three months of 2012, routine operating activities used cash through an increase in accounts receivable of $8.6 million, an increase in inventories of $2.3 million, an increase in other assets of $0.6 million and other of $0.3 million. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $2.6 million and an increase in other accrued liabilities of $2.2 million. We typically experience operating cash outflows in the first two fiscal quarters of the year when selling volume, accounts receivable and inventory levels increase as we move into the stronger selling periods of the spring and summer.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the Seven Months Ended December 31, 2010 and the Five Months Ended May 28, 2010

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $23.4 million was generated by the net loss of $7.2 million adjusted for non-cash charges of $40.5 million for depreciation, amortization, dispositions of equipment, deferred taxes, deferred financing, stock-based compensation and other non-cash interest which was partially offset by cash related adjustments of $9.9 million for routine operating activities represented by changes in inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other assets. In the first three months of 2011,2012, routine operating activities used cash throughfor an increase in inventories of $10.4 million, an increase in other assets of $3.9 million, a decrease in accounts payable of $1.1 million and other items of $1.0 million while operating activities provided cash from a decrease in accounts receivable of $7.0 million, inventories of $5.2$1.4 million and other assets of $1.6 million. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $1.9 million, accrued liabilities of $1.3 million and other of $1.1$5.1 million. Our operating cash outflows have historically been higher in the first two fiscal quarters when selling volume, accounts receivable and inventory levels increase as we move into the stronger spring and summer selling seasons.

Net cash used forprovided by operating activities for the quarteryear ended MarchDecember 31, 20102011 of $2.1$24.2 million was the result ofgenerated by the net loss of $9.8 million adjusted for non-cash charges of $9.6$40.7 million for depreciation, amortization, dispositions of equipment, deferred taxes, deferred financing, stock-based compensation and other non-cash interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options which was partially offset by cash related adjustments of $11.7$6.7 million for routine operating activities represented by changes in inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other assets. In the first quarter of 2010,2011, routine operating activities used cash throughfor an increase in inventories of $2.2 million, accounts receivable of $11.5 million and a decrease in accrued liabilities of $6.0 million. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $4.9 million and decreases in inventories of $0.3

$4.4 million and other assets of $0.6$3.3 million. The increase in accounts receivable was the result of the seasonal increase in salesAccounts payable, accrued liabilities and other items accounted for the latter partremaining $3.2 million increase of the first quarter. The decrease in accrued liabilities was the result of routine payment of prior year end accrued payroll and bonus amounts.

For the Seven Months Ended December 31, 2010 and the Five Months Ended May 28, 2010 and the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008cash provided by operating activities.

Excluding $17.5 million in cash used for the Merger, net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $28.2 million was the result of the net loss adjusted for non-cash charges of $25.0 million for depreciation, amortization, deferred taxes, deferred financing, stock-based compensation and interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options in addition to cash related adjustments of $3.2 million for routine operating activities represented by changes in inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other assets. In 2010, routine operating activities provided cash through an increase in accounts payable of $8.9 million and accrued liabilities of $8.2 million. This was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $2.1 million, inventories of $8.7 million and other of $3.1 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 of $72.0 million was generated by the net loss adjusted for non-cash charges of $55.1 million for depreciation, amortization, dispositions of equipment, deferred taxes, deferred financing, stock-based compensation and interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock which was in addition to cash related adjustments of $18.1 million for

routine operating activities represented by changes in inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other assets. In 2009, routine operating activities provided cash through a decrease in inventories of $18.3 million, accounts receivable of $1.6 million, other assets of $1.0 million and an increase in accrued liabilities of $3.6 million. Accounts payable accounted for the remaining $6.2 million decrease of cash provided by operating activities. The large decrease in inventories resulted from product cost reductions and the implementation of new inventory management processes which reduced the inventory requirements.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $37.6 million was generated by the net loss adjusted for non-cash charges of $43.3 million for depreciation, amortization, dispositions of equipment, deferred taxes, deferred financing, stock-based compensation and interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock which was partially offset by cash related adjustments of $4.6 million for routine operating activities represented by changes in inventories, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other assets. In 2008, routine operating activities used cash for an increase in inventories of $3.5 million and accounts receivable of $4.4 million. Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other items accounted for the remaining $3.3 million increase of cash provided by operating activities.

Investing Activities

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 20112013 and 20102012

Net cash used for investing activities was $44.5$110.1 million for the quarterthree months ended March 31, 2011.2013. We used $40.4$103.4 million for the acquisition of TagWorks.Paulin Acquisition. Capital expenditures for the three months totaled $4.1$6.7 million, consisting of $1.5$4.5 million for key duplicating machines, $1.1$0.4 million for engraving machines, and $1.5$1.2 million for computer software and equipment and $0.6 million for machinery and equipment.

Net cash used for investing activities was $3.0$5.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.2012. Capital expenditures for the quarterthree months totaled $3.0$5.4 million, consisting of $2.2$2.9 million for key duplicating machines, $0.2$1.7 million for engraving machines, and $0.6$0.8 million for computer software and equipment.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the Seven Months Ended December 31, 2010 and the Five Months Ended May 28, 2010 and

Net cash used for investing activities was $24.3 million for the Years Endedyear ended December 31, 20092012. Capital expenditures for the year totaled $24.3 million, consisting of $12.1 million for key duplicating machines, $5.5 million for engraving machines, $5.6 million for computer software and 2008equipment and $1.1 million for plant equipment and other equipment purchases.

WeNet cash used for investing activities was $73.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Hillman used $40.3 million for the TagWorks Acquisition and $15.3 million for the Ook Acquisition. Capital expenditures for the year totaled $17.9 million, consisting of $8.8 million for key duplicating machines, $4.5 million for engraving machines, $3.4 million for computer software and equipment and $1.2 million for plant equipment and other equipment purchases.

Hillman used cash of $11.5 million from the Merger to purchase the licensing rights and related patents for the Quick-TagQuick-Tag™ business. Excluding the $11.5 million used for the Quick-Tag Acquisition,Quick-Tag™ acquisition, net cash used for investing activities was $37.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. WeHillman used $21.3 million for the acquisition of Serv-A-Lite Acquisition and $1.3 million to purchase the licensing rights for the Laser Key business. Capital expenditures for the year totaled $15.1 million, consisting of $9.1 million for key duplicating machines, $1.7 million for engraving machines, and $4.3 million for computer software and equipment.

Net cash used for investing activities was $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Capital expenditures for the year totaled $13.0 million, consisting of $7.4 million for key duplicating machines, $0.5 million for engraving machines, $3.8 million for computer software and equipment and $1.3 million for plant equipment and other equipment purchases.

Net cash used for investing activities was $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Capital expenditures for the year totaled $13.4 million, consisting of $7.3 million for key duplicating machines, $1.4 million for engraving machines, $3.4 million for computer software and equipment and $1.3 million for plant equipment and other equipment purchases.

Financing Activities

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 20112013 and 20102012

Net cash provided by financing activities was $49.6$73.8 million for the quarterthree months ended March 31, 2011.2013. The borrowings on senior term loans provided $74.6 million, including the discount paid of $2.2 million, and were

used together with a portion of the recent borrowings on the 10.875% Senior Notes to pay the purchase price of the Paulin Acquisition and for other corporate purposes. In addition, the Company used cash to pay $0.8 million in principal payments on the senior term loans under the Senior Facilities and $0.1 million in principal payments on capitalized lease obligations.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The net cash provided by financing activities was primarily related to the issuanceborrowing of $50.0$14.0 million in 10.875% Senior Notes together with the $4.6 million note premium. This was partially offset by net cash used of $3.0 million for repayments on the revolving credit facility, $1.3facility. Hillman used cash to pay $12.4 million in financing fees on the 10.875% Senior Notesof additional acquisition consideration and $0.7$0.8 million in principal payments on the senior term loans.

Net cash used for financing activities was $0.1 million forloans under the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The net cash used was primarily related to the principal payments on capitalized lease obligations.Senior Facilities.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the Seven Months Ended December 31, 2010 and the Five Months Ended May 28, 2010 and

Net cash provided by financing activities was $54.4 million for the Years Endedyear ended December 31, 20092012. The borrowings on senior notes provided $69.2 million, including the premium received of $4.2 million, and 2008were used together with the net proceeds from the term loan financing to pay the purchase price of the Paulin Acquisition, to repay a portion of indebtedness under the revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes. During 2012, Hillman used cash to make payments of $12.4 million for additional acquisition consideration and $3.2 million for principal payments on the senior term loans. Other borrowings, net provided an additional $0.8 million in cash.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $53.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The borrowings on senior notes and senior term loans provided $81.3 million, net of financing fees, which was used primarily for the acquisitions discussed in investing activities and other Company purposes. During 2011, Hillman used cash to make payments of $12.5 million for additional acquisition consideration, $12.0 million on the revolving credit loans and $3.0 million for principal payments on the senior term loans.

Excluding $29.0 million in cash provided by borrowings related to the Merger, net cash used for financing activities was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The net cash used was primarily related to the principal payments on the senior term loans of $11.0 million and further payments of $0.6 million on the revolving credit facility and $0.5 million on capitalized lease obligations which were offset by new borrowings on the revolving credit facility of $12.0 million.

Net cash used for financing activities was $49.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The net cash used was primarily related to the principal payments of $45.0 million on the senior term loan.

Net cash used for financing activities was $29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The net cash used was primarily related to the principal payments of $28.6 million on the senior term loan.

Liquidity

We believe that projected cash flows from operations and revolver availability will be sufficient to fund working capital and capital expenditure needs for the next 12 months.

Our working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) position of $102.7$224.7 million as of March 31, 2011,2013 represents a decreasean increase of $17.7$30.8 million from the December 31, 20102012 level of $120.4 million as follows:

(dollars in thousands)    
   Amount 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  $(3,829

Increase in accounts receivable, net

   7,787  

Increase in inventories, net

   6,242  

Increase in other current assets

   1,251  

Increase in deferred taxes

   (1,026

Increase in accounts payable

   (2,445

Increase in additional acquisition consideration

   (24,408

Decrease in accrued salaries and wages

   2,800  

Decrease in accrued pricing allowances

   264  

Increase in accrued income and other taxes

   (260

Increase in accrued interest

   (5,988

Decrease in other accrued liabilities

   1,915  
     

Net decrease in working capital for the quarter ended March 31, 2011

  $(17,697
     

$193.9 million. The decreaseprimary reason for the increase in our working capital aswas the receipt of March 31, 2011 was primarilyfunds from the resultoffering of the March 16, 2011 TagWorks Acquisition which included $24,408 in additional acquisition consideration as a reduction to working capital.$65.0 million of Hillman Group’s 10.875% Senior Notes.

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations in thousands of dollars as of March 31, 2011:2013 are summarized below:

 

  Payments Due   Payments Due 
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
   1 to 3
Years
   3 to 5
Years
   More Than
5 Years
 

Contractual Obligations

          
(dollars in thousands)  Total   Less Than
One Year
   1 to 3
Years
   3 to 5
Years
   More Than
Five Years
 

Junior Subordinated Debentures (1)

  $115,730    $—      $—      $—      $115,730    $115,086    $—      $—      $—      $115,086  

Interest on Jr Subordinated Debentures

   177,355     12,231     24,463     24,463     116,198  

Senior Term Loans

   287,825     2,900     5,800     5,800     273,325     388,375     3,968     7,936     376,471     —    

10.875% Senior Notes

   265,000     —       —       —       265,000  

Bank Revolving Credit Facility

   9,000     —       —       —       9,000     —       —       —       —       —    

10.875% Senior Notes

   200,000     —       —       —       200,000  

Additional Acquisition Consideration

   24,408     24,408     —       —       —    

Interest Payments (2)

   228,507     36,207     71,739     71,159     49,402  

KeyWorks License Agreement

   3,139     446     845     785     1,063  

Interest payments (2)

   217,147     45,317     90,172     76,539     5,219  

Operating Leases

   40,490     8,169     9,892     5,047     17,382     61,960     10,309     13,531     10,497     27,623  

Deferred Compensation Obligations

   3,609     227     454     454     2,474     3,955     846     1,692     1,417     —    

Capital Lease Obligations

   179     38     71     60     10     1,007     642     295     70     —    

Purchase Obligations

   788     350     438     —       —       88     88     —       —       —    

Other Obligations

   1,846     1,053     634     159     —       2,487     1,588     719     180     —    

Uncertain Tax Position Liabilities

   4,433     —       1,438     —       2,995     3,586     1,539     —       —       2,047  
                      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total Contractual Cash Obligations (3)

  $916,815    $73,352    $90,466    $82,679    $670,318    $1,239,185    $76,974    $139,653    $490,422    $532,236  
                      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The junior subordinated debentures liquidation value is approximately $108,707.$108.7 million.
(2)Interest payments for borrowings under the senior secured credit facilitiesSenior Facilities and with regard to the 10.875% Senior Notes. Interest payments on the variable rate senior term loans were calculated using the actual interest rate of 5.00% per4.25% as of March 31, 2013, excluding possible impact of 2010 Swap. Interest payments on the April 18, 2011 amendment to the senior secured credit facilities which consisted of a EuroDollar minimum floor rate of 1.50% plus EuroDollar Margin of 3.50%.10.875% Senior Notes were calculated at their fixed rate.
(3)All of the contractual obligations noted above are reflected on our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 20112013 except for the interest payments and operating leases.

We have a purchase agreement with our supplier of key blanks which requires minimum purchases of 100 million key blanks per year. To the extent minimum purchases of key blanks are below 100 million, we must pay the supplier $0.0035$.0035 per key multiplied by the shortfall. Since the inception of the contract in 1998, we have purchased more than the requisite 100 million key blanks per year from the supplier. In 2009, weWe extended this contract in 2009 for an additional four years.

As We anticipate an additional extension to the agreement will be entered into with this supplier in the second quarter of March 31, 2011, we had no material purchase commitments for capital expenditures.2013.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Borrowings

As of March 31, 2011,2013, we had $15.1$24.5 million available under our secured credit facilities.Senior Facilities. We had approximately $297.0$389.3 million of outstanding debt under our secured credit facilitiesSenior Facilities at March 31, 2011,2013, consisting of $287.8$388.4 million in a term loan, $9.0loans and $0.9 million in revolving credit borrowingscapitalized lease and $0.2 million in

capitalized leaseother obligations. The term loanloans consisted of a $287.8$388.4 million in Term B-2 LoanLoans at a three (3) month LIBORan interest rate plus margin of 5.50%. The revolver borrowings (the “Revolver”) consisted of $9.0 million currently at a three (3) month LIBOR rate plus margin of 5.50%4.25%. The capitalized lease and other obligations were at various interest rates.

At March 31, 20112013 and December 31, 2010,2012, our borrowings were as follows:

(dollars in thousands)

 

   March 31, 2011  December 31, 2010 
   Facility
Amount
   Outstanding
Amount
   Interest Rate  Facility
Amount
   Outstanding
Amount
   Interest Rate 

Term B-2 Loan

    $287,825     5.50   $288,550     5.50

Revolving credit facility

  $30,000     9,000     5.50 $30,000     12,000     5.50

Capital leases & other obligations

     156     various      164     various  

Total secured credit

     296,981        300,714    

10.875% Senior notes

     200,000     10.875    150,000     10.875

Total borrowings

    $496,981       $450,714    
                 

On May 28, 2010, we and certain of our subsidiaries closed the senior secured credit facilities, consisting of a $290.0 million term loan and a $30.0 million Revolver. The term loan portion of the senior secured credit facilities has a six year term and the Revolver has a five year term. The senior secured credit facilities provide borrowings at interest rates based on a EuroDollar rate plus a margin of 3.75%, or a Base Rate plus a margin of 2.75%. The EuroDollar rate is subject to a minimum floor of 1.75% and the Base Rate is subject to a minimum floor of 2.75%.

   March 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
   Facility
Amount
   Outstanding
Amount
   Interest
Rate
  Facility
Amount
   Outstanding
Amount
   Interest
Rate
 

Term B-2 Loan

    $388,375     4.25   $312,375     5.00
    

 

 

      

 

 

   

Revolving credit facility

  $30,000     —       5.5-6.0 $30,000     —       —    

Capital leases & other obligations

     970     variable      1,064     various  
    

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total secured credit

     389,345        313,439    

10.875% senior notes (1)

     265,000     10.875    265,000     10.875
    

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total borrowings

    $654,345       $578,439    
    

 

 

      

 

 

   

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, Hillman Group issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018.Notes. On March 16, 2011, Hillman Group commencedcompleted an offering of $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of Hillman Group’sits 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018.Notes. Hillman Group received a premium of approximately $4.6 million on the $50.0 million note10.875% Senior Notes offering. On December 21, 2012, Hillman Group completed an offering and usedof $65.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 10.875% Senior Notes. Hillman Group received a premium of approximately $4.2 million on the net proceeds to fund the acquisition of TagWorks, to repay a portion of indebtedness under its revolving credit facility and to pay related fees, expenses and other related payments.$65.0 million 10.875% Senior Notes offering. The 10.875% Senior Notes are guaranteed by The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company and all of the domestic subsidiaries of Hillman Group. Hillman Group pays interest on the 10.875% Senior Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

Prior toOn May 28, 2010, we and certain of our subsidiaries closed the consummation of the Merger, the Company, through Hillman Group, was party to the Old Credit Agreement,Senior Facilities, consisting of a $20.0$290.0 million revolving credit lineterm loan and a $235.0$30.0 million Revolver. The term loan. The facilitiesloan portion of the Senior Facilities had a six year term, which has been extended to a seven year term following amendment no. 4 to the credit agreement under the Old Credit AgreementSenior Facilities, and the Revolver had a maturity datefive year term. The Senior Facilities provide borrowings at interest rates based on a EuroDollar rate plus a margin of March 31, 2012. In addition,3.75% for revolving loans and 3.00% for term loans, or a Base Rate plus a margin of 2.75% for revolving loans and 2.00% for term loans. The EuroDollar rate was subject to a minimum floor of 1.75% for revolving loans and 1.25% for term loans and the Base Rate was subject to a minimum floor of 2.75% for revolving loans and 2.25% for term loans.

Effective April 18, 2011, we throughcompleted an amendment to the credit agreement governing our Senior Facilities. The Senior Facilities amendment eliminated the total leverage and interest coverage covenants and reduced the secured leverage covenant to 4.75x with no future step downs. The term loan pricing was modified to reduce the Eurodollar Margin and the Base Rate Margin by 25 basis points and reduce the floor on Hillman Company incurred loan discount costs of approximately $1.3 million. As the modification of the Senior Facilities agreement was not substantial, the unamortized loan discount and debt issuance costs will be amortized over the term of the amended Senior Facilities.

Effective November 4, 2011, we entered into a Joinder Agreement to our credit agreement under the existing Senior Facilities (the “2011 Incremental Facility”). The 2011 Incremental Facility increased the aggregate term loan commitments available to Hillman Group had issued $49.8 million inunder the Senior Facilities by $30.0 million. In connection with the 2011 Incremental Facility, we incurred loan discount costs of approximately $0.8 million. As the modification of the Senior Facilities agreement was not substantial, the unamortized loan discount costs will be amortized over the term of the amended Senior Facilities. The aggregate principal amount of unsecured subordinated notescommitments under the Senior Facilities, after giving effect to the 2011 Incremental Facility, is $350.0 million. We used the proceeds for general corporate purposes.

Effective November 7, 2012, we entered into a group of investors, including affiliates of AEA Investors LP, CIG & Co. and several private investors that were scheduledJoinder Agreement to mature on September 30, 2012. In connection withour credit agreement under the Merger Agreement, bothexisting Senior Facilities. The 2012 Incremental Facility increased the Old Credit Agreement and the subordinated note issuance were repaid and terminated.aggregate term loan commitments

available to Hillman Group under the Senior Facilities by $76.8 million. Subject to the conditions precedent to each funding date described in Section 17 of the 2012 Incremental Facility, Hillman was permitted to make two drawings under the 2012 Incremental Facility on any business day after November 7, 2012 and prior to April 1, 2013. We drew down on funds from the 2012 Incremental Facility in order to fund the permitted acquisition of Paulin on February 19, 2013. The aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Senior Facilities, after giving effect to the 2012 Incremental Facility, was $420.0 million.

Effective February 14, 2013, we completed an amendment to our credit agreement under the existing Senior Facilities. The Senior Facilities amendment modified the term loan pricing to reduce the EuroDollar margin by 50 basis points and reduce the EuroDollar floor on EuroDollar loans by an additional 25 basis points. This amendment modified the term loan pricing to reduce the base rate margin by 50 basis points and reduce the floor on base rate loans by an additional 25 basis points. This amendment also extended the maturity date of the Senior Facilities by one year to May 28, 2017.

Our senior secured credit facilitiesSenior Facilities require the maintenance of athe maximum secured leverage ratio which limitsdescribed above and limit our ability to incur debt, make investments, make dividend payments to holders of the Trust Preferred Securities or undertake certain other business activities. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the credit agreements,agreement, all amounts outstanding, together with accrued interest, could be declared immediately due and payable by our lenders. Below are the calculations of the financial covenant, as amended on April 18, 2011, with the senior secured credit facilitiesSenior Facilities requirement for the twelve trailing months ended March 31, 2011:2013:

(dollars in thousands)

 

  Actual   Ratio Requirement   Actual   Ratio Requirement 

Secured Leverage Ratio

    

Senior term loan balance

  $287,825      $388,375    

Revolver

   9,000       —      

Capital leases and other credit obligations

   156       970    
        

 

   

Total debt

  $296,981      $389,345    
        

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $89,420      $116,302    
        

Leverage ratio (must be below requirement)

   3.32     4.75     3.35     4.75  
          

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as income from operations of $842,($38,731), plus depreciation of $18,439,($21,503), amortization of $16,481,($21,670), stock compensation expense of $17,626,($975), restructuring costs of $2,706,($3,810), acquisition and integration costs of $23,751,($4,661), litigation related costs ($10,562), foreign exchange losses ($2,886), management fees of $187, foreign exchange (gains) or losses of ($461) and the pro-form155), pro-forma EBITDA from the acquisitions of Serv-A-LitePaulin Acquisition ($9,100) (before cost synergies) and TagWorks of $9,849.other ($2,249).

Related Party Transactions

The Predecessor was obligated to pay management fees to a subsidiary of CHS in the amount of $58$58.0 thousand per month. The Predecessor was also obligated to pay transaction fees to a subsidiary of OTPP in the amount of $26$26.0 thousand per month, plus out of pocket expenses. The Successor has norecorded management fee charges of $155.0 thousand for the threeyear ended December 31, 2012, $110.0 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $0 for the seven month period ended MarchDecember 31, 2011.2010. The Predecessor has recorded aggregate management and transaction fee charges and expenses from CHS and OTPP of $251$438.0 thousand for the threefive month period ended March 31, 2011.May 28, 2010.

Gregory Mann and Gabrielle Mann are employed by the All Points subsidiary of Hillman. All Points leases an industrial warehouse and office facility from companies under the control of the Manns’.Manns. The Predecessor and Successor have recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility on an arm’s length basis. The Successor

recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility in the amount of $83$82.0 thousand and $82.0 thousand for the three month period ended March 31, 2011.2013 and 2012, $311.0 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012, $311.0 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $181.0 thousand for the seven month period ended December 31, 2010. The Predecessor recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility in the amount of $130.0 thousand for the five month period ended May 28, 2010.

In connection with the Paulin Acquisition, we entered into three leases for five properties containing industrial warehouse, manufacturing plant, and office facilities on February 19, 2013. The owners of the properties under one lease are relatives of Richard Paulin, who is employed by The Hillman Group Canada ULC, and the owner of the properties under the other two leases is a company which is owned by Richard Paulin and certain of his relatives. The Company has recorded rental expense for the three leases on an arm’s length basis. The rental expense for the three leases was $69.0 thousand for the three month period ended March 31, 2013.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

SignificantOur accounting policies and estimates are summarizedmore fully described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. As disclosed in that note, the preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Some accounting policies requireUnited States requires management to exercise significant judgment in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. Such judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. These judgments are based on our historical experience, known trends in our industry, terms of existing contracts and other information from outside sources, as appropriate. Management believes thesemake estimates and assumptions are reasonable based onthat affect the factsreported amount of assets and circumstances asliabilities and disclosure of March 31, 2011, however,contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Future events cannot be predicted with certainty and, therefore, actual results maycould differ from these estimates under different assumptions and circumstances.

We identifiedthose estimates. The following section describes our critical accounting policies in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations found in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,

2010. We believe there have been no changes in these critical accounting policies. We have summarized our critical accounting policies either in the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements or below:

Revenue RecognitionRecognition:

Revenue is recognized when products are shipped or delivered to customers depending upon when title and risks of ownership have passed and the collection of the relevant receivables is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Sales tax collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore excluded from revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.comprehensive income.

We offer a variety of sales incentives to our customers primarily in the form of discounts, rebates and slotting fees. Discounts are recognized in the financial statements at the date of the related sale. Rebates are estimated based on the revenue to date and the contractual rebate percentage to be paid. A portion of the estimated cost of the rebate is allocated to each underlying sales transaction. Slotting fees are used on an infrequent basis and are not considered to be significant. Discounts, rebates and slotting fees are included in the determination of net sales.

We also establish reserves for customer returns and allowances. The reserves arereserve is established based on historical rates of returns and allowances. The reserves arereserve is adjusted quarterly based on actual experience. Returns and allowances are included in the determination of net sales.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful AccountsAccounts:

We establish the allowance for doubtful accounts using the specific identification method and also provides a reserve in the aggregate. The estimates for calculating the aggregate reserve are based on historical information. Increases to the allowance for doubtful accounts result in a corresponding expense. We write off individual accounts receivable when they become uncollectible. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $555$697.0 thousand as of March 31, 20112013 and $520 thousand$1.1 million as of December 31, 2010.2012.

Common and Preferred StockInventory Realization

We have one classInventories consisting predominantly of Common Stock,finished goods are valued at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined principally on the weighted average cost method. Excess and obsolete inventories are carried at net

realizable value. The historical usage rate is the primary factor used by us in assessing the net realizable value of excess and obsolete inventory. A reduction in the carrying value of an inventory item from cost to market is recorded for inventory with 5,000 shares authorized and issuedno usage in the preceding twenty-four month period or with on-hand quantities in excess of twenty-four months average usage. The inventory reserve amounts were $13.5 million as of March 31, 2011.2013 and $6.9 million as of December 31, 2012. The increase in the inventory reserve at March 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012 was primarily the result of including the Paulin Acquisition.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess purchase cost over the fair value of net assets of companies acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is an indefinite lived asset and is assessed for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if a triggering event occurs. If the carrying amount of goodwill is greater than the fair value, impairment may be present. ASC 350 permits an entity to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment model. If it is determined through the qualitative assessment that a reporting unit’s fair value is more likely than not greater than its carrying value, the remaining impairment steps would be unnecessary. The qualitative assessment is optional, allowing companies to go directly to the quantitative assessment.

The quantitative assessment for goodwill impairment is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and we must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with ASC 805. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.

We also evaluate indefinite-lived intangible assets (primarily trademarks and trade names) for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is below its carrying amount. In connection with the evaluation, an independent appraiser assessed the value of its intangible assets based on a relief from royalties, excess earnings, and lost profits discounted cash flow model. An impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds the estimated fair value on the measurement date.

Our annual impairment assessment is performed for the reporting units as of October 1. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit subject to the impairment test exceeded its carrying cost. The October 1 goodwill and intangible impairment test data aligns the impairment assessment with the preparation of our annual strategic plan and allows additional time for a more thorough analysis by our independent appraiser. An independent appraiser assessed the value of our goodwill based on a discounted cash flow model and multiple of earnings. Assumptions critical to our fair value estimates under the discounted cash flow model include the discount rate, projected average revenue growth and projected long-term growth rates in the determination of terminal values. No impairment charges were recorded by us in the three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment and will continue to evaluate them based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. No impairment charges were recognized for long-lived assets in the three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided for tax benefits where it is more likely than not that certain tax benefits will not be realized. Adjustments to valuation allowances are recorded for changes in utilization of the tax related item.

Risk Insurance Reserves

We self-insure our product liability, automotive, workers’ compensation and general liability losses up to $250.0 thousand per occurrence. Catastrophic coverage has been purchased from third party insurers for occurrences in excess of $250.0 thousand up to $40.0 million. The two risk areas involving the most significant accounting estimates are workers’ compensation and automotive liability. Actuarial valuations performed by us outside risk insurance expert were used to form the basis for workers’ compensation and automotive liability loss reserves. The actuary contemplated Hillman’s specific loss history, actual claims reported, and industry trends among statistical and other factors to estimate the range of reserves required. Risk insurance reserves are comprised of specific reserves for individual claims and additional amounts expected for development of these claims, as well as for incurred but not yet reported claims. We believe that the liability recorded for such risk insurance reserves is adequate as of March 31, 2013, but due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process, it is possible that the ultimate costs will differ materially from this estimate.

We self-insure our group health claims up to an annual stop loss limit of $200.0 thousand per participant. Aggregate coverage is maintained for annual group health insurance claims in excess of 125% of expected claims. Historical group insurance loss experience forms the basis for the recognition of group health insurance reserves. Hillman’s management believes the liability recorded for such insurance reserves is adequate as of December 31, 2012, but due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process, it is possible that the ultimate costs will differ materially from this estimate.

Common Stock

After consummation of the Merger, we had one class of common stock. All outstanding shares of ourHillman common stock are owned by Holdco.

Under the terms of the Stockholders Agreement for the Holdco Common Stock,common stock, management shareholders have the ability to put their shares back to Holdco under certain conditions, including death or disability. ASC 480-10-S99 requires shares to be classified outside of permanent equity if they can be redeemed and the redemption is not solely within control of the issuer. Further, if it is determined that redemption of the shares is probable, the shares are marked to redemption value, which equals fair value, at each balance sheet date with the change in fair value recorded in additional paid-in capital. Accordingly, the 198.3210.4 shares of common stock held by management are recorded outside permanent equity and have been adjusted to the fair value of $12,247$14,485 as of March 31, 2011.2013.

We have one class of Preferred Stock, with 5,000 shares authorized and none issued asAs of March 31, 2011.

Stock-Based Compensation

We have a stock-based employee compensation plan. The options have certain put features and, therefore, liability classification is required. We have elected to use the intrinsic value method to value the common option in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” of the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information.

Inventory Realization

Inventories consisting predominantly of finished goods are valued at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined principally on the weighted average cost method. Excess and obsolete inventories are carried at net realizable value. The historical usage rate is the primary factor used by us in assessing the net realizable value of excess and obsolete inventory. A reduction in the carrying value of an inventory item from cost to market is recorded for inventory with no usage in the preceding twenty-four month period or with on-hand quantities in

excess of twenty-four months average usage. The inventory reserve amounts were $8.1 million as of March 31, 2011 and $11.0 million as of December 31, 2010.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess purchase cost over2013, the fair value of net assetsthe management owned common stock was determined by the Board of companies acquired in business combinations. Goodwill isDirectors using an indefinite lived assetenterprise basis and is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if a triggering event occurs. If the carrying amounttaking into account all relevant market factors. As of goodwill is greater thanDecember 31, 2012, the fair value impairment may be present. We useof the management owned common stock was based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the common stock. An independent appraiser to assessassessed the value of our goodwillcommon stock based on a discounted cash flow model and multiple of earnings. Assumptions critical to our faircommon stock value estimates under the discounted cash flow model include the discount rate, projected average revenue growth and projected long-term growth rates in the determination of terminal values.

We also evaluate indefinite-lived intangible assets (primarily trademarks and trade names) for impairment annually. We also test intangible assets for impairment if events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that In periods prior to December 31, 2012, the fair value of the management owned common stock was determined by the Board of Directors using an indefinite-lived intangible asset is below its carrying amount. Assumptions criticalenterprise basis and taking into account all relevant market factors.

The fair value of the common stock has been calculated at each balance sheet date prior to our evaluationDecember 31, 2012 by estimating the enterprise value of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairmentHillman less the redemption value of all obligations payable in preference to the common stock. These obligations include the discount rate, royalty rates usedlong term debt, senior notes, bank revolving credit and the Trust Preferred Securities. The remainder was divided by the fully diluted common shares outstanding to arrive at a fair value per common share outstanding.

The enterprise value of Hillman was determined based on the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization adjusted for management fees, stock compensation costs, and other acquisition and integration related general and administrative costs (“Adjusted EBITDA”) for the most recent twelve month period multiplied by a valuation multiple. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we applied valuation multiples of 9.78x and 9.83x, respectively, to trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA in its evaluationdetermining enterprise value. Management periodically reviews the appropriateness of trade names, projected average revenue growth,this multiple and projected long-term growth ratesnotes that it was consistent with comparable distribution companies.

A change of 0.1 in the determination of terminal values. An impairment charge is recorded ifvaluation multiple used to calculate the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceedsenterprise value at December 31, 2011 adjusted the estimatedper share fair value onof the measurement date. No impairment charge was recorded incommon stock by approximately $26.85.

The calculation of the three month period ended Marchfair value of the common stock as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is detailed below together with the presentation of the fair value of the common stock as of December 31, 2012:

(dollars in thousands) December 31,
2012(5)
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Trailing twelve fiscal months EBITDA (1)

  $92,262   $85,056  

Valuation Multiple (2)

   9.78    9.83  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Hillman Enterprise Value Excluding Serv-A-Lite

   902,462    835,717  

Ook Fair Value (3)

   15,323    —    

Serv-A-Lite Fair Value (3)

   —      21,335  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Hillman Enterprise Value

   917,785    857,052  

Less:

   

Senior term loans

   315,575    288,550  

Bank revolving credit

   —      12,000  

10.875% senior notes

   200,000    150,000  

Junior subordinated debentures redemption value, net (4)

   105,446    105,446  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Debt

   621,021    555,996  

Plus:

   

Cash

   12,027    7,585  

Proceeds from option exercise

   33,314    32,284  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common Equity Value (6)

 $402,802   $342,105   $340,925  

Fully-diluted Common Shares outstanding

  349,480    342,105    340,925  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fully-diluted Value Per Common Share

 $1,152.6   $1,000.0   $1,000.0  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)EBITDA is calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters as follows:

   December 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
 

Income from operations

  $38,453    $7,923  

Depreciation and amortization

   42,050     31,637  

Management fees

   110     438  

Stock compensation expense

   —       19,053  

Acquisition and integration

   2,805     22,492  

Exchange rate (gain) loss

   446     (391

Restructuring cost

   2,113     —    

Excess legal on patent litigation

   665     1,897  

Litigation settlement cost

   2,120     —    

Consigned inventory cost

   1,118     —    

Royalty on engraving products

   —       771  

Other adjustments

   2,382     1,236  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $92,262    $85,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The other adjustments include restructuring costs and professional fees.

(2)Hillman periodically reviews the valuation multiple used and notes that it is consistent with comparable multiples used for distribution companies.
(3)Ook was acquired on December 1, 2011 and Serv-A-Lite was acquired on December 29, 2010. Their respective purchase prices were deemed the accurate measure of enterprise value.
(4)The value of the junior subordinated debentures is the redemption value of $25 per share.
(5)At December 31, 2012, a common stock valuation was performed by an independent appraiser based upon a discounted cash flow model and multiple of earnings. Hillman used this valuation in its determination of common equity value.
(6)At December 31, 2012, the Common Equity Value includes $41,210 in proceeds from option exercise.

Long-Lived AssetsStock Based Compensation

We evaluate our long-lived assets forhave a stock-based employee compensation plan. The options have certain put features and, therefore, liability classification is required. Hillman has elected to use the intrinsic value method to value the common option in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”. See Note 14, Stock-Based Compensation, to the audited consolidated financial impairment and will continue to evaluate them based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. No impairment charges were recognized for long-lived assets in the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

Risk Insurance Reserves

We self-insure our product liability, automotive, workers’ compensation and general liability losses up to $250 thousand per occurrence. Catastrophic coverage has been purchased from third party insurers for occurrences in excess of $250 thousand up to $40 million. The two risk areas involving the most significant accounting estimates are workers’ compensation and automotive liability. Actuarial valuations performed by our outside risk insurance expert were used to form the basis for workers’ compensation and automotive liability loss reserves. The actuary contemplated our specific loss history, actual claims reported, and industry trends among statistical and other factors to estimate the range of reserves required. Risk insurance reserves are comprised of specific reserves for individual claims and additional amounts expected for development of these claims, as well as for incurred but not yet reported claims. We believe the liability recorded for such risk insurance reserves is adequate as of March 31, 2011, but due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process it is possible the ultimate costs will differ from this estimate.

We self-insure our group health claims up to an annual stop loss limit of $200 thousand per participant. Aggregate coverage is maintained for annual group health insurance claims in excess of 125% of expected claims. Historical group insurance loss experience forms the basisstatements for the recognition of group health insurance reserves. We believe the liability recorded for such insurance reserves is adequate as of Marchyear ended December 31, 2011, but due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process, it is possible the ultimate costs will differ from this estimate.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and income tax basis

of assets and liabilities, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided for tax benefits where it is more likely than not that certain tax benefits will not be realized. Adjustments to valuation allowances are recorded for changes in utilization of the tax related item of the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements2012 included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Cash, restricted investments, accounts receivable, short-term borrowings, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are reflected in the consolidated financial statements at book value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying amounts of the long-term debt under the revolving credit facility and variable rate senior term loan approximate the fair value at December 31, 2012 and 2011 and March 31, 2013. The fair values of the fixed rate senior notes and junior subordinated debentures were determined utilizing current trading prices obtained from indicative market data at December 31, 2012 and 2011 and March 31, 2013, respectively. See Notes 16 and 13, Fair Value Measurements to the audited annual consolidated financial statements and the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, respectively, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010,The FASB, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurement.” This guidance amends Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820SEC, and other accounting organizations or governmental entities from time to time issue new pronouncements or new interpretations of existing accounting standards that require changes to our accounting policies and procedures. To date, we do not believe any new disclosures for fair value measurements and provides clarification for existing disclosure requirements. The guidance requires new disclosures about transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and further descriptions for the reasons for the transfers. The guidance also requires more detailed disclosure about the activity within Level 3 fair value measurements. We adopted the guidance on January 1, 2010, except for the requirements related to Level 3 disclosures, which were adopted on January 1, 2011. This guidance requires expanded disclosures only, and did notpronouncements or interpretations have had a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.condition, but future pronouncements or interpretations could require the change of policies or procedures.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, “Business Combinations.” This ASU addresses the diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro-forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. The amendments in this update specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. This update also expands the supplemental pro-forma disclosures under Topic 805 to include a description of the nature and amount of material, non-recurring pro-forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro-forma revenue and earnings. All amendments in the update are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. We adopted this update on January 1, 2011 and the adoption of this update did not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures Aboutabout Market Risk

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes as borrowings under the senior secured credit facilitiesSenior Credit Agreement bear interest at variable interest rates. It is our policy to enter into interest rate swap transactions only to the extent considered necessary to meet our objectives.

On August 29, 2008, we entered into the 2008 Swap with a three-year term for a notional amount of $50.0 million. The 2008 Swap fixed the interest rate at 3.41% plus applicable interest rate margin. The 2008 Swap was terminated on May 24, 2010.

On June 24, 2010, we entered into the 2010 Swap, with a two-year term for a notional amount of $115.0 million. The effective date of the 2010 Swap iswas effective May 31, 2011 and its termination date is May 31, 2013. The 2010 Swap fixes the interest rate at 2.47% plus the applicable interest rate margin.

The 2010 Swap was initially designated a cash flow hedge. Effective April 18, 2011, we executed the second amendment to ourthe credit agreement and as a result we de-designated the 2010 Swap to an ineffectivewas no longer considered effective and de-designated as a cash flow hedge.

On May 20, 2013, Hillman Group purchased the 2013 Cap Agreement with a two-year term for a notional amount of $225.0 million. The effective date of the 2013 Cap Agreement is May 28, 2013 and its termination date is May 28, 2015. The 2013 Cap Agreement provides for a cap strike price of 1.250% and a floating rate option of 3 months USD-LIBOR-BBA.

Based on our exposure to variable rate borrowings at December 31, 2010,2012, a one percent (1%) change in the weighted average interest rate for a period of one year would change the annual interest expense by approximately $3.0 million excluding any impact from the interest rate swap.$2.0 million.

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate changes of the Australian, Canadian and Mexican currencies as it impacts the $9.4$139.0 million tangible and intangible net asset value of itsour Australian, Canadian and Mexican subsidiaries as of March 31, 2011. Management considers2013. The foreign subsidiaries net tangible assets were $90.0 million and the net intangible assets were $49.0 million as of March 31, 2013. We consider our exposure to foreign currency translation gains or losses to be immaterial.

THE TRANSACTIONS

THE INITIAL TRANSACTIONS

The Merger

On May 28, 2010, Hillman completed its previously announced merger with Merger Sub. Immediately following the acquisition, Hillman became a wholly owned subsidiarywas acquired by an affiliate of the Purchaser.

In the Merger, each share of Class A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Hillman issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger was converted into the right to receive an amount, in cash, equal to the Liquidation ValueOHCP III (as defined in Hillman’s charter) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares as of the effective time of the Merger.

In the Merger, each share of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and each share of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Hillman issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, other than the Management Rollover Shares and the Dissenting Shares (each as defined in the Merger Agreement), was converted into the right to receive an amount, in cash, equal to the per share portion of the Closing Residual Consideration of Hillman, as defined in the Merger Agreement, plus the per share portion of any Additional Merger Consideration, as defined in the Merger Agreement. Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, the Management Rollover Shares were transferred to the Purchaser in exchange for shares of common stock of Purchaser having a dollar value equal to the per share portion of the Closing Residual Consideration that would otherwise have been payable upon the Merger if the rollover had not occurred. Any Additional Merger Consideration that is paid to the stockholders of Hillman will be paid with respect to the Management Rollover Shares in cash on the same basis as if the rollover had not occurred.

Each option for Common Stock of Hillman or for Preferred Stock of Hillman that was not fully vested and exercisable as of the effective time of the Merger automatically became fully vested and exercisable as of the effective time of the Merger pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement. The holders of stock options were paid an amount based on the relevant merger consideration and at the applicable exercise price and number of shares.

At the Closing, Hillman Investment redeemed each outstanding share of its Class A Preferred Stock at an amount equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in Hillman Investment’s charter) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares as of the effective time of the Merger.

Each option for Class A Preferred Stock of Hillman Investment became vested and exercisable as of the effective time of the Merger. The Hillman Investment option holders were paid an amount based on the redemption price for such preferred stock and at the applicable exercise price and number of shares.

Hillman Trust’s publicly traded Trust Preferred Securities remain outstanding and continue to trade on the NYSE-AMEX.

Equity Contribution

Immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger, affiliates of OHCP IIIherein) and certain members of ourHillman’s management contributedand Board of Directors (“Holdco”). Pursuant to the terms and conditions of an aggregateAgreement and Plan of $308.6Merger dated as of April 21, 2010, Hillman was merged with Holdco with Hillman surviving the Merger. As a result of the Merger, Hillman is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdco. The total consideration paid in the Merger was $832.7 million which includes $11.5 million for the Quick-Tag™ license and related patents, repayment of outstanding debt and the net value of the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated debentures ($105.4 million liquidation value, net of $3.3 million in cash and shares oftrust common stock of Hillman tosecurities, at the Purchaser in exchange for shares of common stocktime of the Purchaser.merger).

In the Equity Contribution, affiliates of OHCP III contributed an aggregate of $294.7 million and members of our management contributed an aggregate of $13.9 million pursuant to rollover agreements entered with the Purchaser.

Bank Financing

Simultaneously withOn May 28, 2010, we and certain of our subsidiaries closed on a senior secured first lien credit facility, consisting of a term loan and a revolving credit facility. Hillman and Hillman Group are the Merger andborrowers under the offering of the existing notes, we entered into $320 million of new senior secured credit facilities, which provide for an aggregate principal amount of $420.0 million in borrowings, consisting of a $290$390.0 million term loan facility and a $30$30.0 million revolving credit facility. The term loan facility matures on May 28, 2017 and the revolving credit facility matures on May 28, 2015. For a summary of the material terms ofmore information on our senior secured credit facilities and other indebtedness, see “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness” elsewhere in this prospectusprospectus.

Quick-Tag AcquisitionAcquisitions

Concurrently with the closing of the Merger, we closed the Quick-Tag AcquisitionQuick-Tag™ acquisition for a purchase price of $11.5 million. We used a portion of our borrowings under our term loan to finance the Quick-Tag Acquisition.

NEW ACQUISITION TRANSACTIONS

Serv-A-Lite AcquisitionQuick-Tag™ acquisition.

On December 29, 2010, Hillman Group closedwe acquired Serv-A-Lite™. Established in 1979, Serv-A-Lite™ is a major supplier of specialty fasteners and electrical parts to the Serv-A-Lite Acquisition. Onretail hardware market, and has developed a strong reputation in the industry for its highly flexible service programs, excellent customer service, and innovative products. Effective March 31, 2011, Serv-A-Lite was merged with and into Hillman Group, with Hillman Group as the surviving entity.

TagWorks Acquisition

On March 16, 2011, Hillman Groupwe closed the TagWorks Acquisition for an initial purchase price of approximately $40.0 millionAcquisition. Founded in cash. In addition, subject2007, TagWorks™ provides innovative pet ID tag programs to fulfillment of certain conditions, Hillman Group will pay additional consideration of $12.5 million to the sellers of TagWorks on October 31, 2011,a leading pet products chain retailer using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pending technology and an additional earn-out payment of up to $12.5 million in 2012.product portfolio. In conjunction with this agreement, Hillman Groupwe entered into a licensean agreement with KeyWorks, a company affiliated with TagWorks L.L.C., to assign its patent-pending retail key program technology to Hillman Groupus and to continue to work collaboratively with us to develop next generation key duplicating technology. The closingEffective December 31, 2011, TagWorks L.L.C. was merged with and into Hillman Group, with Hillman Group as the surviving entity.

On December 1, 2011, Hillman Group purchased certain assets of Micasa Trading Corporation, a Florida based producer of the TagWorks Acquisition occurred concurrentlyOok brand of picture hangers and related products. The Ook brand’s excellence in the picture hanging specialty category strengthened our position of providing value-added products and services to home centers and hardware retailers.

On February 19, 2013, Hillman acquired all of the issued and outstanding Class A common shares of Paulin and Paulin became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Hillman. On March 31, 2013, Paulin was amalgamed with and wasinto The Hillman Group Canada ULC. Paulin is an Ontario, Canada-based distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and screw machine components. In the Paulin Acquisition, we acquired a condition to, the closingleading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of the offering of the initial notes.fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and retail hardware components.

BUSINESS

General

We are a leading value-added distributorone of fasteners, key duplication systems, keys, engrave-able tags, letters numbersthe largest providers of hardware-related products and signs, threaded rod, builder’s hardware and other hardware-related items primarilyrelated merchandising services to the retail marketmarkets in North America. We providehad net sales of $555.5 million in 2012. We sell our customersproducts to hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, pet supply stores, and other retail outlets principally in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Australia, Latin America and the Caribbean. Product lines include thousands of small parts such as fasteners and related hardware items; threaded rod and metal shapes; keys, key duplication systems and accessories; builder’s hardware; and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers, and signs. We support our product sales with value-added solutionsvalue added services including design and product category management services for our more than 60,000 SKUs, including sourcing, logistics,installation of merchandising displays,systems and maintenance of appropriate in-store inventory level management and extensive in-store sales and service support. We believe that our value-added solutions and product category management services are difficult to replicate, resulting in significant competitive advantages and deeply entrenched customer relationships.levels.

We hold a leading position in all of our core product categories and have a strong history of new product introductions and acquisitions of complementary product lines. Our product mix encompasses low price-point consumer products that exhibit recession-resistant characteristics. We sell these products to a diverse customer base comprising hardware stores, home improvement centers, mass merchants, national and regional hardware stores, pet supply stores, and other retail outlets in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Latin America, the Caribbean and Australia. Our wide-ranging service offerings and dedicated 700approximately 850 person full-time sales force makes us a highly effective outsourcing solution for managing SKU intensive, low price-point hardware product categories.

The following charts illustrate the contribution to our net sales by product category and customer type and product category for the year ended December 31, 2010:2012(1):

LOGO

LOGO

(1)Our net sales by product category and customer type for the year ended December 31, 2012 do not reflect the Paulin Acquisition, which occurred in February 2013.

We have delivered strong financial results through economic cycles, even in difficult operating environments. For example, during the recessionary periods between 2008 and 2010, we generated significant free cash flow and exhibited relative stability in revenues, profitability and returns. Specifically, while our net sales declined 4.9% between 2008 and 2009 and we experienced a net loss of approximately $1.2 million in each of 2008 and 2009, our Adjusted EBITDA grew from $77.4 million to $83.3 million during the same period, representing a CAGRcompound annual growth rate of 7.6%. Our net sales increased from $458.2$506.5 million in 20092011 to $462.4$555.5 million in 2010.2012. We have grown our Adjusted EBITDA in 14 of the last 15 years. Our strong profitability, combined with the low capital intensity of the business, has resulted in attractive free cash flows and substantial deleveraging. We continue to

demonstrate strong operating and financial performance by offering inexpensive consumer products with demand characteristics not significantly affected by macroeconomic uncertainty. Our commitment to value-added merchandising services and category management has also increased our customers’ reliance on us, thereby creating stability and predictability in our business model.

Industry Overview

We operate in multiple channels of the retail marketplace such as hardware stores, regional and national home centers, mass merchants, pet supply stores, and mass merchants.other retail outlets. These retail channels have experienced significant change as a result of the growth of the large national Big Boxbig box chains, which have taken market share from the regional home centers and independent hardware dealers and cooperatives. We have developed sales, marketing, merchandising and service specifically to meet the needs of the Big Boxbig box chains which include Lowe’s, The Home Depot, Wal-Mart, Menards, Kmart and Wal-Mart.Sears. We believe that our market knowledge, merchandising skills, breadth of inventory, and value-added services, including support and fulfillment capabilities, will enable us to maintain our relationships with the Big Boxbig box chains.

The U.S. economy has undergone a period of recession and the future economic environment may continue to be less favorable than that of recent years. ThisThe economic slowdown has and could further leadled to reduced consumer and business spending and any delay in the recovery could lead to further reduced spending in the foreseeable future, including by our customers. In addition, economic conditions, including decreased access to credit, may result in financial difficulties leading to restructurings, bankruptcies, liquidations and other unfavorable events for our customers, suppliers and other service providers. If such conditions continue or further deteriorate in 20112013 or through fiscal 2012,2014, our industry, business and results of operations may be severelymaterially adversely impacted.

Competitive Strengths

We believe our key competitive strengths include:

Market Leader with Strong Positions in Attractive Growth MarketsMarkets.. We believe we are the market leader in served sales channels for all of our core product categories. Our strong growth over the last 1517 years has helped solidify our leading position in each of our business lines. Our leadership position has translated into significant economies of scale that provide a unique competitive advantage in areas such as sourcing, logistics, inventory management, merchandising, customer service and information technology. We are actively expanding our geographic presence with share gains in Canada, Mexico, Australia, Latin American and Mexicothe Caribbean to complement our strong position in the United States. WeIn 2011, we were recently awarded the bulk fastener, picture hanging and key business for the Lowe’s/Woolworth’sWoolworths joint venture in Australia. In 2012, the Paulin Acquisition allowed us to acquire a leading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and retail hardware components. We believe we are well-positioned to establish ourselves as a leader in several new product categories due to our relationship with our existing customer base and distribution network.

 

Product Line

  Product
Category
Position
  2010
Revenue
($mm)
   

Highlights

  Product
Category
Position
  2012
Revenue
($mm)  (1)
   

Highlights

Fastener

  #1  $258    

•    Distributes over 40,000 SKUs representing the most in-depth offering of low-cost Do-It-Yourself hardware products

 

•    Low per unit cost helps insulate end-user demand from economic cyclicality

 

•    Serv-A-Lite Acquisition

 

  #1  $309    

•    Distributes approximately 64,000 SKUs (prior to the Paulin Acquisition), which management believes to be one of the largest selections among suppliers servicing the hardware retail segment

 

•    Low per unit cost helps insulate end-user demand from economic cyclicality

 

•    The Ook and Serv-A-Lite™ acquisitions expanded our line of picture hanging products, specialty fasteners and electrical parts

Key Duplication

  #1  $82    

•    Patent-protected industry-leading key duplication technologies

 

•    Growing installed base of over 14,300 Axxess+ machines in North America

 

•    Highly attractive profitability characteristics for both us and customers

 

•    New technology and new fashionable products represent significant growth drivers

 

•    Conventional key cutting systems sold to Traditional hardware stores

 

•    Assignment of patent-pending retail key program technology to US by KeyWorks

 

Product Line

  Product
Category
Position
  2010
Revenue
($mm)
   

Highlights

  Product
Category
Position
   2012
Revenue
($mm)  (1)
   

Highlights

      

•   Paulin is a leading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and retail hardware components

Key Duplication

   #1    $87    

•   Patent-protected industry-leading key duplication technologies

 

•   Growing installed base of over 13,900 Axxess+ machines in North America

 

•   Highly attractive profitability characteristics for both us and customers

 

•   New technology and new fashionable products represent significant growth drivers

 

•   Conventional key cutting systems sold to Traditional hardware stores

 

•   TagWorks™/KeyWorks collaboration is expected to provide an opportunity to develop a next generation consumer operated key duplicating system

Engraving

  #1  $29    

•    Installed base of over 2,700 Quick-Tag self-service engraving machines

 

•    Growing opportunities with continued expansion in high traffic destinations—amusement parks, zoos, movie theaters, sporting venues

 

•    TagWorks Acquisition

 

   #1    $49    

•   Installed base of over 2,500 Quick-Tag™ self-service engraving machines in the United States and Canada

 

•   Growing opportunities with continued expansion in high traffic destinations—amusement parks, zoos, movie theaters, sporting venues

 

•   TagWorks™ provides innovative pet ID tag programs to leading pet products chain retailers

LNS

  #1  $35    

•    Most widely used brand in the United States

 

•    Industry’s low-cost manufacturer

 

•    Capitalizes on existing distribution infrastructure

 

Letters, Numbers and Signs

   #1    $32    

•   Most widely used brand in the United States

 

•   Industry’s low-cost manufacturer

 

•   Capitalizes on existing distribution infrastructure

Threaded Rod

  #1  $ 30    

•    Acquired product line in 2006, making us the category leader

 

•    Complementary to our other product lines

 

   #1   $33    

•   Acquired product line in 2006, making us the category leader

 

•   Complementary to our other product lines

Builder’s Hardware

   —     $16    

•   Includes a variety of common household items such as coat hooks, door stops, hinges, gate latches, hasps and decorative hardware

 

•   Exemplifies our strategy of leveraging core competencies to further penetrate customer accounts with new product offerings

Other

  —    $28    

•    Includes key accessories, automotive key duplication revenue, and initial revenue from Builder’s Hardware product line

   —     $29    

•   Includes key accessories, automotive key duplication revenue, and revenue from Code Cutter

 

(1)Our 2012 revenue does not reflect the Paulin Acquisition in February 2013.

Source: Hillman management estimates.

Core Competencies Create Competitive Advantages. The complexity associated with the procurement, distribution, stocking and merchandising of 40,000approximately 64,000 SKUs (prior to the Paulin Acquisition) in our fastener category makes direct sourcing by customers a difficult task; one that we believe we deliver with excellence. While the SKU count that we supply is high relative to our customers’ total SKU count, our customers’ decision not to source directly is typically influenced by the relatively low percentage of their revenue that our products represent. We also benefit as the exclusive supplier for many product lines across a customer’s entire store footprint.

Our installed base of more than 14,30013,900 Axxess+ systems and 2,700 QuickTag2,500 Quick-Tag™ engraving machines in North America creates significant switching costs in our key duplication and engraving product categories. Our patent-protected equipment would be expensive to replace given the aggregate high value of our current installations. Moreover, high merchandise display costs in each customer store make displacing us time consuming and expensive.

Finally, as evidenced by our 97.5%97.1% order fill rate, our ability to consistently meet the highly demanding customer service and procurement requirements of sophisticated national retailers such as Wal-Mart, Kmart, Sears, Lowe’s, The Home Depot and Wal-MartMenards represents a competitive advantage. We are able to successfully utilize our distribution capabilities to meet such customers’ just-in-time inventory requirements throughout their entire footprint in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Australia, Latin America and Mexico.the Caribbean. Such distribution capabilities, coupled with our highly differentiated service oriented business model and long-term customer relationships enhance our competitive position.

Long-Term Customer RelationshipsRelationships.. We maintain longstanding relationships, with an average of 1314 years for our top eight customers, with many of the largest and most respected retailers in North America. Our long-term customer relationships provide revenue stability and a platform for sustainable growth, and are driven by our unique operating model, unmatched service capabilities and our sales force’s desire to be the preferred supplier and valued partner to our customers. We have historically been successful in adding new products to our

existing customers by leveraging our supply chain and adopting a focused sales approach. With approximately 700850 full-time dedicated national and regional sales and service representatives, serving approximately 18,000 customers, we have established strong institutional relationships with our customers while providing superior customer service. As of December 31, 2012 (prior to the Paulin Acquisition), our national and regional sales and service representatives served over 20,000 accounts.

Highly Diversified and Stable Product CategoriesCategories..We provide a comprehensive selection of fastenerfasteners and related hardware products to the retail channel with over 60,000 SKUs.approximately 80,000 SKUs (prior to the Paulin Acquisition). The items within our product categories possess highly attractive end-user demand attributes, drive traffic tothrough our retail partners and, importantly, generate high margins for both us and our customers. We believe that end-user demand for our products exhibit price inelastic and recession-resistant characteristics: whether a small package of fasteners for a small repair project or a key requiring replacement or a tag for a new pet, macroeconomic conditions do not tend to materially influence the purchasing decision. This is illustrated by our strong operating performance during periods of economic weakness. Lastly, the depth and breadth of our product categories ensure a wide product selection for end-users, which enhances store foot traffic, minimizes lost or missed sales and improves merchant profitability.

Comprehensive Service OfferingOffering.. Our representatives regularly visit store locations to provide merchandising services, including highly valued in-store inventory management and in-store display and promotion development. The quality of our service force has been instrumental in developing our strong and long standing relationships with customers. Our sales representatives are today one of the only factory service groups providing regular services in many Nationalnational retailer’s stores. This hands-on service and support also offers opportunities to sell additional products and further solidify existing relationships. We are often the exclusive supplier of our product categories to the customer’s entire store footprint, creating additional efficiencies in distribution and management.

Robust Sales and Operations Planning and ReportingReporting.. We have developed and implemented an integrated sales and operations planning (“S&OP process&OP”) group through which our leadership team consistently achieves focus, alignment and synchronization among all functions of the organization. The S&OP group is organized by market channel to improve forecasting accuracy and create product level information by customer group. The integration and synchronization of customer purchasing needs to the manufacturing process in Asia provides suppliers with 26 weeks of demand forecasts with weekly shipping schedules. In addition, our dedicated internal monthly reporting packages provide our management with timely reports on key performance indicators, income and expense items and balance sheet metrics including snapshots of product and customer sales, margins and profits, working capital and detailed MD&A and management briefs on strategic initiatives. The reporting packages also provide information on budgeted financials compared to actual results by customer and product segments, which facilitate executive level monthly meetings to manage operations effectively.

National Distribution Network and Supply Chain EfficiencyEfficiency.. Our distribution infrastructure forms the centerpiece of our unique selling proposition and provides us with a significant competitive advantage. Our eleven North AmericanIncluding the Paulin Acquisition, our twenty-four strategically located distribution centers in the United States, Canada, Australia and Mexico, covering over 1.22.0 million square feet of space, enable us to maintain a 97.5%97.1% order fill rate and ship orders to customers in less than 30within 48 hours. Our highly efficient and technologically advanced 335,700 square foot distribution center in Forest Park, Ohio, where the majority of our products are received, is the hub of our distribution network. This highly sophisticated network, which utilizes pick-to-light and radio frequency technologies, enables us to effectively manage the vast number of SKUs, a task our customers and competitors are unable to replicate efficiently. We believe we could meaningfully increase our sales within our current facility footprint and have identified potential for further capacity expansion through Lean initiatives. By managing multiple product sources in multiple countries and supplying products and services to thousands of retailers nationwide, we provide a highly differentiated value-added distribution service.

Proven and Economically Aligned Management TeamTeam.. Our senior management team has a broad range of expertise with an average of over 21approximately 13 years of experience at Hillman. Our senior management team represents a solid mix of tenured employees with long careers at Hillman, augmented by new management talent from large,

well-respected organizations. Our current management team has driven our highly effective business strategy over a long period, leading to our strong operating and financial performance over that time period. Furthermore, members of our management team invested an aggregate of $12.5 million in connection with the Mergeracquisition of 100% of the capital stock of Hillman by OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. pursuant to equity rollover agreements.

Strong Equity OwnershipOwnership.. Oak Hill Capital Partners (as defined herein) is a private equity firm managing funds with more than $8 billion of committedinitial capital commitments from leading entrepreneurs, endowments, foundations, corporations, pension funds and global financial institutions. Over a period of more than 2425 years, the professionals at Oak Hill Capital Partners and its predecessors have invested in more than 6070 significant private equity transactions. Central totransactions across broad segments of the U.S. and global economies. Oak Hill Capital Partners’Partners applies an industry-focused, theme-based approach and engages experienced operating consultants to work directly with management strategy with respectteams to Hillman are its Senior Advisers, some of whom have experience in the retail, consumer productsimplement strategic and distribution industry.operational initiatives. Oak Hill Capital Partners’ investment professionals and its Senior Advisers are engaged board members andPartners is one of two independently managed firms (which may work directlytogether from time to time) that operate with the Hillman management team to implement Hillman’s strategicOak Hill name and operational initiatives.invest in various asset classes, including equity and debt securities.

Strategy

We intend to continue to expand our business, enhance our market position and increase our revenues and cash flow by focusing on the following:

Focus on Incremental Penetration of Existing CustomersCustomers:: Meaningful opportunity exists for expansion of our current product offerings to our existing customers. Increased penetration of the fastener, key duplication and threaded rod and builder’s hardware product lines to some of our largest customers presents a significant growth

opportunity. We plan to increase our product penetration by leveraging our existing supply chain in conjunction with innovative sales and merchandising programs and a focused sales approach with existing customers.

Add New Products to Expand Existing Customer RelationshipsRelationships:: We have historically been successful in adding new products to our existing portfolio, both through organic initiatives as well as acquisitions, by seeking product expansion opportunities that are complementary to the existing portfolio and that can be marketed through our existing sales force. The success of our new product introductions is reflected in the evolution of our diverse product portfolio. For example, the revenue contribution of our non-Fastener product lines has increased from approximately $4.9 million in 1996 to approximately $204$246.0 million in 2010.2012. We introduced our Threaded Rod product line in 2006 and added the Builder’s Hardware product line in 2007. In 2013, we added fluid system products, automotive parts, and additional retain hardware components to our product portfolio with the Paulin Acquisition. Significant additional opportunities exist for further growth through product line expansion.

Enhance Growth Through Footprint Expansion of Major CustomersCustomers:: We believe that we are the exclusive provider of our core products to most customers and we believe we are well positioned to secure aisle space for such products when these customers open new stores. It is anticipated that customers in our National and Regional segment will continue to open new stores in the coming years, providing us with a “built-in” organic growth opportunity. Big-Box storeStore openings by big box chains (defined as mass merchants, home centers, and large-format grocery/drug centers), are expected to gain momentum should the retailing environment improve in step with a general economic recovery.

Continue Our International GrowthGrowth:: We have expanded into Canada, Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and Australia in recent years, and believe we are well-positioned to expand even further into these and potentially into other international markets. We typically follow the international footprint expansion of our National accounts, including The Home Depot and Lowe’s. For example, The Home Depot’s entry into the Mexican market early in the decade and its subsequent expansion to 85101 stores currently provides us with a strong “built-in” growth platform in Mexico. Our distribution centers in Canada and Mexico also provide crucial support to our international customers. We continue to seek international expansion through new customers, increased penetration of existing customers, continued footprint expansion of current customers, and launch of new products. We recently began doing business in Australia and our first sales are expectedwere reported in the third quarter of 2011.

Focused on Increased Operating EfficienciesEfficiencies:: We will continue to focus on enhancing our operating efficiency, including working capital management and effectively managing our cost structure. We intend to expand our implementation of Lean initiatives throughout the organization, providing potential for enhanced profitability and more efficient inventory management. Our focus will include improved sourcing capabilities, potential rationalization of our distribution center network, and greater manufacturing efficiencies in selected facilities.

Pursue Tuck-In Acquisition OpportunitiesOpportunities:: We have demonstrated a strong track record of successfully acquiring and integrating acquisitions, and plan to continue to selectively pursue tuck-in acquisitions. Over the past 1517 years we have completed 1215 acquisitions, allowing us to expand our product portfolio with existing customers and enter new markets. Our long-tenured management team, which has participated in the integration of these acquisitions, is well versed in identifying and realizing synergies through effective integration. Notable recent acquisitions include the Threaded Rod distribution business of SteelWorks for approximately $34.4 million,in January 2006, the Quick-Tag Acquisition,Quick-Tag™ acquisition in May 2010, the Serv-A-Lite Acquisition in December 2010, the TagWorks Acquisition in March 2011, the Ook Acquisition in December 2011, and the TagWorks Acquisition.Paulin Acquisition in February 2013. The SteelWorks acquisition strengthened our relationships with national retailers and provided us with another product category in which we now hold a leadership position. The Serv-A-Lite Acquisition strengthensstrengthened Hillman’s position in specialty fasteners and electrical parts to hardware retailers. The TagWorks Acquisition strengthens Hillman’s positionTagWorks™/KeyWorks collaboration is expected to provide an opportunity to develop a next generation consumer operated key duplicating system. The Ook brand’s excellence in the engraving businesspicture hanging specialty category strengthened our

position of providing value-added products and expands its technology portfolio.services to home centers and hardware retailers. The Paulin Acquisition allowed us to acquire a leading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and retail hardware components.

Hillman Group Organization

We are organized as a singlefive separate business segment. Foreignsegments, the largest of which is (1) The Hillman Group operating primarily in the United States. The other business segments consist of subsidiaries of the Hillman Group operateoperating in (2) Canada under the namenames The Hillman Group Canada Ltd.ULC and H. Paulin & Co., in(3) Mexico under the name SunSource Integrated Services de Mexico S.A.SA de C.V.CV, (4) Florida under the name All Points Industries, Inc. and in(5) Australia under the name The Hillman Group Australia PTY.LTD. RetailPty. Ltd. The Hillman Group provides merchandising services and products such as fasteners and related hardware items; threaded rod and metal shapes; keys, key duplication systems and accessories; builder’s hardware; and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers and signs, to retail outlets, served by us includeprimarily hardware stores, home centers and mass merchants, pet supply stores, grocery stores and drug stores. Our Canada segment also produces fasteners, stampings, fittings and processes threaded parts for automotive suppliers, industrial Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”) and industrial distributors. Through its field sales and service organization, Hillman complements its extensive product selection with value-added services for the retailer.

We market and distribute approximately 80,000 SKUs (prior to the Paulin Acquisition) of small, hard-to-find and hard-to-manage hardware items. Hillman functions as a merchandising manager for retailers and supports these products with in-store service, high order fill rates and rapid delivery of products sold. Sales and service representatives regularly visit retail outlets to review stock levels, reorder items in need of replacement, and interact with the store management to offer new product and merchandising ideas. Thousands of items can be actively managed with the retailer experiencing a substantial reduction in paperworkin-store labor costs and labor costs.replenishment paperwork. Service representatives also assist in organizing the products in a consumer-friendly manner. Hillman complements its broad range of products with value-added merchandising services such as displays, product identification stickers, retail price stickers,labels, store rack and drawer systems, assistance in rack positioning and store layout, and inventory restocking services. Hillman regularly introducesrefreshes retailers’ displays with new products and package designs withutilizing color-coding for ease ofto simplify the shopping byexperience for consumers and modifies rack designs to improve the attractiveness of individual store displays. Hillman functions as a merchandising manager for retailers and supports this service with high order fill rates and rapid delivery of products sold.

We ship our products from eleven24 strategically located distribution centers in the United States, Canada, Mexico and Mexico. We closed ourAustralia, (See—“Properties” below) and are recognized for providing retailers with industry leading fill-rates and lead times. Our main distribution center in Green Island, NY effective at the end of March 2009 and our Portland, Oregon distribution center in October, 2010. The impact of closing these facilities was not materialcenters utilize state-of-the-art warehouse management systems (“WMS”) to our operations and theship customer orders processed from this facility were shifted to existing facilities in Cincinnati, Ohio and LaCrosse, Wisconsin.within 48 hours while achieving a 97.1% order fill rate. We utilize a third-party logistics providerproviders to warehouse and ship customer orders in Mexico. ForMexico and Australia.

We also design, manufacture and market industry-leading identification and duplication equipment for home, office, automotive and specialty keys. In early 2000, Hillman revolutionized the year ended December 31, 2010, we had a 97.5% order fill rate. The average single sale in 2010 was approximately $386.

Hillman also manufactures and markets a value-added mix of high-tech and conventional products in two core product categories: key duplication systems and identification systems. Themarket with the patent-protected Axxess Precision Key Duplication SystemSystem™ which provided to store associates, with little or no experience, the ability to accurately identify and duplicate a key. In 2007, Hillman upgraded its key duplication technology with Precision Laser Key™ utilizing innovative digital and laser imaging to identify a key and duplicate the cut-pattern automatically. Through Hillman’s creative use of technology and efficient use of inventory management systems, Hillman has proven to be a profitable revenue source within Big Boxbig box retailers. The technology developed for this system revolutionized the key duplicating process utilizing computer aided alignment, indexing andHillman’s duplication of keys. This system hassystems have been placed in over 14,30013,950 retail locations to date and isare supported by Hillman sales and service representatives.

In addition, we offer Quick-Tag,apply a commercialized,variety of innovative options of consumer-operated vending system which provides custom engravedsystems for engraving specialty items such as pet identification tags, luggage tags and other engraved identification tags. Hillman has developed unique engraving systems leveraging state-of-the-art technologies to provide a customized solution for mass merchant and pet supply retailers. To date, more than 2,700 Quick-Tag machinesapproximately 6,500 Hillman engraving systems have been placed in retail locations which are beingalso supported by Hillman’s sales and service representatives.

Products and Suppliers

Hillman currently purchases its products fromOur vast product portfolio is recognized by top retailers across North America for providing consistent quality and innovation to DIY’ers and professional contractors. Our product strategy concentrates on providing total project solutions for common and unique home improvement projects. Our portfolio provides retailers the assurance that their shoppers can find the right product at the right price within an ‘easy to shop’ environment.

As of December 31, 2012, we managed a worldwide supply chain of approximately 750427 vendors, the largest of which accounted for approximately 7.6%6.7% of our 2012 annual purchases for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the top five of which accounted for approximately 23.9%22.7% of our 2012 annual purchases. About 41.1%43.1% of Hillman’sour 2012 annual purchases arewere from non-U.S. suppliers, with the balance from U.S. manufacturers and master distributors. Our vendor quality control procedures include on-site evaluations and frequent product testing. Vendors are also evaluated based on delivery performance and the accuracy of their shipments.

Fasteners

Fasteners formremain the core of our product offeringsbusiness and the product line encompasses more than 40,00064,000 SKUs as of December 31, 2012 (prior to the Paulin Acquisition), which management believeswe believe to representbe one of the largest selections among suppliers servicing the hardware retail segment in North America. Our fastener products are sold in numerous packaging configurations, resulting in a very high SKU count, sometimes numbering in the thousands for a single customer.segment. The fastener line includes standard and specialty nuts, bolts, washers, screws, anchors,and picture hanging items. We offerHillman offers zinc, chrome, and galvanized plated steel fasteners in addition to stainless steel, brass, and nylon fasteners in this vast line of products. In addition, we carryHillman carries a complete line of indoor and outdoor project fasteners for use with drywall and deck construction. We possess the scale and infrastructure to efficiently manage our customers’ entire supply chain, including sourcing, inventory management and merchandising for these products.

We keep the fastener category vibrant and refreshed for retailers by providing a continuous stream of new products. Some of ourHillman’s latest offerings include WallDog™, which is an innovative, all steel, one-piece screw anchor whichexpansion of Hillman’s WeatherMaxx™ Stainless Steel fasteners. The fast-growing category provides consumers with value-added performance in exterior applications and incremental margins for retailers. The new WeatherMaxx™ features high profile threadsa variety of packaging options ensuring consumers find the right quantity for easy fastening into drywall and masonry base materials.large or small projects. In addition, the new Agri Center markedTite-Series marks Hillman’s expansion into the fast growing and highly fragmented Agricultural hardwareprofitable construction fastener segment. The Agri CenterTite-Series features accessoriesfasteners for common new construction and fasteners commonly used for theremodeling projects such as deck building, roof repair, landscaping and maintenance of trailersgutter repair. The Tite-Series offers enhanced performance with an easy-start, type 17 bit, serrated threads and implementation equipment.reduced torque requirements. The program also features an innovative new merchandising format which allows retailers to increase holding power while displaying products in a neat and organized system.

Further, our chromeIn 2012, we developed a new Mass Merchant Fastener program. The new line targets consumers visiting mass merchants, grocery and automotive fastener lines are offered primarilydepartment stores who desire to franchisepurchase their hardware needs while shopping for grocery and independent hardware storesgeneral merchandise needs. The product offering provides convenience to the light-duty DIY’er and automotive parts retailers. Managementsolutions to the top 100 home improvement projects. The program also features bold color-coded packaging and merchandising allowing consumers to easily navigate the display and locate items quickly. Hillman’s management believes that these two lines arethis new line is among the most comprehensive and innovative in the retailthis market and aresegment which is growing in popularity with both the automotive and motorcycle industries.due to busy consumers who prefer one-stop shopping superstores. Other new fastener offerings include construction lags, suspended ceiling fasteners, wire goods, painted &new hobby and craft hardware, ProCrafter™ woodworking screws, electrical sockets and specialty finished screws, stainless steel outdoor screws and anchor bolts.connectors.

The acquisition of All Points, which was completed on December 28, 2007, hasAlso in 2012, we expanded our fastener presence in this areabeyond retailers’ ‘brick and mortar’ locations by entering into the e-commerce segment. We supported e-commerce requests by posting over 20,000 items available for sale on retailers’ websites. We supported direct to includestore and direct to consumer fulfillment for consumers who chose to order fasteners directly from retailers’ websites. Consumers could visit the distribution of residentialretailer’s website, select their desired fasteners, pay by credit card and pick-up their order at the retailer’s store or choose to have the order shipped to the hurricane protection industry. We believe that the core competencies developed over time in the managementaddress of the fastener product line have enabled usconsumer’s choice. We plan to leverage our scalecontinue to support retailers’ requests to expand their on-line offering in 2013 and expertise to broaden our product offerings efficiently.beyond.

In 2013, we completed the Paulin Acquisition in which we acquired a leading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, as well as fluid system products, automotive parts, and retail hardware components. Paulin’s manufacturing processes include Cold Heading, Nut Forming, Metal Stamping, Screw Machine, Adhesive Coating and Packaging. The Serv-A-Lite Acquisition, which was completed on December 29, 2010, expanded our lineindustries served by Paulin include automotive, industrial, retail hardware, and agricultural. All manufacturing facilities are located in Ontario, Canada, while Paulin’s distribution facilities are located in Vancouver, Edmonton, Winnipeg, Toronto, Montreal, Moncton and Cleveland, Ohio. Paulin supplies over 75,000 different SKUs of specialtystandard fasteners and electrical parts. It strengthens our position of providing value-added products and services to home centers and hardware retailers. We believe that the core competencies developed over time in the management of the fastener product line have enabled us to leverage our scale and expertise to broaden its product offerings efficiently.fittings.

Fasteners generated approximately 55.8%55.6% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010,in 2012, as compared to 55.3% for the year ended December 31, 2009.55.2% in 2011.

Keys and Key Accessories

Hillman designsWe design and manufactures state-of-the-art,manufacture proprietary equipment in its Tempe, Arizona facility which forms the cornerstone for our key duplication business. Our “razor / razor blade” strategy is based on providing these Hillman-owned machines to the merchant free of charge and the merchants typically purchase key blanks from us. The Hillman key duplication system is offered in various retail channels including mass merchants, home centers, automotive parts retailers, franchise and independentF&I hardware stores, and grocery/drug chains; it can also be found in many service basedservice-based businesses like parcel shipping outlets. In addition, we also sell key machines to thousands of franchise hardware stores and independent retailers through the Hillman Key Program.

Hillman markets itsWe market our key duplication system under two different brands. The Axxess Precision Key Duplication SystemSystem™ is marketed to national retailers requiring a key duplication program easily mastered by novice associates, while the Hillman Key Program targets the franchise hardware and independent retailers, with a machine that works well in businesses with lower turnover and highly skilled employees. We have a large installed base ofThere are over 14,30013,900 Axxess Programs placed in North American retailers including Wal-Mart, Kmart, Sears, The Home Depot, Lowe’s, Wal-Mart, Menards, Kmart and CVS.Sears.

In 2007, a new key duplication system,We introduced the Precision Laser Key System, was introduced to select test markets. The newSystem™ in 2007. This system uses a digital optical camera, lasers and proprietary software to scan a customer’s key. The system identifies the key and retrieves the key’s specifications, including the appropriate blank and cutting pattern, from a comprehensive database. This new technology also eliminatesautomates nearly every aspect of key duplication and provides the effectability for every store associate to cut a key accurately. We have placed approximately 1,000 of natural wear on the customer’sthese key by reproducing the original key pattern. Hillmanduplicating systems in North American retailers and our management believes that we are well-positioned to capitalize on this relatively new technology.

In 2012, we expanded market testing of the innovative FastKey consumer operated key duplication system. FastKey utilizes technology from the Precision Laser Key System™ and combines a consumer-friendly vending system which allows retail shoppers to further reinforce itsduplicate the most popular home, office and small lock keys. The FastKey system covers a large percentage of the key market leadershipand features a unique key sleeve that ensures proper insertion, alignment and duplication of the key. Consumers who attempt to duplicate keys not included in the FastKey system receive a ‘service slip’ identifying their key duplication.and referring them to the main Hillman key cutting location within the store. The FastKey market test has demonstrated the ability to increase overall key sales at the store retail level.

In addition to key duplication, Hillman haswe have an exclusive, strategic partnership with Barnes Distribution for the distribution of the proprietary PC+© Code Cutter machine which duplicatesproduces automobile keys based on a vehicle’s identification number. The Code Cutter machines are marketed to automotive dealerships, auto rental agencies and various companies with truck and vehicle fleets. Since its introduction, over 7,900 PC+© units and 8,100over 8,500 of the newer Flash Code Cutter units have been sold.

HillmanWe also marketsmarket keys and key accessories in conjunction with its keyour duplication systems. Popular accessories includeOur proprietary key offering features the Key Light™, Valet KeyChain™,Universal Blank which uses a ‘universal’ keyway to replace 4-5 original equipment keys. This innovative system allows a retailer to duplicate 99% of the key market while stocking fewer than 100 SKUs. We continually refresh the retailer’s key offering by introducing decorated and licensed keys and accessories. Our Wackey™ and Fanatix™ key identifiers, key coilslines feature decorative themes of art and key clips. Thepopular licenses such as NFL, Disney, Breast Cancer Awareness, M&M’s and Harley Davidson to increase the purchase frequency and average transaction value per key. In 2012, we introduced a successful line of key accessories includes a broad range of products such as key chains, tags, lights, floats, holders, whistles and a host of other miscellaneous complementary items. Additionally, new fashion key and accessory programs have been introduced recently, including DIVAdecorative and licensed programs featuring NFL, MLB, Disney, Harley Davidson and other popular licensed properties. Hillman has lanyards. We have

taken the key and key accessory categories from a price sensitive commodity to a fashion driven business and hashave significantly increased retail pricing and gross margins.

In conjunction with TagWorks Acquisition, Hillman Group also signed a definitive 17-year agreement with KeyWorks to assign its patent-pending retail key program technology to Hillman Group. This collaboration is expected to provide a unique opportunity to develop next generation key duplicating technology.

Keys, key accessories and Code Cutter units represented approximately 22.8%20.8% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010,in 2012, as compared to 22.0%21.9% in 2009.2011.

Engraveable TagsEngraving

Our engraving categorybusiness focuses on the growing consumer spending trends surrounding personalized and pet identification. Innovation has played a major role in the development of Hillman’s engraving business unit. From the original Quick-Tag™ consumer-operated vending system to the proprietary laser system of TagWorks™, We continue to lead the industry with consumer-friendly engraving solutions.

Quick-Tag™ is largely based on Quick-Tag, oura patented, consumer-operated vending system that custom engraves specialty products such asand dispenses pet identification tags, military-style identificationI.D. tags, holiday ornaments and luggage tags. Styles include NFL and NCAA logo military tags. Quick-TagQuick-Tag™ is an easy, convenient means for the consumer to custom engrave tags while shopping at large format retail stores.and generates high levels of customer satisfaction with attractive margins for the retailer. Hillman has placed approximately 2,700 Quick-Tagover 2,500 Quick-Tag™ machines in retail outlets throughout the United States and Canada, including at

Wal-Mart and PETCO andCanada. In addition to placements in retail outlets, Hillman has placed machines inside theme parks such as Disney, Sea World, and Universal Studios.

In 2009,2010, we introducedlaunched the next generation engraving platform with our new FidoFIDO™ system. This new engraving program integrates a fun attractive design with a user interface that provides new features for the consumer. The individual tag is packaged in a mini cassette and the machine’s mechanism flips the tag to allow engraving on both sides. The user interface features a loveable dog character that guides the consumer through the engraving process. Hillman has placed approximately 1,000 FIDO™ systems in PETCO stores as of December 31, 2012.

In 2011, we acquired the innovative TagWorks™ engraving system to PETCO. Fido combines an attractive consumer interface and improved engraving capability with an expanded tag offering.

Innovation has played a major role in the development of our Quick-Tag machine. Using an interactive touch screen, customers input information such as a pet name and telephone number, and the system’s proprietaryfeaturing patented technology, engraves the tag in less than two minutes. The Quick-Tag system does not require incremental labor at the point of sale and thus generates high levels of customer satisfactionunique product portfolio and attractive margins foroff-board merchandising. The TagWorks™ system utilizes laser printing technology and allows consumers to watch the retailer. This custom engraving system generates retail profitprocess. The off-board merchandising allows premium-priced tags to be displayed in store-front locations and is effective at increasing the average price per square foot over seven times the typical retail average.transaction.

We purchase a wide variety of materialsdesign, manufacture and components to manufactureassemble the Axxess Key Duplication and Quick-Tag engraving machines, many of which are manufactured to its specifications. Management does not believe that it is dependent on any one supplier. The machine components do not generally require proprietary technology and Hillman has identified or used alternate suppliers for its primary sourcing needs.

On March 16, 2011, Hillman Group completed the TagWorks Acquisition. TagWorks provides innovative pet ID tag programs to leading pet products chain retailers using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pending technology and product portfolio.

equipment in our Tempe, Arizona facility. Engraving products represented approximately 6.3%8.8% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010,in 2012, as compared to 7.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009.8.2% in 2011.

Letters, Numbers and Signs

LNS includes utilitarian product lines that target both the homeowner and commercial user. Product lines within this category include individual and/or packaged letters, numbers, signs, safety related products (e.g. 911 signs), driveway markers, and a varietydiversity of sign accessories, such as sign frames marketed under the Hillman Sign Center brand.frames.

Hillman markets LNS products under the Hillman Sign Center brand. Through a series of strategic acquisitions, exclusive partnerships, and organic product development, the Hillmandevelopments, we have created an LNS program offerswhich gives retailers a significant offeringone of the largest product offerings available in this category. This SKU intensive product category is considered a staple for retail hardware departments and is typically merchandised in eight linear feet of retail space containing hundreds of SKUs. In addition to the core product program, we provide our customers with value-added retail support including custom plan-o-grams and merchandising solutions.

Hillman has expandedWe have demonstrated the LNS product offeringcontinual launch of new products to further penetratematch the growing home improvement market by developing a new lineneeds of DIY and commercial end-users. We recently introduced popular programs such as high-end houseaddress plaques and numbers, the custom create-a-sign program and address plaques. This program provides Hillman with a unique, competitive position expectedcommercial signs. We also introduced innovative solar technology to yield new revenue growth in this otherwise mature productadd an element of illumination to the core category.

The Hillman LNS program can be found in Big Boxbig box retailers, mass merchants, and pet supply accounts. In addition, Hillman haswe have product placement in franchise and independentF&I hardware retailers.

The LNS category represented approximately 7.5%5.8% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.in 2012, as compared to 6.5% in 2011.

Threaded Rod

With our acquisition of SteelWorks in 2006, Hillman is nowWe are a leading supplier of metal shapes and threaded rod in the retail market in the United States.market. The lineSteelWorks™ threaded rod product includes hot and cold rolled rod, both weldableweld-able and plated, as well as a complete offering of All-Thread rod in galvanized steel, stainless steel, and brass. Selected product applications include metal shelving, racking, grates and enclosures and braces for home improvement and light construction.

The SteelWorksSteelWorks™ program is carried by many top retailers, including Lowe’s, Menards, and Sears, and through cooperatives such as Ace and True Value.Hardware. In addition, Hillman iswe are the primary supplier of threaded rodmetal shapes to many wholesalers throughout the country.

Threaded rod generated approximately 6.5%6.0% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010,in 2012, as compared to 6.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009.6.1% in 2011.

Builder’s Hardware

In 2007, we entered the residential Builder’s Hardware market by selling its newly developed product line to Canadian Tire, a Canadian retailer with 493 stores. In addition, we were recently selected to supply our Builder’s Hardware product line to Kent Building Supplies, a leading home improvement retailer in Eastern Canada. The Builder’s Hardwarebuilder’s hardware category includes a variety of common household items such as coat hooks, door stops, hinges, gate latches, hasps and decorative hardware.

Hillman marketsWe market the Builder’s Hardwarebuilder’s hardware products under the Hardware Essentials™ brand and providesprovide the retailer with an innovative merchandising solution. The Hardware EssentialsEssentials™ program utilizes modular packaging, color coding and integrated merchandising to simplify the shopping experience for consumers. Colorful signs, packaging and installation instructions guide the consumer quickly and easily to the correct product location. Hardware EssentialsEssentials™ provides retailers and consumers decorative upgrade opportunities through the introduction of high-end finishes such as satin nickel, pewter and antique bronze.

The combination of merchandising, upgraded finishes and product breadth is designed to improve the retailer’s performance. The addition of the Builder’s Hardwarebuilder’s hardware product line exemplifies our strategy of leveraging itsour core competencies to further penetrate customer accounts with new product offerings. We plan to aggressively expandIn 2012, we expanded the placement of the Hardware EssentialsEssentials™ line in future periods.the F&I channel. The F&I channel provided successful conversions in over 650 new locations and is driving strong sales performance for retailers.

The Builder’sAs of December 31, 2012, the Hardware categoryEssentials™ line is placed in over 2,500 retail locations and generated approximately 1.1%2.9% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010,in 2012, as compared to 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009.2.0% in 2011.

Markets and Customers

Over the course of our 46-year49-year operating history, we have developed longstanding relationships with over 18,00020,000 active customer accounts as of December 31, 2012 (prior to the Paulin Acquisition), ranging from small local and regional hardware stores to large retail outlets with national and international footprints and mass merchants. A typical hardware store maintains thousands of different items in inventory, many of which generate small dollar sales but large profits. It is difficult for a retailer to economically monitor all stock levels and to reorder the products from multiple vendors. The problem is compounded by the necessity of receiving small shipments of inventory at different times and having to stock the goods. The failure to have these small items available will have an adverse effect on store traffic, thereby denying the retailer the opportunity to sell items that generate higher dollar sales.

We have a successful track record of generating high levels of customer satisfaction as a result of our uniquely tailored sales and service approach for each of these customer segments. Our customers demand a high level of expertise in managing point of purchase data, item profitability, inventory turns, retail pricing, merchandising capability and display management and we successfully manage these objectives on a daily basis. A measure of our effectiveness in partnering with our customers is the breadth and duration of the relationships we maintain with many of the largest and most respected retailers in North America. These longstanding relationships were developed through considerable sales force effort that we believe can notcannot be easily replicated. We serve three main customer segments: large retail chains with a national presence, traditional hardware stores and smaller regional retail chains.

The top five of our over 18,000 active customer accounts accounted for approximately 48.4% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010. No other customer accounted for more than 5% of our total revenue in 2010.

National:National

Our national accounts include such retailers as Lowe’s, Home Depot, Wal-Mart, Tractor Supply, Sears, Menards and PETCO. For the year ended December 31, 2010,2012, Lowe’s was our single largest customer, representing 24.3%21.6% of revenue, Home Depot was our second largest at 11.7%11.6% of revenue and Wal-Mart was our third largest at 7.8%6.9% of revenue. Our sales representatives play critical roles in helping retailers manage store inventory of up to 5,000 SKUs by frequently updating physical inventory availability in their computer systems to ensure optimal SKU replenishment, best-in-class merchandising and display maintenance on all fastener, key, LNS and builder’s hardware categories, and providing technical service and support for all engraving and key duplicating machines. Our status as a national supplier to major national retailers has allowed us to develop a strong competitive position within our product categories.

TraditionalTraditional:

Hillman’s Our traditional accounts consist of approximately 13,000 15,000 franchise and independent (“F&I&I”) retail outlets, which are typically members of larger cooperatives such as True Value, Ace Hardware, and Ace.Do-It-Best. The segment is divided into two divisions: Store Direct and Warehouse. Through Store Direct, we supply our products directly to independent hardware stores and provide in-store inventory management, product display and price implementation services. Through our Warehouse segment,division, we supply wholesalers, cooperatives and central warehouses such as True Value, Ace Hardware, and AceDo-It-Best that distribute to their member network and do not require our merchandising services. The Warehouse channel reduces logistics expenses for us while reducing central warehouse inventory and delivery costs for the cooperatives.

RegionalRegional:

Hillman’s Our regional accounts are comprised of large multi-store chains that operate within regional marketing areas, such as Orchard Supply, 84 Lumber, Westlake Hardware, Orscheln Farm, and Valu Home Center. These customers operate similarly to our national accounts and have centralized purchasing managers.

In order to effectively compete against the national retailers, regional chains have been challenged to develop unique niches to maintain and build customer loyalty. We have responded to these challenges by successfully working with regional customers to develop unique merchandising and product assortments that meet targeted customer needs.

Distribution Network and Supply Chain

Our customers are generally not equipped to, nor have a desire to handle the sourcing and merchandising of a vast number of low-priced SKUs without the benefit of the economies of scale that we enjoy. We provide a value-added distribution service by providing a wide breadth of products and services to our large-scale national customers on a regional or national basis that smaller competitors are unable to match. Our 335,700-square-foot335,700-square foot distribution center in Cincinnati,Forest Park, Ohio, is the core of our distribution network, augmented by tentwenty-three additional regional distribution centers located strategically throughout the United States, Canada, Australia and Mexico.Mexico as of March 31, 2013. This distribution network provides customers with on-demand supply of over 60,000approximately 80,000 SKUs (prior to the Paulin Acquisition) and the efficiency of a 97.5%97.1% order fill rate. Our focus on service levels has enabled us to reduce our network inbound and outbound cycle times significantly, demonstrating the capability to receive and allocate products within two hours and pick, pack and ship orders within four hours.

We purchaseAs of December 31, 2012, we purchased our products from approximately 750427 vendors throughout the world. Our global sourcing strategy is focused on finding the highest quality products from reliable vendors at the lowest prices. This strategy has evolved into a highly efficient system comprised of multiple vendors supplying thousands of low-cost SKUs from multiple countries. Low-cost country sourcing, primarily from Taiwan, China, India and Malaysia, accountsaccounted for 41%43% of our total purchases as of December 31, 2012, the vast majority of which is for the Fastener product

category. We continue to evaluate the cost benefits of sourcing from low-cost countries versus sourcing domestically, and expect our sourcing from low-cost countries to increase, creating opportunities for incremental margin improvement. Our vendor quality control procedures

include on-site evaluations and frequent product testing, and we evaluate vendors based on delivery performance and the accuracy of their shipments. Our sourcing group is strategically aligned by product category to improve speed to market and to enhance category expertise.

LOGO

LOGO

 

(1)There is also a distribution center in Melbourne, Australia, which is not shown on the map.
(2)The MexicanMilton, Canada facilities support manufacturing operations exclusively.
(3)The Monterrey, Mexico distribution center is owned and operated by a third party logistics provider.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our products to national accounts such as Lowe’s, Home Depot, Wal-Mart, Tractor Supply, Sears, Menards, PetSmart and PETCO. Our established customer relationshipsstatus as a national supplier of proprietary products to big box retailers allows us to develop a strong market position and high barriers to entry within our product categories.

We service more than 15,000 F&I retail outlets. These individual dealers are a resulttypically members of the multiple touch pointslarger cooperatives, such as True Value, Ace Hardware, and Do-It-Best. We ship directly to the cooperative’s retail locations and also supply many items to the cooperative’s central warehouses. These central warehouses distribute to their members that we maintain with customers,do not have a requirement for Hillman’s in-store service. These arrangements reduce credit risk and extendlogistic expenses for Hillman while also reducing central warehouse inventory and delivery costs for the cooperatives.

A typical hardware store maintains thousands of different items in inventory, many of which generate small dollar sales but large profits. It is difficult for a retailer to purchasing managers, store management and senior executives. The Hillman Group provides product support, customer service and profit opportunities for its retail distribution partners. We believe our competitive advantage is in our ability to provide a greater level of customer service than our competitors.

As a company, service is our hallmark. With approximately 700 full-time dedicated national and regional sales and service representatives serving over 18,000 accounts, we maintain close relationships with our customers and provide the highest level of customer service available in the industry. Our representatives regularly visit customer store locations to provide merchandising services including high-value-add in-store inventory management and in-store display and promotion development. The hands-on support and service offered by our representatives also provide us with multiple opportunities to sell additional products and further enhance existing relationships.

The national accounts field service organization consists of over 469 employees and 33 field managers focusing on Big Box retailers, pet super stores, large national discount chains and grocery stores. This organization reorders products, details store shelves, and sets up in-store promotions. Many of our largest customers use electronic data interchange (“EDI”) for handling of orders and invoices.

We employ what we believe to be the largest factory direct sales force in the industry. The sales force, which consists of 209 people, and is managed by 18 field managers, focuses on the franchise and independent hardware stores. The depth of the sales and service team enables Hillman to maintain consistent call cycles ensuring thateconomically monitor all customers experience proper stock levels and to reorder the products from multiple vendors. This problem is compounded by the necessity of receiving small shipments of inventory turns. This team also builds custom plan-o-grams of displaysat different times and having to fitstock the needs of anygoods. The failure to have these small items available will have an adverse effect on store as well as establishing programstraffic, thereby denying the retailer the opportunity to sell items that meet customers’generate higher dollar sales.

requirements for pricing, invoicing, and other needs. This group also benefits from daily internal support fromWe sell our products to approximately 20,000 customers as of December 31, 2012, the inside sales and customer service teams. Each sales representative is responsibletop five of which accounted for approximately 57 full service accounts that they call on45.6% of our total revenue in 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, Lowe’s was the single largest customer, representing approximately every two weeks.21.6% of our total revenue, Home Depot was the second largest at approximately 11.6% and Wal-Mart was the third largest at approximately 6.9% of our total revenue. No other customer accounted for more than 5.0% of our total revenue in 2012.

These efforts, coupled with thoseOur telemarketing activity sells to thousands of the marketing department, allow the sales force to not only sell products, but sell merchandisingsmaller hardware outlets and technological support capabilities as well. Hillman’s marketing department provides support through the development of new products, sales collateral material, promotional items, merchandising aids and custom signage. Marketing services such as advertising, graphic design, and trade show managementnon-hardware accounts. We are also provided. The department is organized along Hillman’s three marketing competencies: product management, channel marketingpursuing new business internationally in such places as Canada, Mexico, Australia, South and marketing communications.Central America, and the Caribbean.

Competition

TheOur primary competitors in the national accounts marketplace for fasteners are ITWIllinois Tool Works Inc., Dorman Products Inc., Crown Bolt LLC., Midwest Fasteners,Fastener Corporation, and the Newell Group. Competition is based primarily on in-store service and price. Other competitors are local and regional distributors. Competitors in the pet tag market are specialty retailers, direct mail order and retailers with in-store mail order capability. The Quick-Tag system hasQuick-Tag™, FIDO™ and TagWorks™ systems have patent protected proprietary technology that is a major barrier to entry and preserves this market segment.

The principal competitors for Hillman’sour F&I business are Midwest FastenersFastener and Hy-Ko Products Company (“Hy-Ko”) in the hardware store marketplace. Midwest Fasteners primarily focuses on fasteners, while Hy-Ko is the major competitor in LNS products and keys/key accessories. Management estimatesWe estimate that Hillman, together with Paulin, sells to approximately 63%65% of the full service hardware stores in the F&I marketplace. The hardware outlets that purchase products but not services from Hillman also purchase products from local and regional distributors and cooperatives. Hillman competesWe compete primarily on field service, merchandising, as well as product availability, price and depth of product line.

Background

Hillman Group was founded in 1964 by Max Hillman, Sr. as a refillable fastener franchise of Sharon Bolt & Screw, and has been an industry leader for more than 45 years. In 1982, Hillman Group was sold to Sun Distributors (a division of Sunoco), which implemented national expansion plans for Hillman Group. Sunoco then spun off Sun Distributors under the name SunSource in 1986, as we continued to expand our distribution network nationwide.

In the early 1990s, we moved towardstoward a national distribution network with the initiation of national sales accounts and moved into a 150,000 square foot master distribution center and corporate office in Cincinnati, Ohio. Our first major national account was True Value Hardware, obtained in 1993. In 1998, we were awarded half of Home Depot’s national keys and LNS business, a relationship that extends today to almost all of Home Depot’s U.S. stores. We were awarded Lowe’s’the Lowe’s fastener business in 2001, and soon thereafter SunSource was acquired by Allied Capital.

Allied Capital divested all of the SunSource businesses to concentrate on Hillman, renaming SunSource as The Hillman Companies, Inc. On March 31, 2004, Hillman was acquired by affiliates of CHS and Teacher’s Private Capital, the private equity arm of OTPP.

On January 5, 2006, we purchased certain assets of SteelWorks, a Denver, Colorado based manufacturer and distributor of metal shapes, threaded rod and metal sheet to the retail hardware and home improvement industry.

On December 28, 2007, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement by and among All Points, Gabrielle Mann, Gregory Mann and us, whereby we acquired all of the equity interest of All Points. All Points, a Pompano Beach, Florida based distributor of commercial and residential fasteners catering to the hurricane protection

industry, has positioned itself as a major supplier to manufacturers of railings, screen enclosures, windows and hurricane shutters. All Points has also developed a retail division that supplies hardware for hurricane protection to the do-it-yourself consumer.

On May 28, 2010, Hillman was acquired by an affiliate of OHCP III and certain management members. Concurrently with this transaction, we also acquired a license and patents related to Quick-TagQuick-Tag™ from Quick-Tag Holdings and Quick-Tag Inc.

On December 29, 2010, we acquired Serv-A-Lite.Serv-A-Lite™. Established in 1979, Serv-A-LiteServ-A-Lite™ is a major supplier of specialty fasteners and electrical parts to the retail hardware market, and has developed a strong reputation in the industry for its highly flexible service programs, excellent customer service, and innovative products.

On March 16, 2011, we closed our acquisition of TagWorks.the TagWorks Acquisition. Founded in 2007, TagWorksTagWorks™ provides innovative pet ID tag programs to a leading pet products chain retailer using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pending technology and product portfolio. In conjunction with this agreement, we entered into an agreement with KeyWorks, a company affiliated with TagWorks L.L.C., to assign its patent-pending retail key program technology to us and to continue to work collaboratively with us to develop next generation key duplicating technology.

On December 1, 2011, Hillman Group purchased certain assets of Micasa Trading Corporation, a Florida based producer of the Ook brand of picture hangers and related products. The Ook brand’s excellence in the picture hanging specialty category strengthened our position of providing value-added products and services to home centers and hardware retailers.

On February 19, 2013, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding Class A common shares of Paulin and Paulin became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Hillman. Paulin is an Ontario, Canada-based distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and screw machine components. In the Paulin Acquisition, we acquired a leading Canadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts, and retail hardware components.

Insurance Arrangements

Under our current insurance programs, commercial umbrella coverage is obtained for catastrophic exposure and aggregate losses in excess of expected claims. Since October 1991, we have retained the exposure on certain expected losses related to worker’s compensation, general liability and automobile. We also retain the exposure on expected losses related to health benefits of certain employees. We believe that our present insurance is adequate for our businesses. See Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies, into the notes to theaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Employees

As of December 31, 2010, we2012, Hillman had 1,9301,932 full time and part time employees.employees and Paulin had approximately 640 full time and part time employees, none of which were covered by a collective bargaining agreement. In the opinion of management, employee relations are good.

Backlog

We do not consider the sales backlog to be a significant indicator of future performance due to the short order cycle of itsour business. Our sales backlog from ongoing operations was approximately $4.1$4.0 million (excluding Paulin) as of March 31, 2011 and2013, approximately $3.2$4.8 million as of December 31, 2010.2012, and approximately $3.4 million as of December 31, 2011.

Properties

Our principal office, manufacturing and distribution properties areas of March 31, 2013 were as follows:

 

Location

  Approximate
Square Footage
   

Description

Cincinnati, Ohio

   248,200    Office, Distribution

Forest Park, Ohio

   335,700Office, Distribution

Cleveland, Ohio

37,500Distribution

Flint, Michigan

31,500    Distribution

Tempe, Arizona

   184,100    Office, Manufacturing, Distribution

Jacksonville, Florida

   96,500    Distribution

Shafter, California

   84,000135,000    Distribution

Lewisville, Texas

   80,500    Distribution

LaCrosse, Wisconsin

48,000Distribution

East Moline, Illinois

   111,300    Office, Distribution

Goodlettsville, Tennessee

   72,000    Manufacturing, Distribution

Pompano Beach, Florida

   38,800Office, Distribution

Scarborough, Ontario

133,000Office, Manufacturing, Distribution
68,500Distribution
137,000Distribution

Pickering, Ontario

191,100    Office, Distribution

Mississauga, Ontario

   34,700    Office, Distribution
24,600Distribution
40,500Manufacturing

Milton, Ontario

36,500Manufacturing

Toronto, Ontario

23,000Manufacturing

Burnaby, British Columbia

29,000Distribution

Edmonton, Alberta

40,600Distribution

Winnipeg, Manitoba

42,500Distribution

Laval, Quebec

34,400Distribution

Moncton, New Brunswick

12,800Distribution

Monterey, Mexico

   13,200    Distribution

Melbourne, Australia

15,600Distribution

Legal Proceedings

On May 4, 2010, Hy-Ko Products, Inc. filed a complaint against The Hillman Group, Inc. and Kaba Ilco Corp., a manufacturer of blank replacement keys, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio Eastern Division, alleging that the defendants engaged in violations of federal and state antitrust laws regarding their business practices relating to automatic key machines and replacement keys. Hy-Ko Products’ May 4, 2010 filing against the Company is based, in part, on the Company’s previously-filed claim against Hy-Ko Products alleging infringement of certain patents of the Company. A claim construction hearing on the Company’s patent infringement claim against Hy-Ko Products occurred in September 2010 and a ruling is expected in the latter half of 2011.

In its antitrust claim against the Company, Hy-Ko Products is seeking monetary damages which would be trebled under the antitrust laws, interest and attorney’s fees as well as injunctive relief. The antitrust claim against the Company hasLegal proceedings have been stayed pending the resolution of the patents claim against Hy-Ko Products. Because the lawsuit is in a preliminary stage, it is not yet possible to assess the impact that the lawsuit will have on the Company. However, the Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously.

In addition, legal proceedingsor are pending which are either in the ordinary course of business or incidental to our business. Those legal proceedings incidental to our business are generally not covered by insurance or other indemnity. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of the pending litigation matters that are either in the ordinary course of business or incidental to our business will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, operations or cash flows.

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following is a summary of the biographies for at least the last five years of Hillman’s current directors and executive officers.

Directors

 

Name and Age

  

Position and Five-year Employment History

Maurice P. Andrien (69)(71)

  Mr. Andrien has served as director since September 2001. From September 2001 to March 2004, Mr. Andrien was Chairman of The Hillman Companies, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio. From April 1999 to November 2001, Mr. Andrien was President and Chief Executive Officer of SunSource Inc., the predecessor of Hillman. Mr. Andrien presently serves on the Boardsboards of State Industrial Products, Inc., Cogniscape LLCFinance Scholars Group, Inc., and Kaba Holding AG. Mr. Andrien previously served as a director of Cogniscape LLC. Mr. Andrien’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his long affiliation with the Company, including his service as President and Chief Executive Officer of SunSource Inc., the predecessor of the Company.

Robert L. Caulk (59)(61)

  Mr. Caulk has served as director since May 2010. Mr. Caulk is the Chairman of Bushnell Outdoor Products, a global manufacturer and marketer of sports optics and outdoor accessories.accessories, and Hunter Fan Company, a marketer of residential ceiling fans and other home environment products. He was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of United Industries Corporation, a manufacturer and marketer of consumer products, from 2001 through 2005 and was its President and Chief Executive Officer from 1999 to 2001. He served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Spectrum Brands, North America, following its acquisition of United Industries in 2005, until February 2006. Mr. Caulk also serves as a director on several corporate and non-profit boards, including Menard, Inc., Polaris Industries, Inc., theMaritz, Inc., and St. Louis Academy of Science and Natures Variety, where he serves as Vice Chairman. Mr. Caulk previously served as a director of Ascendia Brands, Inc. in 2008 and of Sligh Furniture Company from 2000 to 2011. Mr. Caulk was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience.

Michael S. Green (38)

Mr. Green has served as director since May 2010. Mr. Green has been a Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC since 2007 and prior to that was a Principal at Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC between 2000 and 2007. Mr. Green served on the board of directors of Duane Reade Holdings, Inc. from 2004 until April 2010 and currently serves on the board of directors of NSA International, Inc., Dave & Buster’s, Inc and Monsoon Commerce Solutions, Inc. Mr. Green was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his financial, investment and business experience.

Max W. Hillman (64)(66)

  Mr. Hillman has served as director since September 2001. Mr. Hillman is President and Chief Executive Officer and member of the Board of Directors of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and President (since June 2012) and Chief Executive Officer of The Hillman Group.Group, Inc. From April 2000 to November 2001, Mr. Hillman was Co-Chief Executive Officer of Hillman Group. Mr. Hillman presently serves on the Boardsboard of Woodstream Corp., Sunsource Technology Services Inc., and West Chester Holdings, Inc. Mr. Hillman previously served as a director of State Industrial Products Inc., Sunsource Technology Services Inc. and Woodstream Corp. Mr. Hillman is the brother of Richard P. Hillman.from 2006 to 2011. Mr. Hillman’s qualifications to sit on our board of directors include his role as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and formerly Co-Chief Executive Officer of Hillman Group, prior to the 2004 CHS Merger Transaction.merger transaction.

Name and Age

  

Position and Five-year Employment History

David Jones (61)(63)

  Mr. Jones has served as director since May 2010. Mr. Jones has beenis an operating consultant (with the title of Senior AdviserAdvisor) to OHCP IIIthe investment funds managed by Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, providing consulting services to various portfolio companies since February 2008. Between 1996 and May 2007, Mr. Jones was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Spectrum Brands, Inc. (formerly Rayovac Corporation), a global consumer products company with major businesses in batteries, lighting, shaving/grooming, personal care, lawn and garden, household insecticide and pet supply product categories.. From 1996 to April 1998, he also served Rayovac as President. After Mr. Jones was no longer an executive officer of Spectrum Brands, it filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in March 2009 and exited from bankruptcy proceedings in August 2009. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Jones was Chief Operating Officer, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Thermoscan, Inc. From 1989 to 1994, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of The Regina Company. Mr. Jones also served as a director of Simmons Bedding Company from January 2000 to January 2010, as a director of Spectrum Brands from September 1996 to August 2007, and as a director of Tyson Foods, Inc. from October 1999 to July 2005. He currently serves as a director of Pentair, Inc., Dave & Buster’s, Inc., and Pentair,Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Jones was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience.

Alan Lacy (57)(59)

  Mr. Lacy has served as director since May 2010. Mr. Lacy has been ais an operating consultant (with the title of Senior AdviserAdvisor) to OHCP IIIthe investment funds managed by Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, providing consulting services to various portfolio companies since July 2007. Mr. Lacy is the former Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sears Holdings Corporation, which formed as a result of the merger of Sears, Roebuck and Co. and Kmart Holding Corporation. He served as Vice Chairman from March 2005 through July 2006 and as Chief Executive Officer from March 2005 through September 2005. He previously served Sears, Roebuck and Co. as Chairman of the Board from December 2000 and as President and Chief Executive Officer from October 2000. Mr. Lacy was the Chairman of the Board of Sears Canada, Inc. from 2000 through 2006. Mr. Lacy presently serves on the Boardshas been a director of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company since 2008, a Trustee of Fidelity Funds since 2008, and served as a director of The Western Union Company andfrom 2006 to 2011. He also currently serves as a director of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. He is also a Trustee of Fidelity Funds.and Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Lacy was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience.

Kevin Mailender (33)(35)

  Mr. Mailender has served as director since May 2010. Mr. Mailender has been a Principal of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC since 2008 and previously was a Vice President of Oak Hill Capital Management LLC between 2004 and 2008. Mr. Mailender currently serves as a director of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Mailender was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his financial, investment, and business experience.

Name and Age

Position and Five-year Employment History

James P. Waters (51)

Mr. Waters was elected as a director on May 23, 2013. Mr. Waters is Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and The Hillman Group, Inc. Mr. Waters has been with the Company since September 1999. From November 2001 to June 2011, Mr. Waters served as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of The Hillman Companies, Inc., and Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary of The Hillman Group, Inc. Effective July 1, 2013, Mr. Waters will succeed Mr. Hillman as Chief Executive Officer.

Tyler Wolfram (44)(46)

  Mr. Wolfram has served as director since May 2010. Mr. Wolfram has been a Managing Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC since 2001.2013 and was previously a Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC from 2001 until 2013. Mr. Wolfram is a member of Oak Hill Management’s Executive Committee, Investment Committee, and Investor Relations Committee. Mr. Wolfram served on the board of directors of Duane Reade Holdings, Inc. from 2004 until April 2010 and currently serves on the boardas a director of directors ofNSA International, Inc., Dave & Buster’s, Inc., and NSA International,Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Wolfram serves as the Chairman of our board of directors due to his financial, investment, and business experience.

Executive Officers

 

Name and Age

  

Position and Five-year Employment History

Max W. Hillman (64)

See above

Richard P. Hillman (62)(66)

  President and Chief Executive Officer of The Hillman Group. Mr.Companies, Inc. and The Hillman has held such position since 1991. Mr. Hillman is the brother of Max W. Hillman.Group, Inc. See above.

James P. Waters (49)(51)

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and The Hillman Group, Inc. See above.

Anthony A. Vasconcellos (48)

  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and The Hillman Group, Inc. since October 2011. From October 2011 to May 2012, Mr. Vasconcellos also served as Secretary of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Vice President,The Hillman Group, Inc. From July 2010 through January 2011, Mr. Vasconcellos was a consultant with Vasco Company. From September 1998 to April 2010, Mr. Vasconcellos served as Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary of Hillman Group. Mr. Waters has held such position since 2002. From September 1999 to November 2001, Mr. Waters wasfrom 2005 also as Executive Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer of Hillman Group.Townsquare Media, Inc. (formerly known as Regent Communications, Inc.).

George L. Heredia (52)Robert J. Lackman (56)

  Senior Vice President of EngravingOperations for The Hillman Group. Mr. Heredia has held his current position since 2001 and has held various executive positions with us since April 2000.Group, Inc. Prior to April 2000,joining Hillman in November 2010, Mr. Heredia had held the positions of SeniorLackman was employed by Duro Bag Manufacturing Co., where he served as Executive Vice President of MarketingPurchasing and SeniorSupply Chain from November 2008. From January 2007 to October 2008, he served as Vice President of Operations for Axxess Technologies, Inc.

Albert M. Church (42)

Senior Vice PresidentPurchasing and Supply Chain of Sales and Service for Hillman Group since March 2007. Mr. Church joined Hillman in 1995 and had taken on increasing responsibilities.Broder Bros., Co. Prior positions include Region Manager,to 2007 he held the position of Director of Field Services, Sr. DirectorProcurement, Global Importing & Supply Chain of Field Services and Vice President of Field Services.xpedx.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

On May 28, 2010, Hillman was acquired by OHCP III and certain members of Hillman’s management and Board of Directors. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 21, 2010, the Company was merged with an affiliate of OHCP III with the Company surviving the merger (the “Merger”). As a result of the Merger, Hillman is a wholly-owned subsidiary of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. (the “Purchaser”).

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview and analysis of our compensation programs, the compensation decisions we have made under these programs, and the factors we considered in making these decisions with respect to the compensation earned by the following individuals, who as determined under the rules of the SEC are collectively referred to herein as our “named executive officers” or “NEOs” for fiscal year 2010:2012:

 

Max W. Hillman, Chief Executive Officer and President

 

James P. Waters, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Effective July 1, 2013, Mr. Waters will succeed Mr. Hillman as Chief Executive Officer

Anthony A. Vasconcellos, Chief Financial Officer and SecretaryTreasurer

 

Richard P. Hillman,Robert J. Lackman, Senior Vice President of Operations, The Hillman Group, Inc.

 

George L. Heredia, Senior Vice President of Engraving and Engineering Services, The Hillman Group, Inc.

Albert M. Church, Senior Vice President of Sales and Service, The Hillman Group, Inc. On December 31, 2012, Mr. Heredia resigned from the Company to pursue other interests.

Overview of the Compensation Program

Compensation Philosophy

The objective of Hillman’s corporate compensation and benefits program is to establish and maintain competitive total compensation programs that will attract, motivate, and retain the qualified and skilled work forceworkforce necessary for the continued success of Hillman. To help align compensation paid to executive officers with the achievement of corporate goals, Hillman has designed its cash compensation program as a pay-for-performance based system that rewards named executive officersNEOs for their individual performance and contribution in achieving corporate goals. To remain competitive,In determining the components and levels of NEO compensation each year, the Compensation Committee assesses how each component, including base andconsiders Hillman’s performance, pay, is validated relative to market values on an annual basis. The Boardthe business objectives for specific divisions of Directors’ decisions on compensation for its NEOs are based primarily upon its assessment of theHillman, personal management performance of the Company during the given yearobjectives, as measured against its earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) target andwell as each individual’s performance and potential to enhance long-term stockholder value. To remain competitive, the Compensation Committee also periodically reviews compensation survey information published by various organizations as another factor in setting NEO compensation. The BoardCompensation Committee relies on judgment and does not have any formal guidelines or formulas for allocating between long-term and currently paid out compensation, cash and non-cash compensation, andor among different forms of non-cash compensation for ourHillman’s NEOs.

Components of Total Compensation

Compensation packages in 20102012 for our NEOs were comprised of the following elements:

Short-Term Compensation Elements

 

Element

  

Role and Purpose

Base Salary  Attract and retain executives and reward their skills and contributions to the day-to-day management of our company.

Element

Role and Purpose

Annual Performance-BasedPerformance- Based Bonus  Motivate the attainment of annual financial, operational and individual goals by paying bonuses determined by the achievement of specified performance targets with a performance period of one year.
Discretionary BonusesFrom time to time, Hillman may award discretionary bonuses to compensate executives for special contributions or extraordinary circumstances or events.

Long-Term Compensation Elements

 

Element

  

Role and Purpose

Stock Options  Motivate the attainment of long-term value creation, align executive interests with the interests of our stockholders, create accountability for executives to enhance stockholder value, and promote long-term retention by providing forthrough the use of multi-year vesting schedules applicable to these awards that require continued employment with the Company on each vesting date.awards.
Severance and

Change of Control
Benefits

  Promote long-term retention and align the interests of executives with stockholders duringin the negotiationevent of a potential change in control transaction which, although in the best interests of stockholders generally, may result in loss of employment for an individual named executive officer.NEO.

Benefits

 

Element

  

Role and Purpose

Employee Benefit Plans and Perquisites  PromoteParticipation in Company-wide health and retirement benefit programs, provide financial security and provide other benefitsadditional compensation commensurate with those offered by peer group companies.senior executive level duties and responsibilities.

Establishing Compensation LevelsProcess

Role of the Compensation Committee and Management

In connection with the Merger, the following non-employee Board members were designated to serve on the Compensation Committee: Tyler Wolfram, David Jones and Michael Green. The Compensation Committee meets annually to review and consider base salary adjustments, bonus plans and any proposed adjustments, prior year annual performance bonus results and targets for the current year, and any long-term incentive stock or option awards. The Compensation Committee also reviews the compensation package for all new executive officer hires.

The key member of management involved in the compensation process is our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Max W. Hillman. Our CEO identifies corporate and individual performance objectivespresents recommendations for each element of compensation for each NEO, excludingother than himself, that are used to determine performance pay amounts. Our CEO then presents these goals to the Compensation Committee, which in turn evaluates these goals and either approves or appropriately revises them and presents them to the Board of Directors for review and approval. On an annual basis, a comprehensive report is provided by the CEO to the Compensation Committee on all of Hillman’s compensation programs.

Compensation for the year ended December 31, 2010 for James Waters, Richard Hillman, George Heredia and Albert Church was based on the recommendations of our CEO to the Compensation Committee. Our CEO considered performance during the previous year, if applicable, as well as market data, as described below.

Assessment of Market Data, Peer Comparisons and Benchmarking of Compensation

Target total cash compensation for each NEO is established primarily based on data obtained from various organizations including the Employee Research Association of Cincinnati and the National Association of Manufacturers. We seek to compensate its executives in a comparable manner to the 50th percentile of its peer group members which include companies of a comparable size with similar products and services within its geographic region. We did not utilize a compensation consultant during fiscal year 2010.

Determination of CEO Compensation

The Compensation Committee established 2010determines the level of each element of compensation for our CEO and presents its recommendations to the full Board of Directors for review and approval. Consistent with its determination process for other NEOs, the Compensation Committee considers a variety of factors when determining compensation for our CEO, based onincluding past corporate and individual performance, general market survey data for similar size companies, and the degree to which the individual’s contributions have the potential to influence the outcome of Hillman’s short- and long-term operating goals and alignment with shareholder value.

Assessment of Market Data, Peer Comparisons and Benchmarking of Compensation

In establishing the compensation for each NEO, the Compensation Committee considers information about the compensation practices of companies both within and outside our industry and geographic region, and considers evolving compensation trends and practices generally. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews third-party market data and compensation of CEOs at companies of similar size and complexity. The types of market data examinedpublished by the

Compensation Committee, in making this determination, were surveys fromvarious organizations such as the Profit Planning Group and market studies by Employee ResearchEmployers Resource Association of Cincinnati, and the National Association of Manufacturers.Manufacturers, and the Compensation Data Manufacturing and Distribution Survey. The Compensation Committee may review such survey data for market trends and developments, and as one factor when making its annual compensation determinations. The Compensation

Committee does not typically use market data to establish specific targets for compensation or any particular component of compensation, and does not otherwise numerically benchmark its compensation decisions. Rather, the Compensation Committee may review survey information about the type and amount of compensation paid to executives in similar positions and with similar responsibilities as reported on an aggregate basis for companies with comparable sales volume and number of employees both within and outside its industry and geographic region. Hillman did not utilize a compensation consultant during fiscal years 2012, 2011, or 2010.

Short Term Compensation Elements

Base Salary

Hillman believes that executive base salaries should be targeted at the medianare an essential element to attract and retain talented and qualified executives. Base salaries are designed to provide financial security and a minimum level of the range of salariesfixed compensation for executives in similar positions and with similar responsibilities at comparable companies.services rendered to Hillman. Base pay is established primarily based on peer group data. Market data is also used to determine the need for salary structure adjustments and annual base pay adjustments, as well asmay reflect an individual’s performance, experience, and/or changes in job responsibilities. WeHillman also considerconsiders other compensation provided to its NEOs, such as the value of outstanding options, when determining base salary.

The CEO of Hillman recommends executive officers’ baseBase salaries to the Compensation Committee which then reviews and either approves or appropriately adjusts these recommendations on an annual basis. Our Board of Directors approves the base salary of the CEO upon the Compensation Committee’s recommendation.

Annual increases in base salaries are generally effective on January 31 of the applicable year. The salaries established by the Compensation Committeerate of annual base salary for our NEOseach NEO for fiscal years 20102012, 2011, and 20092010 are set forth below.

 

Name

  2009 Salary   2010 Salary   Percentage
Increase
   2012 Salary   2011 Salary 2010 Salary 

Max W. Hillman

  $425,000    $435,000     2.4  $445,000    $445,000   $435,000  

James P. Waters

  $250,000    $262,000     4.8  $300,000    $300,000(1)  $262,000  

Richard P. Hillman

  $290,000    $298,000     2.8

George L. Heredia

  $243,000    $243,000     0.0

Albert M. Church

  $220,000    $227,000     3.2

Anthony A. Vasconcellos (2)

  $280,000    $275,000    —   

Robert J. Lackman

  $250,000    $240,000   $235,000  

George L. Heredia (3)

  $243,000    $243,000   $243,000  

(1)Mr. Waters’ 2011 annual salary as of January 31, 2011 was $270,000, and was increased to $300,000 effective June 19, 2011 in recognition of his expanded duties in connection with his promotion to Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.
(2)Mr. Vasconcellos was hired effective October 5, 2011.
(3)Mr. Heredia’s employment was terminated effective December 31, 2012.

The percentage increase, if any, in base salary betweenfor each NEO for a fiscal year 2009 and fiscal year 2010 varies between the named executive officers to reflectreflects each individual’s particular skills, responsibilities, experience, and prior year performance. The fiscal year 20102012 base salary amounts were determined as part of the total compensation paid to each NEO and were not considered, by themselves, as fully compensating the NEOs for their service to Hillman.

Hillman determined that employee base salary compensation for 2012 should generally reflect an average increase of 3% to compensate employees for cost of living increases, subject to adjustments to reflect specific factors relating to individual performance and expectations for the Company.year. As with other elements of NEO compensation, Mr. Hillman made recommendations for base salary adjustments to the Compensation Committee (other than for himself). Messrs. Hillman and Waters received no salary increase in 2012 as a result of the financial performance of Hillman in 2011. Mr. Vasconcellos received a 1.8% increase in 2012 because he was hired in October 2011. Mr. Lackman received a 4.2% increase in 2012 because of significant operational improvements of Hillman in 2011. Mr. Heredia received no salary increase in 2012 as a result of the lack of growth in the engraving business in 2011.

Annual Performance-Based Bonuses

Pursuant to their employment agreements, each NEO is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus pursuant tounder the terms of a performance-based bonus plan with targets agreed annually by our CEO and Board of Directors, except with respect to Mr. Church whose targets are stated to be agreed between him and the Company.plan. Each employment agreement specifies the named executive officer’san annual target and maximum bonus as a percentage of histhe NEO’s annual base salary, as follows: Max Hillman—target of 65% of annual base salarywhich percentages may be adjusted (but not decreased below those stated in the NEO’s employment agreement) for any particular year in Hillman’s discretion. The

specific performance criteria and maximum of 124% of annual base salary; Richard Hillman—target of 40% of annual base salary and maximum of 80% of annual base salary; James Waters, George Heredia and Albert Church—target of 35% of annual base salary and maximum of 70% of annual base salary. Exceptperformance goals are established annually by our Compensation Committee in consultation with our CEO (other than with respect to Mr. Church, each executive is also entitled to a reduced annual bonus if between 86%himself) and 99% of the bonus targets are met; if 85% or less of the bonus targets for the applicable year are met, the NEO will not be entitled to receive a bonus.

Annual Performance-Based Bonus (“PBB”) targets are establishedapproved by the CEO and evaluated and either approved or appropriately adjusted by the Compensation Committee and theour Board of Directors. PerformanceThe performance targets are communicated to the NEOs following formal approval by the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors, which is normally around late February. The table below shows the target bonus and maximum bonuses as a percentage of base salary for each NEO for 2012. Generally, the higher the level of responsibility of the executiveNEO within the Company,Hillman, the greater the percentages of base salary applied for that individual’s target and maximum bonus compensation.

2012 Target and Maximum Bonus

Name

  2012
Target Bonus
as Percentage of
Base Salary
  2012
Maximum Bonus
as Percentage of
Base Salary
 

Max W. Hillman

   75  150

James P. Waters

   60  120

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

   45  90

Robert J. Lackman

   45  90

George L. Heredia

   35  70

For 2012, each NEO’s annual bonus was determined based on actual performance in several categories of pre-established performance criteria as further described below. If actual results for each performance category equal the specified target performance level, the total 2012 bonus is the target bonus shown above. If actual results for each performance category equal or exceed the specified maximum performance level, the total 2012 bonus is the maximum bonus shown above. As described below, for some performance criteria, a portion of the target bonus may be payable if actual results for that executive’s targetedcategory are less than the target performance level but are at least equal to a specified threshold level of performance.

The table below shows the performance criteria for fiscal year 2012 selected for each NEO and the relative weight of total target and maximum bonus compensation. In 2010assigned to each component.

2012 Performance Criteria and Relative Weight

Name

  EBITDA  GM  PMOs 

Max W. Hillman

   80  10  10

James P. Waters

   80  —      20

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

   70  10  20

Robert J. Lackman

   70  —      30

George L. Heredia

   70  20  10

For 2012, the bonus objectivescriteria for

all executives were based on criteria relating to ourNEOs included a Hillman performance includinggoal measured by earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”), as adjusted for other items included in the calculation of the fair value of Hillman’s common stock. The 2012 bonus criteria for Messrs. Hillman and Vasconcellos included Company-wide gross sales margin dollars, gross margin percentage, return(“GM”) (in dollars) and, because Mr. Heredia had direct sales responsibility, his 2012 bonus criteria included a GM component based on net tangible assets (“ROANTA”), safety metrics andthe engraving division.

The remaining criteria for each NEO consisted of personal management objectives

(“PMOs”). All NEOs have 30% of their bonus based on a corporate EBITDA target, 15% based on corporate gross margin percentage and 10% based on a corporate safety metric. NEOs with responsibility for sales activity including Rick Hillman, George Heredia and Albert Church have 30% of their bonus on achieving a gross margin target for their specific areas of responsibility. Mick Hillman has both sales and asset management responsibilities and, thus, has 15% allocated to gross margin achievement and 15% to ROANTA. James Waters has asset management responsibilities and, thus, has 30% allocated to ROANTA. For all of the NEOs, the remaining 15% is based on specific PMOs which are based on the attainment of certain individualspecial project or sales milestones.division-based goals. Mr. Hillman had one PMO for 2012. Mr. Waters had two PMOs for 2012 which were weighted equally. Mr. Vasconcellos had one PMO for 2012. Mr. Lackman had three PMOs for 2012 which were weighted 50%, 33%, and 17%. Mr. Heredia had one PMO for 2012. Mr. Hillman’s PMO was for Company-wide succession planning. Messrs. Waters and Heredia had PMOs for the Tempe reorganization. Messrs. Waters, Vasconcellos, and Lackman were all eligible for bonuses based on successful

acquisition integration. Mr. Lackman’s remaining bonus criteria related to GM percentage, excluding the engraving and All Points divisions, and successful implementation of the offshore Shanghai and Taiwan offices.

The chart2012 bonus payments were determined based on actual results as compared to specified goals for each performance category. With respect to EBITDA and GM matters, actual 2012 results were compared to specified quantitative threshold, target, and maximum performance goals. For each category, bonus was payable because the performance results were at least equal to the category threshold goal. Actual performance in fiscal year 2012 for EBITDA was just below the target performance goal. Actual performance in fiscal year 2012 for GM was just above the target performance goal. The table below summarizes the threshold, target, and maximum goals and actual performance for fiscal year 2012 for EBITDA and GM.

   2012 Performance Goals ($ in millions)   2012 Actual
Results
 

Performance Category

  Threshold   Target   Maximum   

EBITDA

  $101.36    $108.09    $113.26    $107.02  

GM-Company

  $272.15    $280.49    $288.82    $281.23  

GM-Engraving

  $20.31    $20.93    $21.56    $21.18  

The determination of the amount of 2012 bonus payable in respect of the quantitative PMOs was based on actual fiscal year 2012 results compared to specified threshold, target, and maximum goals. Mr. Hillman achieved a target payout on Succession Plan implementation for 2012. Messrs. Waters, Vasconcellos, and Lackman achieved a maximum payout for Successful Acquisition Integration. Messrs. Waters and Heredia achieved a maximum payout for Tempe Reorganization. Mr. Lackman achieved a target payout on GM percentage, excluding the engraving and All Points divisions, and on offshore Shanghai and Taiwan office implementation.

The table below shows the relative weightamount of each criteria with respect toannual performance bonus earned by each NEO for purposes of determining the 2010 Performance Basedfiscal year 2012 in each performance category.

2012 Bonus award:Payments by Criteria

 

Name

  EBITDA  GM$  GM%  ROANTA  Safety  PMOs 

Max W. Hillman

   30  15  15  15  10  15

James P. Waters

   30  —      15  30  10  15

Richard P. Hillman

   30  30  15  —      10  15

George L. Heredia

   30  30  15  —      10  15

Albert M. Church

   30  30  15  —      10  15

The chart below shows the total payments made under the PBB plan for 2010 and 2009 to each of our named executive officers:

Name

  2009 Bonus   2010 Bonus   Percentage
Decrease
 

Max W. Hillman

  $368,900    $232,250     37.0

James P. Waters

  $175,000    $80,318     54.1

Richard P. Hillman

  $162,400    $82,051     49.5

George L. Heredia

  $119,070    $59,771     49.8

Albert M. Church

  $129,275    $81,083     37.3

In 2009, maximum bonus targets were achieved for EBITDA, Safety, ROANTA and PMOs for all executives. Gross margin and gross margin percent exceeded target.

In 2010, the EBITDA payout was 2.3% below the targeted EBITDA goal of $84,377. The gross margin percent was below the threshold for bonus payout of 51.4%. ROANTA of 55.3% was 10.9% above the bonus target and the safety bonus payout was at the bonus target of 37 recordable accidents. Gross margin dollar and PMO were generally below target.

The bonus awards were determined as part of the total compensation paid to each NEO and were not considered, by themselves, as fully compensating the NEOs for their services.

Name

  EBITDA   GM   PMOs   Total 

Max W. Hillman

  $239,399    $36,353    $33,375    $309,127  

James P. Waters

  $129,114     —      $72,000    $201,114  

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

  $79,082    $13,723    $50,403    $143,208  

Robert J. Lackman

  $70,709     —      $44,999    $115,608  

George L. Heredia

  $53,380    $23,720    $17,010    $94,110  

Long Term Compensation Elements

Stock Options

PriorAll equity awards are granted under our Option Plan, which is designed to align the Merger, Albert Church received grantsinterests of nonqualifiedour stockholders and executive officers by increasing the proprietary interest of our executive officers in our growth and success to advance our interests by attracting and retaining key employees, and motivating such executives to act in our long-term best interests. We grant equity awards to promote the success and enhance the value of Hillman by providing participants with an incentive for outstanding performance. Equity-based awards also provide Hillman with the flexibility to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of our operation is largely dependent. Mr. Vasconcellos was granted 2,300 stock options to purchase shares of Class B common stock of The Hillman Companies, Inc. pursuant to The Hillman Companies, Inc. Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Option Plan. In connectionon February 17, 2012 in accordance with the Merger, all options outstanding under this plan were vested and cancelled in return for a cash payment equal to the per share merger consideration less the applicable exercise price. Max Hillman, Jim Waters, Richard Hillman and George Heredia were parties to an

executive securities agreement pursuant to which they were granted Preferred Options to purchase Class A shares of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Preferred Options to purchase Class A shares of The Hillman Investment Company. These options were also cancelled and cashed out in connection with the Merger, such that all equity compensation held by our named executive officers was cancelled and cashed out upon consummation of the Merger.

Effective May 28, 2010, the Purchaser established a new stock option plan, the OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Option Plan”), pursuant to which the Purchaser may grant stock options to purchase up to an aggregate of 34,939.0 shares of its common stock. The Option Plan is administered by the Purchaser’s board of directors. The Purchaser’s board of directors determines the terms of each option grant under the Option Plan, except that the exercise price ofhis employment agreement. No other NEO was granted any grantedstock options may not be lower than the fair market value of one share of common stock of the Purchaser as of the date of grant.or other equity compensation awards in 2012.

Stock options granted in 2010 under the Option Plan for each of the NEOs are divided into three equal vesting tranches. The first tranche is a service-based award which vests ratably over five years, subject to the optionee’s continued employment with Hillman on each vesting date. The second tranche is performance-based and vests ratably over five years, subject to both the optionee’s continued employment on each vesting date and the achievement of Company performance targets. The third tranche of each stock option grant is outcome-based and depends on OHCP receiving a certain rate of return upon a change in control, provided the optionee is still employed by the Company at the time of such change in control. The division of the option awards into three types of vesting criteria is to equally reward the executives for service to the Company, improvement in financial performance and creating shareholder value.

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

In addition to the above, pursuant to the terms of each NEO’sHillman has entered into an employment agreement the NEOs are eligible to receivewith each NEO that provides for severance payments and benefits in the event theirthat his employment is terminated under specified conditions including death, disability, termination by Hillman without Cause“cause”, or they resignhis resignation for Good Reason. The“good reason” (each as defined in the agreements). Pursuant to the employment agreements, certain severance payments of certainand benefits aremay be accelerated if such termination or resignation results fromoccurs within 90 days following a change in control. The payments provided for under the employment agreements in the event of termination without cause or resignation for good reason following a change in control are designed to assure the CompanyHillman of the continued employment and attention and dedication to duty of these key management employees and to seek to ensure the availability of their continued service, notwithstanding the possibility or occurrence of a change in control of the CompanyHillman and their resultant employment termination. The amount of severance payments and benefits payable both in the event of, and independently from, a change in control is an amount the Companyare in amounts that Hillman has determined isare necessary to remain competitive in the marketplace for executive talent. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” for additional information.

Employee Benefits Plans and Perquisites

Executives are eligible to participate in the same health and benefit plans generally available to all full-time employees, including health, insurance, dental, vision, term life, and disability insurance. All executives are entitled to four weeks of paid vacation. In addition, the NEOs are eligible to participate in ourHillman’s Defined Contribution Plan (401(k) Plan) and the Hillman Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, both described below.

Defined Contribution Plan

OurHillman’s NEOs and certainmost other full-time employees are covered under a 401(k) retirement savings plan (“Defined(the “Defined Contribution Plan”). The plan which permits employees to make tax-deferred contributions and provides for a matching contribution for eligible employees of 50% of each dollar contributed by the employee up to 6% of the employee’s compensation. In addition, the Defined Contribution Plan provides a discretionary annual contribution in amounts authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the terms and conditions of the plan.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

All executivesNEOs and certain other senior managers are eligible to participate in the Hillman Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). The Deferred Compensation Plan allows eligible employees to defer up to 100% of their annual base salary and bonus. We contributeHillman contributes a matching contribution of 25% on the first $10,000 of salary and bonusemployee deferrals.

Perquisites

EachAll NEOs are entitled to reimbursement for the reasonable expenses of the NEOs receives the choice of the use ofleasing or buying a company car or a monthly car allowance of up to $1,050$700 per month. The President and Chief Executive Officer approve car expense amounts annually and report those amounts to the Compensation Committee.month ($1,050 per month for Mr. MaxHillman). Mr. Hillman receives up to $500 per month as reimbursement for membership dues at country club duesclubs which are usedhe uses in part for business and client development purposes. We do

Miscellaneous

Hillman does not have any equity or security ownership guidelines for executives. We do not considerexecutives, including the NEOs. Hillman considers the accounting and tax treatment of the particular forms of compensation awarded to NEOs as part of its overall review of compensation, but does not structure its compensation practices to comply with specific accounting or tax treatment.

Compensation Committee Report

Hillman does not have any equity or security ownership guidelines for executives, when determiningincluding the NEOs. Hillman considers the accounting and tax treatment of particular forms of compensation awards.awarded to NEOs as part of its overall review of compensation, but does not structure its compensation practices to comply with specific accounting or tax treatment.

Respectfully submitted,

The Compensation Committee

Tyler Wolfram

Dave Jones

Kevin Mailender

The information contained in the Compensation Committee Report above shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent specifically incorporated by reference therein.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth compensation that ourthe Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and each of the next three highest paid executive officers of the Company (collectively, the “NEOs”) earned during the years ended December 31, 2010,2012, December 31, 2009,2011, and December 31, 20082010 in each executive capacity in which each NEO served. Max Hillman served as both an officer and director but did not receive any compensation with respect to his role as a director.

 

Name and

Principal Position

 Year Salary ($) (1) Option
Awards ($) (2)
 Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (3)
 Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($) (4)
 All Other
Compensation
($) (5)
 Total ($)  Year Salary(1) ($) Bonus (2) ($) Options
Awards

(3)  ($)
 Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(4) ($)
 Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
(5) ($)
 All Other
Compensation
(6) ($)
 Total ($) 

Max W. Hillman

  2010    433,846    —      232,250    —      31,895    697,991    2012    445,000    —      —      309,127    —      21,122    775,249  

President and CEO

  2009    425,000    —      368,900    —      28,592    822,492    2011    443,846    —      —      43,388    —      13,718    500,952  

The Hillman Companies, Inc.

  2008    424,182    —      207,506    —      36,503    668,191    2010    433,846    —      0    232,250    —      31,895    697,991  

James P. Waters(7)

  2010    260,615    —      80,318    —      12,148    353,081    2012    300,000    —      —      201,114    —      10,933    512,047  

CFO and Secretary

  2009    237,308    —      175,000    —      8,298    420,606  

Senior VP and COO

  2011    286,000    100,000    —      67,251    —      9,896    463,147  

The Hillman Companies, Inc.

  2008    218,615    —      57,750    —      11,429    287,794    2010    260,615    —      0    80,318    —      12,148    353,081  

Richard P. Hillman

  2010    297,077    —      82,051    —      19,800    398,928  

President

  2009    290,000    —      162,400    —      6,825    459,225  

Anthony A. Vasconcellos (8)

  2012    279,423    —      0    143,208    —      14,233    436,864  

CFO and Treasurer

  2011    56,058    25,000    —      —      —      2,500    83,558  

The Hillman Companies, Inc.

  2010    —      —      —      —      —      —      —    

Robert J. Lackman

  2012    248,846    —      —      115,608    —      17,841    382,295  

Senior VP of Operations

  2011    239,423    —      —      39,249    —      16,922    295,594  

The Hillman Group, Inc.

  2008    289,231    —      87,000    —      13,228    389,459    2010    31,635    35,000    0    —      —      1,131    67,766  

George L. Heredia

  2010    243,000    —      59,771    —      17,476    320,247  

Senior VP of Engraving

  2009    243,000    —      119,070    —      15,058    377,128  

George L. Heredia (9)

  2012    243,000    —      —      94,110    —      16,331    353,441  

Senior VP of Engraving and

Engineering Services

  2011    243,000    —      —      36,146    —      14,096    293,242  

The Hillman Group, Inc.

  2008    242,615    —      51,231    —      16,150    309,996    2010    243,000    —      0    59,771    —      17,476    320,247  

Albert M. Church

  2010    226,192    —      81,083    —      72,874    380,149  

Senior VP of Sales and Service

  2009    220,000    —      139,535    —      183,057    542,592  

The Hillman Group, Inc.

  2008    205,000    —      78,630    —      63,038    346,668  

 

(1)Represents base salary paid including any deferral of salary into the Hillman NonqualifiedDefined Contribution Plan and the Deferred Compensation Plan. Base salary adjustments are generally effective January 31 of each fiscal year. Mr. Waters’ base salary was increased to $270,000 on January 31, 2011 and was increased to $300,000 effective June 19, 2011 in recognition of his expanded duties in connection with his promotion to Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.
(2)InMr. Waters received a discretionary bonus payment of $100,000 in 2011 in recognition of his extraordinary service in connection with the acquisition and integration of TagWorks L.L.C. Mr. Vasconcellos joined the Company effective October 5, 2011 and received a fixed bonus of $25,000 in lieu of a performance-based bonus. Mr. Lackman joined the Company effective November 1, 2010 eachand in lieu of the NEOs was granted options to purchase sharesa performance-based bonus for that year received a fixed payment of common stock under the OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. 2010 Stock Option Plan. $35,000.
(3)The amount included in the “Option Awards” column represents the grant date fair value of options issued calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.718 (which is $0). See Note 14, Stock-Based Compensation, to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for details.

There were no option awards for any of the NEOs in 2008 or 2009.

(3)(4)Represents earned bonus for services rendered in each year based on achievement of performance goals.goals under the performance-based bonus plan.
(4)(5)There were no above market earnings in the Hillman Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan for the NEOs.

(5)(6)All other compensation consists of the following:

 

Name and

Principal Position

 Year Matching
Contribution to
Hillman Retirement
Savings and 401 (k)
Plan ($)
 Matching
Contribution to
Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Plan ($)
 Personal Use/
Car Allowance ($)
 Country
Club Dues ($)
 Relocation
Expenses ($)
 Total 

NEO

 Year Matching
Contribution to
Hillman Retirement
Savings and 401(k)
Plan ($)
 Matching
Contribution to
Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Plan ($)
 Personal Use/
Car Allowance ($)
 Country
Club Dues ($)
 Total ($) 

Max W. Hillman

  2010    11,863    2,500    12,325    5,207    —      31,895    2012    10,303    2,500    4,846    3,473    21,122  
  2009    3,746    —      12,600    12,246    —      28,592    2011    4,108    2,500    559    6,551    13,718  
  2008    6,971    2,500    12,600    14,432    —      36,503    2010    11,863    2,500    12,325    5,207    31,895  

James P. Waters

  2010    8,859    2,500    789    —      —      12,148    2012    7,003    1,865    2,065    —      10,933  
  2009    5,559    1,971    768    —      —      8,298    2011    3,776    3,135    2,985    —      9,896  
  2008    6,334    2,500    2,595    —      —      11,429    2010    8,859    2,500    789    —      12,148  

Richard P. Hillman

  2010    11,919    2,500    5,381    —      —      19,800  

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

  2012    6,637    2,500    5,096    —      14,233  
  2011    —      2,500    —      —      2,500  
  2010    —      —      —      —      —    

Robert J. Lackman

  2012    7,434    2,007    8,400    —      17,841  
  2009    4,056    1,971    798    —      —      6,825    2011    5,529    2,993    8,400    —      16,922  
  2008    7,173    2,500    3,555    —      —      13,228    2010    —      —      1,131    —      1,131  

George L. Heredia

  2010    9,076    —      8,400    —      —      17,476    2012    7,479    452    8,400    —      16,331  
  2009    6,658    —      8,400    —      —      15,058    2011    3,196    2,500    8,400    —      14,096  
  2008    7,750    —      8,400    —      —      16,150    2010    9,076    —      8,400    —      17,476  

Albert M. Church

  2010    5,198    2,500    1,420    —      63,756    72,874  
  2009    2,229    1,550    1,060    —      178,218    183,057  
  2008    2,693    2,500    1,034    —      56,811    63,038  

(7)Mr. Waters served as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary through June 19, 2011.
(8)Mr. Vasconcellos was hired as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary effective October 5, 2011 and served as Secretary until May 10, 2012.
(9)Mr. Heredia’s employment was terminated effective December 31, 2012.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for Fiscal Year 20102012

The following table presents information with respectbelow summarizes the non-equity incentive awards granted to each NEO’s eligibility to receive a cash bonus under our performance bonus plan and each stock option award made to our named executive officers under the OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. 2010 Stock Option PlanNEOs in fiscal year 2010. No equity awards, other than stock options, were granted during fiscal year 2010.2012.

 

Name

  Grant Date   Estimated Future
Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan

Awards (1)
   All Other Option
Awards; Number
of Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
   Exercise or
Base Price
of Option
Awards

($/Sh)
   Grant Date
Fair Value

of Option
Awards
($)(2)
   Grant Date   Estimated Future
Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan

Awards (1)
   All Other Option
Awards: Number
of Securities
Underlying
Options (#) (2)
   Exercise
Price of
Option
Awards
($)
   Grant Date
Fair Value
of Option
Awards
($) (3)
 
      Target    
($)
       Maximum    
($)
      Target
($)
   Maximum
($)
   

Max W. Hillman

   11/23/2010     282,750     539,400     4,200     1,000     0     —       333,750     667,500     —       —       —    

James P. Waters

   11/23/2010     91,700     183,400     2,625     1,000     0     —       180,000     360,000     —       —       —    

Richard P. Hillman

   11/23/2010     119,200     238,400     2,625     1,000     0  

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

   —       126,000     252,000     —       —       —    
   2/17/12         2,300     1,000     0  

Robert J. Lackman

   —       112,500     225,000     —       —       —    

George L. Heredia

   11/23/2010     85,050     170,100     1,575     1,000     0     —       85,050     170,100     —       —       —    

Albert M. Church

   11/23/2010     79,450     158,900     2,100     1,000     0  

 

(1)This column showsThe amounts in this table reflect the 2012 performance-based bonus awards that each NEO is entitledwas eligible to receive pursuant to the terms of each executive’shis employment agreement and ourthe Company’s 2012 performance bonus plan. As further detailed in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis, each employment agreement specifies the named executive officer’sEach NEO’s overall target and maximum performance based bonus for 2012 was determined as a percentage of his annual base salary as follows: Max Hillman–target of 65% of annual base salary and maximum of 124% of annual base salary; Richard Hillman–target of 40% of annual base salary and maximum of 80% of annual base salary; James Waters, George Heredia and Albert Church–target of 35% of annual base salary and maximum of 70% of annual base salary. Except with respect to Mr. Church, each executiveThere is also entitled to a reducedno single threshold level of bonus payment under the 2012 annual bonus if between 86% and 99%plan. See the description of Annual Performance Bonus in the CD&A for a description of the specific performance components and more detail regarding the determination of actual 2012 annual performance bonus targets are met; if 85% or less of the bonus targets for the applicable year are met, the NEO will not be entitled to receive a bonus.payments.
(2)ThisRepresents grant of options to Mr. Vasconcellos pursuant to the Option Plan on February 17, 2012.
(3)The amount included in the “Option Awards” column showsrepresents the grant date fair value of the stock options calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.718 (which is $0). See Note 14, Stock-basedStock-Based Compensation, to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 for additional details.

Employment AgreementsOutstanding Equity Awards at 2012 Fiscal Year-End

We have an employment agreement in effect with eachThe following table sets forth the number of its named executive officers. In connection with the Merger, each named executive officer (except Mr. Heredia who did not have an existing employment agreement in effect prior to the Merger) entered into a letter agreement amendment to their employment agreement. This letter agreement amendment also made certain changes to each executive’s post-employment rights and obligations, as further detailed below and under ‘Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control’.

Max W. Hillman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Max W. Hillman entered into a four-year employment agreement with the Company effective as of the merger with CHS on March 31, 2004, which was amended and restated on December 21, 2008 but became effective March 31, 2008. The employment agreement, as amended and restated, was for an initial term of three years beginning March 31, 2008 and automatically renews for successive one year terms thereafter unless either the Company or Mr. Hillman provides notice of non-renewal at least 180 days in advance of the expiration of the then-current term. The agreement provides for an initial annual base salary and eligibility to earn an annual cash bonus in a specified target and maximum amount, subject to the achievement of certain performance targets determinedunexercised options held by the BoardNEOs at December 31, 2012. No stock awards were outstanding at the end of Directors each calendar year. He is also entitledfiscal year 2012.

Option Awards

 

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Exercisable (#)
   Number of
Securities

Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
   Equity
Incentive
Plan

Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
   Option
Exercise
Price
($)
   Option
Expiration
Date
 

Max W. Hillman

   980     840     2,380     1,000     11/23/2020  

James P. Waters

   613     525     1,487     1,000     11/23/2020  

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

   307     613     1,380     1,000     2/17/2022  

Robert J. Lackman

   368     315     892     1,000     11/23/2020  

George L. Heredia

   368     315     892     1,000     11/23/2020  

All stock options reported in the table above are options to reimbursementacquire Holdco common stock granted under the Option Plan in 2010, except for the reasonable expenses of leasing or buying a car up to $1,050 per month, and of club membership up to $500 per month. During the term of the amended employment agreement, Mr. Hillman is eligible to participateVasconcellos who was granted his stock options in our 401(k) Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan.

Mr. Hillman’s employment agreement requires him not to disclose at any time confidential information of the Company or any third party to which the Company has a duty of confidentiality and to assign to the Company all intellectual property developed during employment. Mr. Hillman is also required not to compete with the Company during employment and for one year thereafter (or two years thereafter if employment is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason) and not to solicit the employees, customers or business relations of the Company, including by making disparaging statements about the Company, during employment and for two years thereafter.

In connection with the Merger, Max Hillman entered into a letter agreement amendment with the Company which established a new initial term commencing on May 28, 2010 and continuing for three years thereafter and confirmed his then-current 2010 annual base salary, subject to subsequent annual review.

James P. Waters, Chief Financial Officer

The material terms of Mr. Waters’ employment agreement, as amended and restated, and his letter agreement amendment are the same as Max Hillman’s, except that he is only entitled to reimbursement of automobile expenses up to $700 per month and he is not entitled to reimbursement of club membership.

Richard P. Hillman, President of The Hillman Group, Inc.

The material terms of Richard P. Hillman’s employment agreement, as amended and restated, and his letter agreement amendment are the same as Mr. Waters’, except that his new initial term continues for only one year from May 28, 2010 and following completion of this initial one year term he will continue to devote 75% of his business time and attention to the Company for an additional one year period and will receive an amount equal to 75% of his current annual base salary during that time. Additionally, his non-compete obligations only apply for one year post-termination in all circumstances.

George L. Heredia, Senior Vice President of Engraving

George L. Heredia entered into an employment agreement with the Company effective as of the Merger on May 28, 2010. The material terms of Mr. Heredia’s employment agreement are the same as those in Mr. Waters’ employment agreement, and incorporate the terms of Mr. Waters’ letter agreement amendment, except that the Company is only required to give 90 days notice of its election not to renew the agreement, rather than 180 days notice.

Albert M. Church, Senior Vice President of Sales and Service

Albert M. Church entered into an employment agreement with the Company effective January 14, 2008. The employment agreement was for an initial term of three years beginning January 14, 2008 and automatically renews for successive one year terms thereafter unless either the Company or Mr. Church provides notice of non-renewal at least 60 days in advance of the then-current term. The agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $220,000 and eligibility to earn an annual cash bonus in a target amount equal to 35% of his annual base salary and a maximum amount equal to 70% of his annual base salary, subject to the achievement of certain performance targets determined by the Board of Directors each calendar year. During the term of the employment agreement, Mr. Church will be eligible to participate in our 401(k) Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan.

Mr. Church’s employment agreement requires him not to disclose at any time confidential information of the Company or any third party to which the Company has a duty of confidentiality and to assign to the Company all intellectual property developed during employment. The agreement also requires Mr. Church not to compete with the Company during employment and for one year thereafter (or two years thereafter if his employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason during the initial term) and not to solicit the employees, customers or business relations of the Company, including by making disparaging statements about the Company, during employment and for two years thereafter.

Stock Option Award Agreements

2012. Pursuant to each named executive officer’sNEO’s stock option award agreement, all stockthese options granted in 2010 under the OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. 2010 Option Plan were divided into three equal vesting tranches.

The first tranche is a service-based award which vests 20% annually until fully vested on the fifth anniversary of the Merger,May 28, 2010 (October 5, 2011 for Mr. Vasconcellos), subject to the optionee’s continued employment with Hillman on each such vesting date. The first two installments of that tranche vested on May 28, 2011 and May 28, 2012 (except for Mr. Vasconcellos, for whom the first installment of that tranche vested on October 5, 2012).

The second tranche is performance-based and vests 20% on December 31, 2010 (December 31, 2012 for Mr. Vasconcellos) and on each anniversary thereafter subject to both the optionee’s continued employment with the Company on each such vesting date and the Company’s achievement of the applicable Adjusted EBITDA performance goal specified indetermined by the table below.Compensation Committee. The performance-based option targets are cumulative, such that if a portion of the performance-based options fails to vest because the applicable annual Adjusted EBITDA performance goal is not achieved, such portion of the options will still vest as of the performance measurement date for a later period if the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance goal is met in asuch later period.

On February 21, 2013, the Compensation Committee determined that one-half of the performance-based options for 2010 vested while the other half remain available for vesting in 2013. The Compensation Committee determined that no performance-based options for 2011 vested but that the vesting possibility for such portion of the performance-based options has been extended for an additional year until 2016. The Compensation Committee determined that the performance-based options for 2012 fully vested. The Compensation Committee is currently evaluating the annual and cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance goals for 2013 through 2016.

Fiscal
Year

Annual Performance Goal

Cumulative Performance Goal

2010

$  85,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA$  85,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA

2011

$  92,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA$177,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA

2012

$100,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA$277,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA

2013

$110,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA$387,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA

2014

$120,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA$507,000,000 of Adjusted EBITDA

For purposes of these stock option awards, Adjusted EBITDA“Adjusted EBITDA” means annual Adjusted EBITDA (net of the payment of management incentive bonuses) calculated consistently with ourthe Company’s historical practice and equitably adjusted, at the sole discretion of the Option Committee,Holdco board of directors, for extraordinary or non-recurring items (including one-time transaction fees and expenses), corporate mergers and acquisitions, and changes in corporate accounting policies.

Upon a change in control, all time-basedservice-vesting options will vest if the OH IRR (as defined below) calculated immediately following such change in control equals or exceeds 15% and all performance-based options will

vest if such OH IRR equals or exceeds 20%17.5%. However, if the vesting of these time-basedservice-vesting or performance-based options, as applicable, together with the vesting of all other outstanding stock options, would cause the OH IRR to drop below 15% or 20%17.5%, as applicable, then the vesting of such options, together with similar time-basedservice-vesting or performance-based options, as applicable, granted to other employees, will be reduced in the discretion of the Option CommitteeHoldco board of directors so that the OH IRR does not drop below 15% or 20%17.5% as applicable.

The third tranche of each stock option grant is outcome-based. Subject to the optionee’s continuous employment with the Company through the consummation of a change in control, 50% of the outcome-based options will vest if the Option CommitteeHoldco board of directors determines that the OH IRR calculated immediately following such change in control equals or exceeds 15% and if such OH IRR equals or exceeds 20%17.5% then the remaining 50% will vest. However, if the vesting of these outcome-based options, together with the vesting of all other outstanding stock options, would cause the OH IRR to drop below 15% or 20%17.5%, as applicable, then the vesting of such options, together with similar outcome-based options granted to other employees, will be reduced in the discretion of the Option CommitteeHoldco board of directors so that the OH IRR does not drop below 15% or 20%17.5%, as applicable.

For purposes of these stock option awards, OH IRR“OH IRR” means the discount rate (compounded annually) that causes (i) the present value as of May 28, 2010, of all amounts actually received by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P., related Oak Hill partnerships, and their respective limited partners and affiliates in respect of their shares of the PurchaserHoldco common stock to equal (ii) the present value as of May 28, 2010, of all investments the Purchaserin Holdco made by such Oak Hill investors.

If the optionee’s employment is terminated for any reason other than for Causecause or due to the optionee’s retirement at or after age 61, all outcome-based options held by such optionee will remain outstanding and eligible to vest during the twelve month period following termination of employment. Any remaining unvested time-basedservice-vesting and performance-based portion of the option will be automatically forfeited on termination for any reason and the vested portions will remain exercisable until the earlier of 12 months following termination and the original expiration date of the option. Additionally, for Max and Richard Hillman only, on termination due to their retirement, theirhis vested options will remain outstanding until the original expiration date. On termination for Causecause, the entire stock option, whether vested or unvested, will be forfeited.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth the number of unexercised options held by the NEOs at December 31, 2010. No stock awards were outstanding at the end of fiscal year 2010.

  

Option Awards

 

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
   Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
   Option
Exercise
Price
($)
   Option
Expiration
Date
 

Max W. Hillman

   —       1,400     2,800     1,000     11/23/2020  

James P. Waters

   —       875     1,750     1,000     11/23/2020  

Richard P. Hillman

   —       875     1,750     1,000     11/23/2020  

George L. Heredia

   —       525     1,050     1,000     11/23/2020  

Albert M. Church

   —       700     1,400     1,000     11/23/2020  

As all outstanding option awards were granted during fiscal year 2010, the vesting terms of such awards are described above in the narrative following the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for Fiscal Year 2010.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested During Fiscal Year 20102012

The following table sets forth the number ofNo NEO exercised any stock options exercised by the NEOs during the year ended December 31, 2010. There2012 and there were no stock awards outstanding or eligible for vesting during fiscal year 2010.2012.

Name

  Option Awards 
  Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)
  Value Realized on
Exercise ($)
 

Max W. Hillman

   

 

3,247 

2,265 

(1) 

(2) 

  

 

3,341,795 

2,192,198 

(4) 

(4) 

James P. Waters

   

 

683 

476 

(1) 

(2) 

  

 

667,776 

438,057 

(4) 

(4) 

Richard P. Hillman

   

 

1,389 

969 

(1) 

(2) 

  

 

1,429,896 

938,005 

(4) 

(4) 

George L. Heredia

   

 

717 

500 

(1) 

(2) 

  

 

737,649 

483,894 

(4) 

(4) 

Albert M. Church

   91.495 (3)   1,446,852 (5) 

(1)Class A Preferred Shares of The Hillman Companies, Inc.
(2)Class A Preferred Shares of The Hillman Investment Company, a previously wholly-owned subsidiary of The Hillman Companies, Inc.
(3)Class B Common Stock received upon exercise of stock options granted under the 2004 Stock Option Plan.
(4)In connection with the Merger all Class A Preferred Options of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Class A Preferred Options of The Hillman Investment Company (“Preferred Options”) were cancelled with each holder receiving cash proceeds equal to the liquidation value less the applicable exercise price of the Preferred Options. Value realized is calculated based on the cash proceeds received for the Preferred Options.
(5)In connection with the Merger the 2004 Stock Option Plan was terminated and all Class B Common Stock Options were cancelled with each holder receiving cash proceeds equal to the per share merger consideration less the applicable exercise price of the Class B Common Options.Value realized is calculated based on the cash proceeds received for the Class B Common Stock Options.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 20102012

All executives and certain senior managers are eligible to participate in the Hillman Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). The Deferred Compensation Plan allows eligible employees to defer up to 100% of their annual base salary and bonus. We contribute a matching contribution of 25% on the first $10,000 of salary and bonus deferrals. Participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan can choose to invest amounts deferred and the matching company contribution in a variety of mutual fund investments. A separate account is maintained for each participant in the Deferred Compensation Plan, reflecting hypothetical contributions, earnings, expenses and gains or losses.

The following table sets forth activity in the Deferred Compensation Plan for the NEOs for the year ended December 31, 2010:2012:

 

Name

  Executive
Contributions
in Last FY ($) (1)
   Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY ($) (2)
   Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY ($) (3)
   Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions ($)
 Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE ($)
   Executive
Contributions
($) (1)
   Company Matching
Contributions
($) (2)
   Aggregate
Earnings
($) (3)
   Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions ($)
   Aggregate
Balance at
12/31/12 ($) (4)
 

Max W. Hillman

   13,015     2,500     161,343     (8,123  1,989,598     73,258     2,500     168,991     —       2,314,275  

James P. Waters

   62,924     2,500     14,926     0    224,940     35,175     1,865     13,343     71,422     246,002  

Richard P. Hillman

   62,188     2,500     30,608     (147,426  324,480  

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

   11,177     2,500     1,737     —       28,009  

Robert J. Lackman

   12,442     2,007     2,535     —       31,740  

George L. Heredia

   0     0     0     0    0     1,807     452     5,392     —       51,470  

Albert M. Church

   11,310     2,500     3,181     (9,045  24,919  

 

(1)The amounts in this column represent the deferral of base salary and bonuses and are also included in the Summary Compensation Table in the Salary andor Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation columns, as appropriate.

(2)The amounts in this column are also included in the Summary Compensation Table in the All Other Compensation column.
(3)Earnings in the Hillman Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan were at market rates and are excluded from the Salary and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation columns in the Summary Compensation Table.
(4)Amounts reported in this column for each NEO include amounts previously reported in the Company’s Summary Compensation Table in previous years when earned if that officer’s compensation was required to be disclosed in a previous year. Amounts previously reported in such years include previously earned, but deferred, salary and bonus and Company matching contributions. This total reflects the cumulative value of each NEO’s deferrals, matching contributions and investment experience.

All executives and certain senior managers are eligible to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan. The Deferred Compensation Plan allows eligible employees to defer up to 100% of their annual base salary and bonus. A separate account is maintained for each participant in the Deferred Compensation Plan, reflecting hypothetical contributions, earnings, expenses, and gains or losses. The plan is “unfunded” for tax purposes – those are notional accounts and not held in trust. The Company contributes a matching contribution of 25% on the first $10,000 of salary and bonus deferrals. A participant vests in the Company matching contributions 20% each year, over five years. Participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan can choose to invest amounts deferred and the matching company contributions in a variety of mutual fund investments, consisting of bonds, stocks and short-term investments as well as blended funds. The account balances are thus subject to investment returns and will change over time depending on market performance. A participant is entitled to receive his or her account balance upon termination of employment or the date or dates selected by the participant on his or her enrollment forms. If a participant dies or experiences a total and permanent disability before terminating employment and before commencement of payments, the entire value of the participant’s account shall be paid at the time selected by the participant in his or her enrollment forms.

The available investment choices are the same as the primary investment choices available under the Defined Contribution Plan, which are as follows (with 2012 annual rates of return indicated for each):

American Beacon Large Cap Value Fund Investor Class (18.68%)

Artisan Mid Cap Value Fund (11.39%)

ASTON/Fairpointe Mid Cap N Fund (16.45%)

Baron Small Cap Fund (17.98%)

Columbia Small cap Index Z Fund (16.19%)

Columbia Acorn International Z Fund (21.60%)

Dreyfus MidCap Index Fund (17.20%)

Fidelity Contrafund (16.26%)

Fidelity International Discovery Fund (21.93%)

Perkins Small Cap Value Fund Class T (8.99%)

Royce Pennsylvania Mutual Service Fund (14.15%)

Spartan 500 Index Fund Fidelity Advantage Class (15.97%)

T. Rowe Price Dividend Growth Fund (14.85%)

R. Rowe Price Mid-Cap Growth Advantage (13.62%)

Fidelity Freedom 2040 Fund (14.53%)

Fidelity Freedom 2045 Fund (14.79%)

Fidelity Freedom 2055 Fund (15.32%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2010 Fund (10.12%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2015 Fund (11.37%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2020 Fund (12.35%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2025 Fund (13.29%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2030 Fund (14.24%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2035
Fund (15.16%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2040
Fund (15.56%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2045
Fund (15.58%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2050
Fund (15.58%)

Vanguard Target Retirement 2055
Fund (15.58%)

Vanguard Target Retirement
Income Fund (8.23%)

PIMCO Real Return Fund
Institutional (9.25%)

PIMCO Total Return Institutional
(10.36%)

Spartan US Bond Index Fund
Advantage (4.17%)

Fidelity Retirement Money Market
(0.01%)

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Pursuant to the terms of their employment agreementsSeverance Payments and (excluding Mr. Heredia who did not haveBenefits Under Employment Agreements

Hillman has an existing employment agreement in effect prior towith Messrs. Hillman, Waters, Vasconcellos and Lackman and a separation agreement with Mr. Heredia, effective December 31, 2012. The employment agreements provide for an initial term of three years beginning May 28, 2010 (October 5, 2011 for Mr. Vasconcellos and November 1, 2010 for Mr. Lackman) and automatically renew for successive one-year terms thereafter unless either the Merger)Company or the letterexecutive provides notice of non-renewal. Our non-renewal notice must be provided 180 days in advance for Messrs. Hillman and Waters and 90 days in advance for Messrs. Vasconcellos, Lackman, and Heredia. Each executive’s non-renewal notice must be provided 180 days in advance. The employment agreement amendments entered intowith each NEO provides for specified payments and benefits in connection with a termination of employment.

No severance payments or benefits are payable in the Merger,event of a termination for cause or resignation without good reason (each as defined below). For each namedNEO, in the event of termination by reason of executive’s death, disability, or due to non-renewal by the executive, officer isthe executive would be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits under the circumstances detailed below.

Max W. Hillman, President and Chief Executive Officer

If Mr. Hillman’s employment is terminated without cause (as defined below) or if he resigns with good reason (as defined below), during the initial term of his employment agreement, then the Company is required to pay Mr. Hillman (a) his then current base salary for a period of two years following termination, (b) an amount equal to the greater of the annual average bonus paid to him during the three years preceding the year in which termination occurs or the last bonus paid to him prior to termination (the “Termination Bonus Amount”) payable in a lump sum in the year following the year in which termination occurs, and (c) a prorated portion of his annual bonus, if any, for the year in which termination occurs.

In addition, Mr. Hillman would be entitledoccurs, based on actual performance results for the full year and payable when bonuses are paid to health insurance continuation coverage at the Company’s expense for one year following the termination of his employment, and he would be eligible to participate in the Company’s group life and disability insurance programs under the same terms and conditions that apply to all employees at the Company’s expense for six months following termination of his employment. If Mr. Hillman is terminated without cause or if he resigns with good reason after the initial term of his employment agreement, he would receive the same compensationother senior executives. Additional severance payments and benefits as if termination had occurred during the initial term except that he will only be entitled to 50% of the Termination Bonus Amount.for each NEO are described below.

AllFor all NEOs with effective employment agreements, severance payments and benefits are conditioned upon Mr. Hillman executingthe execution by the executive of a release of claims against the Company and continuing to complyhis continued compliance with the restrictive covenants contained in histhe employment agreement. The employment agreements require the executive not to disclose at any time confidential information of the Company or of any third party to which the Company has a duty of confidentiality and to assign to the Company all intellectual property developed during employment. Pursuant to their employment agreements, the executive is also required during employment and for one year thereafter not to compete with the Company and is required not to solicit the employees, customers, or business relations of the Company or make disparaging statements about the Company during employment and for two years thereafter. For Messrs. Hillman and Waters, the post-employment non-compete period is extended to two years following termination of employment by reason of termination by the Company without cause or resignation with good reason. For each NEO, non-renewal by the Company is treated the same as a termination by the Company without cause. The terms of Mr. Heredia’s restrictive covenants as contained in his separation agreement are described below.

InMax Hillman and James Waters

For Messrs. Hillman and Waters, in the event of a change in control (as defined below), and within 90 days followingtermination of employment during the change in control, Mr. Hillman’s employment is terminatedinitial term by reason of termination by the Company without cause, or Mr. Hillman resigns forresignation with good reason, then, subjector due to his execution of a release of claims againstnon-renewal by the Company, Mr. Hillman isthe executive would be entitled to receive(i) continued payments of base salary for a lump sum payment 30 days after suchperiod of two years following termination, or resignation in(ii) an amount equal to the sum of his then current base salary and the Termination Bonus Amount, or 50%greater of the Terminationaverage of the annual bonuses for the preceding three years or the most recent bonus paid to him prior to termination (whichever is greater, the “Termination Bonus Amount if suchAmount”), paid in the year following termination, or resignation occurs after the initial term. He will also be entitled to receive(iii) a prorated portion of his annual bonus, if any, for the year in which termination occurs.

occurs, payable when bonus payments for such year are made to other senior executives, and (iv) Company-paid continuation of health benefits coverage for 12 months and life and disability benefits coverage for six months.

UponIf the executive’s employment is terminated after the initial term by reason of termination orby the Company without cause, resignation for anywith good reason, exceptor due to death or non-renewal we will use commercially reasonable efforts to allow him to participateby the Company, the executive would receive the same severance payments and benefits described in the Company’s group health coverage at his sole expense. Additionally, with respect to Max Hillman and Richard Hillman only, if his employment terminates prior to his reaching age 65, we will use commercially reasonable efforts to allow him to participate in the Company’s group health coverage until age 65 at his sole expense.

Upon termination due to death, disability or non-renewal, Mr. Hillman willpreceding paragraph except that he would be entitled to receiveonly 50% of the Termination Bonus Amount.

In the event of a termination by the Company without cause, resignation with good reason, or due to non-renewal by the Company within 90 days following a change in control (as defined below), the executive would be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to the sum of one year of his then current rate of base salary plus the Termination Bonus Amount (or 50% of the Termination Bonus Amount if the termination occurs after the initial term), payable within 30 days of termination, (ii) a prorated portion of his annual bonus, if any, for the year in which termination occurs.occurs, payable when bonus payments for such year are made to other senior executives, and (iii) beginning on the first anniversary of the termination date, payments of his base salary (as of the termination date) for a period of one year.

Anthony Vasconcellos and Robert Lackman

For Messrs. Vasconcellos and Lackman, in the event of termination during the initial term by reason of termination by the Company without cause, resignation with good reason, or due to non-renewal by the Company, the executive would be entitled to (i) continued payments of base salary for a period of one year following termination, (ii) the Termination Bonus Amount, payable when bonus payments for such year are made to other senior executives, (iii) a prorated portion of his annual bonus for the year in which termination occurs, payable when bonus payments for such year are made to other senior executives, and (iv) Company-paid continuation of health benefits coverage for 12 months and life and disability benefits coverage for six months.

In the event of termination of employment after the initial term due to termination by the Company without cause, resignation with good reason, or due to non-renewal by the Company, the executive would receive the same severance payments and benefits described in the preceding paragraph except that he would be entitled to only 50% of the Termination Bonus Amount.

In the event of termination by the Company without cause, resignation with good reason, or due to non-renewal by the Company within 90 days following a change in control, the executive would be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to the sum of one year of his then current rate of base salary plus the Termination Bonus Amount (or 50% of the Termination Bonus Amount if the termination occurs after the initial term), payable within 30 days of termination of employment and (ii) a prorated portion of his annual bonus for year in which termination occurs, payable when bonus payments for such year are made to other senior executives.

For purposes of Max Hillman’sthe employment agreement,agreements, “cause” generally means (i) willful failure to substantially perform duties under the employment agreement, other than due to disability;disability, (ii) willful act which constitutes gross misconduct or fraud and which is injurious to Hillman;the Company, (iii) conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest, to a felony, or (iv) material breach of confidentiality, non-compete, or non-solicitation agreements with Hillmanthe Company which is not cured within ten (10)10 days after written notice from Hillman.the Company.

For purposes of Max Hillman’s employment agreement, “good“Good reason” meansis defined generally as (i) any material diminution in histhe executive’s position, authority, or duties with the Company, (ii) the Company reassigning himthe executive to work at a location that is more than 75 miles from histhe executive’s current work location, (iii) to the extent he is entitled to a seat on thefor Mr. Hillman board of directors,only, his removal from the boardBoard without cause, (iv) any amendment to the Company’s bylaws which results in a material and adverse change to the officer and director indemnification provisions contained therein, or (v) a material breach of the compensation, benefits, term, and severance provisions of the Agreementemployment agreement by the Company which is not cured within 10 days following written notice from Mr. Hillman.the executive. For Messrs. Vasconcellos and Lackman, the Company has a 10-day period to cure all circumstances otherwise constituting good reason.

For purposes of Max Hillman’sthe employment agreement,agreements, “change in control” generally means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any person(s) or a group of related persons in the aggregate acquire(s) (i) capital stock of Hillman possessing the voting power (other than voting rights accruing only in the event of a default, breach, or event of noncompliance) to elect a majority of the board of Hillman or (ii) all or substantially all of Hillman’s assets determined on a consolidated basis, excluding an initial public offering.

James P. Waters, Chief Financial Officer

The severanceoffering and termination provisionsprovided that such change in James Waters’ employment agreement and his letter agreement amendment arecontrol constitutes a change in control for purposes of Section 409A of the same as Max Hillman’s, except that removal from the Hillman board of directors does not constitute Good Reason as James Waters is not a director.

Richard P. Hillman, President of The Hillman Group, Inc.

The severance and termination provisions in Richard Hillman’s employment agreement and his letter agreement amendment are the same as Max Hillman’s, except that (i) removal from the Hillman board of directors does not constitute Good Reason as Richard Hillman is not a director, and (ii) he is only entitled to one year of base salary continuation following termination by the Company without cause or his resignation for good reason.

George L. Heredia, Senior Vice President of Engraving

The severance and termination provisions in George Heredia’s employment agreement are the same as those in Max Hillman’s employment agreement, except that (i) Hillman is only required to pay Mr. Heredia his then current base salary for a period of one year following termination rather than two years following termination, (ii) removal from the Hillman board of directors does not constitute Good Reason as George Heredia is not a director, and (iii) Hillman has a 10 day period to cure all circumstances otherwise constituting Good Reason.Code.

Albert M. Church, Senior Vice President of Sales and ServiceGeorge Heredia

IfWe entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Church is terminated without cause (the definition of which is the same asHeredia in Max Hillman’s employment agreement) or if he resigns with good reason (as defined below), during the initial term of his employment agreement, then the Company is required to pay Mr. Church (a) his then currentFebruary 2013, effective December 31, 2012, providing one year continued base salary for a period of two years following termination, (b) an amount equal to the greater of the annual average bonus paid to him during the three years preceding the year in which termination occurs or the last bonus paid to him prior to termination (the “Termination Bonus Amount”) payable in a lump sum in the year following the year in which termination occurs,(c) a prorated portion of his annual bonus, if any, for the year in which termination occurs, and (d) reimbursement for the cost of relocating back to North Carolina.

In addition, for one year following the termination of his employment Mr. Church would be entitled to health insurance continuation coverage and would be eligible to participate in the Company’s group life and disability insurance programs under the same terms and conditions that apply to all employees, in each case at the Company’s expense.

If Mr. Church’s employment is terminated without cause or if he resigns with good reason after the initial term of his employment agreement, he would receive (a) his then current base salary for a period of one year following termination, (b) 50% of the Termination Bonus Amount, payable when bonuses are paid to other senior executives, a prorated bonus and continuation of health benefits for one year, subject to a one-year non-compete and two-year non-solicit in addition to customary confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions. In addition, Mr. Heredia agreed to an extension of the non-compete period for one year (for a lump sumtotal of two years) and to make himself reasonably available as a consultant to the Company regarding the key and engraving business for two years following his termination, in consideration for which we agreed to pay him an additional severance payment of $100,000 payable during such second year.

All service-vesting options held by the NEOs will vest if the OH IRR (as defined above) calculated immediately following such change in control equals or exceeds 15% and all performance-based options will vest if such OH IRR equals or exceeds 17.5%. However, if the vesting of these service-vesting or performance-based options, as applicable, together with the vesting of all other outstanding stock options, would cause the OH IRR to drop below 15% or 17.5%, as applicable, then the vesting of such options, together with similar service-vesting or performance-based options, as applicable, granted to other employees, will be reduced in the yeardiscretion of the Holdco board of directors so that the OH IRR does not drop below 15% or 17.5%, as applicable. Subject to the optionee’s continuous employment with the Company through the consummation of a change in control, 50% of the outcome-based options will vest if the Holdco board of directors determines that the OH IRR calculated immediately following such change in control equals or exceeds 15% and if such OH IRR equals or exceeds 17.5% then the yearremaining 50% will vest. However, if the vesting of these outcome-based options, together with the vesting of all other outstanding stock options, would cause the OH IRR to drop below 15% or 17.5%, as applicable, then the vesting of such options, together with similar outcome-based options granted to other employees, will be reduced in whichthe discretion of the Holdco board of directors so that the OH IRR does not drop below 15% or 17.5%, as applicable. Upon a termination occurs,(c) a prorated portion of his annual bonus, iffor any reason other than for cause or due to the year in which termination occurs,executive’s retirement at or after age 61, all outcome-based options held by such executive will remain outstanding and (d) if less than five years have passed since his moveeligible to Cincinnati, Ohio, reimbursement forvest during the cost of relocating back to North Carolina. In addition, for six monthstwelve-month period following termination of his employment Mr. Church would be entitled to health insurance continuation coverage and would be eligible to participateemployment.

Estimated Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in the Company’s group life and disability insurance programs under the same terms and conditions that apply to all employees, in each case at the Company’s expense.Control

All severance payments and benefits are conditioned upon Mr. Church executing a release of claims against the Company and continuing to comply with the restrictive covenants contained in his employment agreement.

Mr. Church’s employment agreement does not contain special provisions regarding termination or resignation following a change in control.

Upon termination or resignation for any reason except due to death or non-renewal, we will use commercially reasonable efforts to allow him to participate in the Company’s group health coverage at his sole expense. Upon termination due to death, disability or non-renewal, Mr. Church will be entitled to receive a prorated portion of his annual bonus, if any, for the year in which termination occurs.

For purposes of Albert Church’s employment agreement, “good reason” means (i) any material diminution in his position, authority or duties with the Company, (ii) the Company reassigning him to work at a location that is more than 75 miles from the Company’s corporate headquarters in Cincinnati, Ohio, or (iii) a material breach of the compensation, benefits, term and severance provisions of the Agreement by the Company, which is not cured within 10 days following written notice from Mr. Church.

Below is aThe table thatbelow shows the severance payments and benefits that each NEO would receive upon (1) the death, disability, or disability of the NEO,non-renewal by executive, (2) termination of the NEO forwithout cause, or the NEO’s resignation withoutwith good reason, or non-renewal by the Company, (3) termination of the NEO without cause, or the NEO’s resignation forwith good reason, inor non-renewal by the absenceCompany within 90 days of a change in control andor (4) termination of the NEO without cause or the NEO’s resignation for good reason within 90 days after a change in control, regardless of termination. The amounts are calculated as if the date of termination (and change in each case assuming such termination occurred oncontrol where applicable) were December 31, 2010.2012 (i.e., during the initial term). For purposes of the table, the cost of continuing health care, life, and disability insurance coverage is based on the current Company cost for the level of such coverage elected by the executive.

 

Name

  Death or
disability
of named
executive
officer
   Termination
of named
executive
officer for
cause or
resignation
without good
reason
   Termination
without cause
or resignation
for good
reason
(during initial

term) (1)
   Termination
without cause
or resignation
for good
reason
(following
initial

term) (2)
   Termination
as a result
of a change
in control
(during
initial

term) (3)
   Termination
as a result
of a change
in control
(following
initial

term) (4)
   Death,
Disability,

or  non-renewal
by Executive
($)
   Termination
without cause,
resignation
with good reason, or
non-renewal by the
Company
($)
   Termination
without cause,
resignation
with good reason,
or non-renewal  by
the Company
within 90 days of
a change in control
($)
   Change in Control
(regardless of
termination)
(1) ($)
 

Max W. Hillman

  $—      $—      $1,150,658    $1,004,776    $704,552    $569,776     309,127     1,428,865     1,413,973     489,440  

James P. Waters

  $—      $—      $643,374    $576,178    $366,356    $314,178     201,114     920,626     908,637     305,976  

Richard P. Hillman

  $—      $—      $701,589    $635,242    $400,484    $345,242  

George L. Heredia

  $—      $—      $334,708    $281,345    $319,691    $281,345  

Albert M. Church

  $—      $—      $561,807    $500,395    $319,789    $273,395  

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

   143,208     462,082     448,208     302,936  

Robert J. Lackman

   115,608     419,459     404,857     183,616  

George L. Heredia (2)

   94,110     421,235     408,772     183,616  

 

(1)Represent two yearsRepresents the cash-out value of unvested options as of December 31, 2012, at the fair market value of the NEO’s current base salary plusCompany’s common stock ($1,152) less the greaterexercise price assuming that the IRR thresholds were met or exceeded. Note that, in the absence of an actual transaction, it is not possible to determine whether the annual average bonus paid to him during the preceding three years or the 2010 bonus plus the value of one year of health care continuation at the Company’s expense. For purposes of determining the value of health care continuation we used the current Company cost for the coverage. For Max Hillman and Rick Hillman, the amount is $11,606 and for James Waters, George Heredia and Albert Church the amount is $15,018.thresholds would in fact actually be met.
(2)Represent two yearsAmounts in table are based on what Mr. Heredia was entitled to under the terms of his agreement as in effect on December 31, 2012 (and thus excludes the additional $100,000 payment in consideration for the extension of the NEO’s current base salary plus 50%noncompete, which was not agreed until execution of the greater of the annual average bonus paid to him during the preceding three years or the 2010 bonus.
(3)Represent one year of the NEO’s current base salary plus the greater of the annual average bonus paid to him during the preceding three years or the 2010 bonus.
(4)Represent one year of the NEO’s current base salary plus 50% of the greater of the annual average bonus paid to him during the preceding three years or the 2010 bonus.separation agreement in February 2013).

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 20102012

The following table sets forth compensation earned by our directors who are not also employees of Hillman during the year ended December 31, 2010.2012.

 

Name

  Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
   Option
Awards
($)(6)
   Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
  Total
($)
 

Tyler Wolfram (1)

   0     NA    0   0  

Michael Green (1)

   0     NA    0   0  

Kevin Mailender (1)

   0     NA    0   0  

David Jones (2)

   43,750     0    0   43,750  

Alan Lacy (2)

   29,200     0    0   29,200  

Robert Caulk (2)

   29,200     0    0   29,200  

Maurice P. Andrien, Jr. (3)

   37,200     NA    0   37,200  

Max W. Hillman (4)

   0     NA    0   0  

Andrew W. Code (5)

   0     NA    0   0  

Peter M. Gotsch (5)

   0     NA    0   0  

Larry Wilton (5)

   8,000     NA    0   8,000  

Shael J. Dolman (5)

   0     NA    0   0  

Name

  Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
   Option
Awards
($) (3)
   Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
  Total
($)
 

Tyler Wolfram (1)

   0     —      —     0  

Kevin Mailender (1)

   0     —      —     0  

Maurice P. Andrien, Jr.(2)

   56,000     —      —     56,000  

Robert Caulk (2)

   81,000     —      —     81,000  

David Jones (2)

   75,000     —      —     75,000  

Alan Lacy (2)

   50,000     —      —     50,000  

 

(1)Mr.Messrs. Wolfram Mr.and Mailender and Mr. Green were elected to the Board of Directors effective May 28, 2010. They are employed and compensated by OHCP and were not compensated for their services on the Board during the year ended December 31, 2010.2012.
(2)Mr. Jones, Mr. CaulkMessrs. Andrien and Mr. Lacy were elected to the Board of Directors effective May 28, 2010. Mr. Caulk and Mr. Lacy are each entitled to receive an annual Board fee of $50,000. Mr.Messrs. Caulk and Jones isare each entitled to an annual Board fee of $75,000. Additionally, on December 23, 2010, Mr. Jones, Mr.Messrs. Andrien and Caulk and Mr. Lacy were granted optionsare each entitled to purchase 3,436, 1,718 and 430 shares of the Purchaser common stock, respectively. Mr. Jones and Mr. Lacy’s options vest 20% each year over a five year periodreceive $6,000 annually as compensation for serving on the anniversary of the Merger provided that no portion of the option vests if the internal rate of return on the investment in the Company, as determined by Oak Hill Capital Partners, does not exceed 8%. Mr. Caulk’s options are divided into two equal vesting tranches. The first vests 20% each year over a five year period on the anniversary of the Merger. The second tranche is outcome-based and depends on OHCP receiving a certain rate of return upon a change in control.Audit Committee.
(3)Mr. Andrien received $8,000 in Board fees prior to the Merger. Effective May 28, 2010 he is entitled to receive annual Board fees of $50,000. Additionally, on January 4, 2011 he was grantedNo options to purchase 300 shares of the Purchaser common stock. Mr. Andrien’s options are divided into two equal vesting tranches. The first vests 20% each year over a five year period on the anniversary of the Merger. The second tranche is outcome-based and depends on OHCP receiving a certain rate of return upon a change in control.
(4)Mr. Hillman also serves as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The compensationwere awarded to him in this capacity is represented in the Summary Compensation Table. He is not compensated in his role as a Director.
(5)directors during 2012. As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Wilton,Jones had 3,436 unexercised options, Mr. Gotsch,Lacy had 1,718 unexercised options, Mr. Code and Mr. Dolman resigned from the Board of Directors effective May 28, 2010.
(6)The amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value of the option awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These are the only stock option awards currently held by any of the Company’s directors, excluding Max W. Hillman who received stockCaulk had 860 unexercised options in his capacity as an executive as described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and accompanying tables and Mr. Andrien who received a stock option grant in fiscal year 2011 as detailed in footnote 3 above. Directors do not receive any perquisites or other personal benefits from the Company.had 600 unexercised options.

Directors do not receive any perquisites or other personal benefits from the Company.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Hillman Group are owned by Hillman Investment, all of whose shares are owned by Hillman.The Hillman Companies, Inc. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of The Hillman Companies, Inc. are owned by the Purchaser.Holdco. All of the shares of capital stock of the PurchaserHoldco are owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. and officers, directors and employees of the Company. The following table sets forth information as of the close of business on March 31, 20112013 as to the share ownership of the PurchaserHoldco by the directors, executive officers and holders of 5% or more of the shares of the Purchaser.Holdco.

 

  Shares Beneficially Owned   Shares Beneficially Owned 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owners (1)

  Number   Percentage (%)(2)   Number   Percentage (%) (2) 

Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. (3)

   285,372     92.5     285,372     92.4  

Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P.

   9,372     3.0     9,372     3.0  

Maurice P. Andrien

   150     —       150     *  

Robert L. Caulk

   150     —       150     *  

Michael S. Green

   —       —    

David A. Jones

   1,000     *     1,000     *  

Alan J. Lacy

   500     *     500     *  

Kevin M. Mailender

   —       —       —       —    

Tyler J. Wolfram

   —       —       —       —    

Max W. Hillman

   2,000     *  

Richard P. Hillman

   1,600     *  

James P. Waters

   1,300     *  

George L. Heredia

   1,500     *  

Albert M. Church

   350     *  

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (12 persons)

   8,550     2.7  

Max W. Hillman (4)

   2,980     *  

James P. Waters (5)

   1,913     *  

Anthony A. Vasconcellos (6)

   307     *  

Robert J. Lackman (7)

   368     *  

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (10 persons)

   7,368     2.4  

 

*Less than 1%
(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each beneficial owner is c/o The Hillman Group, Inc., 10590 Hamilton Avenue, Cincinnati, OH 45231-1764.
(2)Based on 308,791 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2011.2013.
(3)The business address of Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, “OHCP III”the “Oak Hill Partnerships”) is 65 East 55th Street, 32nd Floor, New York, New York 10022. OHCP MGP III, Ltd. is the sole general partner of OHCP MGP Partners III, L.P., which is the sole general partner of OHCP GenPar III, L.P., which is the sole general partner of OHCP III.each of the Oak Hill Partnerships. OHCP MGP III, Ltd. exercises voting and dispositive control over the shares held by OHCP III.each of the Oak Hill Partnerships. Investment and voting decisions with regard to the shares of the Purchaser’s common stock owned by OHCP III arethe Oak Hill Partnerships is made by an Investment Committee of the board of directors of OHCP MGP III, Ltd. The members of the board of directors are J. Taylor Crandall, Steven B. Gruber, and Denis J. Nayden. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the OHCP III.Oak Hill Partnerships.
(4)Includes 2,000 shares held by Max William Hillman 2012 Spousal GST Trust and 980 vested Holdco stock options.
(5)Includes 613 vested Holdco stock options.
(6)Includes 307 vested Holdco stock options.
(7)Includes 368 vested Holdco stock options.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The Successor recorded management fee and expense charges of $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2013, $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2012, $155,424 for the year ended December 31, 2012, $110,436 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and had no management fee charges for the seven month period ended December 31, 2010. The Predecessor was obligated to pay management fees to a subsidiary of CHS in the amount of $57,962 per month. The Predecessor was also obligatedmonth and to pay transaction fees to a subsidiary of OTPP in the amount of $25,640 per month, plus out of pocket expenses. The Successor has no management fee charges for the seven month period ended December 31, 2010. The Predecessor has recorded aggregate management and transaction fee charges and expenses from CHS and OTPP of $438,180 for the five month period ended May 28, 2010. The Predecessor also recorded aggregate management and transaction fee charges and expenses from CHS and OTPP of $1,010,136 and $1,042,951 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Gregory Mann and Gabrielle Mann are employed by the All Points subsidiary of Hillman. All Points leases an industrial warehouse and office facility from companies under the control of the Manns’Manns (the “Mann Lease”). We engaged a real estate broker to ensure the terms of the Mann Lease were at market. The transaction was approved by Hillman’s Board of Directors. The Predecessor and Successor have recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility on an arm’s length basis. The Successor recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility in the amount of $82,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2013, $82,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012, $311,339 for the year ended December 31, 2012, $311,339 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $181,614 for the seven month period ended December 31, 2010. The Predecessor recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility in the amount of $129,725 for the five month period ended May 28, 20102010.

In connection with the Paulin Acquisition, the Company entered into three leases for five properties containing industrial warehouse, manufacturing plant, and $311,339office facilities on February 19, 2013. The owners of the properties under one lease are relatives of Richard Paulin, who is employed by The Hillman Group Canada ULC, and $302,422the owner of the properties under the other two leases is a company which is owned by Richard Paulin and certain of his relatives. The Company has recorded rental expense for the yearsthree leases on an arm’s length basis. The rental expense for the three leases was $68,692 for the three month period ended DecemberMarch 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.2013.

OurHillman’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics addresses the approval of related party transactions including transactions between the CompanyHillman and its officers, directors, and employees. We doHillman does not allow officers, directors and employees to give preferences in business dealings based upon personal financial considerations. Officers, directors and employees are also not permitted to own financial interest in or hold any employment or managerial position with a competing firm or one that seeks to do or does business with the company.company without prior approval of the Board of Directors of Hillman. In addition, ourHillman’s code prohibits officers, directors and employees from receiving or giving loans, gifts or benefits to any supplier, customer or competitor unless specifically permitted in ourHillman’s code. Such expenditures or gifts must be reported to, and approved by a supervisor. Compliance review and reporting procedures for violations of ourcompany rules are also listed in the ethics code.

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Hillman and Hillman Group are the borrowers under the senior secured credit facilities, which provide for an aggregate principal amount of $320$420.0 million in borrowings, consisting of a $290$390.0 million term loan facility and a $30$30.0 million revolving credit facility. The term loan facility matures on May 28, 20162017 and the revolving credit facility matures on May 28, 2015.

The obligations under the credit facilities are guaranteed by PurchaserOHCP HM Acquisition Corp. and each of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than Hillman, Hillman Trust and after it becomes a borrower, Hillman Group) (collectively, the “Guarantors”) and are secured by substantially all of the assets of Hillman, Hillman Group and the Guarantors.

Borrowings under the credit facilities will bear interest based upon either a LIBOR interest rate option (subject to a minimum floor of 1.50%1.75% per annum)annum for revolving loans and 1.25% for term loans) or a base rate option (subject to a minimum floor of 2.50%2.75% per annum)annum for revolving loans and 2.25% for term loans) as selected by Hillman Group,the Borrower, plus, in the case of LIBOR loans, 3.50%3.75% per annum for revolving loans and 3.00% for term loans and, in the case of base rate loans, 2.50%2.75% per annum. The amounts outstanding under ourannum for revolving loans and 2.00% for term loan as of March 31, 2011 bear interest at a rate of 5.50% per annum.loans.

Borrowings under the term loan facility are payable in equal quarterly amounts of 1.0% per annum$725,000 prior to May 28, 2016,the term loan maturity date, with the remaining balance payable at maturity.the term loan maturity date. No amortization will be required with respect to the revolving credit facility. The credit facilities are subject to customary mandatory prepayment requirements in connection with certain asset dispositions, insurance and condemnation receipts, incurrence of indebtedness and excess cash flow.

The credit facilities contain a financial covenants based on consolidated EBITDAcovenant requiring Hillman Groupand its subsidiaries to maintain a certain minimum interest coverage, maximum total leverage and maximum secured leverage ratios.ratio (based on consolidated Total Debt of Hillman and its subsidiaries against the consolidated EBITDA of Hillman and its subsidiaries). The credit facilities also contain customary restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness other than certain permitted indebtedness, incurrence of liens, dividends and other distributions, asset dispositions and investments.

Trust Preferred Securities

In September 1997, Hillman Trust, a Grantor trust, completed a $105.4 million underwritten public offering of 4,217,724 11.6% Trust Preferred Securities. Hillman Trust invested the proceeds from the sale of the preferred securities in an equal principal amount of 11.6% junior subordinated debentures of Hillman due September 2027.

Hillman Trust distributes monthly cash payments it receives from Hillman as interest on the debentures to preferred security holders at an annual rate of 11.6% on the liquidation amount of $25.00 per preferred security.

In connection with the public offering of Trust Preferred Securities, Hillman Trust issued $3.26 million of trust common securities to Hillman. Hillman Trust invested the proceeds from the sale of the Hillman Trust common securities in an equal principal amount of 11.6% junior subordinated debentures of Hillman due September 2027. Hillman Trust distributes monthly cash payments it receives from Hillman as interest on the debentures to Hillman at an annual rate of 11.6% on the liquidation amount of the common security.

We may defer interest payments on the debentures at any time, for up to 60 consecutive months. If this occurs, Hillman Trust will also defer distribution payments on the preferred securities. The deferred distributions, however, will accumulate at a rate of 11.6% per annum. Hillman Trust will redeem the preferred securities when the debentures are repaid, or at maturity on September 30, 2027. We may redeem the debentures before their maturity at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the debentures redeemed, plus accrued interest. If

we redeem any debentures before their maturity, Hillman Trust will use the cash it receives to redeem preferred securities and common securities as provided in the trust agreement. We guarantee the obligations of Hillman Trust on the Trust Preferred Securities.

Intercompany Note

In connection with the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities, we issued the Intercompany Note to Hillman Investment in aggregate principal amount of $105.4 million (which represents the liquidation value of the Trust Preferred Securities). The Intercompany Note matures on September 30, 2027, bears interest at 11.6% per annum and is subordinated to all senior indebtedness of Hillman Group, including indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities and the notes. Historically, the interest paid on the Intercompany Note has been used to fund interest payments on the junior subordinated debentures of Hillman underlying the Trust Preferred Securities of Hillman Trust. The indenture governing the notes restricts the ability of Hillman Group to refinance or otherwise pay principal and interest on the Intercompany Note. Because it is an intercompany obligation, the Intercompany Note is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Terms of the Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange our exchange notes for a like aggregate principal amount of our initial notes.

The exchange notes that we propose to issue in this exchange offer will be substantially identical to our initial notes except that, unlike our initial notes, the exchange notes will have no transfer restrictions or registration rights. We previously issued $150.0$200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018 pursuant to the same indenture as the initial notes and the exchange notes offered hereby. The exchange notes will constitute part of a single class of securities together with the existing notes and have the same terms as the existing notes except as otherwise provided herein. You should read the description of the exchange notes in the section in this prospectus entitled “Description of Notes.”

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any initial notes that remain outstanding following the expiration or termination of this exchange offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase initial notes in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, one or more additional tender or exchange offers or otherwise. The terms and prices of these purchases or offers could differ significantly from the terms of this exchange offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination

This exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                , 2011,2013, unless we extend it in our reasonable discretion. The expiration date of this exchange offer will be at least 20 business days after the commencement of the exchange offer in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

We expressly reserve the right to delay acceptance of any initial notes, extend or terminate this exchange offer and not accept any initial notes that we have not previously accepted if any of the conditions described below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied or waived by us. We will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral notice promptly confirmed in writing or by written notice. We will also notify the holders of the initial notes by a press release or other public announcement communicated before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date unless applicable laws require us to do otherwise.

We also expressly reserve the right to amend the terms of this exchange offer in any manner. If we make any material change, we will promptly disclose this change in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of our initial notes of the change including providing public announcement or giving oral or written notice to these holders. A material change in the terms of this exchange offer could include a change in the timing of the exchange offer, a change in the exchange agent and other similar changes in the terms of this exchange offer. If we make any material change to this exchange offer, we will disclose this change by means of a post-effective amendment to the registration statement which includes this prospectus and will distribute an amended or supplemented prospectus to each registered holder of initial notes. In addition, we will extend this exchange offer for an additional five to ten business days as required by the Exchange Act, depending on the significance of the amendment, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during that period. We will promptly notify the exchange agent by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or written notice of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of this exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes

Proper Execution and Delivery of Letters of Transmittal

To tender your initial notes in this exchange offer, you must use one of the three alternative procedures described below:

(1)    Regular delivery procedure: Complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal. Have the signatures on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal. Mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile together with the certificates representing the initial notes being tendered and any other required documents to the exchange agent on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

(2)    Book-entry delivery procedure: Send a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of your initial notes, if this procedure is available, into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with the procedures for book-entry transfer described under “—Book-Entry Delivery Procedure” below, on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

(3)    Guaranteed delivery procedure: If time will not permit you to complete your tender by using the procedures described in (1) or (2) above before the expiration date and this procedure is available, comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described under “—Guaranteed Delivery Procedure” below.

The method of delivery of the initial notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use an overnight or hand-delivery service. If you choose the mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested.In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery.You should not send any letters of transmittal or initial notes to us. You must deliver all documents to the exchange agent at its address provided below. You may also request your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee to tender your initial notes on your behalf.

Only a holder of initial notes may tender initial notes in this exchange offer. A holder is any person in whose name initial notes are registered on our books or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

If you are the beneficial owner of initial notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your notes, you must contact that registered holder promptly and instruct that registered holder to tender your notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender your initial notes on your own behalf, you must, before completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your initial notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register the ownership of these notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

You must have any signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal guaranteed by:

 

 (1)a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.,

 

 (2)a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or

 

 (3)an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, unless the initial notes are tendered:

 

 (a)by a registered holder or by a participant in The Depository Trust Company whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner, who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal and only if the exchange notes are being issued directly to this registered holder or deposited into this participant’s account at The Depository Trust Company, or

 (b)for the account of a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

If the letter of transmittal or any bond powers are signed by:

 

 (1)the recordholder(s) of the initial notes tendered: the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the initial notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

 (2)a participant in The Depository Trust Company: the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of the initial notes.

 

 (3)a person other than the registered holder of any initial notes: these initial notes must be endorsed or accompanied by bond powers and a proxy that authorize this person to tender the initial notes on behalf of the registered holder, in satisfactory form to us as determined in our sole discretion, in each case, as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the initial notes.

 

 (4)trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity: these persons should so indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must also be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

To tender your initial notes in this exchange offer, you must make the following representations:

 

 (1)you are authorized to tender, sell, assign and transfer the initial notes tendered and to acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered initial notes, and that we will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by us,

 

 (2)any exchange notes acquired by you pursuant to the exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business, whether or not you are the holder,

 

 (3)you or any other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes, has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of such exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act and is not participating in, and does not intend to participate in, the distribution of such exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act,

 

 (4)you or such other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes, is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of ours, or if you or such other person is an affiliate, you or such other person will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,

 

 (5)if you are not a broker-dealer, you represent that you are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes, and

 

 (6)if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for initial notes, you represent that the initial notes to be exchanged for the exchange notes were acquired by you as a result of market-making or other trading activities and acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of such exchange notes.

You must also warrant that the acceptance of any tendered initial notes by the issuers and the issuance of exchange notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the issuers of its obligations under the registration rights agreement relating to the initial notes.

To effectively tender notes through The Depository Trust Company, the financial institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust Company will electronically transmit its acceptance through the Automated Tender Offer Program. The Depository Trust Company will then edit and verify the acceptance and send an

agent’s message to the exchange agent for its acceptance. An agent’s message is a message transmitted by The Depository Trust Company to the exchange agent stating that The Depository Trust Company has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in The Depository Trust Company tendering the notes that this participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce this agreement against this participant.

Book-Entry Delivery Procedure

Any financial institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust Company’s systems may make book-entry deliveries of initial notes by causing The Depository Trust Company to transfer these initial notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s procedures for transfer. To effectively tender notes through The Depository Trust Company, the financial institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust Company will electronically transmit its acceptance through the Automatic Tender Offer Program. The Depository Trust Company will then edit and verify the acceptance and send an agent’s message to the exchange agent for its acceptance. An agent’s message is a message transmitted by The Depository Trust Company to the exchange agent stating that The Depository Trust Company has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in The Depository Trust Company tendering the notes that this participation has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce this agreement against this participant. The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account for the initial notes at The Depository Trust Company for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus.

A delivery of initial notes through a book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company will only be effective if an agent’s message or the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents is transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address indicated below under “—Exchange Agent” on or before the expiration date unless the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied with.Delivery of documents to The Depository Trust Company does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedure

If you are a registered holder of initial notes and desire to tender your notes, and (1) these notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit your notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis and an agent’s message delivered, you may still tender in this exchange offer if:

 

 (1)you tender through a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act,

 

 (2)on or before the expiration date, the exchange agent receives a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, and a notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, with your name and address as holder of the initial notes and the amount of notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made by that letter and notice and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date the certificates for all the initial notes tendered, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation with an agent’s message, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent, and

 (3)the certificates for all your tendered initial notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation as the case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Acceptance of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

Your tender of initial notes will constitute an agreement between you and us governed by the terms and conditions provided in this prospectus and in the related letter of transmittal.

We will be deemed to have received your tender as of the date when your duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by your initial notes tendered, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of these notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company with an agent’s message, or a notice of guaranteed delivery from an eligible institution is received by the exchange agent.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tenders will be determined by us in our sole discretion. Our determination will be final and binding.

We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all initial notes not properly tendered or any initial notes which, if accepted, would, in our opinion or our counsel’s opinion, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any conditions of this exchange offer or irregularities or defects in tender as to particular notes with the exception of conditions to this exchange offer relating to the obligations of broker dealers, which we will not waive. If we waive a condition to this exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note holders. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of this exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of initial notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine. We, the exchange agent or any other person will be under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of initial notes. We and the exchange agent or any other person will incur no liability for any failure to give notification of these defects or irregularities. Tenders of initial notes will not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. The exchange agent will return without cost to their holders any initial notes that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived promptly following the expiration date.

If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied or waived on the expiration date, we will accept all initial notes properly tendered and will issue the exchange notes promptly thereafter. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” below. For purposes of this exchange offer, initial notes will be deemed to have been accepted as validly tendered for exchange when, as and if we give notice of acceptance to the exchange agent (such notice, if given orally to be promptly confirmed in writing).

We will issue the exchange notes in exchange for the initial notes tendered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery by an eligible institution only against delivery to the exchange agent of the letter of transmittal, the tendered initial notes and any other required documents, or the receipt by the exchange agent of a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of initial notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company with an agent’s message, in each case, in form satisfactory to us and the exchange agent.

If any tendered initial notes are not accepted for any reason provided by the terms and conditions of this exchange offer or if initial notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged initial notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder, or, in the case of initial notes tendered by book-entry transfer procedures described above, will be credited to an account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

By tendering into this exchange offer, you will irrevocably appoint our designees as your attorney-in-fact and proxy with full power of substitution and resubstitution to the full extent of your rights on the notes tendered. This proxy will be considered coupled with an interest in the tendered notes. This appointment will be effective only when, and to the extent that we accept your notes in this exchange offer. All prior proxies on these notes will then be revoked and you will not be entitled to give any subsequent proxy. Any proxy that you may give subsequently will not be deemed effective. Our designees will be empowered to exercise all voting and other

rights of the holders as they may deem proper at any meeting of note holders or otherwise. The initial notes will be validly tendered only if we are able to exercise full voting rights on the notes, including voting at any meeting of the note holders, and full rights to consent to any action taken by the note holders.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw tenders of initial notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective, you must send a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date at the address provided below under “—Exchange Agent” and before acceptance of your tendered notes for exchange by us.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

 (1)specify the name of the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn,

 

 (2)identify the notes to be withdrawn, including, if applicable, the registration number or numbers and total principal amount of these notes,

 

 (3)be signed by the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which these notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the trustee for the initial notes to register the transfer of these notes into the name of the person having made the original tender and withdrawing the tender,

 

 (4)specify the name in which any of these initial notes are to be registered, if this name is different from that of the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn, and

 

 (5)if applicable because the initial notes have been tendered through the book-entry procedure, specify the name and number of the participant’s account at The Depository Trust Company to be credited, if different than that of the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of all notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Initial notes that are withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange in this exchange offer.

The exchange agent will return without cost to their holders all initial notes that have been tendered for exchange and are not exchanged for any reason, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or expiration or termination of this exchange offer.

You may retender properly withdrawn initial notes in this exchange offer by following one of the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes” above at any time on or before the expiration date.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

We will complete this exchange offer only if:

 

 (1)there is no change in the laws and regulations which would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with this exchange offer,

 (2)there is no change in the current interpretation of the staff of the Commission which permits resales of the exchange notes, and

 (3)there is no stop order issued by the Commission or any state securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement which includes this prospectus or the qualification of the indenture for our exchange notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose.

These conditions are for our sole benefit. We may assert any one of these conditions regardless of the circumstances giving rise to it and may also waive any one of them, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, if we determine in our reasonable discretion that it has not been satisfied, subject to applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived before the expiration of this exchange offer. If we waive a condition to this exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note holders. Each of these rights will be deemed an ongoing right which we may assert at any time and from time to time.

If we determine that we may terminate this exchange offer because any of these conditions is not satisfied, we may:

 

 (1)refuse to accept and return to their holders any initial notes that have been tendered,

 

 (2)extend the exchange offer and retain all notes tendered before the expiration date, subject to the rights of the holders of these notes to withdraw their tenders, or

 

 (3)waive any condition that has not been satisfied and accept all properly tendered notes that have not been withdrawn or otherwise amend the terms of this exchange offer in any respect as provided under the section in this prospectus entitled “—Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination.”

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes at the same carrying value as the initial notes as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes. We will amortize the costs of the exchange offer and the unamortized expenses related to the issuance of the exchange notes over the term of the exchange notes.

Exchange Agent

We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as exchange agent for this exchange offer. You should direct all questions and requests for assistance on the procedures for tendering and all requests for additional copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent as follows:

By Registered or Certified Mail:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Operations

MAC N9303-121

P.O. Box 1517

Minneapolis, MN 55480

By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Operations

MAC N9303-121

Sixth & Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55479

In Person by Hand Only:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

12th Floor Northstar East Building

Corporate Trust Operations

608 Second Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Facsimile Transmission [for Eligible Institutions only]: (612) 667-6282

Information or Confirmation by Telephone: (800) 344-5128

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders in this exchange offer, including fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and expenses.

We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of this exchange offer. However, we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this exchange offer. We will also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for forwarding copies of the prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the initial notes and for handling or forwarding tenders for exchange to their customers.

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of initial notes in accordance with this exchange offer. However, tendering holders will pay the amount of any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons, if:

 

 (1)certificates representing exchange notes or initial notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the notes tendered,

 

 (2)tendered initial notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal, or

 

 (3)a transfer tax is payable for any reason other than the exchange of the initial notes in this exchange offer.

If you do not submit satisfactory evidence of the payment of any of these taxes or of any exemption from this payment with the letter of transmittal, we will bill you directly the amount of these transfer taxes.

Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences

The initial notes were not registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and you may not resell them, offer them for resale or otherwise transfer them unless they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your initial notes for exchange notes in accordance with this exchange offer, or if you do not properly tender your initial notes in this exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer the initial notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act.

In addition, except as set forth in this paragraph, you will not be able to obligate us to register the initial notes under the Securities Act. You will not be able to require us to register your initial notes under the Securities Act unless:

 

 (1)the exchange offer is not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy;

 

��(2)you are prohibited by applicable law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offer;

 

 (3)you may not resell the exchange notes you acquire in the exchange offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by you; or

 

 (4)you are a broker-dealer and hold initial notes acquired directly from us or one of our affiliates,

in which case the registration rights agreement requires us to file a registration statement for a continuous offer in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this sentence. We do not currently anticipate that we will register under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer.

Delivery of Prospectus

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for initial notes, where such initial notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “—Certain Definitions.” In this description, the term “Hillman Companies” refers only to The Hillman Companies, Inc. and not to any of its Subsidiaries; “Parent” refers to Hillman Investment Company and not to any of its Subsidiaries; and the word “Issuer” refers only to The Hillman Group, Inc. and not to any of its Subsidiaries.

Issuer issued the existing notes and the initial notes and will issue the exchange notes described in this prospectus under an indenture dated May 28, 2010, among itself, the Guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee as amended and supplemented on December 29, 2010, and April 1, 2010.2011, February 5, 2013 and February 19, 2013. The initial notes were issued upon the closing of the Paulin Acquisition in exchange for a like principal amount of temporary 10.875% Senior Notes previously issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. See “Notice to Investors.” The notes offered hereby are referred to in this prospectus as the “exchange notes.” Issuer previously issued $150.0$200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of notes under the indenture, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “existing notes.” The exchange notes and the existing notes are referred to together as the “notes.” The terms of the notes will include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. It does not restate the indenture in its entirety. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the notes. Copies of the indenture are available as set forth below in the section of this prospectus titled “—Additional Information.” Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the indenture.

The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered holders will have rights under the indenture.

Brief Description of the Notes and the Note Guarantees

The Notes

The notes:

 

will be general unsecured obligations of Issuer;

 

  

will bepari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured senior Indebtedness of Issuer;

 

will be senior in right of payment to any future subordinated Indebtedness of Issuer; and

 

will be unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors.

The Note Guarantees

The notes will be guaranteed by Hillman Companies, Parent and each of Issuer’s Domestic Subsidiaries.

Each guarantee of the notes:

 

will be a general unsecured obligation of the Guarantor;

 

  

will bepari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured senior Indebtedness of that Guarantor; and

 

will be senior in right of payment to any future subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor.

However, the notes and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all borrowings under the Credit Agreement, which will be secured by substantially all of the assets of Issuer and the Guarantors. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering—Your right to receive payments on these notes is effectively subordinated to the rights of our existing and future secured creditors.”

Principal, Maturity and Interest

Issuer issued $50.0$65.0 million in aggregate principal amount of initial notes on March 16, 2011February 19, 2013 in exchange for a like principal amount of temporary 10.875% Senior Notes previously issued in a private transaction and will issue up to $50.0$65.0 million in aggregate principal amount of exchange notes in this offering. Issuer previously issued $150.0$200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of existing notes. Issuer may issue additional notes under the indenture from time to time after this offering in an unlimited aggregate principal amount. Any issuance of additional notes is subject to all of the terms and conditions (except with regard to issue date, issue price, first interest payment amount and first interest payment date) in the indenture, including the covenant described below in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” The notes and any additional notes subsequently issued under the indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Issuer will issue notes in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The notes will mature on June 1, 2018. References to the notes include any additional notes.

Interest on the notes accrues at the rate of 10.875% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 20112013 in the case of the exchange notes. Interest on overdue principal and interest and Special Interest, if any, will accrue at the then applicable interest rate on the notes. Issuer will make each interest payment to the holders of record on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15, as the case may be.

Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

If a holder of notes has given wire transfer instructions to Issuer at least ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, Issuer will pay all principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, that holder’s notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar within the City and State of New York unless Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the noteholdersnote holders at their address set forth in the register of holders.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar. Issuer may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the notes, and Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the provisions of the indenture. The registrar and the trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

Note Guarantees

The notes are guaranteed by Hillman Companies, Parent and each of Issuer’s current and future Domestic Subsidiaries. These Note Guarantees are joint and several obligations of the Guarantors. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee are limited as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a

fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state or other applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this Offering—Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require note holders to return payments received from guarantors.”

A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than Issuer or another Guarantor, unless:

 

 (1)immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

 (2)either:

 

 (a)the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, the indenture and the registration rights agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory to the trustee; or

 

 (b)in the case of any Guarantor other than Hillman Companies or Parent, the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture.

The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:

(1)    in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture;

(2)    in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, if the sale or other disposition does not violate the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture and the Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer as a result of the sale or other disposition;

(3)    if Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture; or

(4)    upon legal defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the indenture as provided below in the sections of this prospectus titled “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge.”

See “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to June 1, 2013, Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 110.875% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds of an

Equity Offering by Issuer or a contribution to Issuer’s common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of a concurrent Equity Offering by Issuer’s direct or indirect parent;provided that:

 

 (1)at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes originally issued under the indenture (excluding notes held by Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

 (2)the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

At any time prior to June 1, 2014, Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the notes will not be redeemable at Issuer’s option prior to June 1, 2014.

On or after June 1, 2014, Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

 

Year

  Percentage 

2014

   105.438

2015

   102.719

2016 and thereafter

   100.000

Unless Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

Mandatory Redemption

Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have the right to require Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that holder’s notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, Issuer will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, Issuer will mail, or cause to be mailed, a notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase, on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice, which date will be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, notes properly tendered by such holder pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, pursuant to the procedures required by the indenture and described in such notice. Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in

connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the indenture, Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

 

 (1)accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 (2)deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes properly tendered; and

 

 (3)deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being purchased by Issuer.

The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such notes, and the trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes surrendered, if any. Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

The provisions described above that require Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the indenture does not contain provisions that permit the holders of the notes to require that Issuer repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by Issuer and purchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the indenture as described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require Issuer to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Holders may not be entitled to require us to purchase their notes in certain circumstances involving a significant change in the composition of the Board of Directors, including in connection with a proxy contest where the Board of Directors does not approve a dissident slate of directors but approves them as continuing directors, even if the Board of Directors initially opposed the directors.

Asset Sales

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

 (1)Issuer (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

 (2)at least 75% of the total consideration received in the Asset Sale by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

 (a)

any liabilities, as shown on Hillman Companies’ most recent consolidated balance sheet, of Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are Subordinated

Indebtedness) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity agreement that releases Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability;

 

 (b)any securities, notes or other obligations received by Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are promptly, but in any event within 90 days of the consummation of the Asset Sale, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

 

 (c)any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

 

 (d)any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (3) or (5) of the next paragraph of this covenant.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds:

 

 (1)to repay Indebtedness and other Obligations under a Credit Facility that are secured by a Lien and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

 (2)to repay or repurchase and retire any Indebtedness that was secured by the assets sold in such Asset Sale;

 

 (3)to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;

 

 (4)to make a capital expenditure;

 

 (5)to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; or

 

 (6)any combination of clauses (1) through (5);

provided, that, if during the 365 day period following the consummation of an Asset Sale Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into a definitive binding agreement committing it to apply the Net Proceeds in accordance with the requirements of the above clauses after such 365 period, such 365 day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Proceeds so committed until such Net Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with

such agreement (but such extension will in no event be for a period longer than 180 days) (or, if earlier, the date of termination of such agreement).

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, Issuer (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the indenture. Following the entering into of a binding agreement with respect to an Asset Sale and prior to the consummation thereof, cash or Cash Equivalents (whether or not actual Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale) used for the purposes described in clauses (1) through (6) above that are designated as used in accordance therewith, and not previously or subsequently so designated in respect of any other Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds applied in accordance therewith.

Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this covenant will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, within 30 days thereof, Issuer will make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to (A) all holders of notes and (B) all holders of other Indebtedness that ispari passu in right of payment with the notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of asset sales, to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of notes and such otherpari passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of holders of notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, such amounts shall no longer be considered Excess Proceeds for purposes of the indenture and Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and otherpari passu Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee will select the notes and such otherpari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on apro rata basis, based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by Issuer so that only notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture, Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture by virtue of such compliance.

The agreements governing the other Indebtedness of the Issuer contain, and future agreements may contain, prohibitions of certain events, including events that would constitute a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and including repurchases of or other prepayments in respect of the notes. The exercise by the holders of notes of their right to require Issuer to repurchase the notes upon a Change of Control or an Asset Sale could cause a default under these other agreements, even if the Change of Control or Asset Sale itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchases on Issuer. In the event a Change of Control or Asset Sale occurs at a time when Issuer is prohibited from purchasing notes, Issuer could seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If Issuer does not obtain a consent or repay those borrowings, Issuer will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In that case, Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture which could, in turn, constitute a default under the other indebtedness. Finally, Issuer’s ability to pay cash to the holders of notes upon a repurchase may be limited by Issuer’s then existing financial resources. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Offering—We may not be able to fulfill our repurchase obligations with respect to the notes upon a change of control.”

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee will select notes for redemption on apro rata basis (or, in the case of notes issued in global form as discussed under “—Book-Entry, Delivery and Form,” based on a method that most nearly approximates apro rata selection as the trustee deems fair and appropriate) unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements.

No notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed at its

registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that note will state the portion of the principal amount of that note that is to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original note will be issued in the name of the holder of notes upon cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on notes or portions of notes called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

 (1)declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer and other than dividends or distributions payable to Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer);

 

 (2)purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Issuer) any Equity Interests of Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Issuer;

 

 (3)make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or among Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof (other than a payment of interest on the Subordinated Intercompany Promissory Note); or

 

 (4)make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

 (a)no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

 (b)Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below in the section of this prospectus titled “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;” and

 (c)such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (10), (11) and (13) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

 (1)

50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the indenture to the end

of Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit);plus

 

 (2)100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by Issuer since the date of the indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Qualifying Equity Interests of Issuer (in each case other than Excluded Contributions) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of Issuer or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of Issuer, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualifying Equity Interests of Issuer (other than Qualifying Equity Interests and convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of Issuer);plus

 

 (3)to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of the indenture is (a) sold for cash or otherwise cancelled, liquidated or repaid for cash, the amount of cash received or (b) made in an entity that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, the initial amount of such Restricted Investment;plus

 

 (4)to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such after the date of the indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the indenture, the Fair Market Value of Issuer’s Restricted Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation;plus

 

 (5)100% of any dividends or distributions received in cash by Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer that is a Guarantor after the date of the indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent that such dividends or distributions were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of Issuer for such period.

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1)    the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of the indenture;

(2)    the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the net cash proceeds of the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Issuer) of, Equity Interests of Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the contribution of common equity capital to Issuer;provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will not be considered to be net proceeds of Qualifying Equity Interests for purposes of clause (c)(2) of the preceding paragraph and will not be considered to be net cash proceeds from an Equity Offering for purposes of the “Optional Redemption” provisions of the indenture;

(3)    the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer to the holders of its Equity Interests on apro ratabasis;

(4)    the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness,provided that any redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness for which a notice of redemption has been validly given pursuant to the indenture or any other instrument governing such Subordinated Indebtedness and which is redeemed within 60 days of the incurrence of such Permitted

Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to have occurred substantially concurrent with such incurrence for purposes of this clause (4);

(5)    so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, payments to Parent that are used by Parent, Hillman Companies, or another direct or indirect parent of Issuer to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Parent, Hillman Companies or any other direct or

indirect parent of Issuer or payments to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, in each case, held by any current or former officer, director or employee of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon their death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service;provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed (A) $2.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts up to $1.0 million being available to be used in any succeeding calendar year for a total of up to $3.0 million in any calendar year)plus(B) the amount of any net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Issuer from the issuance and sale since the date of the indenture of Qualified Equity Interests of Issuer, Parent, Hillman Companies or another direct or indirect parent of Issuer to its officers, directors or employees that have not been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to the terms of clause (c) of the preceding paragraph or this clause (5), plus (C) the net cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer after the date of the indenture that have not been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5);provided,further, that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the repurchase of Qualified Equity Interests will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment under the indenture;

(6)   the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options (or related withholding taxes);

(7)   so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Issuer or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer issued on or after the date of the indenture in accordance with the covenant described below in the section of this prospectus titled “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;”

(8)   payments of cash, dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted Payments by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (i) the exercise of options or warrants or (ii) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

(9)   Permitted Payments to Parent;

(10) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such payment is then permitted by any Credit Facilities then in effect, without duplication, (a) distributions to Parent in an amount necessary to permit payments of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures at the Stated Maturity of such interest payments provided such payments are applied to make payments of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures at the Stated Maturity of such interest payments or (b) payments of interest on the Subordinated Intercompany Promissory Note at the Stated Maturity of such interest payments provided such payments are applied to make payments of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures at the Stated Maturity of such interest payments;

(11) Restricted Payments made with Excluded Contributions;

(12) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the repurchase of any Subordinated Indebtedness at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount thereof in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to a provision no more favorable to the holders thereof than the provisions

described in “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” provided that, in each case, prior to the repurchase the Issuer has made a Change of Control Offer to and repurchased all notes issued under the indenture that were validly tendered for payment in connection with the offer to purchase;

(13) distributions or dividends to Hillman Group or Parent to make the payments described in the section of the final offering memorandum, dated May 18, 2010, for the existing notes titled “Use of Proceeds” (if any); and

(14) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 2.5% of Total Assets since the date of the indenture.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined by the Board of Directors of Issuer whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the trustee. For the avoidance of doubt, any “deemed dividend” resulting from the filing of a consolidated or combined tax return by any direct or indirect parent of Issuer and not involving any cash distribution will not be a “Restricted Payment.”

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1) through (14) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, Issuer will be entitled to classify or re-classify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or portion thereof in any manner that complies with this covenant and such Restricted Payment will be treated as having been made pursuant to only such clause or clauses or the first paragraph of this covenant.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and Issuer will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock;provided, however, that Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or the issuance of the following items of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as applicable (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

 (1)

the incurrence by Issuer and any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $420.0 millionless the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of the indenture to repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction

thereunder pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales;”

 

 (2)the incurrence by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of (a) the Existing Indebtedness and (b) the Subordinated Intercompany Promissory Note;

 

 (3)the incurrence by Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of the indenture and the related exchange notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the related registration rights agreement;

 (4)the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of $5.0 million and 1.5% of Total Assets at any time outstanding;

 

 (5)the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (2)(a), (3), (4), (5), (14), (15), (16) or (17) of this paragraph;

 

 (6)the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;provided, however, that:

 

 (a)if Issuer or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the notes, in the case of Issuer, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

 

 (b)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

 

 (7)the issuance by any of Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries to Issuer or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock;provided, however,that:

 

 (a)any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer; and

 

 (b)any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer,

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);

 

 (8)the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations not entered into for speculation;

 

 (9)

the guarantee or co-issuance by Issuer or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer to the extent that the guaranteed or co-issued Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant;providedthat if the Indebtedness being guaranteed or co-issued is subordinated to orpari passu in right of payment with the notes, then the

Guarantee or co-issuance must be subordinated orpari passu, as applicable, in right of payment to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

 

 (10)the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees, performance, surety, statutory, appeal, completion, export or import, indemnities, customs, revenue bonds or similar instruments in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations with respect thereto (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed);provided,however that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

 (11)the incurrence by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days or incurrence;

 

 (12)the incurrence by Issuer of Contribution Indebtedness;

 

 (13)the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in connection with such transactions;

 

 (14)Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including Parent and Hillman Companies, to the extent described in clause (5) of the second paragraph in the section of this prospectus titled “—Restricted Payments;”

 

 (15)Indebtedness of a Subsidiary outstanding on the date such Subsidiary was acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer);provided that, on the date that such Subsidiary is acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the acquisition of such Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (15), either (a) the Issuer would have been able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or (b) the Issuer’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition;

 

 (16)the incurrence by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 3% of Total Assets; and

 

 (17)the incurrence by Issuer of additional Indebtedness or Disqualified stock, or by one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness or preferred stock, in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value or liquidation amount, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (17) and then outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 3% of Total Assets.

Issuer will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Issuer or such Guarantor

unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms;provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Issuer solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis or pursuant to any customary provisions of any inter-creditor agreements related to the lien subordination (but not the payment subordination) of any such junior security interest.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (17) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first

paragraph of this covenant, Issuer will be permitted to classify and reclassify, in each case in its sole discretion, such item of Indebtedness and may divide, classify and reclassify (based on circumstances in existence at the time of such reclassification or redivision) such Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described, except that Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which notes are first issued and authenticated under the indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant;provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of Issuer as accrued. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be utilized, calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

 (1)the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

 (2)the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 

 (3)in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

 (a)the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

 

 (b)the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

Liens

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

 (1)pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

 (2)make loans or advances to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

 (3)sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

 (1)

agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of the indenture and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings,

replacements or refinancings of those agreements;providedthat the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of the indenture;

 

 (2)the indenture, the notes and the related Note Guarantees;

 

 (3)agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements;providedthat the restrictions therein will not materially adversely impact the ability of Issuer to make required principal and interest payments on the notes;

 

 (4)applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

 

 (5)any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the properties or assets of the Person, so acquired;

 

 (6)customary non-assignment or non-transfer provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

 (7)purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

 

 (8)any agreement for the sale or other disposition of assets (including the Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) that restricts transfers of assets (including distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary) pending the closing of sale or other disposition;

 

 (9)Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;providedthat the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

 (10)Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 (11)provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment), which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; and

 

 (12)restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by suppliers, landlords or customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common Equity Interests shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Equity Interests and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer to other Indebtedness incurred by Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

Issuer will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Issuer is the surviving Person), or (2) sell, assign, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

 

 (1)either: (a) Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Issuer) or to which such sale, lease, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; and, if such entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the notes is a corporation organized or existing under any such laws;

 

 (2)the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, lease, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of Issuer under the notes, the indenture and the registration rights agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;

 

 (3)immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

 (4)Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or (ii) have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio greater than the actual Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Issuer for such four-quarter period.

This “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” covenant will not apply to any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Clauses (3) and (4) of the first paragraph of this covenant will not apply to (1) any merger or consolidation of Issuer with or into one of its Restricted Subsidiaries for any purpose or (2) with or into an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating Issuer in another jurisdiction.

Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with these provisions, if the Issuer is not the continuing Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the indenture and the notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer in the Indenture.indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Issuer will be released from its obligations under the indenture and the notes.

Transactions with Affiliates

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Issuer (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

 

 (1)the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

 (2)Issuer delivers to the trustee:

 

 (a)

with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution of

the Board of Directors of Issuer set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Issuer; and

 

 (b)with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to Issuer or such Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

 

 (1)any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments and other benefits (including bonuses, retirement, severances, health, stock option and other benefit plans) pursuant thereto;

 

 (2)transactions between or among (A) Issuer and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

 (3)transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of Issuer) that is an Affiliate of Issuer solely because Issuer owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

 

 (4)payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or otherwise) of officers, directors, employees or consultants of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

 (5)(A) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer to Affiliates of Issuer (or contributions in respect of such Equity Interests by Affiliates) and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith, (B) contributions to the common capital of Issuer or (C) the granting of registration and other customary rights related to Equity Interests to Affiliates of the Issuer;

 

 (6)Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments that do not violate the provisions of the indenture described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Restricted Payments;”

 

 (7)loans or advances (or the cancellation thereof) to officers, directors, employees or consultants not to exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

 

 (8)transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services that are Affiliates, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 (9)(x) any agreement described in the section of this prospectus titled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” as in effect on the date of the indenture or as thereafter amended, renewed or replaced in any manner, that, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the notes or Issuer in any material respect than such agreement as it was in effect on the date of the indenture or (y) any transaction pursuant to any agreement referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x);

 

 (10)any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is Qualified Equity Interests;

 

 (11)transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of the covenant described in the section of this prospectus titled “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets;”

 

 (12)transactions between Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more of its directors is also a director of Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of Issuer;provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of Issuer or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 (13)transactions entered into in good faith with any of Issuer’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s Affiliates which provide for shared services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer’s Board of Directors, and payments related thereto;

 

 (14)Permitted Payments to Parent;

 

 (15)the entering into of any tax sharing agreement that provides for payments to Parent or any other direct or indirect parent of Issuer no greater than the amounts provided for in clause (2) of the definition of “Permitted Payments to Parent”; and

 

 (16)the Subordinated Intercompany Promissory Note and the payments of interest thereon at the Stated Maturity of such interest payments.

Business Activities

Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Additional Note Guarantees

If Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of the indenture, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the trustee within 20 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Board of Directors of Issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Restricted Payments” or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by Issuer. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of Issuer may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an officer’s certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Restricted Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described in the section of this prospectus titled “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” Issuer will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;providedthat such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant

described in the section of this prospectus titled “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Reports

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any notes are outstanding, Issuer will furnish to the holders of notes and the trustee (or file with the SEC for public availability and provide the trustee with electronic notification thereof including a hyperlink to the relevant SEC website), within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (giving effect to Rule 12h-5 and Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act):

 

 (1)all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Issuer were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and

 

 (2)all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if Issuer were required to file such reports.

In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the registration rights agreement, the Issuer will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (giving effect to Rule 12h-5 and Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act) (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing).

If, at any time after consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the registration rights agreement, Issuer is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, Issuer will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this covenant with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. Issuer will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept Issuer’s filings for any reason, Issuer will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply if Issuer were required to file those reports with the SEC.

If Issuer has designated any Significant Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Issuer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any direct or indirect parent of Issuer, including Parent or Hillman Companies, fully and unconditionally guarantees the notes, the filing of such reports by such parent within the time periods specified above will satisfy such obligations of Issuer;provided that, following effectiveness of an exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement, such reports shall include the information required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X with respect to Issuer and the Guarantors.

In addition, Issuer and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by the preceding paragraphs, they will furnish to the holders of notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Events of Default and Remedies

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

 (1)default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest and Special Interest, if any, on the notes;

 

 (2)default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the notes;

 

 (3)failure by Issuer to accept and pay for notes tendered when and as required by the provisions of the indenture described in the sections of this prospectus titled “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or failure by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions described under the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets;”

 

 (4)failure by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to Issuer by the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture;

 

 (5)default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the indenture, if that default:

 

 (a)is caused by a failure to pay such Indebtedness at final maturity after the expiration of any applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

 

 (b)results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $10.0 million or more;

 

 (6)failure by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $10.0 million (excluding amounts which insurance carriers of the Hillman Companies, Parent, Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries have expressly agreed to pay under applicable policies), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of 60 days;

 

 (7)except as permitted by the indenture or the Note Guarantees, any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; and

 (8)certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the indenture with respect to Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Issuer that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding notesNotes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes may direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The trustee may withhold from holders of the

notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any.

Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any holders of notes unless such holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, when due, no holder of a note may pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the notes unless:

 

 (1)such holder has previously given the trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

 (2)holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes make a written request to the trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

 (3)such holder or holders offer and, if requested, provide to the trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

 (4)the trustee does not comply with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

 (5)during such 60-day period, holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes do not give the trustee a direction inconsistent with such request.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes by written notice to the trustee may, on behalf of the holders of all of the notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the indenture, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the notes. Upon such waiver, the Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Issuer is required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, Issuer is required to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of Issuer or the Guarantors under the notes, the indenture, the Note Guarantees or

for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

Issuer may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an officers’ certificate, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Note Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

 

 (1)the rights of holders of outstanding notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, such notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

 

 (2)Issuer’s obligations with respect to the notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 (3)the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee under the indenture, and Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

 

 (4)the Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance provisions of the indenture.

In addition, Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of Issuer and the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants (including its obligation to make Change of Control Offers and Asset Sale Offers) that are described in the indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, all Events of Default described under “—Events of Default and Remedies” (except those relating to payments on the notes or bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation or insolvency events) will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

 (1)Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the outstanding notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and Issuer must specify whether the notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

 

 (2)in the case of Legal Defeasance, Issuer must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that (a) Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel will confirm that, the holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

 (3)in the case of Covenant Defeasance, Issuer must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 (4)no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness), and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings);

 

 (5)such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged, refinanced or replaced) to which Issuer or any of the Guarantors is a party or by which Issuer or any of the Guarantors is bound;

 

 (6)Issuer must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of notes over the other creditors of Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of Issuer or others; and

 

 (7)Issuer must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the indenture or the notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes (including, without limitation, additional notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the notes), and any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of the indenture or the notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes (including, without limitation, additional notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes).

Without the consent of each holder of notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting holder):

 

 (1)reduce the principal amount of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

 (2)reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the notes (except those provisions relating to the covenants described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

 

 (3)reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any note;

 

 (4)waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

 (5)make any note payable in money other than that stated in the notes;

 

 (6)make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of notes to receive payments of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the notes;

 

 (7)waive a redemption payment with respect to any note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

 (8)release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the indenture; or

 

 (9)make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of notes, Issuer, the Guarantors and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture, the notes or the Note Guarantees:

 

 (1)to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

 (2)to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

 

 (3)to provide for the assumption of Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to holders of notes and Note Guarantees in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable, or otherwise to comply with the provisions in the section of this prospectus titled “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets;”

 

 (4)to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of notes or that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder under the indenture;

 (5)to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

 (6)to conform the text of the indenture, the notes, the Note Guarantees to any provision of this Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in this Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the indenture, the notes, the Note Guarantees, which intent may be evidenced by an officers’ certificate to that effect;

 

 (7)to provide for the issuance of additional notes under the indenture in accordance with the limitations set forth in the indenturethereunder as of the date of the indenture;thereof; or

 

 (8)to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notesnotes or to secure the notes; or

 

 (9)to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment of a successor trustee.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder, when:

 

 (1)either:

 

 (a)all notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to Issuer, have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

 

 (b)all notes that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable by reason of redemption or final maturity within one year and Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the notes not delivered to the trustee for cancellation for principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the notes to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

 (2)

in respect of clause 1(b), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the

granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than the indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged, refinanced or replaced);

 

 (3)Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the indenture; and

 

 (4)Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the trustee under the indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, Issuer must deliver an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel to the trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Concerning the Trustee

If the trustee becomes a creditor of Issuer or any Guarantor, the indenture limits the right of the trustee to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim

as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if the indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The indenture provides that in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any holder of notes, unless such holder has offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Additional Information

Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the indenture and the registration rights agreement without charge by writing to The Hillman Group, Inc., 10590 Hamilton Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio, 45231-1764, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

Except as described below, we will initially issue the exchange notes in the form of one or more registered exchange notes in global form without coupons. We will deposit each global note on the date of the closing of this exchange offer with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company in New York, New York, and register the exchange notes in the name of The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, or will leave these notes in the custody of the trustee.

Depository Trust Company Procedures

For your convenience, we are providing you with a description of the operations and procedures of The Depository Trust Company , the Euroclear System and Clearstream Banking, S.A. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We are not responsible for these operations and procedures and urge you to contact the system or its participants directly to discuss these matters.

The Depository Trust Company has advised us that it is a limited purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between its participants through electronic book entry changes in the accounts of these participants.

These direct participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations. Access to The Depository Trust Company’s system is also indirectly available to other entities that clear through or maintain a direct or indirect, custodial relationship with a direct participant. The Depository Trust Company may hold securities beneficially owned by other persons only through its participants and the ownership interests and transfers of ownership interests of these other persons will be recorded only on the records of the participants and not on the records of The Depository Trust Company.

The Depository Trust Company has also advised us that, in accordance with its procedures, upon deposit of the global notes, it will credit the accounts of the direct participants with an interest in the global notes, and it will maintain records of the ownership interests of these direct participants in the global notes and the transfer of ownership interests by and between direct participants.

The Depository Trust Company will not maintain records of the ownership interests of, or the transfer of ownership interests by and between, indirect participants or other owners of beneficial interests in the global notes. Both direct and indirect participants must maintain their own records of ownership interests of, and the transfer of ownership interests by and between, indirect participants and other owners of beneficial interests in the global notes.

Investors in the global notes may hold their interests in the notes directly through The Depository Trust Company if they are direct participants in The Depository Trust Company or indirectly through organizations that are direct participants in The Depository Trust Company. Investors in the global notes may also hold their interests in the notes through Euroclear and Clearstream if they are direct participants in those systems or indirectly through organizations that are participants in those systems. Euroclear and Clearstream will hold omnibus positions in the global notes on behalf of the Euroclear participants and the Clearstream participants, respectively, through customers’ securities accounts in Euroclear’s and Clearstream’s names on the books of their respective depositories, which are Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels office, as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A. and The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as operators of Clearstream. These depositories, in turn, will hold these positions in their names on the books of DTC. All interests in a global note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of The Depository Trust Company. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of those systems.

The laws of some states require that some persons take physical delivery in definitive certificated form of the securities that they own. This may limit or curtail the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global note to these persons. Because The Depository Trust Company can act only on behalf of direct participants, which in turn act on behalf of indirect participants and others, the ability of a person having a beneficial interest in a global note to pledge its interest to persons or entities that are not direct participants in The Depository Trust Company or to otherwise take actions in respect of its interest, may be affected by the lack of physical certificates evidencing the interests.

Except as described below, owners of interests in the global notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or holders of these notes under the indenture for any purpose.

Payments with respect to the principal of and interest on any notes represented by a global note registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company or its nominee on the applicable record date will be payable by the trustee to or at the direction of The Depository Trust Company or its nominee in its capacity as the registered holder of the global note representing these notes under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, we and the trustee will treat the person in whose names the notes are registered, including notes represented by global notes, as the owners of the notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Payments in respect of the principal and interest on global notes registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company or its nominee will be payable by the trustee to The Depository Trust Company or its

nominee as the registered holder under the indenture. Consequently, none of the Company, the Guarantors, the trustee or any of our agents, or the trustee’s agents has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

 

 (1)any aspect of The Depository Trust Company’s records or any direct or indirect participant’s records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the global notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of The Depository Trust Company’s records or any direct or indirect participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in any global note or

 

 (2)any other matter relating to the actions and practices of The Depository Trust Company or any of its direct or indirect participants.

The Depository Trust Company has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the notes, including principal and interest, is to credit the accounts of the relevant participants with the payment on the payment date, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings in the principal amount of beneficial interest in the security as shown on its records, unless it has reasons to believe that it will not receive payment on the payment date. Payments by the direct and indirect participants to the beneficial owners of interests in the global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice and will be the responsibility of the direct or indirect participants and will not be the responsibility of The Depository Trust Company, the trustee or us.

Neither we nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by The Depository Trust Company or any direct or indirect participant in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes and we and the trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from The Depository Trust Company or its nominee for all purposes, including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the notes.

Transfers between participants in The Depository Trust Company will be effected in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s procedures, and will be settled in same day funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures. Cross-market transfers between the participants in The Depository Trust Company, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global note in The Depository Trust Company, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to The Depository Trust Company. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

The Depository Trust Company has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account The Depository Trust Company has credited the interests in the global notes and only in respect of the portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which the participant or participants has or have given that direction. However, if there is an event of default with respect to the notes, The Depository Trust Company reserves the right to exchange the global notes for legended notes in certificated form and to distribute them to its participants.

Although The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to these procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform these procedures and may discontinue them at any time. None of the Company, the Guarantors, the trustee or any of our or the

trustee’s respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear or Clearstream or their direct or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes

All global notes will be exchangeable by us for definitive notes in registered certificated form if:

 

 (1)We deliver to the trustee written notice from the Depository Trust Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as depositary for the global notes or is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, we fail to appoint a successor depositary within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depository Trust Company,

 

 (2)We, in our sole discretion, determine that the global notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and deliver written notice of such effect to the trustee, or

 

 (3)there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes.

In all cases, certificated notes delivered in exchange for any global note or beneficial interests in a global note will be registered in the name, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of The Depository Trust Company, in accordance with its customary procedures.

Exchange of Certificated Notes for Book-Entry Notes

Initial notes issued in certificated form may be exchanged for beneficial interests in the global note.

Same Day Settlement

We expect that the interests in the global notes will be eligible to trade in The Depository Trust Company’s Same Day Funds Settlement System. As a result, secondary market trading activity in these interests will settle in immediately available funds, subject in all cases to the rules and procedures of The Depository Trust Company and its participants. We expect that secondary trading in any certificated notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a global note from a participant in The Depository Trust Company will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of The Depository Trust Company. The Depository Trust Company has advised us that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a global note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a participant in The Depository Trust Company will be received with value on the settlement date of The Depository Trust Company but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following The Depository Trust Company’s settlement date.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for a full disclosure of all defined terms used therein, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

Acquired Debt means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

 (1)

Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in

connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

 (2)Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Affiliate of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

Applicable Premium”Premium means, with respect to any note on any redemption date, the greater of:

 

 (1)1.0% of the principal amount of the note; or

 

 (2)the excess of:

 

 (a)

the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the note at June 1, 2014, (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the note through June 1, 2014, (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date),

computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points per annum discounted on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis; over

 

 (b)the principal amount of the note.

Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by Issuer or on behalf of Issuer by such person as Issuer shall designate.

Asset Sale”Sale means:

 

 (1)the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by Issuer or any of Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

 (2)the issuance of Equity Interests by any of Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by Issuer or any of Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of Issuer’s Subsidiaries;

provided, that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the indenture described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and/or the provisions described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

 

 (1)any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $2.0 million;

 

 (2)a transfer of assets between or among Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

 (3)an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer to Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;

 

 (4)

any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) related to a Permitted Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, which in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of (a) $2.0 million shall be evidenced by

an officers’ certificate, and (b) $5.0 million shall be set forth in a resolution approved in good faith by at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer;

 

 (5)the sale, lease or other transfer of inventory, products, byproducts, goods held for sale, services, accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of any assets, including intellectual property, that is no longer used or useful or no longer economically practical to maintain in the conduct of the business of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as whole);

 

 (6)licenses and sublicenses by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of software or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;

 

 (7)any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

 (8)the granting of, creation of or realization on Liens not prohibited by the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Liens;”

 

 (9)the sale, transfer or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

 (10)a Restricted Payment that does not violate the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” or a Permitted Investment;

 (11)the transfer of assets related to any Hedging Obligations incurred in compliance with “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” pursuant to the unwinding of any such Hedging Obligations; and

 

 (12)dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture agreements and similar binding agreements.

Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.

Beneficial Owner”Owner has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors” means:

 

 (1)with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

 

 (2)with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

 (3)with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members or managers thereof; and

 

 (4)with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

Capital Stock means:

 

 (1)in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

 (2)in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

 (3)in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

 

 (4)any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Cash Equivalents means:

 

 (1)United States dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union, Canadian dollars, or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 (2)securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition;

 

 (3)certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding 12 months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

 

 (4)repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

 (5)commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing within six months after the date of acquisition;

 

 (6)money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition; and

 

 (7)in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, substantially similar investments, of comparable credit quality, denominated in the currency of any jurisdiction in which such Person conducts business.

Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

 (1)the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal;

 

 (2)the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Issuer;

 

 (3)

the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” (as defined above), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Issuer, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;provided,

however, that such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as one or more of the Principals has the right or ability by voting power or contract to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of Issuer; or

 

 (4)the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Issuer are not Continuing Directors.

For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect holding company of Issuer (including Parent) shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group” for purposes of clause (3) above,provided that no “person” or “group” (other than the Principals and their Related Parties) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company and (ii) no Change of Control pursuant to clause (1) above shall be deemed to have occurred solely as the result of a transfer of assets among the Issuer and the Guarantors.

Change of Control Offer has the meaning assigned to that term in the indenture governing the notes.

Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such periodplus, without duplication:

 

 (1)the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

 (2)provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;plus

 

 (3)depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;minus

 

 (4)non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business;plus,

 

 (5)all adjustments used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” (as presented in the final offering memorandum, dated as of May 18, 2010, for the existing notes).notes.)

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis (excluding the net income (loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person), determined in accordance with GAAP and without any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends;provided that:

 

 (1)

all (a) extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains and losses or income or expenses, including, without limitation, any expenses related to a facilities closing and any reconstruction, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses; any severance or relocation expenses; executive recruiting costs; restructuring costs; curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; (b) any expenses (including, without limitation, financial advisory fees, accounting fees, legal fees and other similar advisory and consulting fees and related out-of-pocket expenses), costs or charges incurred in connection with any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted under the indenture, including a refinancing thereof (in each case whether or not successful) (including any such costs and charges incurred in connection with the transactions described in the section of this

prospectus titled “The Transactions”“Recent Developments”); and (c) gains and losses realized in connection with any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business, the disposition of securities, the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or associated with Hedging Obligations, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain, will be excluded;

 

 (2)the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

 

 (3)solely for the purpose of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;

 

 (4)any foreign currency translation gains or losses (including gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, will be excluded;

 (5)the effect of any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-downs or write-offs resulting from the application of GAAP, including pursuant to ASC 350 and 360, and the amortization of intangibles arising from the application of GAAP, including pursuant to ASC 805, will be excluded;

 

 (6)any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights;

 

 (7)the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

 

 (8)non-cash gains and losses attributable to movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations pursuant to ASC 815; and

 

 (9)interest payments made on the Subordinated Intercompany Promissory Note at the Stated Maturity of such interest payments and any amortization of premium resulting from any fair value adjustments of such note, will be excluded.

continuing”means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

Continuing Directors means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of Issuer who:

 

 (1)was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the indenture; or

 

 (2)was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of the Principals or a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

Contribution Indebtedness”Indebtedness means Indebtedness of Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed two times the aggregate amount of cash received by Issuer after the date of the indenture from the sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or as a contribution to its common equity capital (in each case, other than to or from a Subsidiary of Issuer);provided that such Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 180 days after the sale of such Equity Interests or the making of such capital contribution and (b) is designated as “Contribution Indebtedness” pursuant to an officer’s certificate on the date of its incurrence. Any sale of Equity Interests or capital contribution that forms the basis for an incurrence of Contribution Indebtedness will not be

considered to be a sale of Qualifying Equity Interests and will be disregarded for purposes of the “Restricted Payments” covenant and will not be considered to be an Equity Offering for purposes of the “Optional Redemption” provisions of the indenture.

Credit Agreement means the Credit Agreement, to be dated as of the date of the indenture, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2010 and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of April 18, 2011, as modified by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2011, and as amended by Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, by and among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc. and the lenders and agents from time to time party thereto, providing for up to $420.0 million of revolving credit and term loan borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

Credit Facilities means, one or more debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other lenders or investors or indentures or other agreements providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, debt securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or other indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to investors)

in whole or in part, in one or more instances, from time to time (including successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings, restructurings, replacements, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing, including into one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements (including by means of sales of debt securities (including additional notes) to investors), providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, debt securities or other debt obligations, from time to time.

“Default”Default means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration means any non-cash consideration received by Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by an officer of Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such Asset Sale.

Disqualified Stock”Stock means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (i) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” (ii) if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because they may be required to be repurchased by Issuer in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability and (iii) any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its

obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of the indenture will be the maximum amount that Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

Domestic Subsidiary”Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of Issuer.

Equity Interests means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering means a public or private sale either (1) of Equity Interests of Issuer by Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and other than to a Subsidiary of Issuer) or (2) of Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent entity of Issuer (other than to Issuer or a Subsidiary of Issuer) to the extent that the net proceeds therefrom are contributed to the common equity capital of Issuer.

Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Contributions means the Cash Equivalents received by Issuer after the date of the indenture from (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Issuer or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan

or agreement) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by an officer of the Issuer on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interest is sold, as the case may be. Any Excluded Contribution shall not be used or counted pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

Existing Indebtedness means all Indebtedness of Issuer and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and the Subordinated Intercompany Promissory Note) in existence on the date of the indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

Fair Market Value means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Issuer (unless otherwise provided in the indenture).

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (including all Pro Forma Cost Savings) to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

 (1)

acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries

acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (including all Pro Forma Cost Savings) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

 (2)the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

 (3)the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

 

 (4)any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

 (5)any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and

 (6)if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months).

Fixed Charges means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 (1)the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates;plus

 

 (2)the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;plus

 

 (3)any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon;plus

 

 (4)the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or to Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer,times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;less

 

 (5)the consolidated interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether received or accrued, to the extent such income was included in determining Consolidated Net Income.

To the extent related to the Transactions or any refinancing of Indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance costs and premium and other financing fees and expenses shall be excluded from the calculation of Fixed Charges. In addition, interest payments made on the Subordinated Intercompany Promissory Note at the Stated

Maturity of such interest payments and any amortization of premium resulting from any fair value adjustments of such note, will be excluded from the calculation of Fixed Charges.

Foreign Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Domestic Subsidiary and any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

GAAP”means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of the indenture.

Guarantee”means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise).

Guarantors”means Hillman Companies, Parent and any Subsidiary of Issuer that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the indenture.

Hedging Obligations means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

 (1)interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

 (2)other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

 

 (3)other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

Indebtedness”Indebtedness means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent:

 

 (1)in respect of borrowed money;

 

 (2)evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

 (3)in respect of banker’s acceptances;

 

 (4)representing Capital Lease Obligations;

 

 (5)representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or

 

 (6)representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Indebtedness shall be

calculated without giving effect to the effects of ASC 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under the indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

Investments”means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer, Issuer will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of Issuer’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The acquisition by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the penultimate paragraph of the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” Except as otherwise provided in the indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

Junior Subordinated Debentures means Hillman Companies’ outstanding 11.6% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2027 underlying the trust preferred securities issued by Hillman Group Capital Trust, as amended from time to time,provided that no such amendment may increase the interest rate or change the Stated Maturity of interest payments.

Legal Holiday means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

Lien means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

Moody’s”means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor to the ratings business thereof.

Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (A) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and expenses, and brokerage and sales commissions, (B) any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, (C) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (D) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, (E) amounts to be paid to any Person (other than Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale or having

a Lien thereon, and (F) appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction of the reserve other than by payments made and charged against the reserved amount to be deemed a receipt of cash.

Non-Recourse Debt means Indebtedness:

 

 (1)as to which neither Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and

 

 (2)as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of Issuer’s obligations under the indenture and the notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of the indenture.

ObligationsObligations”means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Parent means Hillman Investment Company and any other person who is the direct owner of the Voting Stock of Issuer.

Permitted Business means the businesses engaged in by Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the date of the indenture as described in this prospectus and any other businesses that are complementary or ancillary thereto, reasonably related thereto or reasonable extensions thereof.

Permitted Investments means:

 

 (1)any Investment in Issuer or in a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;

 

 (2)any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

 

 (3)any Investment by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

 (a)such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer; or

 

 (b)such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;

 

 (4)any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale or other asset disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales;”

 

 (5)any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Issuer;

 

 (6)any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;

 

 (7)Investments represented by Hedging Obligations;

 (8)loans or advances to directors, officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business of Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

 (9)repurchases of the notes;

 

 (10)any guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” other than a guarantee of Indebtedness of an Affiliate of Issuer that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;

 

 (11)any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the date of the indenture and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the date of the indenture;provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the date of the indenture or (b) as otherwise permitted under the indenture;

 

 (12)Investments acquired after the date of the indenture as a result of the acquisition by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” after the date of the indenture to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

 (13)advances, loans, rebates and extensions of credit to suppliers, customers and vendors in the ordinary course of business;

 (14)any Investment acquired by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of a foreclosure by Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; and

 

 (15)other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $10.0 million and 1.5% of Total Assets.

Permitted Liens means:

 

 (1)Liens on assets of Issuer or any Guarantor securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that was permitted by the terms of the indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) or clause (17) of the definition of Permitted Debt and/or securing Hedging Obligations related thereto and/or securing Obligations with regard to Treasury Management Arrangements;

 

 (2)Liens in favor of Issuer or the Guarantors;

 

 (3)Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer or is merged with or into or consolidated with Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer or is merged with or into or consolidated with Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer;

 

 (4)Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by Issuer or any Subsidiary of Issuer;provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition;

 

 (5)

Liens to secure the performance of public or statutory obligations, insurance, surety, or appeal bonds, customs duties, workers compensation obligations, unemployment insurance or similar legislation,

good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations);

 

 (6)Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the proceeds thereof;

 

 (7)Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

 

 (8)Liens existing on the date of the indenture;

 

 (9)customary Liens in favor of trustees and escrow agents, and netting and setoff rights, margins Liens and the like in favor of financial institutions and counterparties to financial obligations and instruments, including any such Liens securing Hedging Obligation;

 

 (10)Liens on assets pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements in respect of the disposition of such assets;

 

 (11)options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures, partnerships and similar transactions;

 

 (12)Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded;provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

 

 (13)Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 (14)survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

 (15)Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the notes (or the Note Guarantees);

 

 (16)Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the indenture;provided, however, that:

 

 (a)the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

 

 (b)the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

 

 (17)Liens on insurance policies and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings;

 

 (18)filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases;

 

 (19)

bankers’ Liens, Liens securing appeal bonds of letters of credit issued in support of or in lieu of appeal bonds, rights of setoff, Liens arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default

and notices oflis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

 

 (20)Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

 

 (21)Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

 (22)leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

 (23)Liens securing Hedging Obligations to the extent permitted by the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;”

 

 (24)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

 (25)Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under any Credit Facility, so long as the Secured Indebtedness Ratio would be no greater than to 3.0 to 1.0 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom;

 

 (26)Liens on the assets of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Indebtedness permitted by the terms of the indenture pursuant to clauses (16) and (17) of the definition of Permitted Debt or by the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;” and

 

 (27)Liens of Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding.

Permitted Payments to Parent”Parent means, without duplication as to amounts:

 

 (1)payments by Issuer to or on behalf of Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Issuer (i) in an amount sufficient to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain the legal existence of Parent or another direct or indirect parent of Issuer in an amount sufficient for Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Issuer to pay out-of-pocket legal, accounting and filing costs and other expenses in the nature of overhead in the ordinary course of business,plus (ii) amounts necessary to pay expenses required to maintain their corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, its officers and employees and corporate overhead expenses,plus(iii) amounts necessary to pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of any direct or indirect parent of Issuer that are not consummated, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million in any calendar year; and

 

 (2)

payments made directly or indirectly to Parent or the direct or indirect parent of Parent of the amount that Parent or a direct or indirect parent of Parent is required to pay for federal, state or local income, franchise or similar taxes as the common parent of an affiliated group (within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code) or a combined or unitary group of corporations of which Issuer is a member and quarterly or annual payments for other taxes incurred by Parent or its direct or indirect Parent (but only to the extent that such other taxes relate to the operations of, or such Persons’ direct or indirect ownership of, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries);provided that (A) such payments with respect to income, franchise or similar taxes may be made only in respect of the period during which Issuer is consolidated, combined, or affiliated with Parent and the direct or indirect parent of Parent for purposes of the payment of such taxes and (B) such payments with respect to income, franchise or similar taxes

shall not exceed the aggregate amount that the Issuer reasonably estimates would be payable by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries if they filed a separate consolidated return with Issuer as the parent, determined without giving effect to any deductions for amounts payable to Parent or the direct or indirect parent of Parent that have not been paid in cash.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness means any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Issuer or any Indebtedness or preferred stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used (or will be used within 60 days of the incurrence or issuance of such permitted Refinancing Indebtedness) to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Issuer or any Indebtedness or preferred stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock held by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries);providedthat:

 

 (1)the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness, dividends on Disqualified Stock or preferred stock and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith);

 

 (2)such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is (i) equal to or greater than the final maturity date and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged or (ii) more than 90 days after the final maturity date of the notes;

 

 (3)if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

 (4)such Indebtedness is incurred either by Issuer or by the Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and is guaranteed only by the Guarantors (if the Issuer incurs such Indebtedness) or by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

Person”Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Principal”means (A) Oak Hill Capital Partners, LLC, Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P., and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. and any of their Affiliates (but excluding any of their portfolio companies); and (B) any of Max W. Hillman, Richard P. Hillman, James P. Waters, George L. Heredia and Ali Fartaj.

Pro Forma Cost Savings”Savings means operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies determined in good faith by Issuer to be reasonably expected to result from any acquisition, merger, disposition or operational change (provided that such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies are (1) reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (2) realized within twelve months of the date on which such acquisition, merger, disposition or operational change is consummated), based on assumptions determined in good faith by Issuer.

Qualifying Equity Interests”Interests means Equity Interests of Issuer other than (1) Disqualified Stock and (2) Equity Interests that were used to support an incurrence of Contribution Indebtedness.

Related Party”Party means:

 

 (1)any controlling stockholder, controlling member, general partner, majority owned Subsidiary, spouse, descendant or other immediate family member (which includes any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law) (in the case of an individual) of any Principal; or

 

 (2)any estate, trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority (and controlling) interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1); or

 

 (3)any executor, administrator trustee, manager, director, or other similar fiduciary of any Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (2), acting solely in such capacity.

Restricted Investment”Investment means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary”Subsidiary of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

S&P means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, and any successor to the ratings business thereof.

Secured Indebtedness Ratio”Ratiomeans, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Issuer and the Guarantors outstanding as of that date (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of Issuer and the Guarantors thereunder) that is secured by a Lien to (B) Issuer’s Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of determination, with such pro forma and other adjustments to the Indebtedness of Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and to Consolidated EBITDA as are consistent with the adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Securities Act”means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Significant Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of the indenture.

Special Interest has the meaning assigned to that term pursuant to the registration rights agreement.Registration Rights Agreement.

Stated Maturity means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of the indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness means Indebtedness of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable.

Subordinated Intercompany Promissory Note means the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note from Issuer to Parent in the principal amount of $105,446,000, maturing on September 30, 2027, and bearing interest (payable monthly) at a rate of 11.6% per annum, as in existence on the date of the indenture.

“Subsidiary”Subsidiarymeans, with respect to any specified Person:

 

 (1)any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

 (2)any partnership or limited liability company of which (a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Total Assets”Assets means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer. For purposes of testing whether any Investment, Indebtedness or other item that is incurred based on a basket related to Total Assets such item shall be permitted if such basket was available on the date of such incurrence even if Total Assets subsequently decreases.

Treasury Management Arrangement means any agreement or other arrangement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services.

Treasury Rate means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2014;provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2014, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Unrestricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of Issuer that is designated by the Board of Directors of Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent:

 

 (1)the Indebtedness of the Subsidiary is not Non-Recourse Debt, any guarantee or other credit support thereof by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the “Limitations on Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant;

 

 (2)except as permitted by the covenant described above in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates,” such Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Issuer unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Issuer;

 

 (3)such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results, unless such obligation is a Permitted Investment or is otherwise permitted under the covenant described above under in the section of this prospectus titled “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments;” and

 (4)such Subsidiary has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Voting Stock of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

 (1)the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal or liquidation preference, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment;by

 

 (2)the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness or liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock.

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of exchanging initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to this exchange offer and the ownership and disposition of exchange notes acquired by U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders (each as defined below, and collectively referred to as “Holders”) pursuant to this exchange offer. Subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth in this registration statement (including exhibit 8.1 thereto) this discussion is the opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, our U.S. federal income tax counsel. This discussion is not a complete analysis or description of all of the possible tax consequences of such transactions and does not address all tax considerations that might be relevant to particular Holders in light of their personal circumstances or to persons that are subject to special tax rules. In particular, the information set forth below deals only with Holders that hold the initial notes and exchange notes as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)). This description of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences does not address the tax treatment of special classes of Holders, such as:

 

financial institutions,

 

regulated investment companies,

 

real estate investment trusts,

 

partnership or other pass-through entities (or investors in such entities),

 

tax-exempt entities,

 

insurance companies,

 

persons holding the initial notes or exchange notes as part of a hedging, integrated, or conversion transaction, constructive sale or “straddle,”

 

U.S. expatriates,

 

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, and

 

dealers or traders in securities or currencies.

This summary does not address U.S. federal estate and gift tax consequences or tax consequences under any state, local or foreign laws.

For purposes of this discussion, you are a “U.S. Holder” if you are a beneficial owner of initial notes and you are for U.S. federal income tax purposes (1) an individual who is a citizen or a resident alien of the United States, (2) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (4) a trust (A) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (B) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of this discussion, you are a “Non-U.S. Holder” if you are a beneficial owner of initial notes, you are not a U.S. Holder, and you are an individual, corporation, estate or trust.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes holds initial notes or exchange notes, the tax treatment of a partner or other owner will depend upon the status of the partner (or other owner) and the activities of the entity. If you are a partner (or other owner) of such an entity that holds initial notes, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the exchanging initial notes for exchange notes and of holding and disposing of exchange notes.

The following discussion is based upon the Code, U.S. judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations (“Treasury Regulations”)—all as in effect as of the date hereof. All of the preceding authorities are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, which may result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested, and will not request, a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below. As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court considering these issues will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions we have reached and describe herein.

We urge you to consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, as well as any applicable foreign tax laws, to your particular situation.

Payments upon a Change of Control or Other Circumstances

We may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes in the event of a Change of Control or other circumstances.Control. If such payments are treated as subject to either a remote or incidental contingency, the tax consequences of your acquisition, ownership and disposition of exchange notes pursuant to this offering would be as provided for in the rest of this discussion. If, however, the contingencies relating to one or more of such payments are treated as not remote or incidental, the exchange notes would be treated as contingent payment debt instruments (“CPDIs”).

There is no specific guidance as to when a contingency is remote or incidental. We intend to take the position that the contingencies relating to payments upon a Change of Control or other circumstances are remote and/or incidental for purposes of the CPDI rules. Our determination that these contingencies are remote and/or incidental is binding on you, unless you disclose your contrary position in the manner required by applicable Treasury Regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS, and the IRS may challenge these determinations. If the exchange notes were deemed to be CPDIs, a holderHolder would generally be required to treat any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the exchange notesNotes as ordinary income rather than as capital gain. Furthermore, a holderHolder would be required to accrue interest income on a constant-yield basis at an assumed yield determined at the time of issuance of the initial notes, with adjustments to such accruals when any contingent payments are made that differ from the payments calculated based on the assumed yield. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the initial notes and the exchange notes will not be considered CPDIs.

Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a U.S. Holder, as defined above.

Exchange Offer

Exchanging an initial note for an exchange note will not be treated as a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note. Your holding period for an exchange note should include the holding period for the initial note and your initial basis in an exchange note will be the same as your adjusted basis in the initial note.

Payments of Stated Interest

Subject to the possible treatment of the exchange notes as CPDIs (see “Payments upon a Change of Control or Other Circumstances”Control” above), you will be taxed on qualified stated interest (“QSI”) on your exchange notes as ordinary income at the time it accrues or is received, depending on your method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We expect the stated interest payments made on the exchange notes to be treated as QSI. An interest payment on a debt instrument with a term greater than one year is QSI if it is one of a series of stated interest payments on a debt instrument that are unconditionally payable at least annually at a single fixed rate, applied to the outstanding

principal amount of the debt instrument. Some portion of the purchase price paid by an initial purchaser for the initial notes may be attributable to interest accrued prior to the issuance of the initial notes (“pre-issuance accrued interest”). In such case, we intend to treat a portion of the first interest payment paid after the issuance of the initial notes, which may occur after the consummation of this exchange offer, as a return of a portion of the purchase price rather than interest income. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the treatment of pre-issuance accrued interest.

Market Discount and Bond Premium

Market Discount. If you purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an exchange note pursuant to this exchange offer) for an amount that is less than its “revised issue price,” the amount of the difference should be treated as market discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any market discount applicable to an initial note should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. The amount of any market discount will be treated asde minimis and disregarded if it is less than one-quarter of one percent of the revised issue price of the initial note, multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity. For this purpose, the “revised issue price” of an initial note equals the issue price of the initial note. Although the Code does not expressly so provide, the revised issue price of the initial note should be decreased by the amount of any payments previously made on the initial note (other than payments of qualified stated interest). The rules described below do not apply to you if you purchased an initial note that hasde minimis market discount.

Under the market discount rules, you are required to treat any principal payment on, or any gain on the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of, an exchange note as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount (on the initial note or the exchange note) that has not previously been included in income. If you dispose of an exchange note in an otherwise nontaxable transaction (other than certain specified nonrecognition transactions), you will be required to include any accrued market discount as ordinary income as if you had sold the exchange note at its then fair market value. In addition, you may be required to defer, until the maturity of the exchange note or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction of a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry the initial note or the exchange note received in exchange therefor.

Market discount accrues ratably during the period from the date on which you acquired the initial note through the maturity date of the exchange note (for which the initial note was exchanged), unless you make an irrevocable election to accrue market discount under a constant yield method. You may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues (either ratably or under the constant-yield method), in which case the rule described above regarding deferral of interest deductions will not apply. If you elect to include market discount in income currently, your adjusted basis in an exchange note will be increased by any market discount included in income. An election to include market discount currently will apply to all market discount obligations acquired during or after the first taxable year in which the election is made, and the election may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

Bond Premium. If you purchased an initial note (which will be exchanged for an exchange note pursuant to this exchange offer) for an amount in excess of its principal amount, the excess will be treated as bond premium. Any bond premium applicable to an initial note should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. You may elect to amortize bond premium over the remaining term of the exchange note on a constant yield method. In such case, you will reduce the amount required to be included in income each year with respect to interest on your exchange note by the amount of amortizable bond premium allocable to that year. The election, once made, is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS and applies to all taxable bonds held during the taxable year for which the election is made or subsequently acquired. If you elected to amortize bond premium on an initial note, such election should carry over to the exchange note received in exchange therefor. If you do not make this election, you will be required to include in gross income the full amount of interest on the exchange note in accordance with your regular method of tax accounting, and will include the premium in your tax basis for the exchange note for purposes of computing the amount of your gain or loss recognized on the taxable

disposition of the exchange note. You should consult your own tax advisors concerning the computation and amortization of any bond premium on the exchange note.

Mandatory Exchange Redemption

In connection with the closing of the Paulin Acquisition, Hillman Group mandatorily exchanged all of its previously offered $65.0 million aggregate principal amount of temporary 10.875% Senior Notes issued under an indenture dated as of December 21, 2012 by issuing in exchange therefor a like aggregate amount of the initial notes.

We believe that the mandatory exchange redemption described above should not be treated as an exchange of the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder should have the same adjusted tax basis in the initial notes as the U.S. Holder had in the previously offered notes exchanged therefor. Moreover, the holding period for the initial notes should include the holding period for the previously offered notes exchanged therefor.

Sale, Exchange and Retirement of the Exchange Notes

You will recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, exchange or retirement of your exchange notes in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount of cash you receive (other than cash in respect of accrued stated interest and accrued market discount, which will be taxable as ordinary income to the extent not previously

included in income), and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in your exchange notes at the time of sale. Your adjusted tax basis for an exchange note will be the price you paid for it, increased by any market discount previously included in gross income reduced (but not below zero) by payments, if any, you have previously received other than stated interest payments, and by amortized bond premium.premium and by payments of any amounts treated as a return of pre-issuance accrued interest with respect to the exchange notes. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, you may be eligible for a reduced rate of taxation with respect to capital gain that you recognize if you have held the exchange notes for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting requirements will apply to U.S. Holders other than certain exempt recipients with respect to certain payments of interest on exchange notes and the proceeds of disposition (including a retirement or redemption of an exchange note). In addition, certain payments to you will be subject to backup withholding if you:

 

fail to provide a correct taxpayer identification number (which, if you are an individual, would ordinarily be your Social Security Number),

 

have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding,

 

fail to certify that you are exempt from withholding, or

 

otherwise fail to comply with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments to you under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the application of backup withholding in your particular situation, the availability of an exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if available.

New Legislation

Newly enacted legislation requires certain U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts to pay a 3.8% tax (in addition to taxes they would otherwise be subject to) on their “net investment income” for taxable years

beginning after December 31, 2012 to the extent that their gross income exceeds a certain threshold. Net investment income includes, among other things, interest on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of exchange notes. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of the exchange notes.

Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a Non-U.S. Holder, as defined above.

The rules governing U.S. federal income taxation of Non-U.S. Holders are complex. YouNon-U.S. Holders should consult with yourtheir own tax advisors to determine the effect of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income tax laws, as well as treaties, with regard to an investment in the exchange notes, including any reporting requirements.

Exchange Offer

You will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note in exchange for an initial note.

Payments of Interest on Exchange Notes

Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, payments in respect of interest on an exchange note (which, for purposes of this discussion, does not include any pre-issuance accrued interest as discussed above under “Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders—Payments of Stated Interest”) that are not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (as discussed below

under “Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business”) and, if certain tax treaties apply, are not attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax, if:

 

you do not own, actually or constructively, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote,

 

you are not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a controlled foreign corporation related, directly or indirectly, to us,

 

you are not considered a bank receiving interest pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business for purposes of the applicable U.S. federal income tax rules, and

 

you provide a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other appropriate form) certifying your non-U.S. status.

The gross amount of payments of interest that do not qualify for the exception from withholding described above will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, unless (A) you provide a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other appropriate form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable tax treaty, or (B) such interest is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business and you provide a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI or Form W-8BEN (or other appropriate form).

Sale, Exchange or Disposition of the Exchange Notes

Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, you will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the exchange notes, unless:

 

you are an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, in which case you will be subject to a flat 30% tax (or a lower applicable treaty rate) with respect to such gain (offset by certain U.S. source capital losses), or

such gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States), in which case you will be subject to tax as described below under “Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business.”

Any amounts in respect of accrued interest recognized on the sale or exchange of an exchange note will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, unless the sale or exchange is part of a plan the principal purpose of which is to avoid tax and the withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know of such plan.

Income Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business

If you are engaged in a trade or business in the United States and if payments in respect of interest on the exchange notes or gain realized on the disposition of the exchange notes is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, you will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax on the interest or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if you were a U.S. Holder, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. However, the interest or gain in respect of the exchange notes would be exempt from U.S. withholding tax if you claim the exemption by providing a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI or W-8BEN. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may also be subject to a branch profits tax on your effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments, at a rate of 30% unless reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Unless certain exceptions apply, we must report to the IRS and to you any payments to you in respect of interest during the taxable year. Under current U.S. federal income tax law, backup withholding tax will not

apply to payments of interest by us or our paying agent on your exchange notes, if you provide us with a properly competed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other appropriate form), provided that we or our paying agent, as the case may be, do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the payee is a U.S. person.

Payments pursuant to the sale, exchange or other disposition of exchange notes, effected at an office outside the United States (within the meaning of the applicable Treasury Regulations) of a foreign broker, other than payments in respect of interest, will not be subject to information reporting and backup withholding; provided, that information reporting may apply if the foreign broker has certain connections to the United States, unless the beneficial owner of the exchange note certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payments effected at an office outside the United States (within the meaning of the applicable Treasury Regulations) of a U.S. broker will not be subject to backup withholding, but are subject to information reporting unless the beneficial owner of the exchange note certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payments effected at an office of a broker inside the United States (within the meaning of the applicable Treasury regulations), however, are subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the beneficial owner of the exchange notes certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; any amounts withheld from a payment to you under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in your particular situation, the availability of an exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if available.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker–dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker–dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for unregistered notes where such unregistered notes were acquired as a result of market–making activities or other trading activities. To the extent any such broker–dealer participates in the exchange offer, we have agreed that for a period of up to 180 days we will use commercially reasonable efforts to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to such broker–dealer for use in connection with any such resale, and will deliver as many additional copies of this prospectus and each amendment or supplement to this prospectus as such broker–dealer may reasonably request.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker–dealers. Exchange notes received by broker–dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over–the–counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker–dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker–dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker–dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer and will indemnify the holders of outstanding notes, including any broker–dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, will pass on the validity of the exchange notes and guarantees offered hereby. Holland & Knight LLP will pass on certain legal matters of Florida law relating to the guarantees by All Points Industries, Inc. Bonnett, Fairbourn, Friedman & Balint, PC will pass on certain legal matters of Arizona law relating to the guarantees by TAGWORKS, L.L.C. Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP has relied upon the opinions of Holland & Knight LLP and Bonnett, Fairbourn, Friedman & Balint, PC. Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP has represented Oak Hill Capital Partners and its related parties from time to time.

EXPERTS

The consolidated balance sheetsheets of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20102012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations,comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), December 31, 2011 (Successor), seven months ended December 31, 2010 (Successor), and the five months ended May 28, 2010 (Predecessor), and the related financial statement schedule, have been included herein and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statementsbalance sheets of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and subsidiariesH. Paulin & Co., Limited as of December 31, 20092012 and December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009,2012 and related financial statement schedule, included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statementDecember 31, 2011 have been soaudited by Deloitte LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants,such firm given upon thetheir authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said report.auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and other information with the SEC. In addition, we have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 to register the exchange notes. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in that registration statement. For further information about us and the exchange notes offered in this prospectus, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. You may read and copy any document we file with the Commission at the Commission’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these reports, proxy statements and information may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, the Commission maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that file electronically with the Commission. The address of this web site is http://www.sec.gov.

Anyone who receives a copy of this prospectus may obtain a copy of the indenture without charge by writing to The Hillman Companies, Inc., Attn.: Chief Financial Officer, 10590 Hamilton Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio 45231-1764, (513) 851-4900.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

   PagePage(s) 

Hillman Annual Financial Statements

  

Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   F-2  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-3  

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-5F-4  

Consolidated Statements of OperationsComprehensive Income

   F-7F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-8F-7  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

   F-9F-8  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-10F-9  

Financial Statement Schedule:

  

Valuation Accounts

   F-53F-54  

QuarterlyHillman Interim Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited):

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-54F-55  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of OperationsComprehensive Income

   F-56F-57  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsFlow

   F-57F-58  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

   F-58F-59  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-59F-60

Paulin Annual Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report

F-80

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-81

Consolidated Statements of Operations

F-82

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

F-83

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-84

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-85  


Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

ManagementThe Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.States. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, of America, and that receipts and expenditures of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, as appropriate; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the assets of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Management,The Company’s management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010,2012, the end of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on criteria established inInternal Control – Control—Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies and our overall control environment. This assessment is supported by testing and monitoring performed under the direction of management.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluations of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control over financial reporting will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

Based on its assessment, the Company’s management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective, as of December 31, 2010,2012, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.States. We reviewed the results of management’s assessment with the Audit Committee of The Hillman Companies, Inc.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

 

/S/s/ MAX W. HILLMAN

 /s/ AS/ JAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

Max W. Hillman

 James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos

Chief Executive Officer

 Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 31, 201129, 2013

 Dated: March 31, 201129, 2013

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders ofStockholders

The Hillman Companies, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries (a Delaware corporation) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010,2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations,comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), December 31, 2011 (Successor), seven months ended December 31, 2010 (Successor), and the five months ended May 28, 2010 (Predecessor). In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have also audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index appearing under II—Valuation Accounts. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditsaudit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010,2012 and 2011, and the results of itstheir operations and itstheir cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 (Successor), December 31, 2011 (Successor), seven months ended December 31, 2010 (Successor), and the five months ended May 28, 2010 (Predecessor), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects,aspects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio

March 31, 2011

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders of

The Hillman Companies, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries (a Delaware corporation) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Valuation Accounts. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material aspects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 18 (not presented herein), the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ending December 31, 2009 have been restated to correct a misstatement in the recording of the provision for income taxes.

Also, as presented in Note 24, the notes to the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to include supplemental consolidating guarantor and non-guarantor financial information as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and for the years then ended. We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the supplemental consolidating guarantor and non-guarantor financial information as of December 31, 2010 and for the five months ended May 28, 2010 and the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on such information.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio

March 26, 2010, except for Note 18 (not presented herein) and Note 24, as to which the dates are May 3, 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively.29, 2013

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)

 

  Successor      Predecessor 
  December 31,
2010
       December 31,
2009
   December 31,
2012
   December 31,
2011
 
 
ASSETS           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $7,585       $17,164    $65,548    $12,027  

Restricted investments

   227        334     846     364  

Accounts receivable

   56,510        51,757  

Inventories

   97,701        83,182  

Accounts receivable, net

   62,344     63,565  

Inventories, net

   113,838     103,975  

Deferred income taxes

   9,377        8,100     10,464     9,908  

Other current assets

   3,401        2,657     8,506     5,646  
             

 

   

 

 

Total current assets

   174,801        163,194     261,546     195,485  

Property and equipment

   52,512        47,565  

Property and equipment, net

   68,492     66,342  

Goodwill

   439,589        257,806     455,338     457,443  

Other intangibles

   363,076        146,640  

Other intangibles, net

   366,644     386,202  

Restricted investments

   3,251        2,709     3,399     3,390  

Deferred income taxes

   379        418  

Deferred financing fees

   14,322        5,690     12,858     13,055  

Investment in trust common securities

   3,261        3,261     3,261     3,261  

Other assets

   1,587        1,198     4,255     2,673  
             

 

   

 

 
 

Total assets

  $1,052,778       $628,481    $1,175,793    $1,127,851  
             

 

   

 

 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY    

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

  $28,424       $19,191    $32,571    $31,273  

Current portion of senior term loans

   2,900        9,519     3,200     3,200  

Additional acquisition consideration

   —       12,387  

Current portion of capitalized lease and other obligations

   30        349     819     31  

Accrued expenses:

           

Salaries and wages

   6,078        7,624     9,351     5,628  

Pricing allowances

   5,355        5,317     4,057     5,728  

Income and other taxes

   2,039        1,904     2,492     2,253  

Interest

   1,409        2,199     2,868     2,203  

Deferred compensation

   227        334     846     364  

Other accrued expenses

   7,899        6,147     11,397     9,207  
             

 

   

 

 

Total current liabilities

   54,361        52,584     67,601     72,274  

Long-term senior term loans

   285,650        148,330     307,727     310,550  

Bank revolving credit

   12,000        —    

Long-term capitalized lease and other obligations

   134        145     245     103  

Long-term senior notes

   150,000        —       272,942     204,248  

Long-term unsecured subordinated notes

   —          49,820  

Junior subordinated debentures

   115,837        115,716     115,132     115,411  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

   —          111,452  

Management purchased preferred options

   —          6,617  

Deferred compensation

   3,251        2,709     3,399     3,390  

Deferred income taxes

   129,284        50,169     117,949     123,888  

Accrued dividends on preferred stock

   —          75,580  

Other non-current liabilities

   2,283        18,467     6,187     7,193  
             

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities

   752,800        631,589     891,182     837,057  
             

 

   

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)

 

   Successor     Predecessor 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(CONTINUED)
  December 31,
2010
      December 31,
2009
 
 

Common stock with put options:

      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 198.4 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010.

   12,247       —    
            

Class A Common stock, $.01 par, zero authorized and outstanding at December 31, 2010; 23,141 shares authorized, 395.7 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

   —         2,158  
            

Class B Common stock, $.01 par, zero authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010; 2,500 shares authorized, 970.6 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

   —         5,293  
            
 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

      
 

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):

      

Preferred Stock:

      

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010.

   —         —    

Class A Preferred stock, $.01 par, zero authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010; $1,000 liquidation value, 238,889 shares authorized, 82,104.8 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

   —         1  
 

Common Stock:

      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,801.6 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010.

   —         —    

Class A Common stock, $.01 par, zero authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010; 23,141 shares authorized, 5,805.3 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

   —         —    

Class C Common stock, $.01 par, zero authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010; 30,109 shares authorized, 2,787.1 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

   —         —    
 

Additional paid-in capital

   296,394       10,302  

Accumulated deficit

   (8,038     (19,377

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (625     (1,485
            

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   287,731       (10,559
            
 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $1,052,778      $628,481  
            
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Common stock with put options:

   

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 198.3 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

   14,116    12,247  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

   

Stockholders’ Equity:

   

Preferred Stock:

   

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

   —      —    

Common Stock:

   

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,801.7 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

   —      —    

Additional paid-in capital

   294,675    296,544  

Accumulated deficit

   (25,051  (17,817

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   871    (180
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   270,495    278,547  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $1,175,793   $1,127,851  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSCOMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(dollars in thousands)

 

  Successor   Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor 
  Seven Months
ended
December 31,
2010
     Five Months
ended
May 28,
2010
 Year
ended
December  31,
2009
 Year
ended
December  31,
2008
   Year
ended
December  31,
2012
 Year
ended
December  31,
2011
 Seven Months
ended
December 31,
2010
   Five Months
ended
May 28,
2010
 

Net sales

  $276,680      $185,716   $458,161   $481,923    $555,465   $506,526   $276,680    $185,716  

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

   136,554       89,773    224,642    244,647     275,016    252,491    136,554     89,773  
                

Gross profit

   140,126       95,943    233,519    237,276  
                
 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   90,760       82,850    159,150    161,350     188,330    169,766    90,760     82,850  

Acquisition and integration (Note 22)

   11,150       11,342    —      —       3,031    2,805    11,150     11,342  

Depreciation

   11,007       7,283    16,993    17,835     22,009    21,333    11,007     7,283  

Amortization

   10,669       2,678    6,912    7,073     21,752    20,717    10,669     2,678  

Management and transaction fees to related party

   —         438    1,010    1,043     155    110    —       438  
                

Total operating expenses

   123,586       104,591    184,065    187,301  
                
 

Other income (expense), net

   145       (114  (120  (2,250
                

Other (income) expense, net

   4,204    851    (145   114  
   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

   16,685       (8,762  49,334    47,725     40,968    38,453    16,685     (8,762
  

Interest expense, net

   20,712       8,327    15,521    20,545     41,138    40,679    20,712     8,327  

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   —         5,488    12,312    11,091     —      —      —       5,488  

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   7,356       5,254    12,820    12,609     12,610    12,610    7,356     5,254  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (220     (158  (378  (378   (378  (378  (220   (158
                  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (12,402  (14,458  (11,163   (27,673
  

(Loss) income before income taxes

   (11,163     (27,673  9,059    3,858  
 

Income tax (benefit) provision

   (3,125     (2,465  10,289    5,023  
                

Income tax benefit

   (5,168  (4,679  (3,125   (2,465
   

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net loss

  $(8,038    $(25,208 $(1,230 $(1,165  $(7,234 $(9,779 $(8,038  $(25,208
                  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net loss (from above)

  $(7,234 $(9,779 $(8,038  $(25,208

Other comprehensive income:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   1,051    (179  (1   17  

Interest rate swap, net of tax

   —      624    (624   1,161  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   1,051    445    (625   1,178  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $(6,183 $(9,334 $(8,663  $(24,030
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 Successor   Predecessor 
 Seven Months    Five Months Year Year 
 Ended    Ended Ended Ended 
 December 31,    May 28, December 31, December 31,  Successor Predecessor 
 2010    2010 2009 2008  Year
Ended
December  31,
2012
 Year
Ended
December  31,
2011
 Seven Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
  Five Months
Ended

May  28,
2010
 
  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net loss

 $(8,038   $(25,208 $(1,230 $(1,165 $(7,234 $(9,779 $(8,038 $(25,208

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

  21,676      9,961    23,905    24,908    43,761    42,050    21,676    9,961  

Dispositions of property and equipment

  60      74    243    75  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

  (5,660    (1,921  8,673    3,476  

Loss on dispositions of property and equipment

  292    53    60    74  

Deferred income tax benefit

  (5,603  (4,634  (5,660  (1,921

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

  1,294      515    1,275    1,294    2,180    2,011    1,294    515  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

  —        5,488    12,312    11,091    —      —      —      5,488  

Stock-based compensation expense

  —        19,053    8,737    2,481    714    —      —      19,053  

Other non-cash interest and change in value of interest rate swap

  (787  1,250    392    —    

Changes in operating items:

          

Accounts receivable

  14,686      (16,816  1,633    (4,428  1,376    (4,441  14,686    (16,816

Inventories

  (11,661    2,959    18,282    (3,488  (10,380  (2,175  (11,661  2,959  

Other assets

  (1,156    124    949    (740  (3,931  (3,251  (1,156  124  

Accounts payable

  7,051      1,830    (6,219  2,177    (1,146  672    7,051    1,830  

Other accrued liabilities

  (5,780    4,352    3,627    569    5,146    2,291    (5,780  4,352  

Other items, net

  (1,273    (894  (190  1,342    (970  166    (1,665  (894
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  11,199      (483  71,997    37,592    23,418    24,213    11,199    (483
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
 

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Ook acquisition

  —      (15,323  —      —    

Tagworks acquisition

  —      (40,271  —      —    

Payments for Quick Tag and Laser Key licenses

  (12,750    —      —      —      —      —      (12,750  —    

Servalite acquisition

  (21,335    —      —      —      —      —      (21,335  —    

Capital expenditures

  (9,675    (5,411  (12,971  (13,409  (24,313  (17,935  (9,675  (5,411
              

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

  3    —      —      —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

  (43,760    (5,411  (12,971  (13,409  (24,310  (73,529  (43,760  (5,411
              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Borrowings of senior term loans

  290,000      —      —      —      —      30,000    290,000    —    

Repayments of senior term loans

  (149,756    (9,544  (45,000  (28,626  (3,200  (2,975  (149,756  (9,544

Discount on senior term loans

  —      (2,000  —      —    

Borrowings of revolving credit loans

  12,600      —      —      24,250    19,000    9,444    12,600    —    

Repayments of revolving credit loans

  (600    —      —      (24,250  (19,000  (21,444  (600  —    

Payment of additional acquisition consideration

  (12,387  (12,490  —      —    

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

  (50    (459  (394  (343  (47  (30  (50  (459

Repayments of unsecured subordinated notes

  (49,820    —      —      —      —      —      (49,820  —    

Borrowings of senior notes

  150,000      —      —      —      65,000    50,000    150,000    —    

Premium on senior notes

  4,225    4,625    —      —    

Financing fees, net

  (15,729    —      (2,921  —      —      (1,372  (15,729  —    

Borrowings under other credit obligations

  1,119    —      —      —    

Repayments of other credit obligations

  (297  —      —      —    

Purchase of predecessor equity securities

  (506,407    —      —      —      —      —      (506,407  —    

Proceeds from sale of successor equity securities

  308,641      —      (1,141  —      —      —      308,641    —    

Borrowings under other credit obligations

  —        —      461    —    
              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

  38,879      (10,003  (48,995  (28,969  54,413    53,758    38,879    (10,003
              
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  6,318      (15,897  10,031    (4,786  53,521    4,442    6,318    (15,897
  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  1,267      17,164    7,133    11,919    12,027    7,585    1,267    17,164  
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 $7,585     $1,267   $17,164   $7,133   $65,548   $12,027   $7,585   $1,267  
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(dollars in thousands)

 

 Predecessor Successor Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
  Predecessor Successor Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 Common Stock Preferred Stock    Common
Stock
   Common Stock Preferred Stock    Common
Stock
  
 Class A Class C Class A    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Class A Class C Class A    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
 

Balance at December 31, 2007 - Predecessor

 $—     $—     $1     $—     $44,164  $(16,982$(411$26,772  
 

Net loss

  —      —      —        —      —      (1,165  —     $(1,165  (1,165

Class A Common Stock FMV adjustment (2)

  —      —      —        —      170    —      —       170  

Dividends to shareholders

  —      —      —        —      (15,141  —      —       (15,141

Stock-based compensation

  —      —      —        —      16    —      —       16  

Change in cumulative foreign translation adjustment (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      74    74    74  

Change in derivative security value (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      (1,248  (1,248  (1,248
             

Comprehensive loss

          $(2,339 
                             

Balance at December 31, 2008 - Predecessor

  —      —      1      —      29,209    (18,147  (1,585   9,478  

Balance at December 31, 2009—Predecessor

 $—     $—     $1     $—     $10,302   $(19,377 $(1,485 $(10,559
  

Net loss

  —      —      —        —      —      (1,230  —     $(1,230  (1,230  —      —      —        —      —      (25,208  —      (25,208

Class A Common Stock FMV adjustment (2)

  —      —      —        —      (1,995  —      —       (1,995  —      —      —        —      (5,650  —      —      (5,650

Dividends to shareholders

  —      —      —        —      (16,912  —      —       (16,912  —      —      —        —      (7,583  —      —      (7,583

Change in cumulative foreign translation adjustment (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      (197  (197  (197  —      —      —        —      —      —      17    17  

Change in derivative security value (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      297    297    297    —      —      —        —      —      —      1,161    1,161  
              

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive loss

          $(1,130 
                             

Balance at December 31, 2009 - Predecessor

  —      —      1      —      10,302    (19,377  (1,485   (10,559
 

Net loss

  —      —      —        —      —      (25,208  —     $(25,208  (25,208

Class A Common Stock FMV adjustment (2)

  —      —      —        —      (5,650  —      —      —      (5,650

Dividends to shareholders

  —      —      —        —      (7,583  —      —      —      (7,583

Change in cumulative foreign translation adjustment (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      17    17    17  

Change in derivative security value (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      1,161    1,161    1,161  
             

Comprehensive loss

          $(24,030 
                             

Balance at May 28, 2010 - Predecessor

  —      —      1      —      (2,931  (44,585  (307   (47,822
 

Balance at May 28, 2010—Predecessor

  —      —      1      —      (2,931  (44,585  (307  (47,822

Close stockholders’ deficit at merger date

  —      —      (1    —      2,931    44,585    307     47,822    —      —      (1    —      2,931    44,585    307    47,822  

Issuance of 5,000 shares of common stock

  —      —      —        —      308,641    —      —       308,641    —      —      —        —      308,641    —      —      308,641  

Transfer of 200.8 shares of common stock to mezzazine

  —      —      —        —      (12,397  —      —       (12,397

Transfer of 200.8 shares of common stock to mezzanine

  —      —      —        —      (12,397  —      —      (12,397
                              

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at May 28, 2010 - Successor

  —      —      —        —      296,244    —      —       296,244  

Balance at May 28, 2010—Successor

  —      —      —        —      296,244    —      —      296,244  
  

Net loss

  —      —      —        —      —      (8,038  —     $(8,038  (8,038  —      —      —        —      —      (8,038  —      (8,038

Sale of 150 Holdco common shares (3)

  —      —      —        —      150    —      —       150    —      —      —        —      150    —      —      150  

Change in cumulative foreign translation adjustment (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      (1  (1  (1  —      —      —        —      —      —      (1  (1

Change in derivative security value (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      (624  (624  (624  —      —      —        —      —      —      (624  (624
              

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive loss

          $(8,663 

Balance at December 31, 2010—Successor

  —      —      —        —      296,394    (8,038  (625  287,731  
                              

Balance at December 31, 2010 - Successor

 $—     $—     $—       $—     $296,394   $(8,038 $(625  $287,731  

Net loss

  —      —      —        —      —      (9,779  —      (9,779

Sale of 150 Holdco common shares (4)

  —      —      —        —      150    —      —      150  

Change in cumulative foreign translation adjustment (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      (179  (179

Change in derivative security value due to de-designation (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      624    624  
                              

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011—Successor

  —      —      —        —      296,544    (17,817  (180  278,547  

Net loss

  —      —      —        —      —      (7,234  —      (7,234

FMV adjustment to common stock with put options (2)

  —      —      —        —      (1,869  —      —      (1,869

Change in cumulative foreign translation adjustment (1)

  —      —      —        —      —      —      1,051    1,051  
 

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Balance at—December 31, 2012—Successor

 $—     $—     $—       $—     $294,675   $(25,051 $871   $270,495  
 

 

  

 

  

 

    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The cumulative foreign translation adjustment and change in derivative security value are net of taxes and represent the only items of other comprehensive income (loss).
(2)Management of the Successor Company controlled 198.3 shares of common stock at December 31, 2012 and management of the Predecessor Company controlled 395.7 shares of Class A common stock at December 31, 2009 and 412.0 shares of Class A common stock at December 31, 2008.2009. These shares contained a put feature that allowed redemption at the holder’s option. These shares were classified as temporary equity and were adjusted to fair value. See Note 13, Common and Preferred Stock, for further details.
(3)In December 2010, a former member of management sold 150.0 shares of Holdco to a member of the Board of Directors.
(4)In January 2011, the Company sold 150.0 shares of Holdco to a member of the Board of Directors.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

1.Basis of Presentation:

The accompanying financial statements include the consolidated accounts of The Hillman Companies, Inc. (“Hillman Companies”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “Hillman” or the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

On May 28, 2010, The Hillman Companies, Inc. was acquired by an affiliate of Oak Hill Capital Partners (“OHCP”) and certain members of Hillman’s management and Board of Directors. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 21, 2010, the Company was merged with an affiliate of OHCP with the Company surviving the merger (the “Merger Transaction”). As a result of the Merger Transaction, The Hillman Companies, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. (“Holdco”). The total consideration paid in the Merger Transaction was $832,679 which includes $11,500 for the Quick TagQuick-Tag™ license and related patents, the repayment of outstanding debt and the net value of the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated debentures ($105,443 liquidation value, net of $3,261 in trust common securities, at the time of the merger).

Prior to the Merger Transaction, affiliates of Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC (“CHS”) owned 49.3% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and 54.6% of the Company’s voting common stock, Ontario Teacher’s Pension Plan (“OTPP”) owned 28.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and 31.0% of the Company’s voting common stock and HarbourVest Partners VI (“HarbourVest”) owned 8.7% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and 9.7% of the Company’s voting common stock. Certain current and former members of management owned 13.7% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and 4.4% of the Company’s voting common stock. Other investors owned 0.3% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and 0.3% of the Company’s voting common stock.

The Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of May 28, 2010 and its related statements of operations,comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the periods presented prior to May 28, 2010 are referenced herein as the predecessor financial statements (the “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Financial Statements”). The Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and its related statements of operations,comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the periods presented subsequent to the Merger Transaction are referenced herein as the successor financial statements (the “Successor” or “Successor Financial Statements”). The Predecessor Financial Statements do not reflect certain transaction amounts that were incurred at the close of the Merger Transaction. Such transaction amounts include the write-off of $5,010 in deferred financing fees associated with the Predecessor debt obligations.

The Successor Financial Statements reflect the preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price of $832,679, including the value of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, to the assets and liabilities of Hillman based on fair values at the date of the Merger Transaction in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” The Company is in the process of finalizing its fair value evaluation of certain assets and liabilities acquired in connection with the Merger Transaction. Thus, the allocationexcess of the purchase price is subjectover the net assets has been allocated to change.goodwill and intangible assets based upon an independent valuation appraisal. The intangible assets and goodwill are deductible for income tax purposes over a 15 year life.

The Company’s financial statements have been presented on the basis of push down accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 805-50-S99 (Prior authoritative literature: Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 54Application of “Push Down” Basis of Accounting in Financial Statements of Subsidiaries Acquired by Purchase). FASB ASC 805-50-S99 states that the push down basis of accounting should be used in a purchase transaction in which the entity becomes wholly-owned by another entity. Under the push down basis of accounting, certain transactions incurred by the parent company which would otherwise be accounted for in the accounts of the parent are “pushed down” and recorded on the financial statements of the subsidiary. Accordingly, certain items resulting from the Merger Transaction have been recorded on the financial statements of the Company.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

1.Basis of Presentation (continued):

 

by the parent company which would otherwise be accounted for in the accounts of the parent are “pushed down” and recorded on the financial statements of the subsidiary. Accordingly, certain items resulting from the OHCP Merger Transaction have been recorded on the financial statements of the Company.

The following tables reconcile the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities to the total purchase price:

 

   Amount 

Cash paid as merger consideration

  $715,736  

Cash paid for Quick Tag license and related patents

   11,500  
     

Fair value of consideration transferred

  $727,236  
     

Cash

  $1,267  

Accounts Receivable

   68,573  

Inventory

   78,911  

Other current assets

   11,629  

Property and equipment

   53,607  

Goodwill

   432,405  

Intangible assets

   366,400  

Other non-current assets

   3,748  
     

Total assets acquired

   1,016,540  

Less:

  

Accounts payable

   (21,021

Deferred income taxes

   (133,282

Junior subordinated debentures

   (105,443

Junior subordinated debentures premium

   (7,378

Other liabilities assumed

   (22,180
     

Net assets acquired

  $727,236  
     

The following table indicates the unaudited pro-forma financial statements of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2010 (excludes acquisition and integration charges of $22,492 as discussed in Note 22), 2009, and 2008. The pro-forma financial statements give effect to the Merger Transaction, subsequent refinancing and the acquisitions described in Note 4, Acquisitions, as if they had occurred on January 1, 2008.

   2010   2009   2008 

Net Sales

   483,434     477,969     501,589  

Net Income

   8,789     1,515     347  

The pro-forma results are based on assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The pro-forma results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the acquisition had been effective January 1, 2008, nor are they intended to be indicative of results that may occur in the future. The underlying pro-forma information includes the historical results of the Company, the Company’s financing arrangements, and certain purchase accounting adjustments.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

1.Basis of Presentation (continued):

   Amount 

Cash paid as merger consideration

  $715,736  

Cash paid for Quick Tag license and related patents

   11,500  
  

 

 

 

Fair value of consideration transferred

  $727,236  
  

 

 

 

Cash

  $1,267  

Accounts Receivable

   68,573  

Inventory

   79,297  

Other current assets

   11,497  

Property and equipment

   53,607  

Goodwill

   432,245  

Intangible assets

   366,400  

Other non-current assets

   3,644  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   1,016,530  

Less:

  

Accounts payable

   (21,021

Deferred income taxes

   (133,249

Junior subordinated debentures

   (105,443

Junior subordinated debentures premium

   (7,378

Other liabilities assumed

   (22,203
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

  $727,236  
  

 

 

 

Nature of Operations:

The Company is one oforganized as five separate business segments, the largest providers of value-added merchandising services and hardware-related products to retail markets in North America through its wholly-owned subsidiary,which is (1) The Hillman Group Inc. (the “Hillman Group”). A subsidiaryoperating primarily in the United States. The other business segments consist of subsidiaries of the Hillman Group operatesoperating in (2) Canada under the name The Hillman Group Canada, Ltd. and another in, (3) Mexico under the name SunSource Integrated Services de Mexico SA de CV.CV, (4) Florida under the name All Points Industries, Inc. and (5) Australia under the name The Hillman Group Australia Pty. Ltd. The Hillman Group provides merchandising services and products such as fasteners and related hardware items; threaded rod and metal shapes; keys, key duplication systems and accessories; builder’s hardware; and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers and signs, to retail outlets, primarily hardware stores, home centers and mass merchants.merchants, pet supply stores, grocery stores and drug stores. Through its field sales and service organization, Hillman complements its extensive product selection with value-added services for the retailer. The Company has approximately 18,00020,380 customers, the largest three of which accounted for 40.1%, 41.0% and 43.7% of net sales in 2010.2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Cash and Cash EquivalentsEquivalents::

Cash and cash equivalents consist of commercial paper, U.S. Treasury obligations and other liquid securities purchased with initial maturities less than 90 days and are stated at cost which approximates market value. The

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued):

Company has foreign bank balances of approximately $1,299$2,201 and $363$2,627 at December 31, 20102012 and 2009,2011, respectively. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances with financial institutions that exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances. Management believes its credit risk is minimal.

Restricted InvestmentsInvestments::

The Company’s restricted investments are trading securities carried at fair market value which represent assets held in a Rabbi Trust to fund deferred compensation liabilities owed to the Company’s employees. See Note 11, Deferred Compensation Plans.Plan.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful AccountsAccounts::

The Company establishes the allowance for doubtful accounts using the specific identification method and also provides a reserve in the aggregate. The estimates for calculating the aggregate reserve are based on historical collection experience. Increases to the allowance for doubtful accounts result in a corresponding expense. The Company writes off individual accounts receivable when collection becomes improbable. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $520$1,105 and $514$641 as of December 31, 20102012 and 2009,2011, respectively.

InventoriesInventories::

Inventories consisting predominantly of finished goods are valued at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined principally on the weighted average cost method. Excess and obsolete inventories are carried at net realizable value. The historical usage rate is the primary factor used by the Company in assessing the net realizable value of excess and obsolete inventory. A reduction in the carrying value of an inventory item from cost to market is recorded for inventory with no usage in the preceding 24 month period or with on hand quantities in excess of 24 months average usage. The inventory reserve amounts were $11,010$6,944 and $7,145$7,406 at December 31, 20102012 and 2009,2011, respectively.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (continued)

Property and EquipmentEquipment::

Property and equipment, including assets acquired under capital leases, are carried at cost and include expenditures for new facilities and major renewals. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in income from operations.

Costs incurred to develop software for internal use are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. Costs related to maintenance of internal-use software are expensed as incurred. Costs used for the development of internal-use software were capitalized and placed in to service in the amount of $5,685 in the Successor year ended December 31, 2012, $161 in the Successor year ended December 31, 2011, $1,134 in the Successor seven month period ended December 31, 2010 and $246 in the Predecessor period ended May 28, 2010 and $2,837 and $1,985 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.2010.

DepreciationDepreciation::

For financial accounting purposes, depreciation, including that related to plant and equipment acquired under capital leases, is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to ten years or over the terms of the related leases, whichever is shorter.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued):

Goodwill and Other Intangible AssetsAssets::

Goodwill represents the excess purchase cost over the fair value of net assets of companies acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is an indefinite lived asset and is testedassessed for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if a triggering event occurs. If the carrying amount of goodwill is greater than the fair value, impairment may be present. ASC 350 permits an entity to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment model. If it is determined through the qualitative assessment that a reporting unit’s fair value is more likely than not greater than its carrying value, the remaining impairment steps would be unnecessary. The qualitative assessment is optional, allowing companies to go directly to the quantitative assessment.

The quantitative assessment for goodwill impairment is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the Company must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.

The Company also evaluates indefinite-lived intangible assets (primarily trademarks and trade names) for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is below its carrying amount. In connection with the Merger Transaction,evaluation, an independent appraiser assessed the value of its intangible assets based on a relief from royalties, excess earnings, and lost profits discounted cash flow model. An impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds the estimated fair value on the measurement date.

The Company’s annual impairment assessment is performed for the reporting units as of October 1. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit subject to the impairment test exceeded its carrying cost. The October 1 goodwill and intangible impairment test data aligns the impairment assessment with the preparation of the Company’s annual strategic plan and allows additional time for a more thorough analysis by the Company’s independent appraiser. An independent appraiser assessed the value of The Company’s goodwill based on a discounted cash flow model and multiple of earnings. Assumptions critical to the Company’s fair value estimates under the discounted cash flow model include the discount rate, projected average revenue growth and projected long-term growth rates in the determination of terminal values.

The Company also evaluates indefinite-lived intangible assets (primarily trademarks and trade names) for impairment annually. The Company also tests for impairment if events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is below its carrying amount. In connection with the Merger Transaction, an independent appraiser assessed the value of its intangible assets based on a relief from royalties, excess earnings, and lost profits discounted cash flow model. Assumptions critical to the Company’s evaluation of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment include the discount rate, royalty rates used in its evaluation of trade names, projected average revenue growth, and projected long-term growth rates in the determination of terminal values. An impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds the estimated fair value on the measurement date.

No impairment charges were recorded by the Company in 2012 or 2011 as a result of the annual impairment testing in the seven month period ended December 31, 2010 or the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (continued)

assessment.

Long-Lived AssetsAssets::

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for financial impairment including an evaluation based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows as events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable. No impairment charges were recognized for long-lived assets in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the seven months ended December 31, 2010 or the yearsfive months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.May 28, 2010.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued):

Income TaxesTaxes::

Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided for tax benefits where management estimates it is more likely than not that certain tax benefits will not be realized. Adjustments to valuation allowances are recorded for changes in utilization of the tax related item. See Note 6, Income Taxes, for additional information.

Risk Insurance ReservesReserves::

The Company self insuresself-insures its product liability, automotive, workers’ compensation and general liability losses up to $250 per occurrence. Catastrophic coverage has been purchased from third party insurers for occurrences in excess of $250 up to $40,000. The two risk areas involving the most significant accounting estimates are workers’ compensation and automotive liability. Actuarial valuations performed by the Company’s outside risk insurance expert were used to form the basis for workers’ compensation and automotive liability loss reserves. The actuary contemplated the Company’s specific loss history, actual claims reported, and industry trends among statistical and other factors to estimate the range of reserves required. Risk insurance reserves are comprised of specific reserves for individual claims and additional amounts expected for development of these claims, as well as for incurred but not yet reported claims. The Company believes the liability recorded for such risk insurance reserves is adequate as of December 31, 2010, but due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process, it is possible the ultimate costs will differ from this estimate.2012.

The Company self-insures its group health claims up to an annual stop loss limit of $200 per participant. Aggregate coverage is maintained for annual group health insurance claims in excess of 125% of expected claims. Historical group insurance loss experience forms the basis for the recognition of group health insurance reserves. The Company believes the liability recorded for such health insurance reserves is adequate as of December 31, 2012.

Retirement BenefitsBenefits::

Certain employees of the Company are covered under a profit-sharing and retirement savings plan (“defined contribution plan”). The plan provides for a matching contribution for eligible employees of 50% of each dollar contributed by the employee up to 6% of the employee’s compensation. The matching contribution for all eligible employees was reduced to 25% of each dollar contributed up to 6% of the employee’s compensation in February 2009, but was reinstated at the 50% level in July 2009. In addition, the plan provides an annual contribution in amounts authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the terms and conditions of the plan.

The Company’s defined contribution plan costs were $1,426 and $1,327 in the Successor years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $710 in the Successor seven month period ended December 31, 2010 and $594 in the Predecessor five month period ended May 28, 2010 and $1,035 and $1,368 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (continued)

2010.

Revenue RecognitionRecognition::

Revenue is recognized when products are shipped or delivered to customers depending upon when title and risks of ownership have passed and the collection of the relevant receivables is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable. Sales tax collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore excluded from revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued):

The Company offers a variety of sales incentives to its customers primarily in the form of discounts and rebates. Discounts are recognized in the consolidated financial statements at the date of the related sale. Rebates are estimated based on the revenue to date and the contractual rebate percentage to be paid. A portion of the estimated cost of the rebate is allocated to each underlying sales transaction. RebatesDiscounts, rebates and discountsslotting fees are included in the determination of net sales.

The Company also establishes reserves for customer returns and allowances. The reserve is established based on historical rates of returns and allowances. The reserve is adjusted quarterly based on actual experience. Returns and allowances are included in the determination of net sales.

Shipping and HandlingHandling::

The costs incurred to ship product to customers, including freight and handling expenses, are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s shipping and handling costs were $23,067 and $21,695 in the Successor years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $16,105 in the Successor seven month period ended December 31, 2010 and $3,153 in the Predecessor period ended May 28, 2010 and $16,667 and $19,393 for the years ended December 31, 2009, and 2008, respectively.2010.

Research and DevelopmentDevelopment::

The Company expenses research and development costs consisting primarily of internal wages and benefits in connection with improvements to the key duplicating and engraving machines. The Company’s research and development costs were $1,222 and $1,187 in the Successor years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $476 in the Successor seven month period ended December 31, 2010 and $446 in the Predecessor period ended May 28, 2010 and $1,198 and $998 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.2010.

Common Stock:

After consummation of the Merger Transaction, The Hillman Companies, Inc. has one class of Common Stock.common stock. All outstanding shares of The Hillman Companies, Inc. common stock are owned by Holdco.

Under the terms of the Stockholders Agreement for the Holdco Common Stock,common stock, management shareholders have the ability to put their shares back to Holdco under certain conditions, including death or disability. ASC 480-10-S99 requires shares to be classified outside of permanent equity if they can be redeemed and the redemption is not solely within control of the issuer. Further, if it is determined that redemption of the shares is probable the shares are marked to market at each balance sheet date with the change in fair value recorded in additional paid-in capital. Accordingly, the 198.4198.3 shares of Holdco common stock held by management are recorded outside permanent equity and have been adjusted to the fair value of $14,116 as of December 31, 2012 and $12,247 as of December 31, 2010.2011. See Note 13, Common and Preferred Stock.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (continued)

Stock Based CompensationCompensation::

The Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan, which is more fully described in Note 14, Stock Based Compensation. The options have certain put features available to the holder and, therefore, liability classification is required. The Company has elected to use the intrinsic value method to value the common option in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued):

Fair Value of Financial InstrumentsInstruments::

Cash, restricted investments, accounts receivable, short-term borrowings, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are reflected in the consolidated financial statements at book value, which approximates fair value, due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying amounts of the long-term debt under the revolving credit facility and variable rate senior term loan approximate the fair value at December 31, 20102012 and 20092011 because of the short maturity of these instruments. The fair values of the fixed rate senior notes at December 31, 2010 and junior subordinated debentures at December 31, 20102012 and 20092011 were determined utilizing current trading prices obtained from indicative market data. See Note 16, Fair Value Measurements.

Interest Rate SwapsDerivatives and Hedging:

The Company uses derivative financial instruments consisting primarily ofto manage its exposures to (1) interest rate swap agreements, to manage exposure tofluctuations on its floating rate senior debt; (2) price fluctuations in metal commodities used in its key products; and (3) fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company measures those instruments at fair value and recognizes changes in the future cash flowsfair value of somederivatives in earnings in the period of our long-term debt.change, unless the derivative qualifies as an effective hedge that offsets certain exposures. The Company enters into interest rate swapderivative instrument transactions with financial institutions acting as the counter-party. The Company does not useenter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes and, therefore, holds no derivative instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

The relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items are formally documented, in addition to the risk management objective and strategy for each hedge transaction. For interest rate swaps, the notional amounts, rates and maturities of our interest rate swaps are closely matched to the related terms of hedged debt obligations. The critical terms of the interest rate swap are matched to the critical terms of the underlying hedged item to determine whether the derivatives used for hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of the underlying hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, we discontinue hedge accounting and recognize all subsequent derivative gains and losses in our income statement.statement of comprehensive income.

Derivative instruments designated in hedging relationships that mitigate exposure to the variability in future cash flows of our variable-rate debt or variable cost of key products are considered cash flow hedges. We record all derivative instruments in other assets or other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets at their fair values. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge and the hedging relationship qualifies for hedge accounting, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in other comprehensive income and reclassified to interest expense when the hedged debt affects interest expense.income. Instruments not qualifying for hedge accounting are recognized in interest expenseour statement of comprehensive income in the period of the change. Hedge transactions that qualify for hedge accounting using the short-cut method have no net effect on our consolidated results of operations. See Note 15, Derivatives and Hedging.

Translation of Foreign CurrenciesCurrencies::

The translation of the Company’s Canadian, Mexican and MexicanAustralian local currency based financial statements into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (continued)

revenue and expense accounts using an average exchange rate during the period. Cumulative translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity.

Comprehensive Income (Loss):

The components of comprehensive loss were as follows:

  Successor     Predecessor 
  Seven Months     Five Months  Year  Year 
  ended     ended  ended  ended 
  December 31,     May 28,  December 31,  December 31, 
  2010     2010  2009  2008 

Net loss

 $(8,038   $(25,208 $(1,230 $(1,165

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net

  (1    17    (197  74  

Change in derivative security value, net (1)

  (624    1,161    297    (1,248
                  

Comprehensive loss

 $(8,663   $(24,030 $(1,130 $(2,339
                  

(1)Utilizing an income tax rate of 38.6%, 38.7%, 38.7%, and 38.5% for the periods ended December 31, 2010, May 28, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The accumulated other comprehensive loss of $625 at December 31, 2010 consisted of $1 for the cumulative change in foreign currency translation adjustment and $624 for the cumulative change in derivative security value.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued):

assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

3.Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

In January 2010,The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurement”. This guidance amends Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820the SEC, and other accounting organizations or governmental entities from time to time issue new pronouncements or new interpretations of existing accounting standards that require changes to our accounting policies and procedures. To date, the Company Management does not believe any new disclosures for fair value measurements and provides clarification for existing disclosure requirements. The guidance requires new disclosures about transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and further descriptions for the reasons for the transfers. The guidance also requires more detailed disclosure about the activity within Level 3 fair value measurements. The Company adopted the guidance on January 1, 2010, except for the requirements related to Level 3 disclosures, which will be effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. This guidance requires expanded disclosures only, and did not and is not expected topronouncements or interpretations have had a material impact on the Company’sour consolidated results of operations or financial condition.condition, but future pronouncements or interpretations could require the change of policies or procedures.

4.Acquisitions:

On December 1, 2011, the Hillman Group purchased certain assets of Micasa Trading Corporation (“Micasa”), a Miami, Florida based producer of the Ook™ brand of picture hangers and related products (“Ook” or the “Ook Acquisition”). The aggregate purchase price was $14,811 paid in cash. The asset acquisition met the definition of a business for business combinations.

In addition, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions provided in the purchase agreement, Micasa could earn an additional undiscounted contingent consideration of up to $6,000 to be paid in March 2013. The additional consideration was contingent upon the achievement of a defined gross profit earnings target for the year ended December 31, 2012. The defined gross profit earnings target was not achieved and the fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement was $0 at December 31, 2012.

Micasa was established in 1964 and developed into a major supplier of picture hanging fasteners and innovative parts within the retail hardware market. The Ook™ brand’s excellence in this specialty category strengthens Hillman’s position of providing value-added products and services to home centers and hardware retailers.

The following table reconciles the estimated fair value of the acquired Ook Acquisition assets and assumed liabilities to the total purchase price:

Account receivable

  $2,186  

Inventory

   2,082  

Deferred income taxes

   854  

Goodwill

   3,765  

Intangibles

   7,690  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   16,577  

Less:

  

Liabilities assumed

   1,766  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

  $14,811  
  

 

 

 

The excess of the purchase price over the net assets has been allocated to goodwill and intangible assets based upon an independent valuation appraisal. The intangible assets and goodwill are deductible for income tax purposes over a 15 year life.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

3.4.Recent Accounting Pronouncements:Acquisitions (continued):

 

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-09, “Subsequent Events”. This ASU amends certain recognition and disclosure requirements concerning subsequent events. This update addresses the interactionOn March 16, 2011, Hillman Group acquired all of the requirementsmembership interests in TagWorks L.L.C., an Arizona limited liability company (the “TagWorks Acquisition”) for an initial purchase price of approximately $40,000 in cash.

In addition, Hillman Group paid additional consideration of $12,500 to the ASC with the SEC’s reporting requirements.sellers of TagWorks on October 31, 2011, and also paid additional consideration of $12,500 on March 30, 2012. The update requires an entity to evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued. The update also provides that a filer is not required to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. All the amendments in this update are effective upon issuance of the final update. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material impactMarch 30, 2012 additional consideration was contingent on the Company’s consolidated resultssuccessful achievement of operations or financial condition.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, “Business Combinations”. This ASU addresses the diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro-formadefined revenue and earnings disclosure requirementstargets for business combinations. the year ended December 31, 2011.

Founded in 2007, TagWorks provides innovative pet ID tag programs to a leading pet products chain retailer using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pending technology and product portfolio. In conjunction with the TagWorks Acquisition, Hillman Group entered into a seventeen (17) year agreement with KeyWorks-KeyExpress, LLC (“KeyWorks”), a company affiliated with TagWorks, to assign its patent-pending retail key program technology to Hillman Group and to continue to work collaboratively with us to develop next generation key duplicating technology.

The amendments in this update specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earningsclosing of the combined entity as thoughTagWorks Acquisition occurred concurrently with the business combination that occurred duringoffering of $50,000 aggregate principal amount of Hillman Group’s 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018. Hillman Group used the current year had occurred asnet proceeds of the beginningnote offering to fund the TagWorks Acquisition, to repay a portion of indebtedness under its revolving credit facility and to pay related transaction and financing fees. The notes are guaranteed by The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company and all of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. This update also expandsdomestic subsidiaries of Hillman Group.

The following table reconciles the supplemental pro-forma disclosures under Topic 805 to include a descriptionestimated fair value of the natureacquired TagWorks assets and amount of material, nonrecurring pro-forma adjustments directly attributableassumed liabilities to the business combination included in the reported pro-forma revenue and earnings. All amendments in the update are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginningtotal purchase price:

Account receivable

  $735  

Inventory

   1,086  

Other current assets

   217  

Deferred income taxes

   24  

Property and equipment

   17,403  

Goodwill

   14,996  

Intangibles

   34,840  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   69,301  

Less:

  

Liabilities assumed

   4,622  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

  $ 64,679  
  

 

 

 

The excess of the first annual reporting period beginning on or afterpurchase price over the net assets has been allocated to goodwill and intangible assets based upon an independent valuation appraisal. The intangible assets and goodwill are deductible for income tax purposes over a 15 year life.

Effective December 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material impact on31, 2011, TagWorks was merged with and into Hillman Group, with Hillman Group as the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.surviving entity.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

4.Acquisitions:Acquisitions (continued):

On December 29, 2010, the Hillman Group entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) by and among Serv-A-Lite Products, Inc. (“Servalite”), Thomas Rowe, Mary Jennifer Rowe, and the Hillman Group, whereby the Hillman Group acquired all of the equity interest of Servalite.Servalite (the “Servalite Acquisition”). The aggregate purchase price was $21,335$21,517 paid in cash at closing.cash.

The following table reconciles the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities to the total purchase price:

 

Account receivable

  $2,623    $2,633  

Inventory

   5,817     5,485  

Other current assets

   144     86  

Deferred income taxes

   1,259     1,341  

Property and equipment

   49     49  

Goodwill

   7,184     4,537  

Intangibles

   6,095     9,100  
      

 

 

Total assets acquired

   23,171     23,231  

Less:

    

Liabilities assumed

   1,836     1,714  
      

 

 

Total purchase price

  $21,335    $21,517  
      

 

 

The excess of the purchase price over the net assets has been preliminarily allocated to goodwill and intangible assets by management pending final valuation bybased upon an independent valuation appraisal. The intangible assets and goodwill are expected to be deductible for income tax purposes over a 15 year life.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

Effective March 31, 2011, Servalite was merged with and into Hillman Group, with Hillman Group as the surviving entity.

 

5.Related Party Transactions:

The Predecessor was obligated to pay management fees to a subsidiary of CHS in the amount of $58 per month. The Predecessor was also obligated to pay transaction fees to a subsidiary of OTPP in the amount of $26 per month, plus out of pocket expenses. The Successor has recorded management fee charges and expenses from OHCP of $155 for the year ended December 31, 2012, $110 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and no management fee charges for the seven month period ended December 31, 2010. The Predecessor has recorded aggregate management and transaction fee charges and expenses from CHS and OTPP of $438 for the five month period ended May 28, 2010. The Predecessor also recorded aggregate management and transaction fee charges and expenses from CHS and OTPP of $1,010 and $1,043 for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Gregory Mann and Gabrielle Mann are employed by the All Points subsidiary of Hillman. All Points leases an industrial warehouse and office facility from companies under the control of the Manns. The Predecessor and Successor have recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility on an arm’s length basis. The Successor recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility in the amount of $311 for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and $181 for the seven month period ended December 31, 2010. The Predecessor recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility in the amount of $130 for the five month period ended May 28, 2010 and $311 and $302 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.2010.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

6.Income Taxes:

The components of the Company’s income tax provision for the three years ended December 31, 20102012 were as follows:

 

  Successor     Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor 
  Seven Months
ended
December 31,
2010
     Five Months
ended
May 28,
2010
 Year
ended
December  31,
2009
   Year
ended
December  31,
2008
   Year
ended
December  31,
2012
 Year
ended
December  31,
2011
 Seven Months
ended
December 31,
2010
     Five Months
ended
May 28,
2010
 

Current:

                 

Federal & State

  $96      $83   $1,579    $878    $206   $217   $96      $83  

Foreign

   108       73    102     104     344    317    108       73  
                   

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

Total current

   204       156    1,681     982     550    534    204       156  
                   

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 
 

Deferred:

                 

Federal & State

   (4,348     (2,063  7,907     4,545     (5,000  (5,119  (4,348     (2,063

Foreign

   38       91    196     (469   (746  (271  38       91  
                   

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

Total deferred

   (4,310     (1,972  8,103     4,076     (5,746  (5,390  (4,310     (1,972
                   

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 
 

Valuation allowance

   981       (649  505     (35   28    177    981       (649
                   

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  $(5,168 $(4,679 $(3,125    $(2,465
   

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

Provision for income taxes

  $(3,125    $(2,465 $10,289    $5,023  
                 

The Company has U.S. federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for tax purposes, totaling $52,517$62,886 as of December 31, 2010,2012, that are available to offset future taxable income. These carryforwardscarry forwards expire from 2023 to 2030.2032. Management estimates that these losses will be fully utilized prior to the expiration date. No valuation allowance has been provided against the federal NOL. In addition, the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have NOL carryforwards aggregating $1,029$4,263 which expire from 2027 to 2030.2032. Management estimates that these losses will be fully utilized prior to the expiration date. Nohas recorded a valuation allowance has been providedreserve of $261 against the deferred tax assets recorded for the foreign NOL.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

6.Income Taxes: (continued)

subsidiary.

The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards with an aggregate tax benefit of $2,691$2,963 which expire from 20112013 to 2030.2032. Management estimates that the Company will not be able to fully absorbutilize some of the loss carryforwards in certain states before they expire. A valuation allowance with a year-end balance of $82$368 has been establishedrecorded for these deferred tax assets. In 2010,2012, the valuation allowance for state net operating loss carryforwards increased by $34 in the Predecessor period and $38 in the Successor period.$72. The increase was primarily a result of the increasea change in the related stateestimation of the utilization of the net operating losses in the current year.carryforward years.

The Company has a federal capital loss carryforward of $1,652$1,015 as of December 31, 2010.2012. This loss is available to offset future capital gains. This loss will expire from 2013 to 2014 if not utilized. Management has recorded a valuation allowance of $608$374 for this capital loss carryforward to fully offset the deferred tax asset in 2010.2012. Management estimates that the utilization of this capital loss carryforward is uncertain due to the short carryforward period and the uncertainty of generating sufficient capital gains in the carryforward period. In 2010,2012, the valuation allowance for the capital loss carryforward was decreased by $31$214 in the Predecessor period and $3 in the Successortwelve month period. The decrease was attributed to utilization in the carryforward period. The Company has $292$232 of general business tax credit carryforwards which expire from 20112017 to 2029.2031. A valuation allowance of $251$149 has been established for these tax credits. The Company has $9 of foreign tax credit carryforwards which expire from 2020 to 2021. A valuation allowance of $9 has been established for these tax credits.

In 2010, aA deferred tax asset wasof $1,940 has been recorded for costs that were capitalized in connection with the 2010 Merger Transaction. Costs totaling $5,013 were capitalized in connection with the 2010 Merger Transaction including $1,138 of investment banking fees, $1,370 of consulting fees, $1,964 of legal and accounting fees, and

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

6.Income Taxes (continued):

$541 of other miscellaneous transaction costs. Certain of these capitalized costs are not amortized under the tax law and can only be recovered for tax purposes under certain circumstances. The Company has established a valuation allowance of $914 in the Predecessor period and $973 in the Successor period$1,940 for the entire amount of the deferred tax asset related to these non-amortizable capitalized costs. Also in 2010, the Company decreased the valuation reserve previously recorded for the 2004 Merger Transaction costs. The decrease of $1,557 was recorded in the Predecessor period.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

6.Income Taxes: (continued)

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

The table below reflects the significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 20102012 and 2009:2011:

 

  Successor     Predecessor 
  As of December 31, 2010     As of December 31, 2009   As of December 31, 2012 As of December 31, 2011 
  Current Non-current     Current Non-current   Current Non-current Current Non-current 

Deferred Tax Asset:

             

Inventory

  $6,576   $—        $5,163   $—      $5,994   $—     $6,429   $—    

Bad debt reserve

   752    —         724    —       1,116    —      1,243    —    

Casualty loss reserve

   386    368       325    478     708    308    419    492  

Accrued bonus / deferred compensation

   1,062    1,319       1,975    1,312     1,546    1,592    889    1,377  

Litigation settlement accrual

   —      —      629    —    

Derivative security value

   740    —      —      —    

Medical insurance reserve

   277    —         374    —       508    —      190    —    

Accrued resets and buy backs

   314    —         —      —    

Interest exp. on Purchased Preferred Stock Options

   —      —         —      4,293  

Compensation expense on Preferred Stock Options

   —      —         —      5,477  

Deferred lease incentive

   —      422    —      454  

Original issue discount amortization

   —      537       —      355     —      536    —      509  

Derivative security value

   —      392       —      733  

Transaction costs

   —      5,171       —      2,009     —      3,348    —      3,498  

Federal / foreign net operating loss

   —      18,695       —      5,958     —      23,164    —      23,233  

State net operating loss

   —      2,691       —      1,591     —      2,963    —      3,047  

Unrecognized tax benefit

   —      (4,433     —      (2,879   —      (3,002  —      (4,440

Federal capital loss carryforwards

   —      608       —      657  

Tax credit carryforwards

   —      2,489       —      2,181  

Federal capital loss carry forwards

   —      374    —      588  

Tax credit carry forwards

   —      2,618    —      2,559  

All other items

   746    607       584    794     578    835    852    639  
                  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

   10,113    28,444       9,145    22,959     11,190    33,158    10,651    31,956  

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

   (736  (2,091     (1,045  (1,464   (726  (2,374  (743  (2,236
                  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $9,377   $26,353      $8,100   $21,495    $ 10,464   $30,784   $9,908   $29,720  
                  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Deferred Tax Liability:

             

Intangible asset amortization

  $—     $146,493      $—     $65,575    $—     $135,946   $—     $141,169  

Property and equipment

   —      8,765       —      5,671     —      12,504    —      12,439  

All other items

   —      283    —      —    
                  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

  $—     $155,258      $—     $71,246    $—     $148,733   $—     $153,608  
                  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $119,528       $41,651     $107,485    $113,980  
               

 

   

 

 

Long term net deferred tax liability

   $129,284       $50,169     $117,949    $123,888  

Current net deferred tax asset

    9,377        8,100      10,464     9,908  

Long term net deferred tax asset

    379        418      —       —    
               

 

   

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $119,528       $41,651     $107,485    $113,980  
               

 

   

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

6.Income Taxes:Taxes (continued):

 

The valuation allowance atobjective of accounting for income taxes is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and the deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the entity’s financial statements. Hillman is subject to income taxes in the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions. In general, it is the practice and intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As of December 31, 2010 was $2,827. In previous years, initial recognition of2012, the Company has not made a tax benefit by a future reductionprovision for U.S. or additional foreign withholding taxes on approximately $822 of the valuation reserve that had been established at the dateexcess of the 2004 Merger Transaction would have reduced goodwill related to the 2004 Merger Transaction. Effectiveamount for financial reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2008, any change in the valuation reserve is recorded as an adjustment toover the tax provisionbasis of investments in foreign subsidiaries that is indefinitely reinvested. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the periodremittance of change.

There were no reductionsdividends and under certain other circumstances. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability related to investments in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 that were recorded as a reduction to goodwill resulting from the initial recognitionthese foreign subsidiaries because of the tax benefits from valuation allowances established in purchase accounting. The foreign tax provision successor forcomplexities of the seven month tax period ended December 31, 2010 and the predecessor five month tax period ended May 28, 2010, and the twelve month tax periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were offset by charges to the valuation allowance of $0, $0, $0, and ($114), respectively.hypothetical calculation.

Realization of the net deferred tax assets is dependent on the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and generating sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration. Although realization is not assured, management estimates it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will be realized. The amount of net deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward periods are reduced.

Below is a reconciliation of statutory income tax rates to the effective income tax rates for the periods indicated:

 

 Successor   Predecessor   Successor   Successor 
 Seven Months
ended
December 31,
2010
    Five Months
ended
May 28,
2010
 Year
ended
December  31,
2009
 Year
ended
December  31,
2008
   Year
ended
December  31,
2012
 Year
ended
December  31,
2011
 Seven Months
ended
December 31,
2010
     Five Months
ended
May 28,
2010
 

Statutory federal income tax rate

  35.0    35.0  35.0  35.0   35.0  35.0  35.0     35.0

Non-U.S. taxes and the impact of non-U.S. losses for which a current tax benefit is not available

  -0.4    -0.1  0.6  -0.9   -6.1  -0.9  -0.4     -0.1

State and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefit

  3.2    0.9  10.7  16.3   1.9  2.5  3.2     0.9

Adjustment of reserve for change in valuation allowance and other items

  -9.2    2.3  5.8  -1.4   1.2  -1.2  -9.2     2.3

Adjustment for change in tax law

  0.0    0.3  3.0  -3.7   -0.4  -2.6  0.0     0.3

Adjustment of the general tax reserve

  0.0    -5.6  0.0  0.0

Adjustment of unrecognized tax benefits

   11.6  0.0  0.0     -5.6

Permanent differences:

              

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

  0.0    -6.2  42.5  89.8   0.0  0.0  0.0     -6.2

Stock based compensation expense

  0.0    -17.5  18.3  -9.4   0.0  0.0  0.0     -17.5

Meals and entertainment expense

  -0.6    -0.2  1.2  3.2   -1.1  -0.9  -0.6     -0.2

Other permanent differences

  0.0    0.0  0.2  1.3   -0.9  0.0  0.0     0.0

Reconciliation of tax return to tax provision

  0.0    0.0  -3.7  0.0

Other adjustments

   0.5  0.5  0.0     0.0
                

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

Effective income tax rate

  28.0    8.9  113.6  130.2   41.7  32.4  28.0     8.9
                

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

 

The Company has recorded a $1,438 decrease in the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits in the twelve month period ended December 31, 2012 related to the expiration of the statute of limitations for an earlier year. The

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

6.Income Taxes:Taxes (continued):

 

The Company has recorded a $1,557 increase in the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits in the predecessor period related to certain 2004 transaction costs on which the Company previously recorded a valuation reserve. There was also a decrease of $3 reported in the predecessor period related to a change in the effective state tax rate. The general tax reserve isare shown in the financial statements as a reduction of the deferred tax asset for the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards. A summary of the changes for the last twothree years follows:

 

   Successor     Predecessor 
   2010     2009 

Unrecognized tax benefits - January 1

  $2,879     $2,872  
 

Gross increases - tax positions in current period

   1,557      —    

Gross increases - tax positions in prior period

   —        7  

Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period

   (3    —    
           
 

Unrecognized tax benefits - December 31

  $4,433     $2,879  
           
 

Amount of unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized would affect the company’s effective tax rate

  $4,433     $2,879  
           
   2012  2011   2010 

Unrecognized tax benefits - January 1

  $4,440   $4,433    $2,879  

Gross increases—tax positions in current period

   —      7     1,557  

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period

   —      —       —    

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

   (1,438  —       (3
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits—December 31

  $3,002   $4,440    $4,433  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount of unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized would affect the company’s effective tax rate

  $3,002   $4,440    $4,433  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. In conjunction with the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), an interpretation of FASB No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”, which was codified in ASC 740-10, the Company has not recognized any adjustment of interest or penalties in its consolidated financial statements due to its net operating loss position. The Company does not anticipate that totala decrease in the unrecognized tax benefits will change due tofor the settlement of audits and the expiration of statute of limitations prior totax year ending December 31, 2011.2013.

The Company files a consolidated income tax return in the U.S. and numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in various states and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2010,2012, with a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and foreign tax examinations by tax authorities for the tax years prior to 2007.2009. However, the IRS can make adjustments to losses carried forward by the Company from 20002004 forward and utilized on its federal return.

 

7.Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following at December 31, 20102012 and 2009:2011:

 

  Estimated
Useful  Life
(Years)
   Successor   Predecessor 
  2010    2009   Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
  2012   2011 

Land

   n/a    $531     $131    n/a  $531    $531  

Buildings

   27     751      781    27   778     772  

Leasehold improvements

     3-10     4,664      4,961    3-10   5,044     4,797  

Machinery and equipment

     2-10     54,165      104,061    2-10   102,494     83,518  

Furniture and fixtures

   3-5     597      1,481    3-5   835     684  

Construction in process

     1,316      1,558       2,899     3,489  
               

 

   

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     62,024      112,973       112,581     93,791  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     9,512      65,408       44,089     27,449  
               

 

   

 

 

Property and equipment, net

    $52,512     $47,565      $68,492    $66,342  
               

 

   

 

 

Machinery and equipment includes capitalized software of $10,972 and $5,287 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Captitalized interest of $109 and $99 was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

7.Property and Equipment: (continued)

Machinery and equipment includes capitalized software of $5,126 and $8,328 as as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Captitalized interest of $42 and $63 was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

8.Other Intangibles:

Intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives and are subject to impairment testing. The values assigned to intangible assets in connection with the Merger Transaction and the acquisitions of Servalite, TagWorks and Ook were determined through anseparate independent appraisal.appraisals. In connection with the Merger Transaction, the Company acquired the Quick TagQuick-Tag™ license for consideration amounting to $11,500. The values assigned to intangible assets in connection with the acquisition of Servalite were determined by management pending an independent appraisal. The Servalite intangible asset values may be adjusted by management for any changes upon completion of the independent appraisal. Other intangibles, net as of December 31, 20102012 and 20092011 consist of the following:

 

  Estimated   Successor     Estimated   Predecessor 
Useful Life
(Years)
   December 31,
2010
     Useful Life
(Years)
   December 31,
2009
   Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
  December 31,
2012
   Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
  December 31,
2011
 

Customer relationships

   20    $295,120       15-23    $127,206    20  $328,382    20  $326,200  

Trademarks

   Indefinite     48,871       Indefinite     47,394  

Trademarks—All Others

  Indefinite   49,413    Indefinite   49,660  

Trademarks—TagWorks

  5   240    5   240  

Patents

   5-20     15,900       9     7,960    5-20   20,250    5-20   20,200  

Quick Tag license

   6     11,500       n/a     —      6   11,500    6   11,500  

Laser Key license

   5     1,250       n/a     —      5   1,250    5   1,250  

Non Compete Agreements

   5.5     1,104       4     5,742  

KeyWorks license

  10   4,100    10   4,100  

Non compete agreements

  5-10   4,450    5.5-10   4,200  

Lease agreement

  0.5   240    0.5   240  
                  

 

     

 

 

Intangible assets, gross

     373,745         188,302       419,825       417,590  

Less: Accumulated amortization

     10,669         41,662       53,181       31,388  
                  

 

     

 

 

Other intangibles, net

    $363,076        $146,640      $366,644      $386,202  
                  

 

     

 

 

The Predecessor Company’s amortization expense for amortizable assets was $2,678 for the five months ended May 28, 2010 was $2,678, and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $6,912 and $7,073, respectively.2010. The Successor Company’s amortization expense for amortizable assets was $21,752, $20,717 and $10,669 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the seven months ended December 31, 2010, was $10,669 and forrespectively. For the years ending December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2015 are2017, the Successor’s amortization expense for amortizable assets is estimated to be $18,708, $18,708, $18,708, $18,708$21,544, $21,544, $20,883, $18,952 and $18,047,$18,098, respectively.

 

9.Long-Term Debt:

On May 28, 2010, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries completed the financing on a $320,000 senior secured first lien credit facility (the “Senior Facilities”), consisting of a $290,000 term loan and a $30,000 revolving credit facility (“Revolver”). The term loan portion of the Senior Facilities hashad a six year term and the Revolver hashad a five year term. ThePrior to a subsequent amendment, the Senior Facilities provideprovided borrowings at interest rates based on a EuroDollar rate plus a margin of 3.75% (the “EuroDollar Margin”), or a base rate (the “Base Rate”) plus a margin of 2.75% (the “Base Rate Margin”). The EuroDollar rate iswas subject to a minimum floor of 1.75% and the Base Rate iswas subject to a minimum floor of 2.75%.

Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger Transaction, Hillman Group issued $150,000 aggregate principal amount of its senior notes due 2018 (the “10.875% Senior Notes”), which are guaranteed by Hillman, Hillman Investment and each of Hillman Group’s domestic subsidiaries. Hillman Group pays interest on the 10.875% Senior Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

9.Long-Term Debt: (continued)

Prior to the consummation of the Merger Transaction, the Company, through Hillman Group, was party to a Senior Credit Agreement (the “Old Credit Agreement”), consisting of a $20,000 revolving credit line and a $235,000 term loan. The facilities under the Old Credit Agreement had a maturity date of March 31, 2012. In addition, the Company, through Hillman Group, had issued $49,800 in aggregate principal amount of unsecured subordinated notes to a group of investors, including affiliates of AEA Investors LP, CIG & Co. and several private investors that were scheduled to mature on September 30, 2012. In connection with the Merger Transaction, both the Old Credit Agreement and the subordinated note issuance were repaid and terminated.

The Senior Facilities contain financial and operating covenants which require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, including an interest coverage ratio anda secured leverage ratios. Theseratio. This debt agreements provideagreement provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, cross-defaults, bankruptcy events, failure to pay judgments, attachment of its assets, change of control and the issuance of an order of dissolution. Certain of these events of default are subject to notice and cure periods or materiality thresholds. The occurrence of an event of default permits the lenders under the Senior Facilities to accelerate repayment of all amounts due.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

9.Long-Term Debt (continued):

Effective April 18, 2011, the Company completed an amendment to the credit agreement governing its Senior Facilities. The Senior Facilities amendment eliminated the total leverage and interest coverage covenants and reduced the secured leverage covenant to 4.75x with no future step downs. The term loan pricing was modified to reduce the Eurodollar Margin and the Base Rate Margin by 25 basis points and reduce the floor on Eurodollar and Base Rate Loans by an additional 25 basis points. In connection with the amendment to the credit agreement, the Company incurred loan discount costs of $1,250. As the modification of the Senior Facilities agreement was not substantial, the unamortized loan discount and debt issuance costs will be amortized over the term of the amended Senior Facilities. The Company was in compliance with all provisions and covenants of the amended Senior Facilities as of December 31, 2012.

Effective November 4, 2011, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement to its credit agreement under the existing Senior Facilities (the “2011 Incremental Facility”). The 2011 Incremental Facility increased the aggregate term loan commitments available to Hillman Group under the Senior Facilities by $30,000. In connection with the 2011 Incremental Facility, the Company incurred loan discount costs of $750. As the modification of the Senior Facilities agreement was not substantial, the unamortized loan discount costs will be amortized over the term of the amended Senior Facilities. The aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Senior Facilities, after giving effect to the 2011 Incremental Facility, was $350,000. The Company used the proceeds for general corporate purposes.

Effective November 7, 2012, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement to its credit agreement under the existing Senior Facilities (the “2012 Incremental Facility”). The 2012 Incremental Facility increased the aggregate term loan commitments available to Hillman Group under the Senior Facilities by $76,800. Subject to the conditions precedent to each funding date described in Section 17 of the 2012 Incremental Facility, the Company may make two drawings under the 2012 Incremental Facility on any business day after November 7, 2012 and prior to April 1, 2013. On February 19, 2013, the Company drew down on funds from the 2012 Incremental Facility in order to fund the permitted acquisition of Paulin. The aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Senior Facilities, after giving effect to the 2012 Incremental Facility, was $420,000.

Concurrently with the Merger Transaction, Hillman Group issued $150,000 aggregate principal amount of its senior notes due 2018 (the “10.875% Senior Notes”). On March 16, 2011, Hillman Group completed an offering of $50,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10.875% Senior Notes. Hillman Group received a premium of $4,625 on the $50,000 10.875% Senior Notes offering. On December 21, 2012, Hillman Group completed an offering of $65,000 aggregate principal amount of its temporary 10.875% Senior Notes. Hillman Group received a premium of $4,225 on the $65,000 temporary 10.875% Senior Notes offering. The temporary 10.875% Senior Notes were mandatorily exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Notes on February 19, 2013 in connection with the acquisition of Paulin. The 10.875% Senior Notes are guaranteed by The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company and all of the domestic subsidiaries of Hillman Group. Hillman Group pays interest on the 10.875% Senior Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

The Company pays interest to the Hillman Group Capital Trust (“Trust”) on the Junior Subordinated Debentures underlying the Trust Preferred Securities at the rate of 11.6% per annum on their face amount of $105,443, or $12,231 per annum in the aggregate. The Trust distributes an equivalent amount to the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. In order to retain capital, the Company’s Board of Directors determined to temporarily defer interest payments on the Junior Subordinated Debentures and the Trust determined to defer the payment of cash distributions to holders of Trust Preferred Securities beginning with the January 2009 distribution. The Company’s decision to defer the payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures was designed to ensure that the Company preserve cash and maintain its compliance with the financial covenants contained in its Senior Credit and Subordinated Debt Agreements. Pursuant to the Indenture that governs the Trust Preferred Securities, the Trust is able to defer distribution payments to holders of the Trust Preferred Securities for a period that cannot exceed 60 months (the “Deferral Period”). During the Deferral Period, the Company is required to accrue the full amount of all interest payable, and such deferred interest payable was immediately payable by the Company at the end of the Deferral Period. On July 31, 2009, the Company ended the Deferral Period and the Trust resumed monthly distributions and paid all deferred distributions to holders of the Trust Preferred Securities.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, long-term debt is summarized as follows:

   Successor      Predecessor 
   2010      2009 

Revolving Credit Agreement

  $12,000      $—    

Term Loan B

   288,550       157,849  

10.875% Senior Notes

   150,000       —    

Subordinated Debt Issuance

   —         49,820  

Capital Leases

   164       494  
            
   450,714       208,163  

Less: amounts due in one year

   2,930       9,868  
            

Long-term debt

  $447,784      $198,295  
            

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

9.Long-Term Debt:Debt (continued):

 

(the “Deferral Period”). During a Deferral Period, the Company is required to accrue the full amount of all interest payable, and such deferred interest payable would become immediately payable by the Company at the end of the Deferral Period.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, long-term debt is summarized as follows:

   2012   2011 

Revolving credit agreement

  $—      $—    

Term Loan B

   310,927     313,750  

10.875% Senior Notes (1)

   272,942     204,248  

Capital leases and other obligations

   1,064     134  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   584,933     518,132  

Less: amounts due in one year

   4,019     3,231  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

  $580,914    $514,901  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The 2012 amount includes $65,000 in aggregate principal amount of temporary 10.875% Senior Notes which were mandatorily exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Notes on February 19, 2013 in connection with the Paulin Acquisition.

The aggregate minimum principal maturities of the long-term debt excluding the discount of $1,448 on Term Loan B and unamortized premium of $7,942 on the 10.875% Senior Notes for each of the five years following December 31, 20102012 are as follows:

 

  Amount   Amount 

2011

  $2,930  

2012

   2,930  

2013

   2,930    $4,019  

2014

   2,929     3,333  

2015

   2,928     3,267  

2016 and thereafter

   274,067  

2016

   3,242  

2017

   299,578  

2018 and thereafter

   265,000  

As of December 31, 2010,2012, the Company had $12,056$24,444 available under its revolving credit agreement and letter of credit commitments outstanding of $5,944.$5,556. The Company had outstanding debt of $300,714$313,439 under its secured credit facilities at December 31, 2010,2012, consisting of a $288,550$312,375 in Term B-2 loan, a $12,000 Revolving Line of Creditloans and $164$1,064 in capitalized lease and other obligations. The term loan consisted of a $288,550$312,375 in Term B-2 LoanLoans currently at a three (3) month LIBOR rate of 5.50%. The $12,000 Revolving Line of Credit was currently at a three (3) month LIBOR rate of 5.50%5.00%. The capitalized lease and other obligations were at various interest rates.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

10.Leases:

Certain warehouse, office space and equipment are leased under capital and operating leases with terms in excess of one year. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases consisted of the following at December 31, 2010:2012:

 

  Capital
Leases
 Operating
Leases
   Capital
Leases
 Operating
Leases
 

2011

  $38   $8,060  

2012

   38    6,252  

2013

   36    4,042    $830   $7,114  

2014

   30    2,625     141    6,267  

2015

   30    2,402     71    5,160  

2016

   43    5,041  

2017

   3    4,683  

Later years

   17    8,466     —      28,716  
         

 

  

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   189   $31,847     1,088   $56,981  
        

 

 

Less amounts representing interest

   (25    (24 
       

 

  

Present value of net minimum lease payments (including $30 currently payable)

  $164   

Present value of net minimum lease payments (including $819 currently payable)

  $1,064   
       

 

  

The rental expense for all operating leases was $8,787, $9,039, $4,989, $3,616, $8,716 and $9,486$3,616 for the Successor years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, seven months ended December 31, 2010 and Predecessor five months ended May 28, 2010, and Predecessor years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Certain leases are subject to terms of renewal and escalation clauses.

 

11.Deferred Compensation Plan:

The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan for key employees (the “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan” or “NQDC”) which allows the participants to defer up to 25% of salary and commissions

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

11.Deferred Compensation Plan: (continued)

and up to 100% of bonuses to be paid during the year and invest these deferred amounts into certain Company directed mutual fund investments, subject to the election of the participants. The Company is permitted to make a 25% matching contribution on deferred amounts up to $10, subject to a five year vesting schedule.

As of December 31, 20102012 and 2009,2011, the Company’s consolidated balance sheets included $3,478$4,245 and $3,043,$3,754, respectively, in restricted investments representing the assets held in mutual funds to fund deferred compensation liabilities owed to the Company’s current and former employees. The current portion of the restricted investments was $227$846 and $334$364 as of December 31, 20102012 and 2009,2011, respectively.

The assets held in the NQDC are classified as an investment in trading securities. The Company recorded trading gains and offsetting compensation expense of $329 and $19 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company recorded trading gains and offsetting compensation expense of $16 for the five months ended May 28, 2010 and $283 for the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and $254 for2010.

During the yearyears ended December 31, 2009. The Company recorded trading losses of $1,4282012 and an offsetting reduction of2011, distributions from the deferred compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2008.

plan aggregated $357 and $233, respectively. During the five months ended May 28, 2010, distributions from the deferred compensation plan aggregated $274. There$274 and there were no distributions during the seven months ended December 31, 2010. During the two years ended December 31, 2009, distributions from the deferred compensation plan aggregated $1,792

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in 2009 and $390 in 2008.thousands)

 

12.Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interest in the Company’s Junior Subordinated Debentures:

In September 1997, The Hillman Group Capital Trust, a Grantor trust, completed a $105,446 underwritten public offering of 4,217,724 11.6% Trust Preferred Securities (“TOPrS”). The Trust invested the proceeds from the sale of the preferred securities in an equal principal amount of 11.6% Junior Subordinated Debentures of Hillman due September 2027.

The Trust distributes monthly cash payments it receives from the Company as interest on the debentures to preferred security holders at an annual rate of 11.6% on the liquidation amount of $25.00 per preferred security.

In connection with the public offering of TOPrS, the Trust issued $3,261 of trust common securities to the Company. The Trust invested the proceeds from the sale of the trust common securities in an equal principal amount of 11.6% Junior Subordinated Debentures of Hillman due September 2027. The Trust distributes monthly cash payments it receives from the Company as interest on the debentures to the Company at an annual rate of 11.6% on the liquidation amount of the common security.

The Company may defer interest payments on the debentures at any time, for up to 60 consecutive months. If this occurs, the Trust will also defer distribution payments on the preferred securities. The deferred distributions, however, will accumulate interest at a rate of 11.6% per annum. The Trust will redeem the preferred securities when the debentures are repaid, or at maturity on September 30, 2027. The Company may redeem the debentures before their maturity at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the debentures redeemed, plus accrued interest. When the Company redeems any debentures before their maturity, the Trust will use the cash it receives to redeem preferred securities and common securities as provided in the trust agreement. The Company guarantees the obligations of the Trust on the Trust Preferred Securities.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

12.Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interest in the Company’s Junior Subordinated Debentures: (continued)

The Company has determined that the Trust is a variable interest entity and the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities are the primary beneficiaries of the Trust. Accordingly, the Company has de-consolidated the Trust. Summarized below is the financial information of the Trust as of December 31, 2010:2012:

 

Non-current assets - junior subordinated debentures - preferred

  $112,576  

Non-current assets - junior subordinated debentures - common

   3,261  
     

Total assets

  $115,837  
     

Non-current liabilities - trust preferred securities

  $112,576  

Stockholder’s equity - trust common securities

   3,261  
     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $115,837  
     

Non-current assets—junior subordinated debentures—preferred

  $ 111,871  

Non-current assets—junior subordinated debentures—common

   3,261  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $115,132  
  

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities—trust preferred securities

  $111,871  

Stockholder’s equity—trust common securities

   3,261  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $115,132  
  

 

 

 

The non-current assets for the Trust relate to its investment in the 11.6% junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of Hillman due September 30, 2027.

The TOPrS constitute mandatorily redeemable financial instruments. The Company guarantees the obligations of the Trust on the Trust Preferred Securities. Accordingly, the guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures is presented in long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

On May 28, 2010, the Junior Subordinated Debentures were recorded at the fair value of $116,085 based on the price underlying the Trust Preferred Securities of $26.75 per share upon close of trading on the American Stock Exchange on that date plus the liquidation value of the trust common securities. The Company is amortizing the premium on the Junior Subordinated Debentures of $7,381 over their remaining life in the amount of $426 per year.

In order to retain capital, the Company’s Board of Directors determined to temporarily defer interest payments on the Junior Subordinated Debentures and the Trust determined to defer the payment of cash distributions to holders of Trust Preferred Securities beginning with the January 2009 distribution. The Company’s decision to defer the payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures was designed to ensure that the Company preserve cash and maintain its compliance with the financial covenants contained in its Senior Credit and Subordinated Debt Agreements. Pursuant to the Indenture that governs the Trust Preferred Securities, the Company was able to defer distribution payments to holders of the Trust Preferred Securities for a period that cannot exceed 60 months (the “Deferral Period”). During the Deferral Period, the Company was required to accrue the full amount of all distributions payable, and such deferred distributions were immediately payable by the Company at the end of the Deferral Period. In the first six months of 2009, the Company accrued $6,265 in interest payable to the Trust on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. On July 31, 2009, the Company resumed payments of monthly distributions and paid all amounts accrued during the six month Deferral Period.life.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

13.Common and Preferred Stock:

Common Stock

Prior to the Merger Transaction, The Hillman Companies, Inc. had three classes of Common Stock.common stock. Immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger Transaction, the Company had (i) 23,141 authorized shares of Class A Common Stock, 6,201 of which were issued and outstanding, (ii) 2,500 authorized shares of Class B Common Stock, 970.6 of which were issued and outstanding, and (iii) 30,109 authorized shares of Class C Common Stock, 2,787.1 of which issued and outstanding.

Each share of Class A Common Stock entitled its holder to one vote. Each holder of Class A Common Stock was entitled at any time to convert any or all of such shares into an equal number of shares of Class C Common Stock. Holders of Class B Common Stock had no voting rights. The Class B Common Stock was initially purchased by and issued to certain members of the Company’s management and was subject to vesting over five years in connection with the acquisition of The Hillman Companies, Inc. by affiliates of CHS and OTPP in 2004. Each share of Class C Common Stock entitled its holder to one vote, provided that the aggregate voting power of Class C Common Stock (with respect to the election of directors) could not exceed 30%. Each holder of Class C Common Stock was entitled at any time to convert any or all of the shares into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock.

Under the terms of an executive services agreement (“ESA”) entered into by certain members of the Company’s management, such members of management had the right to put their shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock back to Hillman Companies under certain circumstances. Accordingly, management’s 395.7 Class A Common Stock shares and 970.6 Class B Common Stock shares were classified between liabilities and stockholders’ equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The fair value and cost of the Class A Common Stock subject to the put feature were $2,158 and $396, respectively, at December 31, 2009. The fair value and cost of the Class B Common Stock subject to the put feature were $5,293 and $971, respectively, at December 31, 2009.

Securities that are either currently redeemable or where redemption is probable are to be marked to redemption value with a corresponding charge to accumulated paid in capital. The ESA allowed the management shareholders to put, or redeem, the Class A Common Stock back to the Company if terminated for other than cause. Under the terms of the ESA, the redemption value of the Class A Common Stock is equal to the fair value as determined by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, the Class A Common stock has been adjusted to its fair value of $2,158 as of December 31, 2009 with a corresponding decrease in additional paid-in capital of $1,995.

Upon consummation of the Merger Transaction, each share of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock of The Hillman Companies, Inc. issued and outstanding immediately prior thereto (other than as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence), as well as each outstanding option to purchase any such shares of common stock, was converted into the right to receive, in cash, a portion of the merger consideration in the Merger Transaction. Certain shares held by Company management were contributed by the holders thereof to Holdco in exchange for shares of Holdco.

After consummation of the Merger Transaction, The Hillman Companies, Inc. has one class of Common Stock.common stock. All outstanding shares of The Hillman Companies, Inc. common stock are owned by Holdco.

Under the terms of the Stockholders Agreement for the Holdco Common Stock, management shareholders have the ability to put their shares back to Holdco under certain conditions, including death or disability. ASC 480-10-S99 requires shares to be classified outside of permanent equity if they can be redeemed and the

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

13.Common and Preferred Stock: (continued)

redemption is not solely within control of the issuer. Further, if it is determined that redemption of the shares is probable, the shares are marked to redemption value which equals fair value at each balance sheet date with the change in fair value recorded in additional paid-in capital. Accordingly, the 198.4198.3 shares of common stock held by management are recorded outside permanent equity and have beenwere adjusted to the fair value of $14,116 as of December 31, 2012 and $12,247 as of December 31, 2010.2011.

Preferred Stock:

Immediately prior to the Merger Transaction, The Hillman Companies, Inc. had 238,889 authorized shares of its Class A Preferred Stock, 82,104.8 of which were issued and outstanding and 13,450.7 of which were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of its Class A Preferred Stock. Holders of The Hillman Companies’Companies, Inc.’s Class A Preferred Stock were not entitled to any voting rights and were entitled to preferential dividends that accrued on a daily basis.

In addition, prior to the Merger Transaction, Hillman Investment Company, a subsidiary of The Hillman Companies, Inc. had 166,667 authorized shares of its Class A Preferred Stock, 57,282.4 of which were issued and

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

13.Common and Preferred Stock (continued):

outstanding and 9,384.2 of which were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of its Class A Preferred Stock. Holders of Hillman Investment Company’s Class A Preferred Stock were not entitled to any voting rights and were entitled to preferential dividends that accrued on a daily basis.

Hillman Investment Company Class A Preferred Stock iswas mandatorily redeemable on March 31, 2028 and, has beenprior to the Merger Transaction, was classified as debt in the accompanyingCompany’s consolidated balance sheets. The Hillman Investment Company Class A Preferred Stock iswas redeemable at its liquidation value of one thousand dollars per share plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends. Dividends on the mandatorily redeemable Class A Preferred Stock were $4,911 $11,008, and $9,904 for the Predecessor five months ended May 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.2010. The dividends on the mandatorily redeemable Class A Preferred Stock arewere recorded as interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company incurred $2,415 in financing fees in connection with the issuance of the Hillman Investment Company Class A Preferred Stock. The financing fees were capitalized and were amortized over the redemption period using the effective interest method. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, interest expense of $37 and $130, respectively, was included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In connection with the 2004 acquisition of the Company, options in a predecessor to the Company were cancelled and converted into rights to receive options to purchase 3,895.16 shares of The Hillman Companies, Inc. Class A Preferred Stock and 2,717.55 shares of Hillman Investment Company Class A Preferred Stock (collectively the “Purchased Options”). The Purchased Options had a weighted average strike price of $170.69 per share. The fair value of the Hillman Investment Company Class A Preferred Stock options has been included with the underlying security in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Security instruments with a redemption date that is certain to occur are to be classified as liabilities. The Hillman Companies, Inc. Class A Preferred Stock options, which havehad a March 31, 2028 expiration date, have beenwere classified at their fair value in the liability section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. To the extent the Company pays a dividend to holders of the Class A Preferred Stock and the Hillman Investment Company Class A Preferred Stock, the Purchased Option holder will bewas entitled to receive an amount equal to the dividend which would have been paid if the Purchased Options had been exercised on the date immediately prior to the record date for the dividend. Dividends on the Purchased Options arewere recorded as interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, under the terms of the ESA, the Purchased Options cancould be put back to the Company at fair value if employment iswas terminated.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

13.Common and Preferred Stock: (continued)

The initial and subsequent valuations of the Purchased Options were measured at fair value with the change in fair value recognized as interest expense. Interest expense of $577 $1,304, and $1,187 was recorded for the Predecessor five months ended May 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, to recognize the increase in fair value of the Purchased Options.

Upon consummation of the Merger Transaction, each share of The Hillman Companies’Companies, Inc.’s Class A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior thereto, as well as each outstanding option to purchase any such shares of preferred stock, was converted into the right to receive an amount, in cash, equal to the liquidation value thereof plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares as of the effective time of the Merger Transaction. In addition, at closing of the Merger Transaction, Hillman Investment Company redeemed each outstanding share of its Class A Preferred Stock at an amount equal to the liquidation value thereof plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares as of the effective time of the Merger Transaction. Options to purchase shares of Hillman Investment Company’s Class A Preferred Stock were cancelled in exchange for a similar cash payment.

After consummation of the Merger Transaction, neither Hillman Companies nor Hillman Investment Company have issued any shares of preferred stock or any options to purchase any such shares.

The table below reconciles the components of the Preferred Stock and the Purchased Options to the accompanying consolidated balance sheets:

   Predecessor 
   December 31,
2009
 

Hillman Investment Company Class A Preferred Stock

  $57,282  

Purchased Options - Hillman Investment Company

  

Class A Preferred Stock

   2,188  

Accumulated and unpaid dividends

   51,982  
     

Total mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

  $111,452  
     

Purchased Options - Hillman Companies, Inc. Class A Preferred Stock

  $3,135  

Accumulated and unpaid dividends

   3,482  
     

Total management purchased preferred options

  $6,617  
     

 

14.Stock-Based Compensation:

2004 Common Stock Option Plan:

On March 31, 2004, the Predecessor adopted its 2004 Common Stock Option Plan following Board of Director and shareholder approval. Grants under the 2004 Common stock Option Plan consisted of nonqualified stock

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

14.Stock-Based Compensation (continued):

options for the purchase of Class B Common Shares. The stock options issued under the 2004 Common Stock Option Plan were accounted for in a manner consistent with the underlying security. Therefore, the Class B Common Stock Options arewere adjusted to the fair value of the Class B Common shares less the strike price of the Class B Common shares adjusted for the proportion of employee service.

Compensation expense of $3,784 $680 and $16 was recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the Predecessor five months ended May 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

14.Stock-Based Compensation: (continued)

2010.

In connection with the Merger Transaction, the 2004 Common Stock Option Plan was terminated, and all options outstanding there underthereunder were cancelled with the holder receiving a per share amount in cash equal to the per share Merger Transaction consideration less the applicable exercise price.

Preferred Option Plan:

On March 31, 2004, certain members of the Predecessor Company’s management were granted options to purchase 9,555.5 shares of Class A Preferred Stock and 6,666.7 shares of Hillman Investment Company Class A Preferred Stock (collectively the “Preferred Options”). The Preferred Options were granted with an exercise price of one thousand dollars per share which was equal to the value of the underlying Preferred Stock. The Preferred Options vestwere subject to vesting over five years with 20% vesting on each anniversary of the Merger Transaction. Holders of the Preferred Options arewere entitled to accrued dividends as if the underlying Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding as of the grant date.

On October 13, 2009, a former executive of the Company exercised his right to redeem certain securities of the Company and the Hillman Investment Company in accordance with the ESA dated March 31, 2004. Under the terms of the ESA, the former executive put back to the Company 281.42 preferred options for Class A Preferred Stock for $228.9 and 196.34 preferred options for Class A Preferred Stock in Hillman Investment Company for $150.7.

Accounting guidance required that stock-based compensation awards are classified as liabilities if the underlying security is classified as a liability. Therefore, the Preferred Options were treated as liability classified awards.

Accounting guidance allows nonpublic entities, such as the Company, to make a policy decision as to whether to measure its liability awards at fair value or intrinsic value. ManagementThe Company’s management has determined that the lack of an active market, trading restrictions and absence of any trading history preclude the reasonable estimate of fair value. Regardless of the valuation method selected, a nonpublic entity is required to re-measure its liabilities under share based payment awards at each reporting date until settlement. Accordingly, the Company has elected to use the intrinsic value method to value the Preferred Options at the end of each reporting period pro-rated for the portion of the service period rendered. Compensation expense of $1,410 $3,311, and $3,501 was recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the Predecessor five month period ended May 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.2010.

In connection with the Merger Transaction, the options to purchase shares of The Hillman Companies’Companies, Inc.’s and Hillman Investment Company’s Class A Preferred Stock were cancelled with the holder receiving a per share amount in cash equal to the per share Merger Transaction consideration less the applicable exercise price.

Class B Shares:

The outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock were subject to vesting over 5five years with 20% of the shares vesting on each anniversary of the Merger Transaction. Vested shares of the Class B Common Stock cancould be put back to the Company at fair value upon termination. Unvested shares of the Class B Common Stock are puttablecould be put back to the Company at the lesser of fair value or cost. Accordingly, the value of the Class B common shares was adjusted at each balance sheet date to fair value for the proportion of consideration received in the form of employee service plus an amount equal to the lesser of fair value or original cost for the proportion of the Class B common shares for which employee service hashad not been recognized. The Class B common shares were fully vested as of March 31, 2009.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

14.Stock-Based Compensation:Compensation (continued):

 

Compensation expense (income) of $13,859 $4,746 and ($1,036) was recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the Predecessor five months ended May 28, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.2010.

Upon consummation of the Merger Transaction, the Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior thereto was converted into the right to receive, in cash, a portion of the Mergermerger consideration in the Merger Transaction. Certain shares held by Company management were contributed by the holders thereof to Holdco in exchange for shares of Holdco.

OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. 2010 Stock Option Plan:

Effective May 28, 2010, Holdco established the OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. 2010 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Option Plan”), as amended, pursuant to which Holdco may grant options for up to an aggregate of 34,939.040,689 shares of its common stock. The Option Plan is administered by a committee of the Holdco board of directors. Such committee determines the terms of each option grant under the Option Plan, except that the exercise price of any granted option may not be lower than the fair market value of one share of common stock of Holdco as of the date of grant.

On November 23, 2010,Under the Option Plan, the Company granted 26,70032,284 options in 2010, 1,030 options in 2011 and 7,375 common options under the Option Plan and on December 23, 2010, the Company granted 5,584 common options under the Option Plan.in 2012. The options were granted with an exercise price of one thousand dollars per option which was equal to the grant date fair value of the underlying securities.

Common optionOption holders are not required by the terms of the Option Agreement or the ShareholderStockholders Agreement to hold the shares for any period of time following exercise. Since the arrangement permits the holders to put the shares back without being exposed to the risks and rewards of the share for a reasonable period of time then liability classification is required. Consistent with past practice, the Company has elected to use the intrinsic value method to value the common options.

Stock options granted to management in 2010 under the Option Plan are divided into three equal vesting tranches. The first tranche is a service-based award which vests ratably over five years, subject to the optionee’s continued employment with the Company on each vesting date. The Company will recognize compensation costs for the portion of the awards that are service based over the requisite service period for each of the five separate vesting service periods. The second tranche is performance-based and vests ratably over five years, subject to both the optionee’s continued employment on each vesting date and the achievement of Company performance targets. Again, compensation costs will be recognized for the performance based awards over the requisite service period for each of the five separate vesting service periods. However, if achievement of the applicable performance target is not probable, no compensation cost will be recorded. The third tranche of each stock option grant is outcome-based and depends on OHCP receiving a certain rate of return upon a change in control, provided that the optionee is still employed by the Company at the time of such change in control. This provision would be viewed as having a performance condition due to the change in control requirement and that condition would only be probable at the time that the change in control occurred, and accordingly, the Company will not recognize compensation expense for the third tranche until a change in control is deemed to be probable.

The Company has elected to use the intrinsic value method to value the common options at the end of each reporting period. The intrinsic value of the common shares was equal toexceeded the exercise price of the options at December 31, 2010,2012, and therefore, no compensation expense of $714 was recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the Successor seven month periodyear ended December 31, 2010.2012. The intrinsic value of the common shares was equal to the

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

14.Stock-Based Compensation (continued):

exercise price at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and therefore, no compensation expense was recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 or the Successor seven month period ended December 31, 2010.

 

15.Derivatives and Hedging:

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its exposures to (1) interest rate fluctuations on its floating rate senior debt.debt; (2) price fluctuations in metal commodities used in its key products; and (3) fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company measures those instruments at fair value and recognizes changes in the fair value of derivatives in earnings in the period of change, unless the derivative qualifies as an effective hedge that offsets certain exposures.

On August 28, 2006, the Company entered into an Interest Rate Swap Agreement (“2006 Swap”) with a two-year term for a notional amount of $50,000. The 2006 Swap fixed the interest rate at 5.375% plus applicable interest rate margin. The 2006 Swap expired on August 28, 2008.

AgreementsOn August 29, 2008, the Company entered into an Interest Rate Swap Agreement (“2008 Swap”) with a three-year term for a notional amount of $50,000. The 2008 Swap fixed the interest rate at 3.41% plus applicable interest rate margin. The 2008 Swap was terminated on May 24, 2010.

The 2008 Swap was designated as a cash flow hedge, and prior to its termination on May 24, 2010, it was reported on the consolidated balance sheet in other non-current liabilities with a related deferred charge recorded as a component of other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. For the Predecessor five month period ended May 28, 2010, interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operationscomprehensive income includes a $1,579 charge incurred to terminate the 2008 Swap.

On June 24, 2010, the Company entered into a forward Interest Rate Swap Agreement (“2010(the “2010 Swap”) with a two-year term for a notional amount of $115,000. The effectiveforward start date of the 2010 Swap iswas May 31, 2011 and its termination date is May 31, 2013. The 2010 Swap fixes the interest rate at 2.47% plus the applicable interest rate margin.

The 2010 Swap was initially designated as an effectivea cash flow hedge,hedge. Effective April 18, 2011, the Company executed the second amendment to the credit agreement which modified the interest rate on the Senior Facilities. The critical terms for the 2010 Swap no longer matched the terms of the amended Senior Facilities and the 2010 Swap was de-designated. As a result, $643 of previously unrecognized losses recorded as a component of other comprehensive income were recognized as interest expense in year ended December 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value atof the 2010 Swap was $(418) and was reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheet in other current liabilities with a reduction in interest expense recorded in the statement of comprehensive income for the favorable change in fair value since December 31, 2010 was $(624), net2011. The fair value of $392 in taxes. Thethe 2010 Swap was $(1,205) as of December 31, 2011 and was reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheet in other non-current liabilities.

Metal Swap Agreements—On April 20, 2012, the Company entered into a Commodity Metal Swap Agreement (the “2012 Metal Swap No. 1”) with an approximate eight-month term for 35 MT of copper at a notional amount of $294.7. The maturity date is December 31, 2012 and the 2012 Metal Swap No. 1 fixes the copper price at $8.42 per MT.

On May 30, 2012, the Company entered into a Commodity Metal Swap Agreement (the “2012 Metal Swap No. 2”) with an approximate seven-month term for 10 MT of copper at a notional amount of $77.9. The maturity date is December 31, 2012 and the 2012 Metal Swap No. 2 fixes the copper price at $7.79 per MT.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

15.Derivatives and Hedging (continued):

On May 30, 2012, the Company entered into a Commodity Metal Swap Agreement (the “2012 Metal Swap No. 3”) with an approximate ten-month term for 35 MT of copper at a notional amount of $272.5. The maturity date is March 31, 2013 and the 2012 Metal Swap No. 3 fixes the copper price at $7.785 per MT.

The Company uses metal commodity swap agreements to hedge anticipated purchases of key blanks which can fluctuate with changes in copper prices. The Company’s current metal swap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment because they do not meet the provisions specified in ASC 815. Accordingly, the gain or loss on these derivatives is recognized in current earnings.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of 2012 Metal Swap No. 1 was $17 and was reported on the consolidated balance sheet in other non-currentcurrent assets with a decrease in cost of sales recorded in the statement of comprehensive income for the favorable change in fair value since the inception date in the second quarter of 2012. At December 31, 2012, the fair value of 2012 Metal Swap No. 2 and 2012 Metal Swap No. 3 was ($6) and was reported on the consolidated balance sheet in other current liabilities with an unrealized lossincrease in cost of sales recorded as a componentin the statement of other comprehensive income for the unfavorable change in stockholders’ equity.fair value since the inception dates in the second quarter of 2012.

Foreign Currency Forward Contract—On December 18, 2012, the Company entered into a Foreign Currency Forward Contract (the “2012 FX Contract”) with an approximate six-month term for a notional amount of C$105,000. The 2012 FX Contract maturity date is May 21, 2013 and fixes the Canadian to US dollar forward exchange rate at 0.9989. The purpose of the 2012 FX Contract is to manage the Company’s exposure to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Canadian dollar investment used in the Paulin Acquisition.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the 2012 FX Contract was ($1,475) and was reported on the consolidated balance sheet in other current liabilities with an increase in other expense recorded in the statement of comprehensive income for the unfavorable change in fair value since its inception.

The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes and, therefore, holds no derivative instruments for trading purposes.

 

16.Fair Value Measurements:

On January 1, 2008,The Company uses the Company adopted theaccounting guidance that applies to all assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis. The guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

Level 1:

  Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2:

  Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3:

  Unobservable inputs reflecting the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

The accounting guidance establishes a hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of quoted market prices and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. An asset or liability’s level is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

16.Fair Value Measurements:Measurements (continued):

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the period, by level, within the fair value hierarchy:

 

  As of December 31, 2010   As of December 31, 2012 
  Level 1   Level 2 Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2 Level 3   Total 

Trading securities

  $3,478    $—     $—      $3,478    $4,245    $—     $—      $4,245  

Interest rate swaps

   —       (1,016  —       (1,016
  As of December 31, 2009 
  Level 1   Level 2 Level 3   Total 

Trading securities

  $3,043    $—     $—      $3,043  

Interest rate swaps

   —       (1,894  —       (1,894

Interest rate swap

   —       (418  —       (418

Foreign exchange forward contract

   —       (1,475  —       (1,475

Metal commodity swaps

   —       (11  —       (11

   As of December 31, 2011 
   Level 1   Level 2  Level 3   Total 

Trading securities

  $3,754    $—     $—      $3,754  

Interest rate swaps

   —       (1,205  —       (1,205

Trading securities are valued using quoted prices on an active exchange. Trading securities represent assets held in a Rabbi Trust to fund deferred compensation liabilities and are included as restricted investments on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the unrealized gains on these securities of $329 were recorded as other income by the Successor Company. An offsetting entry for the same amount, increasing the deferred compensation liability and compensation expense within SG&A, was also recorded.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the unrealized gains on these securities of $19 were recorded as other income by the Successor Company. An offsetting entry for the same amount, increasing the deferred compensation liability and compensation expense within SG&A, was also recorded.

For the Predecessor five months ended May 28, 2010, the unrealized gains on these securities of $16 were recorded as other income. For the Successor seven months ended December 31, 2010, the unrealized gains on these securities of $283 were recorded as other income. In each period, an offsetting entry, for the same amount, increasing the deferred compensation liability and compensation expense within SG&A was also recorded.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the unrealized gains on these securities of $254 were recorded as other income by the Predecessor Company. An offsetting entry for the same amount, increasing the deferred compensation liability and compensation expense within SG&A, was also recorded.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, the unrealized losses on these securities of $1,428 were recorded as other expense by the Predecessor Company. An offsetting entry for the same amount, decreasing the deferred compensation liability and compensation expense within SG&A, was also recorded.

The Company utilizes interest rate swap contracts to manage its targeted mix of fixed and floating rate debt, and these swaps are valued using observable benchmark rates at commonly quoted intervals for the full term of the swaps. The 2010 Swap was included in other non-currentcurrent liabilities as of December 31, 2010 on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Prior to its termination on May 24, 2010, the 2008 Swap was included2012 and in other non-current liabilities as of December 31, 20092011 on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The fair valueCompany utilizes a foreign exchange forward contract to manage its exposure to currency fluctuations in the Canadian dollar versus the U.S. dollar. This forward contract is valued using observable benchmark rates at commonly quoted intervals for the full term of the Company’s fixed rate senior notes and junior subordinated debenturesforward contract. The foreign exchange forward contract was included in other current liabilities as of December 31, 20102012 on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The Company utilizes metal commodity swap contracts to manage its exposure to price fluctuations in metal commodities used in its key products, and 2009these swaps are valued using observable benchmark rates at commonly quoted intervals for the full term of the swaps. The metal commodity swap contracts were determined by utilizingincluded in other current trading prices obtained from indicative market data.assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2012 on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

   December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009 
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

10.875% Senior Notes

  $150,000    $164,062     n/a     n/a  

Junior Subordinated Debentures

   115,837     125,153     115,716     110,560  

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

16.Fair Value Measurements (continued):

The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate senior notes and junior subordinated debentures as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were determined by utilizing current trading prices obtained from indicative market data.

   December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011 
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
 

10.875% Senior Notes

  $272,942    $283,881    $204,248    $197,250  

Junior Subordinated Debentures

   115,132     128,949     115,411     129,371  

17.Commitments and Contingencies:

The Company self insuresself-insures its product liability, automotive, workers’ compensation and general liability losses up to $250 per occurrence. Catastrophic coverage has been purchased from third party insurers for occurrences in excess of $250 up to $40,000. The two risk areas involving the most significant accounting estimates are workers’ compensation and automotive liability. Actuarial valuations performed by the Company’s outside risk insurance expert were used by the Company’s management to form the basis for workers’ compensation and automotive liability loss reserves. The actuary contemplated the Company’s specific loss history, actual claims reported, and industry trends among statistical and other factors to estimate the range of reserves required. Risk insurance reserves are comprised of specific reserves for individual claims and additional amounts expected for development of these claims, as well as for incurred but not yet reported claims. The Company believes that the liability of approximately $1,952$2,626 recorded for such risk insurance reserves is adequate as of December 31, 2010,2012, but due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimate, it is possible that the ultimate costs will differ materially from this estimate.

As of December 31, 2010,2012, the Company has provided certain vendors and insurers letters of credit aggregating $5,944$5,556 related to its product purchases and insurance coverage of product liability, workers’ compensation and general liability.

The Company self-insures its group health claims up to an annual stop loss limit of $200 per participant. Aggregate coverage is maintained for annual group health insurance claims in excess of 125% of expected claims. Historical group insurance loss experience forms the basis for the recognition of group health insurance reserves. Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based on an analysis of historical insurance claim data and certain actuarial assumptions. The Company believes that the liability of approximately $1,737$2,045 recorded for such group health insurance reserves is adequate as of December 31, 2010,2012, but due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process it is possible that the ultimate costs will differ materially from this estimate.

On November 23, 2011, Steelworks Hardware LLC, the owner of the Steelworks trademark and a party to a licensing and marketing agreement with Hillman that originated in 2005 and automatically renewed for a three year period beginning in May 2010, filed a complaint against Hillman Group, Ace Hardware Corporation, Lowe’s Companies, Inc., Lowe’s Home Centers, Inc. and True Value Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois Eastern Division. The complaint alleged a series of claims against Hillman Group and the other named defendants, including trademark and trade dress infringement in violation of the Lanham Act, violations of Illinois Consumer Fraud and Unfair Trade Practices Acts and common law breach of contract, conspiracy and tort claims.

On March 20, 2012, the Company agreed to pay $1,635 to Steelworks Hardware LLC in full settlement of all alleged claims and plaintiff legal fees in this matter. The settlement cost and plaintiff legal fees were recorded in our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

17.Commitments and Contingencies (continued):

On May 4, 2010, Hy-Ko Products, Inc. filed a complaint against Hillman Group, and Kaba Ilco Corp., a manufacturer of blank replacement keys, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio Eastern Division, alleging that the defendants engaged in violations of federal and state antitrust laws regarding their business practices relating to automatic key machines and replacement keys. Hy-Ko Products’Hy-Ko’s May 4, 2010 filing against the Company iswas based, in part, on the Company’s previously-filed claim against Hy-Ko Products alleging infringement of certain patents of the Company. A claim construction hearing on the Company’s patent infringement claim against Hy-Ko Products occurred in September 20102010. A ruling on the claim construction hearing was handed down on November 22, 2011 and was favorable to the Company’s position.

On November 7, 2012, the Company entered into a ruling is expectedmutual release, covenant not to sue, patent license, and settlement agreement with Hy-Ko for settlement of both the antitrust case and patent infringement case. In consideration for a payment from Hy-Ko, the Company granted fully paid-up, worldwide, non-transferable, irrevocable, non-exclusive licenses under two of the Company’s patents for several of Hy-Ko’s existing commercialized automated key-cutting equipment. In addition, the Company agreed to make a payment to Hy-Ko in full settlement of all alleged claims in the first half of 2011.

In its antitrust claim againstmatter. All claims and counterclaims between Hy-Ko and the Company Hy-Ko Products is seeking monetary damages which would be trebled underin both the patent case and the antitrust laws, interest and attorney’s fees as well as injunctive relief.case have been dismissed with prejudice. The antitrust claim against the Company has been stayed pending the resolutionsale of the patents claim against Hy-Ko Products. Becauselicense and the lawsuit issettlement cost were recorded in a preliminary stage, it is not yet possible to assessnet sales and SG&A expense, respectively, in our consolidated results of operations for the impact that the lawsuit will have on the Company. However, the Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously.year ended December 31, 2012.

In addition, legal proceedings have been or are pending which are either in the ordinary course of business or incidental to the Company’s business. Those legal proceedings incidental to the business of the Company are generally not covered by insurance or other indemnity. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate resolution of the pending litigation matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, operations or cash flows of the Company.

18.Statements of Cash Flows:

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information are presented below:

   Successor    Predecessor 
   Year
ended
December  31,
2012
   Year
ended
December  31,
2011
   Seven Months
ended
December 31,
2010
     Five Months
ended
May 28,
2010
 

Cash paid during the period for:

         

Interest on junior subordinated debentures

  $12,232    $12,232    $7,136     $5,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest

  $38,880    $38,192    $19,409     $7,710  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes

  $479    $749    $122     $575  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-cash investing activities:

         

Property and equipment purchased with capital lease

  $155    $—      $152     $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-cash financing activities:

         

Increase in accrued dividends on preferred stock

  $—      $—      $—       $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

18.Statements of Cash Flows:

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information are presented below:

  Successor    Predecessor 
  Seven Months
ended
December 31,
2010
     Five Months
ended
May 28,
2010
   Year
ended
December  31,
2009
   Year
ended
December  31,
2008
 

Cash paid during the period for:

        

Interest on junior subordinated debentures

 $7,136     $5,096    $12,442    $12,231  
                    

Interest

 $19,409     $7,710    $14,043    $19,112  
                    

Income taxes

 $122     $575    $1,759    $985  
                    
 

Non-cash investing activities:

        

Property and equipment purchased with capital lease

 $152     $—      $27    $238  
                    

Non-cash financing activities:

        

Increase in accrued dividends on preferred stock

 $—       $—      $16,872    $15,142  
                    

19.Quarterly Data (unaudited):

 

2010

  Fourth Third   Second First 

2012

  Total Fourth Third   Second First 

Net sales

  $106,265   $122,715    $124,956   $108,460    $555,465   $131,682   $148,169    $147,241   $128,373  

Gross profit

   52,783    62,665     64,099    56,522  

Income from operations

   40,968    3,611    13,581     14,941    8,835  

Net (loss) income

   (3,689  1,450     (29,438  (1,569   (7,234  (6,810  1,107     1,056    (2,587

2009

  Fourth Third   Second First 

2011

  Total Fourth Third   Second First 

Net sales

  $99,462   $122,673    $123,813   $112,213    $506,526   $122,259   $137,577    $135,396   $111,294  

Gross profit

   51,785    65,093     62,704    53,937  

Income from operations

   38,453    4,816    14,855     15,695    3,087  

Net (loss) income

   (2,487  2,741     2,353    (3,837   (9,779  (5,483  1,454     (868  (4,882

 

20.Concentration of Credit Risks:

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to sales and trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across geographic areas. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.

For the year ended December 31, 2010,2012, the largest three customers accounted for 43.7%40.1% of sales and 52.5%49.7% of the year-end accounts receivable balance. For the year ended December 31, 2009,2011, the largest three customers accounted for 42.8%41.0% of sales and 55.0%52.0% of the year-end accounts receivable balance. For the year ended December 31, 2008,2010, the largest three customers accounted for 40.7%43.7% of sales and 47.1%52.5% of the year-end accounts receivable balance. No other customer accounted for more than 5.0% of the Company’s total sales in 2010, 20092012, 2011 or 2008.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

20.Concentration of Credit Risks: (continued)

2010.

Concentration of credit risk with respect to purchases and trade payables are limited due to the large number of vendors comprising the Company’s vendor base, with dispersion across different industries and geographic areas. The Company’s largest vendor in terms of annual purchases accounted for 7.6%6.7% of the Company’s total purchases and 1.6%4.7% of the Company’s total trade payables on December 31, 2010.2012.

 

21.Segment Reporting and Geographic Information:

The Company’s segment reporting structure uses the Company’s management reporting structure as the foundation for how the Company provides merchandising servicesmanages its business. The Company periodically evaluates its segment reporting structure in accordance with ASC 350-20-55 and products such as fasteners and related hardware items; threaded rod and metal shapes; keys, key duplication systems and accessories; and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers and signs, to retail outlets, primarily hardware stores, home centers and mass merchants. Management considers all such sales to be part of a single operating segment.

The following geographic area data includes revenue based on product shipment destination for the periods ended December 31 or May 28 and long-lived assets based on physical locationhas concluded that it has five reporting units as of December 31:31, 2012. The United States segment, excluding All Points, is the only segment considered material by Company management as of December 31, 2012. The segments are as follows:

 

  Successor      Predecessor 
  Seven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
      Five
Months
Ended

May 28,
2010
   Year
Ended
December  31,
2009
   Year
Ended
December  31,
2008
 

Net sales:

         

United States

 $264,804      $179,214    $442,695    $467,925  

Canada

  5,053       1,759     4,479     4,241  

Mexico

  3,149       2,243     4,980     3,416  

Other

  3,674       2,500     6,007     6,341  
                     

Consolidated net sales

 $276,680      $185,716    $458,161    $481,923  
                     

Long-lived assets:

         

United States

 $877,084        $466,737    $477,855  

Canada

  893         249     311  

Mexico

  —           —       55  

Other

  —           —       —    
                  

Consolidated long-lived assets

 $877,977        $466,986    $478,221  
                  

United States—excluding the All Points division

 

   Successor     Predecessor 
   As of
December 31,
2010
     As of
December 31,
2009
   As of
December 31,
2008
 

Cash & cash equivalents

       

United States

  $6,286     $16,801    $6,775  

Canada

   1,027      250     234  

Mexico

   272      113     124  
                

Consolidated cash & cash equivalents

  $7,585     $17,164    $7,133  
                

All Points

Canada

Mexico

Australia

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

21.Segment Reporting and Geographic Information:Information (continued):

 

Our United States segment distributes fasteners and related hardware items, threaded rod, keys, key duplicating systems and accessories, and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers and signs to hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, and other retail outlets primarily in the United States. This segment also provides innovative pet ID tag programs to a leading pet products chain retailer using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pending technology and product portfolio.

Our All Points segment is a Florida based distributor of commercial and residential fasteners catering to the hurricane protection industry in the southern United States. All Points has positioned itself as a major supplier to manufacturers of railings, screen enclosures, windows and hurricane shutters.

Our Canada segment distributes fasteners and related hardware items, threaded rod, keys, key duplicating systems and accessories, and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers and signs to hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, and other retail outlets in Canada.

Our Mexico segment distributes fasteners and related hardware items to hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, and other retail outlets in Mexico.

Our Australia segment distributes keys, key duplicating systems and accessories to home centers and other retail outlets in Australia.

The Company uses profit or loss from operations to evaluate the performance of its segments. Profit or loss from operations is defined as income from operations before interest and tax expenses. Hillman accounts for intersegment sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. Segment revenue excludes intersegment sales related to the sales or transfer of products between segments which is consistent with the segment revenue information provided to the Company’s chief operating decision maker. Segment Income (Loss) from Operations for Mexico and Australia include insignificant costs allocated from the United States, excluding All Points segment, while the remaining operating segments do not include any allocations.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

21.Segment Reporting and Geographic Information (continued):

The table below presents revenues and income from operations for our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the seven months ended December 31, 2010 and the five months ended May 28, 2010.

   Successor  Predecessor 
   Year
Ended
December  31,
2012
  Year
Ended
December  31,
2011
  Seven
Months
Ended
December  31,
2010
  Five
Months
Ended
May  28,
2010
 
 

Revenues

     

United States, excluding All Points

  $517,135   $473,431   $258,391      $175,470  

All Points

   18,837    15,236    10,087    6,244  

Canada

   12,555    11,762    5,053    1,759  

Mexico

   6,268    5,832    3,149    2,243  

Australia

   670    265    —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $555,465   $506,526   $276,680   $185,716  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 

Segment Income (Loss) from Operations

     

United States, excluding All Points

  $42,908   $37,997   $16,025   $(9,288

All Points

   881    487    362    122  

Canada

   (3,050  (727  88    123  

Mexico

   787    942    269    270  

Australia

   (546  (324  —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total segment income (loss) from operations

  $40,980   $38,375   $16,744   $(8,773
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
 

Reconciliation (1)

     

Total segment income (loss) from operations

  $40,980   $38,375   $16,744   $(8,773

Elimination of intercompany profit (loss)

   (12  78    (59  11  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income (loss) from operations

  $40,968   $38,453   $16,685   $(8,762
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)This table reconciles segment income (loss) from operations to total income (loss) from operations.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

21.Segment Reporting and Geographic Information (continued):

Assets by segment as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

   December 31,
2012
   December 31,
2011
 

Assets:

    

United States, excluding All Points

  $1,133,824    $1,088,246  

All Points

   7,298     8,052  

Canada

   15,477     13,269  

Mexico

   17,816     17,097  

Australia

   1,378     1,187  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $1,175,793    $1,127,851  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

    As of
December 31,
2012
   As of
December 31,
2011
 

Cash & cash equivalents

    

United States

  $63,347    $9,400  

Canada

   1,084     968  

Mexico

   1,066     1,560  

Australia

   51     99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated cash & cash equivalents

  $65,548    $12,027  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Following is revenue based on products for the Company’s significant product categories:

 

  Successor    Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor 
  Seven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
    Five
Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
   Year
Ended
December  31,
2009
   Year
Ended
December  31,
2008
   Year
Ended
December  31,
2012
   Year
Ended
December  31,
2011
   Seven
Months
Ended
December 31,
2010
     Five
Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
 

Net sales

                   

Keys

  $48,897     $32,716    $78,012    $80,754    $86,943    $85,410    $48,897      $32,716  

Engraving

   17,038      12,242     35,518     40,945     48,979     41,734     17,038       12,242  

Letters, numbers and signs

   22,026      12,859     34,287     34,671     32,251     33,079     22,026       12,859  

Fasteners

   154,319      103,457     253,703     261,646     308,770     279,564     154,319       103,457  

Threaded rod

   17,360      12,471     30,118     37,145     33,326     31,135     17,360       12,471  

Code cutter

   1,844      1,377     3,353     4,934     2,851     3,312     1,844       1,377  

Builders hardware

   3,137      1,753     3,832     1,606     16,370     10,080     3,137       1,753  

Other

   12,059      8,841     19,338     20,222     25,975     22,212     12,059       8,841  
                   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

 

Consolidated net sales

  $276,680     $185,716    $458,161    $481,923    $555,465    $506,526    $276,680      $185,716  
                   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

 

 

22.Acquisition and Integration Expenses:

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company incurred $3,031 of expenses for banking, legal and other professional fees incurred in connection with the Ook Acquisition and the Paulin Acquisition described in Note 23, Subsequent Events.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

22.Acquisition and Integration Expenses (continued):

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred $2,805 of expenses for banking, legal and other professional fees incurred in connection with the Merger Transaction, Servalite Acquisition, TagWorks Acquisition, Ook Acquisition and the start-up of operations for Hillman Australia.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred $22,492 of one-time acquisition and integration expenses related to the Merger Transaction. The Predecessor incurred $11,342 of the acquisition and integration expense total, primarily for investment banking, legal and other advisory fees related to the sale of the Company. The remaining $11,150 of acquisition and integration expense was incurred by the Successor for legal, consulting, accounting and other advisory services incurred in connection with the acquisition of the Company.

 

23.Subsequent Events:

Effective February 14, 2013, the Company completed an amendment to the credit agreement governing its Senior Facilities. The Senior Facilities amendment modified the term loan pricing to reduce the Eurodollar Margin by 50 basis points and reduce the Eurodollar floor on Eurodollar Loans by an additional 25 basis points. This amendment modified the term loan pricing to reduce the Base Rate Margin by 50 basis points and reduce the floor on Base Rate Loans by an additional 25 basis points. This amendment also extends the maturity date of the Senior Facilities by one year to May 28, 2017.

On March 16, 2011, Hillman GroupFebruary 19, 2013, pursuant to the terms of the previously announced plan of arrangement dated December 17, 2012, the Company acquired all of the membership interests in TagWorks, L.L.C.issued and outstanding Class A common shares of H. Paulin & Co., Limited (“TagWorks”Paulin”), and Paulin became an Arizona limited liability companyindirect wholly owned subsidiary of Hillman (the “TagWorks“Paulin Acquisition”) for an initial. The aggregate purchase price of $40.0 millionthe Paulin Acquisition was approximately C$105,700 paid in cash. The closing purchase price

Paulin is subject to post closing adjustments for certain changes in indebtedness and working capital of TagWorks and certain transaction expenses, in each case as provided in the purchase agreement. In addition, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions, Hillman Group will pay additional consideration of $12.5 million to the sellers of TagWorks on October 31, 2011, and an additional earn-out payment of up to $12.5 million in 2012.

Founded in 2007, TagWorks provides innovative pet ID tag programs to a leading petCanadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, chain retailer using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pending technologyautomotive parts and product portfolio. In conjunction with this agreement, Hillman Group entered into a seventeen (17) year agreement with KeyWorks-KeyExpress, LLC (“KeyWorks”), a company affiliated with TagWorks, to assign its patent-pending retail key program technology to Hillman Grouphardware components. Paulin’s distribution facilities are located across Canada in Vancouver, Edmonton, Winnipeg, Toronto, Montreal and to continue to work collaboratively with us to develop next generation key duplicating technology.

The closingMoncton, as well as in Flint, Michigan and Cleveland, Ohio. Paulin’s four manufacturing facilities are located in Ontario, Canada. Annual revenues of the TagWorks Acquisition was concurrent with an offering of $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of Hillman Group’s 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018. Hillman Group used the net proceeds of the

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

23.Subsequent Events: (continued)

offering of the notes to fund the acquisition of TagWorks, to repay a portion of indebtedness under its revolving credit facility and to pay related fees, expenses and other related payments. The notes are guaranteed by Hillman Companies, Hillman Investment Company and all of the domestic subsidiaries of Hillman Group.

The Company’s management has evaluated potential subsequent eventsPaulin for recording and disclosure in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 up to the issuance date of the financial statements. There2011 were no additional items requiring disclosure.approximately C$139 million.

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information:

The 10.875% Senior Notes were issued by The Hillman Group, Inc. and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company and each of Hillman Group’s domestic subsidiaries. The non-guarantor information presented represents our Australian, Canadian and Mexican subsidiaries.

The following financial information presents consolidating statements of operations, balance sheets, and cash flows for The Hillman Group, Inc., all guarantor subsidiaries, all non-guarantor subsidiaries and the eliminations necessary to provide the consolidated results for The Hillman Companies, Inc. and subsidiaries. For purposes of this presentation, investments in subsidiaries have been accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The principal consolidating adjustments eliminate investment in subsidiary and intercompany balances and transactions.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Consolidating Statements of OperationsComprehensive Income

For the seven monthsyear ended December 31, 20102012

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Successor  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated 

Net sales

  $—     $258,391   $10,087   $8,202   $—     $276,680   $—     $517,135   $18,837   $19,493   $—     $555,465  

Cost of sales

   —      124,556    7,709    4,241    48    136,554    —      247,964    14,162    12,878    12    275,016  
                   

Gross profit

   —      133,835    2,378    3,961    (48  140,126  
                   

Operating expenses:

       

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   283    84,773    1,964    3,740    —      90,760    1,043    174,667    3,717    8,903    —      188,330  

Acquisition and integration expense

   —      11,145    —      5    —      11,150    —      3,031    —      —      —      3,031  

Depreciation

   —      10,924    50    33    —      11,007    —      21,839    88    82    —      22,009  

Amortization

   10,669    —      —      —      —      10,669    18,058    3,298    —      396    —      21,752  

Intercompany administrative (income) expense

   —      (140  —      140    —      —      —      (347  —      347    —      —    

Management and transaction fees to related party

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      155    —      —      —      155  
                   

Total operating expenses

   10,952    106,702    2,014    3,918    —      123,586  
                   

Other (expense) income, net

   283    (450  (2  314    —      145  

Other (income) expense, net

  (358  4,877    (11  (304  —      4,204  

Income from operations

   (10,669  26,683    362    357    (48  16,685    (18,743  61,651    881    (2,809  (12  40,968  

Intercompany interest (income) expense

   (7,135  7,136    —      —      (1  —      (12,232  12,232    —      —      —      —    

Interest expense, net

   (248  20,959    —      —      1    20,712    (279  41,415    —      2    —      41,138  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   —      —      —      —      —      —    

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   7,356    —      —      —      —      7,356    12,610    —      —      —      —      12,610  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (220  —      —      —      —      (220  (378  —      —      —      —      (378
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in subsidiaries’ inc (loss)

   (10,422  (1,412  362    357    (48  (11,163

Income (loss) before equity in subsidiaries’ income

  (18,464  8,004    881    (2,811  (12  (12,402

Equity in subsidiaries’ income (loss)

   (977  435    —      —      542    —      4,786    (2,023  —      —      (2,763  —    
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (11,399  (977  362    357    494    (11,163  (13,678  5,981    881    (2,811  (2,775  (12,402

Income tax provision (benefit)

   (3,409  —      138    146    —      (3,125  (6,456  1,195    333    (240  —      (5,168
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(7,990 $(977 $224   $211   $494   $(8,038 $(7,222 $4,786   $548   $(2,571 $(2,775 $(7,234
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   —      —      —      (1  —      (1  —      —      —      1,051    —      1,051  

Change in derivative security value

   —      (624  —      —      —      (624
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $(7,990 $(1,601 $224   $210   $494   $(8,663 $(7,222 $4,786   $548   $(1,520 $(2,775 $(6,183
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Consolidating Statements of OperationsComprehensive Income

For the five monthsyear ended May 28, 2010December 31, 2011

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Predecessor  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated 

Net sales

  $—     $175,470   $6,244   $4,002    $—     $185,716   $—     $465,033   $23,634   $17,859   $—     $506,526  

Cost of sales

   —      83,169    4,679    1,925     —      89,773    —      227,719    14,627    10,223    (78  252,491  
                    

Gross profit

   —      92,301    1,565    2,077     —      95,943  
                    

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   19,069    60,784    1,396    1,601     —      82,850    19    155,891    7,026    6,830    —      169,766  

Acquisition and integration expense

   —      11,342    —      —       —      11,342    —      2,642    —      163    —      2,805  

Depreciation

   —      7,192    32    59     —      7,283    —      21,139    121    73    —      21,333  

Amortization

   2,663    —      15    —       —      2,678    18,433    2,077    207    —      —      20,717  

Intercompany administrative (income) expense

   —      (100  —      100     —      —      —      (240  —      238    2    —    

Management and transaction fees to related party

   438    —      —      —       —      438    —      110    —      —      —      110  
                    

Total operating expenses

   22,170    79,218    1,443    1,760     —      104,591  
                    

Other (expense) income, net

   16    11    (217  76     —      (114

Other (income) expense, net

  (19  447    (16  441    (2  851  

Income from operations

   (22,154  13,094    (95  393     —      (8,762  (18,433  55,248    1,669    (109  78    38,453  

Intercompany interest (income) expense

   (5,097  5,096    —      —       1    —      (12,231  12,231    —      —      —      —    

Interest expense, net

   (154  8,480    —      2     (1  8,327    (426  41,105    —      —      —      40,679  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   5,488    —      —      —       —      5,488  

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   5,254    —      —      —       —      5,254    12,610    —      —      —      —      12,610  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (158  —      —      —       —      (158  (378  —      —      —      —      (378
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in subsidiaries’ inc (loss)

   (27,487  (482  (95  391     —      (27,673

Income (loss) before equity in subsidiaries’ income

  (18,008  1,912    1,669    (109  78    (14,458

Equity in subsidiaries’ income (loss)

   (398  84    —      —       314    —      2,599    836    —      —      (3,435  —    
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (27,885  (398  (95  391     314    (27,673  (15,409  2,748    1,669    (109  (3,357  (14,458

Income tax provision (benefit)

   (2,677  —      48    164     —      (2,465  (5,552  149    608    116    —      (4,679
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(25,208 $(398 $(143 $227    $314   $(25,208 $(9,857 $2,599   $1,061   $(225 $(3,357 $(9,779
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

              

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   —      —      —      17     —      17    —      —      —      (179  —      (179

Change in derivative security value

   —      1,161    —      —       —      1,161    —      624    —      —      —      624  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $(25,208 $763   $(143 $244    $314   $(24,030 $(9,857 $3,223   $1,061   $(404 $(3,357 $(9,334
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Consolidating Statements of OperationsComprehensive Income

For the yearseven months ended December 31, 20092010

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Predecessor  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated 

Net sales

  $—     $433,646   $15,056   $9,459   $—     $458,161   $—     $258,391   $10,087   $8,202   $—     $276,680  

Cost of sales

   —      208,231    11,232    5,081    98    224,642    —      124,556    7,709    4,241    48    136,554  
                   

Gross profit

   —      225,415    3,824    4,378    (98  233,519  
                   

Operating expenses:

       

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   8,991    142,888    3,545    3,726    —      159,150    283    84,773    1,964    3,740    —      90,760  

Acquisition and integration expense

  —      11,145    —      5    —      11,150  

Depreciation

   —      16,761    86    146    —      16,993    —      10,924    50    33    —      11,007  

Amortization

   6,875    —      37    —      —      6,912    10,669    —      —      —      —      10,669  

Intercompany administrative (income) expense

   —      (240  —      238    2    —      —      (140  —      140    —      —    

Management and transaction fees to related party

   1,010    —      —      —      —      1,010    —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other (income) expense, net

  (283  450    2    (314  —      (145
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total operating expenses

   16,876    159,409    3,668    4,110    2    184,065  
                   

Other (expense) income, net

   286    (921  (10  523    2    (120

Income from operations

   (16,590  65,085    146    791    (98  49,334    (10,669  26,683    362    357    (48  16,685  

Intercompany interest (income) expense

   (12,232  12,232    —      —      —      —      (7,135  7,136    —      —      (1  —    

Interest expense, net

   (358  15,883    (4  —      —      15,521    (248  20,959    —      —      1    20,712  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   12,312    —      —      —      —      12,312    —      —      —      —      —      —    

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   12,820    —      —      —      —      12,820    7,356    —      —      —      —      7,356  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (378  —      —      —      —      (378  (220  —      —      —      —      (220
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in subsidiaries’ inc (loss)

   (28,754  36,970    150    791    (98  9,059  

Income (loss) before equity in subsidiaries’ income

  (10,422  (1,412  362    357    (48  (11,163

Equity in subsidiaries’ income (loss)

   37,562    592    —      —      (38,154  —      (977  435    —      —      542    —    
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   8,808    37,562    150    791    (38,252  9,059    (11,399  (977  362    357    494    (11,163

Income tax provision

   9,940    —      51    298    —      10,289  

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (3,409  —      138    146    —      (3,125
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(1,132 $37,562   $99   $493   $(38,252 $(1,230 $(7,990 $(977 $224   $211   $494   $(8,038
                   
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   —      —      —      (197  —      (197  —      —      —      (1  —      (1

Change in derivative security value

   —      297    —      —      —      297    —      (624  —      —      —      (624
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $(1,132 $37,859   $99   $296   $(38,252 $(1,130 $(7,990 $(1,601 $224   $210   $494   $(8,663
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Consolidating Statements of OperationsComprehensive Income

For the yearfive months ended December 31, 2008May 28, 2010

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Predecessor  Predecessor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated 

Net sales

  $—     $452,973   $21,293   $7,657   $—     $481,923   $—     $175,470   $6,244   $4,002   $—     $185,716  

Cost of sales

   —      224,956    16,226    3,447    18    244,647    —      83,169    4,679    1,925    —      89,773  
                   

Gross profit

   —      228,017    5,067    4,210    (18  237,276  
                   

Operating expenses:

       

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   1,053    152,621    3,949    3,727    —      161,350    19,069    60,784    1,396    1,601    —      82,850  

Acquisition and integration

  —      11,342    —      —      —      11,342  

Depreciation

   —      17,581    91    163    —      17,835    —      7,192    32    59    —      7,283  

Amortization

   7,036    —      37    —      —      7,073    2,663    —      15    —      —      2,678  

Intercompany administrative (income) expense

   —      (240  —      240    —      —      —      (100  —      100    —      —    

Management and transaction fees to related party

   1,043    —      —      —      —      1,043    438    —      —      —      —      438  

Other (income) expense, net

  (16  (11  217    (76  —      114  
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total operating expenses

   9,132    169,962    4,077    4,130    —      187,301  
                   

Other (expense) income, net

   (1,428  148    5    (975  —      (2,250

Income from operations

   (10,560  58,203    995    (895  (18  47,725  

Income (loss) from operations

  (22,154  13,094    (95  393    —      (8,762

Intercompany interest (income) expense

   (12,232  12,232    —      —      —      —      (5,097  5,096    —      —      1    —    

Interest expense, net

   (265  20,822    (12  —      —      20,545    (154  8,480    —      2    (1  8,327  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   11,091    —      —      —      —      11,091    5,488    —      —      —      —      5,488  

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   12,609    —      —      —      —      12,609    5,254    —      —      —      —      5,254  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (378  —      —      —      —      (378  (158  —      —      —      —      (158
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(Loss) income before equity in subsidiaries’ inc (loss)

   (21,385  25,149    1,007    (895  (18  3,858  

Income (loss) before equity in subsidiaries’ income

  (27,487  (482  (95  391    —      (27,673

Equity in subsidiaries’ income (loss)

   25,322    173    —      —      (25,495  —      (398  84    —      —      314    —    
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   3,937    25,322    1,007    (895  (25,513  3,858    (27,885  (398  (95  391    314    (27,673

Income tax provision

   5,084    —      382    (443  —      5,023  

Income tax provision (benefit)

  (2,677  —      48    164    —      (2,465
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(1,147 $25,322   $625   $(452 $(25,513 $(1,165 $(25,208 $(398 $(143 $227   $314   $(25,208
                   
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   —      —      —      74    —      74    —      —      —      17    —      17  

Change in derivative security value

   —      (1,248  —      —      —      (1,248  —      1,161    —      —      —      1,161  
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $(1,147 $24,074   $625   $(378 $(25,513 $(2,339 $(25,208 $763   $(143 $244   $314   $(24,030
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 20102012

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Successor  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated 
ASSETSASSETS              

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1   $5,166    $1,119   $1,299   $—     $7,585   $1   $62,917   $429   $2,201   $—     $65,548  

Restricted investments

   227    —       —      —      —      227    846    —      —      —      —      846  

Accounts receivable

   —      54,528     7,139    (5,157  —      56,510    —      65,916    6,473    (10,045  —      62,344  

Inventories

   —      84,011     10,644    3,384    (338  97,701    —      105,028    4,678    4,404    (272  113,838  

Deferred income taxes

   7,267    —       1,885    225    —      9,377    10,359    —      610    221    (726  10,464  

Other current assets

   —      2,239     364    798    —      3,401    —      6,526    145    1,835    —      8,506  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

   7,495    145,944     21,151    549    (338  174,801    11,206    240,387    12,335    (1,384  (998  261,546  

Intercompany notes receivable

   105,446    —       —      —      (105,446  —      105,446    —      —      —      (105,446  —    

Intercompany interest receivable

   —      —       —      —      —      —    

Investments in subsidiaries

   (615,609  31,720     —      —      583,889    —      (637,376  27,204    —      —      610,172    —    

Property and equipment

   —      52,005     276    231    —      52,512    —      67,902    191    399    —      68,492  

Goodwill

   430,564    1,561     7,184    —      280    439,589    418,946    24,512    58    11,542    280    455,338  

Other intangibles

   356,981    —       6,095    —      —      363,076    311,832    46,047    250    8,515    —      366,644  

Restricted investments

   3,251    —       —      —      —      3,251    3,399    —      —      —      —      3,399  

Deferred income taxes

   25,423    392     (201  379    (25,614  379    29,492    —      (411  977    (30,058  —    

Deferred financing fees

   —      14,322     —      —      —      14,322    —      12,858    —      —      —      12,858  

Investment in trust common securities

   3,261    —       —      —      —      3,261    3,261    —      —      —      —      3,261  

Other assets

   —      900     25    662    —      1,587    —      3,521    25    709    —      4,255  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets

  $316,812   $246,844    $34,530   $1,821   $452,771   $1,052,778   $246,206   $422,431   $12,448   $20,758   $473,950   $1,175,793  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

      

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Current liabilities

              

Accounts payable

  $—     $27,433    $659   $332   $—     $28,424   $—     $31,873   $517   $181   $—     $32,571  

Current portion of senior term loans

   —      2,900     —      —      —      2,900    —      3,200    —      —      —      3,200  

Current portion of capitalized lease and other obligations

   —      30     —      —      —      30    —      819    —      —      —      819  

Accrued expenses:

              

Salaries and wages

   —      5,395     505    178    —      6,078    —      8,930    217    204    —      9,351  

Pricing allowances

   —      4,862     13    480    —      5,355    —      3,457    3    597    —      4,057  

Income and other taxes

   (283  1,749     153    420    —      2,039    (625  2,447    25    645    —      2,492  

Interest

   —      1,409     —      —      —      1,409    —      2,868    —      —      —      2,868  

Deferred compensation

   227    —       —      —      —      227    846    —      —      —      —      846  

Other accrued expenses

   —      6,484     1,201    214    —      7,899    —      9,822    40    1,535    —      11,397  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

   (56  50,262     2,531    1,624    —      54,361    221    63,416    802    3,162    —      67,601  

Intercompany debt payable

   —      105,446     —      —      (105,446  —    

Long term senior term loans

   —      285,650     —      —      —      285,650  

Bank revolving credit

   —      12,000     —      —      —      12,000  

Long term portion of capitalized lease and other obligations

   —      134     —      —      —      134  

Long term senior notes

   —      150,000     —      —      —      150,000  

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2012

(Amounts in thousands)

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The  Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)      

Intercompany debt payable

  —      105,446    —      —      (105,446  —    

Long term senior term loans

  —      307,727    —      —      —      307,727  

Long term portion of capitalized lease and other obligations

  —      245    —      —      —      245  

Long term senior notes

  —      272,942    —      —      —      272,942  

Junior subordinated debentures

  115,132    —      —      —      —      115,132  

Deferred compensation

  3,399    —      —      —      —      3,399  

Deferred income taxes, net

  146,042    —      219    2,472    (30,784  117,949  

Other non-current liabilities

  714    5,473    —      —      —      6,187  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  265,508    755,249    1,021    5,634    (136,230  891,182  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common stock with put options:

      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 198.4 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012.

  14,116    —      —      —      —      14,116  

Commitments and Contingencies

      

Stockholders’ Equity:

      

Preferred Stock:

      

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Common Stock:

      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,801.6 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012.

  —      —      50    —      (50  —    

Additional paid-in capital

  117,261    (131,642  10,304    17,192    281,560    294,675  

Accumulated deficit

  (150,679  (201,176  1,073    (2,458  328,189    (25,051

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      390    481    871  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  (33,418  (332,818  11,427    15,124    610,180    270,495  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $246,206   $422,431   $12,448   $20,758   $473,950   $1,175,793  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 20102011

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)      

Junior subordinated debentures

  115,837    —      —      —      —      115,837  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Management purchased preferred options

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Deferred compensation

  3,251    —      —      —      —      3,251  

Deferred income taxes, net

  154,844    —      54    —      (25,614  129,284  

Accrued dividends on preferred stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other non-current liabilities

  —      2,283    —      —      —      2,283  
                        

Total liabilities

  273,876    605,775    2,585    1,624    (131,060  752,800  
                        

Common stock with put options:

      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 198.4 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010.

  12,247    —      —      —      —      12,247  

Class A Common stock, $.01 par, zero authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010; 23,141 shares authorized, 395.7 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Class B Common stock, $.01 par, zero authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010; 2,500 shares authorized, 970.6 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Commitments and Contingencies

      

Stockholders’ Equity:

      

Preferred Stock:

      

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Class A Preferred stock, $.01 par, zero authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010; $1,000 liquidation value, 238,889 shares authorized, 82,104.8 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Common Stock:

      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,801.6 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Class A Common stock, $.01 par, zero authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010; 23,141 shares authorized, 5,805.3 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  —      —      65    —      (65  —    

Class C Common stock, $.01 par, zero authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010; 30,109 shares authorized, 2,787.1 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Additional paid-in capital

  133,138    (149,918  31,656    341    281,177    296,394  

Accumulated deficit

  (102,449  (208,389  224    338    302,238    (8,038

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  —      (624  —      (482  481    (625
                        

Total stockholders’ equity

  30,689    (358,931  31,945    197    583,831    287,731  
                        

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $316,812   $246,844   $34,530   $1,821   $452,771   $1,052,778  
                        
  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 
ASSETS      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1   $8,852   $547   $2,627   $—     $12,027  

Restricted investments

  364    —      —      —      —      364  

Accounts receivable

  —      59,429    1,273    2,863    —      63,565  

Inventories

  —      95,757    5,117    3,361    (260  103,975  

Deferred income taxes

  8,176    1,676    587    211    (742  9,908  

Other current assets

  —      10,620    3,976    (8,950  —      5,646  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

  8,541    176,334    11,500    112    (1,002  195,485  

Intercompany notes receivable

  105,446    —      —      —      (105,446  —    

Investments in subsidiaries

  (628,481  91,378    —      —      537,103    —    

Property and equipment

  —      65,897    174    271    —      66,342  

Goodwill

  419,752    26,409    58    10,944    280    457,443  

Other intangibles

  329,891    47,655    250    8,406    —      386,202  

Restricted investments

  3,390    —      —      —      —      3,390  

Deferred income taxes

  28,200    321    (108  561    (28,974  —    

Deferred financing fees

  —      13,055    —      —      —      13,055  

Investment in trust common securities

  3,261    —      —      —      —      3,261  

Other assets

  —      1,676    25    972    —      2,673  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

 $270,000   $422,725   $11,899   $21,266   $401,961   $1,127,851  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY       

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable

 $—     $29,997   $655   $621   $—     $31,273  

Current portion of senior term loans

  —      3,200    —      —      —      3,200  

Current portion of capitalized lease obligations

  —      31    —      —      —      31  

Additional acquisition consideration

  —      12,387    —      —      —      12,387  

Accrued expenses:

      

Salaries and wages

  —      5,303    110    215    —      5,628  

Pricing allowances

  —      5,291    —      437    —      5,728  

Income and other taxes

  (549  2,342    15    445    —      2,253  

Interest

  —      2,203    —      —      —      2,203  

Deferred compensation

  364    —      —      —      —      364  

Other accrued expenses

  —      8,762    39    406    —      9,207  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  (185  69,516    819    2,124    —      72,274  

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 20092011

(Amounts in thousands)

 

   Predecessor 
   Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 
ASSETS        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1   $16,282    $518   $363   $—     $17,164  

Restricted investments

   334    —       —      —      —      334  

Accounts receivable

   —      51,078     4,409    (3,730  —      51,757  

Inventories

   —      75,364     5,204    2,904    (290  83,182  

Deferred income taxes

   7,215    —       653    232    —      8,100  

Other current assets

   —      2,417     78    162    —      2,657  
                          

Total current assets

   7,550    145,141     10,862    (69  (290  163,194  

Intercompany notes receivable

   105,446    —       —      —      (105,446  —    

Intercompany interest receivable

   —      —       —      —      —      —    

Investments in subsidiaries

   (464,499  10,212     —      —      454,287    —    

Property and equipment

   —      47,109     238    218    —      47,565  

Goodwill

   255,717    1,797     292    —      —      257,806  

Other intangibles

   146,059    —       581    —      —      146,640  

Restricted investments

   2,709    —       —      —      —      2,709  

Deferred income taxes

   19,792    733     (82  419    (20,444  418  

Deferred financing fees

   2,249    3,441     —      —      —      5,690  

Investment in trust common securities

   3,261    —       —      —      —      3,261  

Other assets

   —      1,142     25    31    —      1,198  
                          

Total assets

  $78,284   $209,575    $11,916   $599   $328,107   $628,481  
                          
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable

  $—     $18,314    $752   $125   $—     $19,191  

Current portion of senior term loans

   —      9,519     —      —      —      9,519  

Current portion of capitalized lease and other obligations

   —      349     —      —      —      349  

Accrued expenses:

        

Salaries and wages

   —      7,305     165    154    —      7,624  

Pricing allowances

   —      4,968     —      349    —      5,317  

Income and other taxes

   118    1,618     (2  170    —      1,904  

Interest

   —      2,199     —      —      —      2,199  

Deferred compensation

   334    —       —      —      —      334  

Other accrued expenses

   —      5,943     45    159    —      6,147  
                          

Total current liabilities

   452    50,215     960    957    —      52,584  

Intercompany debt payable

   —      105,446     —      —      (105,446  —    

Intercompany interest payable

   —      —       —      —      —      —    

Long term senior term loans

   —      148,330     —      —      —      148,330  

Long term portion of capitalized lease and other obligations

   —      145     —      —      —      145  

Long term senior notes

   —      —       —      —      —      —    

Long term unsecured subordinated notes

   —      49,820     —      —      —      49,820  

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2009

(Amounts in thousands)

  Predecessor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)     

Junior subordinated debentures

  115,716    —      —      —      —      115,716  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

  111,452    —      —      —      —      111,452  

Management purchased preferred options

  6,617    —      —      —      —      6,617  

Deferred compensation

  2,709    —      —      —      —      2,709  

Deferred income taxes, net

  70,582    —      31    —      (20,444  50,169  

Accrued dividends on preferred stock

  75,580    —      —      —      —      75,580  

Other non-current liabilities

  14,735    3,732    —      —      —      18,467  
                        

Total liabilities

  397,843    357,688    991    957    (125,890  631,589  
                        

Common and preferred stock with put options:

      

Class A Preferred stock, $.01 par, $1,000 liquidation value, 238,889 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Class A Common stock, $.01 par, 23,141 shares authorized, 395.7 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  2,158    —      —      —      —      2,158  

Class B Common stock, $.01 par, 2,500 shares authorized, 970.6 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009

  4,323    1    —      —      969    5,293  

Commitments and Contingencies

      

Stockholders’ Equity:

      

Preferred Stock:

      

Class A Preferred stock, $.01 par, $1,000 liquidation value, 238,889 shares authorized, 82,104.8 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  1    —      —      —      —      1  

Common Stock:

      

Class A Common stock, $.01 par, 23,141 shares authorized, 5,805.3 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  —      —      50    —      (50  —    

Class C Common stock, $.01 par, 30,109 shares authorized, 2,787.1 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Additional paid-in capital

  10,494    19,980    10,193    1    (30,366  10,302  

Accumulated deficit

  (336,697  (166,933  682    127    483,444    (19,377

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  162    (1,161  —      (486  —      (1,485
                        

Total stockholders’ equity

  (326,040  (148,114  10,925    (358  453,028    (10,559
                        

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $78,284   $209,575   $11,916   $599   $328,107   $628,481  
                        

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the seven months ended December 31, 2010

(Amounts in thousands)

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

 $(7,013 $(1,401 $224   $211   $(59 $(8,038

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

  10,669    10,924    50    33    —      21,676  

Dispositions of property and equipment

  —      60    —      —      —      60  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

  (4,545  (1,125  79    (69  —      (5,660

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

  2,590    (1,296  —      —      —      1,294  

Stock-based compensation expense

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Changes in operating items:

      

Accounts receivable

  —      14,195    727    (236  —      14,686  

Inventories

  —      (11,030  (100  (590  59    (11,661

Other assets

  —      (2,625  38    1,444    (12  (1,155

Accounts payable

  —      7,229    (374  196    —      7,051  

Interest payable on junior subordinated debentures

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other accrued liabilities

  (69  (11,228  4    417    5,096    (5,780

Other items, net

  196,134    (213,837  21,664    (151  (5,084  (1,274
                        

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  197,766    (210,134  22,312    1,255    —      11,199  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Payments for Quick Tag and Laser Key licenses

  —      (12,750  —      —      —      (12,750

Payment for Servalite acquisition

  —      —      (21,335    (21,335

Capital expenditures

  —      (9,518  (64  (93  —      (9,675

Other, net

  —      —      —      —      —      —    
                        

Net cash used for investing activities

  —      (22,268  (21,399  (93  —      (43,760
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Borrowings of senior term loans

  —      290,000    —      —      —      290,000  

Repayments of senior term loans

  —      (149,756  —      —      —      (149,756

Borrowings of revolving credit loans

  —      12,600    —      —      —      12,600  

Repayments of revolving credit loans

  —      (600  —      —      —      (600

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

  —      (50  —      —      —      (50

Repayments of unsecured subordinated notes

  —      (49,820  —      —      —      (49,820

Borrowings of senior notes

  —      150,000    —      —      —      150,000  

Financing fees, net

  —      (15,729  —      —      —      (15,729

Purchase predecessor equity securities

  (506,407  —      —      —      —      (506,407

Proceeds from sale of successor equity securities

  308,641    —      —      —      —      308,641  
                        

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

  (197,766  236,645    —      —      —      38,879  
                        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  —      4,243    913    1,162    —      6,318  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  1    923    206    137    —      1,267  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 $1   $5,166   $1,119   $1,299   $—     $7,585  
                        

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the five months ended May 28, 2010

(Amounts in thousands)

  Predecessor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

 $(24,810 $(493 $(143 $227   $11   $(25,208

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

  2,663    7,192    47    59    —      9,961  

Dispositions of property and equipment

  —      74    —      —      —      74  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

  (2,757  733    45    58    —      (1,921

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

  (155  670    —      —      —      515  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

  5,488    —      —      —      —      5,488  

Stock-based compensation expense

  19,053    —      —      —      —      19,053  

Changes in operating items:

      

Accounts receivable

  —      (15,724  (658  (434  —      (16,816

Inventories

  —      2,383    477    110    (11  2,959  

Other assets

  —      597    (178  (307  12    124  

Accounts payable

  —      1,890    (71  11    —      1,830  

Other accrued liabilities

  (332  9,561    176    43    (5,096  4,352  

Other items, net

  850    (6,843  —      15    5,084    (894
                        

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  —      40    (305  (218  —      (483
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

  —      (5,396  (7  (8  —      (5,411

Other, net

  —      —      —      —      —      —    
��                       

Net cash used for investing activities

  —      (5,396  (7  (8  —      (5,411
                        

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Repayments of senior term loans

  —      (9,544  —      —      —      (9,544

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

  —      (459  —      —      —      (459
                        

Net cash used for financing activities

  —      (10,003  —      —      —      (10,003
                        

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  —      (15,359  (312  (226  —      (15,897

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  1    16,282    518    363    —      17,164  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 $1   $923   $206   $137   $—     $1,267  
                        
  Successor 
  Guarantors
The  Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group,  Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)     

Intercompany debt payable

  —      105,446    —      —      (105,446  —    

Long term senior term loans

  —      310,550    —      —      —      310,550  

Bank revolving credit

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Long term portion of capitalized lease obligations

  —      103    —      —      —      103  

Long term senior notes

  —      204,248    —      —      —      204,248  

Junior subordinated debentures

  115,411    —      —      —      —      115,411  

Deferred compensation

  3,390    —      —      —      —      3,390  

Deferred income taxes, net

  149,704    448    199    3,253    (29,716  123,888  

Other non-current liabilities

  —      7,193    —      —      —      7,193  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  268,320    697,504    1,018    5,377    (135,162  837,057  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common stock with put options:

      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 198.4 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011.

  12,247    —      —      —      —      12,247  

Commitments and Contingencies

      

Stockholders’ Equity:

      

Preferred Stock:

      

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011.

  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Common Stock:

      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,801.6 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011.

  —      —      50    —      (50  —    

Additional paid-in capital

  117,221    (68,624  10,306    16,437    221,204    296,544  

Accumulated deficit

  (127,788  (206,155 ��525    113    315,488    (17,817

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  —      —      —      (661  481    (180
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

  (10,567  (274,779  10,881    15,889    537,123    278,547  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $270,000   $422,725   $11,899   $21,266   $401,961   $1,127,851  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 20092012

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 Successor 
  Predecessor  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net loss

  $(38,694 $36,970   $99   $493   $(98 $(1,230

Net income (loss)

 $(12,008 $6,809   $548   $(2,571 $(12 $(7,234

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

   6,875    16,761    123    146    —      23,905    18,058    25,137    88    478    —      43,761  

Dispositions of property and equipment

   —      243    —      —      —      243    —      271    21    —      —      292  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

   8,771    179    (270  (7  —      8,673    (6,382  1,686    300    (1,207  —      (5,603

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

   (358  1,633    —      —      —      1,275    (279  2,459    —      —      —      2,180  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stockand management purchased options

   12,312    —      —   ��  —      —      12,312  

Stock-based compensation expense

   8,737    —      —      —      —      8,737    714    —      —      —      —      714  

Other non-cash interest and change in value of interest rate swap

  —      (787  —      —      —      (787

Changes in operating items:

             

Accounts receivable

   —      1,898    287    (552  —      1,633    —      2,431    (50  (1,005  —      1,376  

Inventories

   —      18,465    705    (986  98    18,282    —      (9,788  439    (1,043  12    (10,380

Other assets

   —      866    (1,272  1,355    —      949    —      (6,003  (1,319  3,391    —      (3,931

Accounts payable

   —      (6,186  29    (62  —      (6,219  —      (568  (138  (440  —      (1,146

Interest payable on junior subordinated debentures

   —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other accrued liabilities

   40    3,697    77    (187  —      3,627    (76  3,623    121    1,478    —      5,146  

Other items, net

   2,317    (2,370  58    (195  —      (190  (27  (1,645  (3  705    —      (970
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities

   —      72,156    (164  5    —      71,997  
                   

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  —      23,625    7    (214  —      23,418  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

  —      —      3    —      —      3  

Capital expenditures

   —      (12,958  (13  —      —      (12,971  —      (23,973  (128  (212  —      (24,313

Other, net

   —      —      —      —      —      —    
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

   —      (12,958  (13  —      —      (12,971
                   

Net cash used for investing activities

  —      (23,973  (125  (212  —      (24,310
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Repayments of senior term loans

   —      (45,000  —      —      —      (45,000  —      (3,200  —      —      —      (3,200

Borrowings of revolving credit loans

  —      19,000    —      —      —      19,000  

Repayments of revolving credit loans

  —      (19,000  —      —      —      (19,000

Payment of additional acquisition consideration

  —      (12,387  —      —      —      (12,387

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

   —      (394  —      —      —      (394  —      (47  —      —      —      (47

Refinancing fees

   —      (2,921  —      —      —      (2,921

Redemption of securities

   —      (1,141  —      —      —      (1,141

Borrowings under other credit obligations

   —      461    —      —      —      461    —      1,119    —      —      —      1,119  

Repayments of other credit obligations

  —      (297  —      —      —      (297

Borrowings of senior notes

  —      65,000    —      —      —      65,000  

Premium on senior notes

  —      4,225    —      —      —      4,225  
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

   —      (48,995  —      —      —      (48,995
                   

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

  —      54,413    —      —      —      54,413  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   —      10,203    (177  5    —      10,031    —      54,065    (118  (426  —      53,521  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   1    6,079    695    358    —      7,133    1    8,852    547    2,627    —      12,027  
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $1   $16,282   $518   $363   $—     $17,164   $1   $62,917   $429   $2,201   $—     $65,548  
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 20082011

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Predecessor  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consolidating
Adjustments
 Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net loss

  $(26,469 $25,149   $625   $(452 $(18 $(1,165

Net income (loss)

 $(12,456 $1,763   $1,061   $(225 $78   $(9,779

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

   7,036    17,581    128    163    —      24,908    18,433    23,216    328    73    —      42,050  

Dispositions of property and equipment

   —      75    —      —      —      75    —      42    11    —      —      53  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

   4,457    (781  407    (607  —      3,476    (8,866  (203  1,350    3,085    —      (4,634

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

   (386  1,680    —      —      —      1,294    (803  2,814    —      —      —      2,011  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   11,091    —      —      —      —      11,091  

Stock-based compensation expense

   2,481    —      —      —      —      2,481  

Other non-cash interest and change in value of interest rate swap

  —      1,250    —      —      —      1,250  

Changes in operating items:

             

Accounts receivable

   —      (4,205  (151  (72  —      (4,428  —      (6,673  2,162    70    —      (4,441

Inventories

   —      (4,794  1,463    (175  18    (3,488  —      (7,647  5,527    23    (78  (2,175

Other assets

   —      1,140    (2,283  403    —      (740  —      (4,691  92    1,348    —      (3,251

Accounts payable

   —      2,373    (64  (132  —      2,177    —      387    (4  289    —      672  

Other accrued liabilities

   (61  498    4    128    —      569    (265  4,053    (1,708  211    —      2,291  

Other items, net

   1,851    (1,025  109    407    —      1,342    3,957    8,989    (9,361  (3,419  —      166  
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities

   —      37,691    238    (337  —      37,592  
                   

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  —      23,300    (542  1,455    —      24,213  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Payment for TagWorks acquisition

  —      (40,271  —      —      —      (40,271

Payment for Ook acquisition

  —      (15,323  —      —      —      (15,323

Capital expenditures

   —      (13,241  (24  (144  —      (13,409  —      (17,778  (30  (127  —      (17,935

Other, net

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

   —      (13,241  (24  (144  —      (13,409
                   

Net cash used for investing activities

  —      (73,372  (30  (127  —      (73,529
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Borrowings of senior term loans

  —      30,000    —      —      —      30,000  

Repayments of senior term loans

   —      (28,626  —      —      —      (28,626  —      (2,975  —      —      —      (2,975

Discount on senior term loans

  —      (2,000  —      —      —      (2,000

Borrowings of revolving credit loans

   —      24,250    —      —      —      24,250    —      9,444    —      —      —      9,444  

Repayments of revolving credit loans

   —      (24,250  —      —      —      (24,250  —      (21,444  —      —      —      (21,444

Payment of additional acquisition consideration

  —      (12,490  —      —      —      (12,490

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

   —      (343  —      —      —      (343  —      (30  —      —      —      (30

Borrowings of senior notes

  —      50,000    —      —      —      50,000  

Premium on senior notes

  —      4,625    —      —      —      4,625  

Financing fees, net

  —      (1,372  —      —      —  ��   (1,372
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

   —      (28,969  —      —      —      (28,969
                   

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

  —      53,758    —      —      —      53,758  
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   —      (4,519  214    (481  —      (4,786  —      3,686    (572  1,328    —      4,442  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   1    10,598    481    839    —      11,919    1    5,166    1,119    1,299    —      7,585  
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $1   $6,079   $695   $358   $—     $7,133   $1   $8,852   $547   $2,627   $—     $12,027  
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the seven months ended December 31, 2010

(Amounts in thousands)

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group,  Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

 $(7,013 $(1,401 $224   $211   $(59 $(8,038

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

  10,669    10,924    50    33    —      21,676  

Dispositions of property and equipment

  —      60    —      —      —      60  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

  (8,031  (1,125  176    3,320    —      (5,660

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

  2,590    (1,296  —      —      —      1,294  

Other non-cash interest and change in value of interest rate swap

  —      392    —      —      —      392  

Changes in operating items:

      

Accounts receivable

  —      14,195    727    (236  —      14,686  

Inventories

  —      (11,030  (100  (590  59    (11,661

Other assets

  —      (2,626  38    1,444    (12  (1,156

Accounts payable

  —      7,229    (374  196    —      7,051  

Other accrued liabilities

  (69  (11,228  4    417    5,096    (5,780

Other items, net

  199,620    (214,228  21,567    (3,540  (5,084  (1,665
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  197,766    (210,134  22,312    1,255    —      11,199  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Payments for Quick Tag and Laser Key licenses

  —      (12,750  —      —      —      (12,750

Payment for Servalite acquisition

  —      —      (21,335    (21,335

Capital expenditures

  —      (9,518  (64  (93  —      (9,675

Other, net

  —      —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

  —      (22,268  (21,399  (93  —      (43,760
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Borrowings of senior term loans

  —      290,000    —      —      —      290,000  

Repayments of senior term loans

  —      (149,756  —      —      —      (149,756

Borrowings of revolving credit loans

  —      12,600    —      —      —      12,600  

Repayments of revolving credit loans

  —      (600  —      —      —      (600

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

  —      (50  —      —      —      (50

Repayments of unsecured subordinated notes

  —      (49,820  —      —      —      (49,820

Borrowings of senior notes

  —      150,000    —      —      —      150,000  

Financing fees, net

  —      (15,729  —      —      —      (15,729

Purchase predecessor equity securities

  (506,407  —      —      —      —      (506,407

Proceeds from sale of successor equity securities

  308,641    —      —      —      —      308,641  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

  (197,766  236,645    —      —      —      38,879  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  —      4,243    913    1,162    —      6,318  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  1    923    206    137    —      1,267  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 $1   $5,166   $1,119   $1,299   $—     $7,585  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

24.Supplemental Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the five months ended May 28, 2010

(Amounts in thousands)

  Predecessor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
  Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Consolidating
Adjustments
  Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

 $(24,810 $(493 $(143 $227   $11   $(25,208

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

  2,663    7,192    47    59    —      9,961  

Dispositions of property and equipment

  —      74    —      —      —      74  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

  (2,757  733    45    58    —      (1,921

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

  (155  670    —      —      —      515  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

  5,488    —      —      —      —      5,488  

Stock-based compensation expense

  19,053    —      —      —      —      19,053  

Changes in operating items:

      

Accounts receivable

  —      (15,724  (658  (434  —      (16,816

Inventories

  —      2,383    477    110    (11  2,959  

Other assets

  —      597    (178  (307  12    124  

Accounts payable

  —      1,890    (71  11    —      1,830  

Other accrued liabilities

  (332  9,561    176    43    (5,096  4,352  

Other items, net

  850    (6,843  —      15    5,084    (894
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  —      40    (305  (218  —      (483
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

  —      (5,396  (7  (8  —      (5,411

Other, net

  —      —      —      —      —      —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

  —      (5,396  (7  (8  —      (5,411
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Repayments of senior term loans

  —      (9,544  —      —      —      (9,544

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

  —      (459  —      —      —      (459
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

  —      (10,003  —      —      —      (10,003
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

  —      (15,359  (312  (226  —      (15,897

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  1    16,282    518    363    —      17,164  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 $1   $923   $206   $137   $—     $1,267  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Financial Statement Schedule:

Schedule II – II—VALUATION ACCOUNTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

  Deducted From Assets in Balance Sheet  Deducted From Assets in Balance Sheet 
  Allowance for
Doubtful
Accounts
   Allowance for
Obsolete/
Excess
Inventory
     Allowance for  
Doubtful
Accounts
   Allowance for  
Obsolete/
Excess
Inventory
 

Ending Balance - December 31, 2007 - Predecessor

  $597     $6,164   

Additions charged to cost and expense

   40      381   

Additions from acquired company

   —        (191 

Deductions due to:

      

Others

   93   (A)   266   (A)
          

Ending Balance - December 31, 2008 - Predecessor

   544      6,088   

Ending Balance—December 31, 2009—Predecessor

   514     7,145   

Additions charged to cost and expense

   345      1,530      26     954   

Deductions due to:

           

Others

   375   (A)   473   (A)   8   (A)  21   (A)
            

 

   

 

  

Ending Balance - December 31, 2009 - Predecessor

   514      7,145   

Additions charged to cost and expense

   26      954   

Deductions due to:

      

Others

   8   (A)   21   (A)
          

Ending Balance - May 28, 2010 - Predecessor

   532      8,078   

Ending Balance—May 28, 2010—Predecessor

   532     8,078   

Additions charged to cost and expense

   18      553      18     553   

Additions from Merger Transaction

   —        951      —       951   

Additions from acquired company

   59      2,411      59     2,411   

Deductions due to:

           

Others

   89   (A)   983   (A)   89   (A)  983   (A)
            

 

   

 

  

Ending Balance - December 31, 2010 - Successor

  $520     $11,010   

Ending Balance—December 31, 2010—Successor

   520     11,010   
          

Additions charged to cost and expense

   81     395   

Deductions from Merger Transaction

   —       (2,279 

Deductions from acquired company

   98     (193 

Deductions due to:

     

Others

   58   (A)  1,527   (A)
  

 

   

 

  

Ending Balance—December 31, 2011—Successor

   641     7,406   

Additions charged to cost and expense

   643     1,264   

Deductions due to:

     

Others

   179   (A)  1,726   (A)
  

 

   

 

  

Ending Balance—December 31, 2012—Successor

  $1,105    $6,944   
  

 

   

 

  

Notes:

 

(A)Includes write-off of accounts receivable (net of bad debt recoveries)and inventories.

Item 9—Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

  March 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
   March 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $3,756    $7,585    $22,639    $65,548  

Restricted investments

   227     227     846     846  

Accounts receivable

   64,297     56,510     92,779     62,344  

Inventories

   103,943     97,701     170,848     113,838  

Deferred income taxes

   8,351     9,377     10,115     10,464  

Other current assets

   4,652     3,401     9,706     8,506  
          

 

   

 

 

Total current assets

   185,226     174,801     306,933     261,546  

Property and equipment

   69,676     52,512     84,471     68,492  

Goodwill

   457,928     439,589     468,512     455,338  

Other intangibles

   385,757     363,076     380,159     366,644  

Restricted investments

   3,382     3,251     3,109     3,399  

Deferred income taxes

   471     379  

Deferred financing fees

   14,989     14,322     12,095     12,858  

Investment in trust common securities

   3,261     3,261     3,261     3,261  

Other assets

   2,176     1,587     3,504     4,255  
          

 

   

 

 

Total assets

  $1,122,866    $1,052,778    $1,262,044    $1,175,793  
          

 

   

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

  $30,869    $28,424    $48,114    $32,571  

Current portion of senior term loans

   2,900     2,900     3,968     3,200  

Current portion of capitalized lease and other obligations

   30     30     625     819  

Additional acquisition consideration payable

   24,408     —    

Interest payable on junior subordinated debentures

   1,019     —    

Accrued expenses:

        

Salaries and wages

   3,278     6,078     4,123     9,351  

Pricing allowances

   5,091     5,355     3,332     4,057  

Income and other taxes

   2,299     2,039     1,945     2,492  

Interest

   7,397     1,409     10,033     2,868  

Deferred compensation

   227     227     846     846  

Other accrued expenses

   5,984     7,899     8,263     11,397  
          

 

   

 

 

Total current liabilities

   82,483     54,361     82,268     67,601  

Long term senior term loans

   284,925     285,650     380,958     307,727  

Bank revolving credit

   9,000     12,000  

Long term capitalized lease and other obligations

   126     134     345     245  

Long term senior notes

   204,605     150,000     272,652     272,942  

Junior subordinated debentures

   115,730     115,837     115,086     115,132  

Deferred compensation

   3,382     3,251     3,109     3,399  

Deferred income taxes

   124,087     129,284     120,038     117,949  

Other non-current liabilities

   3,278     2,283     6,742     6,187  
          

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities

   827,616     752,800     981,198     891,182  
          

 

   

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

  March 31,
2011
 December 31,
2010
   March 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)

      

Common stock with put options:

   

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 198.3 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2011

   12,247    12,247  
       

Common stock with put options: Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 210.4 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013

   14,485    14,116  
  

 

  

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

      

Stockholders’ Equity:

      

Preferred Stock:

      

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2011

   —      —    

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013

   —      —    

Common Stock:

      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,801.7 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2011

   —      —    

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,789.6 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013

   —      —    

Additional paid-in capital

   296,544    296,394     295,206    294,675  

Accumulated deficit

   (12,920  (8,038   (29,636  (25,051

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (621  (625

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   791    871  
         

 

  

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   283,003    287,731     266,361    270,495  
         

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $1,122,866   $1,052,778    $1,262,044   $1,175,793  
         

 

  

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSCOMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

  Successor Predecessor 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2010
   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2013
 Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 

Net sales

  $111,294   $108,460    $143,919   $128,373  

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

   55,656    51,938     73,646    63,589  
       

Gross profit

   55,638    56,522  
       

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   42,446    40,288     48,369    44,920  

Acquisition and integration

   1,290    —    

Acquisition and integration expenses

   2,029    152  

Depreciation

   4,439    4,290     5,542    5,889  

Amortization

   4,741    1,607     5,446    5,471  

Management and transaction fees to related party

   —      251  
       

Total operating expenses

   52,916    46,436  
       

Other income, net

   365    82  

Other (income) expense

   1,103    (483
         

 

  

 

 

Income from operations

   3,087    10,168     7,784    8,835  

Interest expense, net

   9,077    4,180     11,953    10,102  

Interest expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and
management purchased options

   —             3,246  

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   3,152    3,152     3,152    3,152  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (95  (95   (94  (95
         

 

  

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (9,047  (315   (7,227  (4,324

Income tax (benefit) provision

   (4,165  1,254  

Income tax benefit

   (2,642  (1,737
         

 

  

 

 

Net loss

  $(4,882 $(1,569  $(4,585 $(2,587
         

 

  

 

 

Net loss (from above)

  $(4,585 $(2,587

Other comprehensive income:

   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   (80  1,237  
  

 

  

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   (80  1,237  
  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $(4,665 $(1,350
  

 

  

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

  Successor Predecessor 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2010
   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2013
 Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net loss

  $(4,882)          $(1,569  $(4,585 $(2,587

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used for operating activities:

    

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

   

Depreciation and amortization

   9,180    5,897     10,988    11,360  

Dispositions of property and equipment

   34    —       9    —    

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

   (4,239  871  

Deferred income tax benefit

   (3,033  (1,815

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

   499    312     583    498  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and
management purchased options

   —      3,246  

Stock-based compensation expense

   —      833     261    —    

Other non-cash interest and change in value of interest rate swap

   (207  (163

Changes in operating items:

       

Accounts receivable

   (7,052  (11,528   (13,176  (8,637

Inventories

   (5,156  295     (1,959  (2,330

Other assets

   (1,623  17     2,207    (563

Accounts payable

   1,923    4,868     2,739    2,582  

Interest payable on junior subordinated debentures

   1,019    —    

Other accrued liabilities

   1,269    (6,014   (2,263  2,237  

Other items, net

   1,100    679     821    (294
         

 

  

 

 

Net cash used for operating activities

   (8,947  (2,093

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

   (6,596  288  
         

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

TagWorks acquisition

   (40,359  —    

Paulin acquisition

   (103,416  —    

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

   —      3  

Capital expenditures

   (4,122  (2,976   (6,651  (5,447
         

 

  

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

   (44,481  (2,976   (110,067  (5,444
         

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Borrowings of senior term loans

   76,800    —    

Repayments of senior term loans

   (725  —       (800  (800

Discount on senior term loans

   (2,152  —    

Borrowings of revolving credit loans

   3,000    —       —      14,000  

Repayments of revolving credit loans

   (6,000  —    

Payment of additional acquisition consideration

   —      (12,387

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

   (8  (87   (94  (7

Borrowings of senior notes

   50,000    —    

Premium on senior notes

   4,625    —    

Financing fees, net

   (1,293  —    
         

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

   49,599    (87

Net cash provided by financing activities

   73,754    806  
         

 

  

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   (3,829  (5,156   (42,909  (4,350

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   7,585    17,164     65,548    12,027  
         

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $3,756   $12,008    $22,639   $7,677  
         

 

  

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

 

  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 $—     $296,394   $(8,038 $(625  $287,731  

Net loss

  —      —      (4,882  —     $(4,882  (4,882

Issuance of 150 shares of Holdco common stock (2)

  —      150    —      —      —      150  

Change in cumulative foreign translation adjustment (1)

  —      —      —      23    23    23  

Change in derivative security value (1)

  —      —      —      (19  (19  (19
         

Comprehensive loss

     $(4,878 
                        

Balance at March 31, 2011

 $—     $296,544   $(12,920 $(621  $283,003  
                     

(1)The cumulative foreign translation adjustment and change in derivative security value are net of taxes and represent the only items of other comprehensive income (loss).
(2)In January 2011, a member of the Board of Directors purchased 150 shares of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp (“Holdco”) common stock.
   Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   Accumulated
Deficit
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $—      $294,675    $(25,051 $871   $270,495  

Net loss

   —       —       (4,585  —      (4,585

FMV adjustment to common stock with put options

   —       531     —      —      531  

Change in cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment

   —       —       —      (80  (80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

  $—      $295,206    $(29,636 $791   $266,361  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation:

The accompanying financial statements include the condensed consolidated accounts of The Hillman Companies, Inc. (“Hillman Companies”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “Hillman” or the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

On May 28, 2010, Hillman Companies was acquired by an affiliate of Oak Hill Capital Partners (“OHCP”) and certain members of Hillman’s management and Board of Directors. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 21, 2010, the Company was merged with an affiliate of OHCP with the Company surviving the merger (the “Merger Transaction”). As a result of the Merger Transaction, Hillman Companies is a wholly-owned subsidiary of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. (“Holdco”). The total consideration paid in the Merger Transaction was $832,679 which includes $11,500 for the Quick Tag license and related patents, the repayment of outstanding debt and the net value of the Company’s outstanding junior subordinated debentures ($105,443 liquidation value at the time of the merger).

Prior to the Merger Transaction, affiliates of Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC (“CHS”) owned 49.3% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and 54.6% of the Company’s voting common stock, Ontario Teacher’s Pension Plan (“OTPP”) owned 28.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and 31.0% of the Company’s voting common stock and HarbourVest Partners VI (“HarbourVest”) owned 8.7% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and 9.7% of the Company’s voting common stock. Certain current and former members of management owned 13.7% of the Company’s outstanding common stock and 4.4% of the Company’s voting common stock. Other investors owned 0.3% of the Company’s common stock and 0.3% of the Company’s voting common stock.

The Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the period presented prior to May 28, 2010 are referenced herein as the predecessor financial statements (the “Predecessor” or “Predecessor Financial Statements”). The Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, its related statements of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity for the periods presented subsequent to the Merger Transaction are referenced herein as the successor financial statements (the “Successor” or “Successor Financial Statements”).

The Successor Financial Statements reflect the preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price of $832,679, including the value of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures, to the assets and liabilities of Hillman based on fair values at the date of the Merger Transaction in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” The Company is in the process of finalizing its fair value evaluation of certain assets and liabilities acquired in connection with the Merger Transaction. Thus, the allocation of the purchase price is subject to change.

The Company’s financial statements have been presented on the basis of push down accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 805-50-S99. FASB ASC 805-50-S99 states that the push down basis of accounting should be used in a purchase transaction in which the entity becomes wholly-owned by another entity. Under the push down basis of accounting, certain transactions incurred by the parent company which would otherwise be accounted for in the accounts of the parent are “pushed down” and recorded on the financial statements of the subsidiary. Accordingly, certain items resulting from the OHCP Merger Transaction have been recorded on the financial statements of the Company.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation (continued):

The following tables reconcile the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities to the total purchase price:

   Amount 

Cash paid as merger consideration

  $715,736  

Cash paid for Quick Tag license and related patents

   11,500  
     

Fair value of consideration transferred

  $727,236  
     

Cash

  $1,267  

Accounts Receivable, net

   68,573  

Inventory, net

   78,884  

Other current assets

   11,629  

Property and equipment

   53,607  

Goodwill

   432,455  

Intangible assets

   366,400  

Other non-current assets

   3,644  
     

Total assets acquired

   1,016,459  

Less:

  

Accounts payable

   (21,021

Deferred income taxes

   (133,249

Junior subordinated debentures

   (105,443

Junior subordinated debentures premium

   (7,378

Other liabilities assumed

   (22,132
     

Net assets acquired

  $727,236  
     

The following table indicates the pro-forma financial statements of the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. The pro forma financial statements give effect to the Merger Transaction and the acquisitions of Servalite and TagWorks (each as defined herein) as if they had occurred on January 1, 2010:

   (Unaudited)  (Unaudited) 
   Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2011
  Three Months
Ended

March  31, 2010
 

Net Sales

  $114,382   $116,573  

Net Loss

   (5,782  (1,458

The pro-forma results are based on assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The pro-forma results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the acquisition had been effective January 1, 2010, nor are they intended to be indicative of results that may occur in the future. The underlying pro-forma information includes the historical results of the Company, the Company’s financing arrangements, and certain purchase accounting adjustments.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements present information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and the instructions to Form 10-Q and applicable rules of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all information or footnotes required by

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation (continued):

generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. Management believes the financial statements include all normal recurring accrual adjustments necessary for a fair presentation. Operating results for the three month Successor period ended March 31, 20112013 do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the full year. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s annual report filed on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.2012.

Nature of Operations:

The Company is one oforganized as five separate business segments, the largest providers of value-added merchandising services and hardware-related products to retail markets in North America through its wholly-owned subsidiary,which is (1) The Hillman Group, Inc. (“Hillman(the “Hillman Group”). A subsidiary operating primarily in the United States. The other business segments consist of separate subsidiaries of the Hillman Group operatesoperating in (1)(2) Canada under the namenames The Hillman Group Canada Ltd.ULC and H. Paulin & Co., (2)(3) Mexico under the name SunSource Integrated Services de Mexico SA de CV, (3) Australia under the name Hillman Group Australia Pty Ltd., (4) the U.S. under the name TagWorks LLC, (“TagWorks”) and (5) primarily in Florida under the name All Points Industries, Inc. (“All Points”).and (5) Australia under the name The Hillman Group Australia Pty. Ltd. The Hillman Group provides merchandising services and products such as fasteners and related hardware items; threaded rod and metal shapes; builder’s hardware; keys, key duplication systems and accessories; builder’s hardware; and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers and signs, to retail outlets, primarily hardware stores, home centers and mass merchants.merchants, pet supply stores, grocery stores and drug stores. Our Canada segment also produces fasteners, stampings, fittings and processes threaded parts for automotive suppliers, industrial Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”) and industrial distributors. Through its field sales and service organization, Hillman complements its extensive product selection with value-added services for the retailer.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

The significant accounting policies should be read in conjunction with the significant accounting policies included in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.2012. Policies included herein were updated for activity in the interim period.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results may differ from estimates.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued):

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

The Company establishes the allowance for doubtful accounts using the specific identification method and also provides a reserve in the aggregate. The estimates for calculating the aggregate reserve are based on historical collection experience. Increases to the allowance for doubtful accounts result in a corresponding expense. The Company writes off individual accounts receivable when collection becomes improbable. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $555$697 at March 31, 20112013 and $520$1,105 at December 31, 2010.2012.

Shipping and Handling:

The costs incurred to ship product to customers, including freight and handling expenses, are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations.comprehensive income. The Company’s shipping and handling costs were $5,163$5,614 and $5,379 in the Successor three month periodperiods ended March 31, 20112013 and $4,245 in the Predecessor three month period ended March 31, 2010.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

2012, respectively.

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

In January 2010,February 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurement.” This guidance amendsASU 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income”. The update amended the ASC Topic 820 to require new disclosures for fair value measurements and provides clarification for existing disclosure requirements. The guidance requires new disclosuresentities to provide information about transfers in andamounts reclassified out of Levels 1 and 2 and further descriptions for the reasons for the transfers. The guidance also requires more detailed disclosure about the activity within Level 3 fair value measurements.other comprehensive income by component. The Company adoptedis required to present, either on the guidance on January 1, 2010, exceptface of the financial statements or in the notes, the amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income to the respective line items in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. This amendment is effective for the requirements related to Level 3 disclosures, which were adopted on January 1, 2011. This guidance requires expanded disclosures only,interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this amendment did not have a materialan impact on the Company’s disclosure or the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, “Business Combinations.” This ASU addresses the diversity in practice about the interpretation of the pro-forma revenue and earnings disclosure requirements for business combinations. The amendments in this update specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. This update also expands the supplemental pro-forma disclosures under Topic 805 to include a description of the nature and amount of material, non-recurring pro-forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro-forma revenue and earnings. All amendments in the update are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company adopted this update on January 1, 2011 and the adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

4. Acquisitions:

On February 19, 2013, pursuant to the terms of the previously announced plan of arrangement dated December 29, 2010,17, 2012, the Hillman Group entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) by and among Serv-A-Lite Products, Inc. (“Servalite”), Thomas Rowe, Mary Jennifer Rowe and the Hillman Group, whereby the Hillman GroupCompany acquired all of the equity interestissued and outstanding Class A common shares of Servalite.H. Paulin & Co., Limited (“Paulin”) and Paulin became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Hillman (the “Paulin Acquisition”). The aggregate purchase price of the Paulin Acquisition was $21,360$103,416 paid in cash.

The following table reconciles the estimated fair value of the acquired Servalite assets and assumed liabilities to the total purchase price:

Account receivable

  $2,622  

Inventory

   5,734  

Other current assets

   144  

Deferred income taxes

   1,244  

Property and equipment

   49  

Goodwill

   7,185  

Intangibles

   6,095  
     

Total assets acquired

   23,073  

Less:

  

Liabilities assumed

   1,713  
     

Total purchase price

  $21,360  
     

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

4. Acquisitions (continued):

The excess of the purchase price over the net assets has been preliminarily allocated to goodwill and intangible assets by management pending final valuation by an independent appraisal. The intangible assets and goodwill are expected to be deductible for income tax purposes over a 15 year life.

On March 31, 2011, Servalite was merged with and into Hillman Group, with Hillman Group as the surviving entity.

On March 16, 2011, Hillman Group acquired all of the membership interests in TagWorks, an Arizona limited liability company (the “TagWorks Acquisition”) for an initial purchase price of $40,000 in cash. The closing purchase pricePaulin is subject to post closing adjustments for certain changes in indebtedness and working capital of TagWorks and certain transaction expenses, in each case as provided in the purchase agreement.

In addition, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions provided in the purchase agreement, Hillman Group will pay additional consideration of an undiscounted $12,500 to the sellers of TagWorks on October 31, 2011, and an additional undiscounted contingent consideration of up to $12,500 in March 2012. The March 2012 additional consideration is contingent on achieving defined revenue and earnings targets. The fair value of the total contingent consideration arrangement of $24,408 was estimated by applying the income approach. Key assumptions include (a) a discount rate range of 1.0 percent to 3.7 percent (b) a probability adjusted level of revenues in TagWorks and (c) a probability adjusted level of EBITDA in Tagworks.

Founded in 2007, TagWorks provides innovative pet ID tag programs to a leading petCanadian distributor and manufacturer of fasteners, fluid system products, chain retailer using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pending technologyautomotive parts and product portfolio. In conjunction with the TagWorks Acquisition, Hillman Group entered into a seventeen (17) year agreement with KeyWorks-KeyExpress, LLC (“KeyWorks”), a company affiliated with TagWorks, to assign its patent-pending retail key program technology to Hillman Grouphardware components. Paulin’s distribution facilities are located across Canada in Vancouver, Edmonton, Winnipeg, Toronto, Montreal and to continue to work collaboratively with us to develop next generation key duplicating technology. The Company isMoncton, as well as in the processFlint, Michigan and Cleveland, Ohio. Paulin’s four manufacturing facilities are located in Ontario, Canada. Annual revenues of obtaining additional and necessary information to make a determination as to whether KeyWorks is a variable interest entity which would need to be consolidated as a result of the terms of the technology development arrangement. Management does not believe that the net impact to the consolidated financial statements would be material if KeyWorksPaulin for 2012 were determined to be a consolidated variable interest entity.

The closing of the TagWorks Acquisition was concurrent with an offering of $50,000 aggregate principal amount of Hillman Group’s 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018. Hillman Group used the net proceeds of the offering of the notes to fund the acquisition of TagWorks, to repay a portion of indebtedness under its revolving credit facility and to pay related transaction and financing fees. The notes are guaranteed by Hillman Companies, Hillman Investment Company and all of the domestic subsidiaries of Hillman Group.approximately $145,700.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

4. Acquisitions (continued):

 

The following table reconciles the estimated fair value of the acquired TagWorks assets and assumed liabilities to the total purchase price:price of the Paulin Acquisition:

 

Account receivable

  $735  

Accounts receivable

  $17,259  

Inventory

   1,086     55,051  

Other current assets

   217     2,656  

Deferred income taxes

   24  

Property and equipment

   17,518     14,937  

Goodwill

   18,286     12,974  

Intangibles

   27,423     18,814  
      

 

 

Total assets acquired

   65,289     121,691  

Less:

    

Deferred income taxes

   5,471  

Liabilities assumed

   522     12,804  
      

 

 

Total purchase price

  $64,767    $103,416  
      

 

 

The excess of the purchase price over the net assets has been preliminarily allocated to goodwill and intangible assets by management pending final valuation by an independent appraisal. Additional adjustments

The following table indicates the pro-forma financial statements of the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. The pro-forma financial statements give effect to the preliminary purchase price allocation may be necessaryacquisition of Paulin as if KeyWorks is determinedit had occurred on January 1, 2012:

   (Unaudited)
Three  Months
Ended

March 31, 2013
  (Unaudited)
Three  Months
Ended

March 31, 2012
 

Net Sales

  $159,849   $164,046  

Net Loss

   (5,050  (2,854

The pro-forma results are based on assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The pro-forma results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the acquisition had been effective January 1, 2012, nor are they intended to be a consolidated variable interest entity. Management expects to complete this analysis after obtaining all necessary information.indicative of results that may occur in the future. The intangible assetsunderlying pro-forma information includes the historical results of the Company, the Company’s financing arrangements, and goodwill are expected to be deductible for income tax purposes over a 15 year life.certain purchase accounting adjustments.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

5. Other Intangibles:

Intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives and are subject to impairment testing. The values assigned to intangible assets in connection with the Merger Transaction were determined through an independent appraisal. In connection with the Merger Transaction, the Company acquired the Quick Tag license for consideration amounting to $11,500. The values assigned to intangible assets in connection with the acquisitions of Servalite and TagWorksPaulin Acquisition were determined by management pending independent appraisals.appraisal. The Paulin intangible asset values may be adjusted by management for any changes upon completion of the independent appraisals.appraisal. Other intangibles, net as of March 31, 20112013 and December 31, 20102012 consist of the following:

 

   Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
   March 31,
2011
   December 31,
2010
 

Customer relationships

   20    $310,120    $295,120  

Trademarks

   Indefinite     51,294     48,871  

Patents

   5-20     24,900     15,900  

Quick Tag license

   6     11,500     11,500  

Laser Key license

   5     1,250     1,250  

Non compete agreements

   5.5     2,104     1,104  
            

Intangible assets, gross

     401,168     373,745  

Less: Accumulated amortization

     15,411     10,669  
            

Other intangibles, net

    $385,757    $363,076  
            

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

5. Other Intangibles (continued):

   Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
  March 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Customer relationships

  20  $342,460    $328,382  

Trademarks—All Others

  Indefinite   54,339     49,413  

Trademarks—TagWorks

  5   240     240  

Patents

  5-20   20,250     20,250  

Quick Tag license

  6   11,500     11,500  

Laser Key license

  5   1,250     1,250  

KeyWorks license

  10   4,100     4,100  

Non-compete agreements

  5-10   4,450     4,450  

Lease agreement

  0.5   240     240  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets, gross

     438,829     419,825  

Less: Accumulated amortization

     58,670     53,181  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangibles, net

    $380,159    $366,644  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives. The Predecessor’s amortization expense for amortizable assets was $1,607$5,446 and $5,471 for the three monthsmonth periods ended March 31, 2010.2013 and 2012, respectively. The Successor’s amortization expense for amortizable assets for the three months ended March 31, 2011 was $4,741. The amortization expense for amortizable assets of the Successor for the year ended December 31, 20112013 is estimated to be $19,921.$22,134. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2016,2018, the Successor’s amortization expense for amortizable assets is estimated to be $20,240, $20,240, $20,240, $19,579$22,248, $21,587, $19,656, $18,802 and $17,628,$18,802, respectively.

6. Commitments and Contingencies:

The Company self-insures its product liability, automotive, workers’ compensation and general liability losses up to $250 per occurrence. Catastrophic coverage has been purchased from third party insurers for occurrences in excess of $250 up to $40,000. The two risk areas involving the most significant accounting estimates are workers’ compensation and automotive liability. Actuarial valuations performed by the Company’s outside risk insurance expert were used by the Company’s management to form the basis for workers’ compensation and automotive liability loss reserves. The actuary contemplated the Company’s specific loss history, actual claims reported, and industry trends among statistical and other factors to estimate the range of reserves required. Risk insurance reserves are comprised of specific reserves for individual claims and additional amounts expected from development of these claims, as well as for incurred but not yet reported claims. The Company believes the liability of approximately $1,846$2,487 recorded for such risk insurance reserves is adequate as of March 31, 2011, but due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process, it is possible the ultimate costs will differ from this estimate.2013.

As of March 31, 2011,2013, the Company has provided certain vendors and insurers letters of credit aggregating $5,944$5,509 related to its product purchases and insurance coverage of product liability, workers’ compensation and general liability.

The Company self-insures its group health claims up to an annual stop loss limit of $200 per participant. Aggregate coverage is maintained for annual group health insurance claims in excess of 125% of expected

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

6. Commitments and Contingencies (continued):

claims. Historical group insurance loss experience forms the basis for the recognition of group health insurance reserves. Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based on an analysis of historical insurance claim data and certain actuarial assumptions. The Company believes the liability of approximately $1,742$2,102 recorded for such group health insurance reserves is adequate as of March 31, 2011, but due to judgments inherent in the reserve estimation process, it is possible the ultimate costs will differ from this estimate.

On May 4, 2010, Hy-Ko Products, Inc. filed a complaint against Hillman Group, and Kaba Ilco Corp., a manufacturer of blank replacement keys, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio Eastern Division, alleging that the defendants engaged in violations of federal and state antitrust laws regarding their business practices relating to automatic key machines and replacement keys. Hy-Ko Products’ May 4, 2010 filing against the Company is based, in part, on the Company’s previously-filed claim against Hy-Ko Products alleging infringement of certain patents of the Company. A claim construction hearing on the Company’s patent infringement claim against Hy-Ko Products occurred in September 2010 and a ruling is expected in the first half of 2011.

In its antitrust claim against the Company, Hy-Ko Products is seeking monetary damages which would be trebled under the antitrust laws, interest and attorney’s fees as well as injunctive relief. The antitrust claim against the Company has been stayed pending the resolution of the patents claim against Hy-Ko Products. Because the

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

6. Commitments and Contingencies (continued):

lawsuit is in a preliminary stage, it is not yet possible to assess the impact that the lawsuit will have on the Company. However, the Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously.2013.

In addition, legal proceedings have been or are pending which are either in the ordinary course of business or incidental to the Company’s business. Those legal proceedings incidental to the business of the Company are generally not covered by insurance or other indemnity. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate resolution of the pending litigation matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, operations or cash flows of the Company.

7. Related Party Transactions:

The Predecessor was obligated to pay management fees to a subsidiary of CHS in the amount of $58 per month. The Predecessor was also obligated to pay transaction fees to a subsidiary of OTPP in the amount of $26 per month, plus out of pocket expenses. The Successor has no management fee charges for the three month period ended March 31, 2011. The Predecessor recorded aggregate management and transaction fee charges and expenses from CHS and OTPP of $251 for the three month period ended March 31, 2010.

Gregory Mann and Gabrielle Mann are employed by the All Points subsidiary of Hillman. All Points leases an industrial warehouse and office facility from companies under the control of the Manns. The Predecessor and Successor haveCompany has recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility on an arm’s length basis. The Successor recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility inwas $82 and $82 for the amountthree month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In connection with the Paulin Acquisition, the Company entered into three leases for five properties containing industrial warehouse, manufacturing plant, and office facilities on February 19, 2013. The owners of $83the properties under one lease are relatives of Richard Paulin, who is employed by The Hillman Group Canada ULC, and the owner of the properties under the other two leases is a company which is owned by Richard Paulin and certain of his relatives. The Company has recorded rental expense for the three leases on an arm’s length basis. The rental expense for the three leases was $69 for the three month period ended March 31, 2011. The Predecessor recorded rental expense for the lease of this facility in the amount of $83 for the three month period ended March 31, 2010.2013.

8. Income Taxes:

The Company’s policy is to estimate income taxes for interim periods based on estimated annual effective tax rates. These are derived, in part, from expected pre-tax income. However, the income tax provision for the three month Predecessor period ended March 31, 2010 was computed on a discrete period basis. The Company’s variability in income between quarters combined with the large permanent book-versus-tax differences and relatively low pre-tax income created the inability to reliably estimate pre-tax income in the Predecessor period. Accordingly, the interim tax provision for the Predecessor period ended March 31, 2010 was calculated by multiplying pre-tax earnings, adjusted for permanent book-versus-tax basis differences, by the statutory income tax rate. In the three month Successor period ended March 31, 2011, the Company applied an estimated annual effective tax rate to the interim period pre-tax lossincome (loss) in the three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 to calculate the income tax benefitprovision in accordance with the principal method prescribed by ASC 740-270, the accounting guidance established for computing income taxes in interim periods.

The effective income tax rates were 46.0%36.6% and -398.1%40.2% for the three month periods ended March 31, 20112013 and 2010,2012, respectively. The differences between the effective income tax rate and the federal statutory rate in the three month Successor period ended March 31, 2011 was primarily due to a current period charge caused by the effect of changes in certain state income tax rates on the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities. The effective income tax rate differed from the federal statutory rate in the three month Predecessor periodperiods ended March 31, 20102013 and 2012 due in part to a reduction of the valuation reserve related to a deferred tax asset that was utilized in the period. The remaining differences between the federal statutory rate and the effective tax rate in the three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were primarily due to the effect of nondeductible interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and stock compensation expense. In addition, the effective tax rates in both three month periods were affected by state and foreign income taxes.

9. Long-Term Debt:

Effective November 7, 2012, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement to its credit agreement under the existing Senior Facilities (the “2012 Incremental Facility”). The 2012 Incremental Facility increased the aggregate term loan commitments available to Hillman Group under the Senior Facilities by $76,800. Subject to the conditions precedent to each funding date described in Section 17 of the 2012 Incremental Facility, the Company may make two drawings under the 2012 Incremental Facility on any business day after November 7,

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

9. Long-Term Debt:Debt (continued):

2012 and prior to April 1, 2013. On May 28, 2010, Hillman Companies and certainFebruary 19, 2013, the Company drew down on funds from the 2012 Incremental Facility in order to fund the permitted Paulin Acquisition. The aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Senior Facilities, after giving effect to the 2012 Incremental Facility, was $420,000.

Effective February 14, 2013, the Company completed an amendment to the credit agreement governing its subsidiaries closed on a $320,000 senior secured first lien credit facility (the “Senior Facilities”), consisting of a $290,000Senior Facilities. The Senior Facilities amendment modified the term loan pricing to reduce the EuroDollar margin by 50 basis points to 3.00% and a $30,000 revolving credit facility (“Revolver”)reduce the EuroDollar floor on EuroDollar loans by an additional 25 basis points to 1.25%. TheThis amendment modified the term loan portionpricing to reduce the base rate margin by 50 basis points to 2.00% and reduce the floor on base rate loans by an additional 25 basis points to 2.25%. This amendment also extends the maturity date of the Senior Facilities has a sixby one year term and the Revolver has a five year term. The Senior Facilities provide borrowings at interest rates based on a EuroDollar rate plus a margin of 3.75% (the “EuroDollar Margin”), or a base rate (the “Base Rate”) plus a margin of 2.75% (the “Base Rate Margin”). The EuroDollar rate is subject to a minimum floor rate of 1.75% and the Base Rate is subject to a minimum floor of 2.75%.May 28, 2017.

Concurrently with the acquisition of the Company on May 28, 2010,Merger Transaction, Hillman Group issued $150,000 aggregate principal amount of its senior notes due 2018 (the “10.875% Senior Notes”). On March 16, 2011, Hillman Group completed an offering of $50,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10.875% Senior Notes. Hillman Group received a premium of $4,625 on the $50,000 note10.875% Senior Notes offering. On December 21, 2012, Hillman Group completed an offering of $65,000 aggregate principal amount of its temporary 10.875% Senior Notes. Hillman Group received a premium of $4,225 on the $65,000 temporary 10.875% Senior Notes offering. The temporary 10.875% Senior Notes were mandatorily exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of 10.875% Senior Notes on February 19, 2013 in connection with the Paulin Acquisition. The 10.875% Senior Notes are guaranteed by The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company and all of the domestic subsidiaries of Hillman Group. Hillman Group pays interest on the 10.875% Senior Notes semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

The Senior Facilities contain financial and operating covenants which require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, including a secured leverage ratio. TheseThis debt agreements provideagreement provides for customary events of default, including, but not limited to, payment defaults, breach of representations or covenants, cross-defaults, bankruptcy events, failure to pay judgments, attachment of its assets, change of control and the issuance of an order of dissolution. Certain of these events of default are subject to notice and cure periods or materiality thresholds. The occurrence of an event of default permits the lenders under the Senior Facilities to accelerate repayment of all amounts due. AsThe Company was in compliance with all provisions and covenants of the amended Senior Facilities as of March 31, 2011, the Company had $15,056 available under the Revolver.2013.

10. Common and Preferred Stock:

The Hillman Companies has one class of Common Stock,common stock, with 5,000 shares authorized and issued as of March 31, 2011.2013. All outstanding shares of Hillman Companies’ common stock are owned by Holdco.

Under the terms of the Stockholders Agreement for the Holdco Common Stock,common stock, management shareholders have the ability to put their shares back to Holdco under certain conditions, including death or disability. ASC 480-10-S99 requires shares to be classified outside of permanent equity if they can be redeemed and the redemption is not solely within the control of the issuer. Further, if it is determined that redemption of the shares is probable, the shares are marked to redemption value which equals fair value at each balance sheet date with the change in fair value recorded in additional paid-in capital. Accordingly, the 198.3210.4 shares of common stock held by management are recorded outside permanent equity and have been adjusted to the fair value of $12,247$14,485 as of March 31, 2011.2013.

The Hillman Companies has one class of Preferred Stock,preferred stock, with 5,000 shares authorized and none issued as of March 31, 2011.

11. Stock-Based Compensation:

On March 31, 2004, the Predecessor adopted its 2004 Stock Option Plan following Board of Director and shareholder approval. Grants under the 2004 Common Option Plan consisted of non-qualified stock options for2013.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

11. Stock-Based Compensation (continued):Compensation:

the purchase of Class B Common Shares. In addition, immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger Transaction, there were outstanding options to purchase 9,274.08 shares of Hillman Company’s Class A Preferred Stock and 6,470.36 shares of Hillman Investment Company’s Class A Preferred Stock.

In connection with the Merger Transaction, the 2004 Stock Option Plan was terminated, and all options outstanding thereunder were cancelled with the holder receiving a per share amount in cash equal to the per share Merger consideration less the applicable exercise price.

Effective May 28, 2010, Holdco established the OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. 2010 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Option Plan”), pursuant to which Holdco may grant options for up to an aggregate of 34,293.46945,914 shares of its common stock. The Option Plan is administered by a committee of the Holdco Boardboard of Directors.directors. Such committee determines the terms of each option grant under the Option Plan, except that the exercise price of any granted optionsoption may not be lower than the fair market value of one share of common stock of Holdco as of the date of grant.

On November 23, 2010,Under the Option Plan, the Company granted 26,700 common32,284 options underin 2010, 1,030 options in 2011, 7,375 options in 2012 and 5,225 options in the Option Plan, on December 23, 2010, the Company granted 5,584 common options under the Option Plan and on January 3, 2011, the Company granted 300 common options under the Option Plan.first quarter of 2013. The options were granted with an exercise price of one thousand dollars per option which was equal to the grant date fair value of the underlying securities.

Common optionOption holders are not required by the terms of the Option Agreement or the ShareholderStockholders Agreement to hold the shares for any period of time following exercise. SinceBecause the arrangement permits the holders to put the shares back without being exposed to the risks and rewards of the sharesshare for a reasonable period of time then liability classification is required. TheConsistent with past practice, the Company has elected to use the intrinsic value method to value the common options.

12. Derivatives and Hedging:

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its exposures to (1) interest rate fluctuations on its floating rate senior debt.debt; (2) price fluctuations in metal commodities used in its key products; and (3) fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company measures those instruments at fair value and recognizes changes in the fair value of derivatives in earnings in the period of change, unless the derivative qualifies as an effective hedge that offsets certain exposures.

On August 29, 2008, the Company entered into an Interest Rate Swap Agreement (“2008 Swap”) with a three-year term for a notional amount of $50,000. The 2008 Swap fixed the interest rate at 3.41% plus applicable interest rate margin. The 2008 Swap was terminated on May 24, 2010.

The 2008 Swap was designated as a cash flow hedge, and prior to its termination on May 24, 2010, it was reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheet in other non-current liabilities with a related deferred charge recorded as a component of other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity.

AgreementsOn June 24, 2010, the Company entered into a forward Interest Rate Swap Agreement (“2010(the “2010 Swap”) with a two-year term for a notional amount of $115,000. The effectiveforward start date of the 2010 Swap iswas May 31, 2011 and its termination date is May 31, 2013. The 2010 Swap fixes the interest rate at 2.47% plus the applicable interest rate margin.

The 2010 Swap was initially designated as a cash flow hedge. Effective April 18, 2011, the Company executed the second amendment to the credit agreement which modified the interest rate on the Senior Facilities. The critical terms for the 2010 Swap no longer matched the terms of the amended Senior Facilities and the 2010 Swap was de-designated.

At March 31, 2013, the fair value of the 2010 Swap was $(211) and was reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheet in other current liabilities with a reduction in interest expense recorded in the statement of comprehensive income for the favorable change in fair value since December 31, 2012. The fair value of the 2010 Swap was $(418) as of December 31, 2012 and was reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheet in other current liabilities.

Metal Swap Agreements—On April 20, 2012, the Company entered into a Commodity Metal Swap Agreement (the “2012 Metal Swap No. 1”) with an approximate eight-month term for 35 MT of copper at a notional amount of $294.7. The maturity date was December 31, 2012 and the 2012 Metal Swap No. 1 fixed the copper price at $8.42 per MT.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

12. Derivatives and Hedging (continued):

 

On May 30, 2012, the Company entered into a Commodity Metal Swap Agreement (the “2012 Metal Swap No. 2”) with an approximate seven-month term for 10 MT of copper at a notional amount of $77.9. The 2010maturity date was December 31, 2012 and the 2012 Metal Swap No. 2 fixed the copper price at $7.79 per MT.

On May 30, 2012, the Company entered into a Commodity Metal Swap Agreement (the “2012 Metal Swap No. 3”) with an approximate ten-month term for 35 MT of copper at a notional amount of $272.5. The maturity date was designated as an effective cash flow hedge. March 31, 2013 and the 2012 Metal Swap No. 3 fixed the copper price at $7.785 per MT.

The Company uses metal commodity swap agreements to hedge anticipated purchases of key blanks which can fluctuate with changes in copper prices. The Company’s metal swap agreements did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment because they did not meet the provisions specified in ASC 815. Accordingly, the gain or loss on these derivatives was recognized in current earnings.

At March 31, 2011, the fair value was $(643), net of $406 in taxes. As of December 31, 2010, the2013, 2012 Metal Swap No. 1 and 2012 Metal Swap No. 2 have expired and have no value. The fair value of the 20102012 Metal Swap No. 3 was $(624), net of $392 in taxes. The 2010 Swap($10) at March 31, 2013 and was reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheet in other non-currentcurrent liabilities with an unrealized lossincrease in cost of sales recorded as a componentin the statement of other comprehensive income for the unfavorable change in stockholders’ equity.fair value since December 31, 2012.

Foreign Currency Forward Contract—On December 18, 2012, the Company entered into a Foreign Currency Forward Contract (the “2012 FX Contract”) with an approximate six-month term for a notional amount of C$105,000. The 2012 FX Contract maturity date was May 21, 2013 and fixed the Canadian to US dollar forward exchange rate at 0.9989. The purpose of the 2012 FX Contract was to manage the Company’s exposure to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Canadian dollar investment used in the Paulin Acquisition.

The 2012 FX Contract was reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheet in other current liabilities prior to its execution in connection with the Paulin Acquisition. An increase in other expense of $1,138 was recorded in the statement of comprehensive income for the unfavorable change in fair value from December 31, 2012 until its execution on February 19, 2013.

The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes and, therefore, holds no derivative instruments for trading purposes.

13. Fair Value Measurements:

On January 1, 2008,The Company uses the Company adopted theaccounting guidance that applies to all assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis. The guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value and requires that assetsvalue. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value beare classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

13. Fair Value Measurements (continued):

The accounting guidance establishes a hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of quoted market prices and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. An asset or liability’s level is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the periods ended March 31, 20112013 and December 31, 2010,2012, by level, within the fair value hierarchy:

 

                                                    
  As of March 31, 2011   As of March 31, 2013 
  Level 1   Level 2 Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2 Level 3   Total 

Trading securities

  $3,609    $—     $—      $3,609    $ 3,955    $—     $—      $3,955  

Interest rate swap

   —       (1,049  —       (1,049   —       (211  —       (211

Metal commodity swaps

   —       (10  —       (10
  As of December 31, 2010   As of December 31, 2012 
  Level 1   Level 2 Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2 Level 3   Total 

Trading securities

  $3,478    $—     $—      $3,478    $4,245    $—     $—      $4,245  

Interest rate swap

   —       (1,016  —       (1,016   —       (418  —       (418

Foreign exchange forward contract

   —       (1,475    (1,475

Metal commodity swaps

   —       (11    (11

Trading securities are valued using quoted prices on an active exchange. Trading securities represent assets held in a Rabbi Trust to fund deferred compensation liabilities and are included as restricted investments on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

For the three months ended March 31, 2011,2013, the unrealized gains on these securities of $106$138 were recorded by the Successor as other income. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the unrealized gains on these securities of $81 were recorded by the Predecessor as other income. In each period, anAn offsetting entry for the same amount, adjustingincreasing the deferred compensation liability and compensation expense within SG&A, was also recorded.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

13. Fair Value Measurements (continued):

The Company utilizes interest rate swap contracts to manage its targeted mix of fixed and floating rate debt, and these swaps are valued using observable benchmark rates at commonly quoted intervals for the full term of the swaps. The 2010 Swap was included in other non-currentcurrent liabilities as of March 31, 20112013 and December 31, 20102012 on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet. Prior

At December 31, 2012, the Company utilized a foreign exchange forward contract to manage its terminationexposure to currency fluctuations in the Canadian dollar versus the U.S. dollar. This forward contract was valued using observable benchmark rates at commonly quoted intervals during the term of the forward contract. This forward contract was executed on May 24, 2010,February 19, 2013 in connection with the 2008 SwapPaulin Acquisition. The foreign exchange forward contract was reportedincluded in other current liabilities as of December 31, 2012 on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheetsheet.

The Company utilizes metal commodity swap contracts to manage its exposure to price fluctuations in metal commodities used in its key products and these swaps are valued using observable benchmark rates at commonly quoted intervals for the full term of the swaps. The metal commodity swaps were included in other non-current liabilities.current liabilities as of March 31, 2013 and in both other current assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2012 on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

14. Acquisition and Integration Expenses:

For the three months ended March 31, 2011,2013, the Company incurred $1,290$2,029 of charges for banking, legal and other professional fees incurredexpenses in connection with the Merger Transaction, Servalite acquisition, TagWorks acquisition andPaulin Acquisition.

For the start-upthree months ended March 31, 2012, the Company incurred $152 of operations for Hillman Australia.expenses in connection with the Ook Acquisition.

15. Subsequent Events:Segment Reporting:

Effective April 18, 2011, the Company completed an amendment to its existing Senior Facilities credit agreement. The Senior Facilities amendment eliminated the total leverage and interest coverage covenants and reduced the secured leverage covenant to 4.75x with no future step downs. The term loan pricing was modified to reduce the Eurodollar Margin and the Base Rate Margin by 25 basis points and reduce the floor on Eurodollar and Base Rate Loans by an additional 25 basis points.

The Company’s segment reporting structure uses the Company’s management reporting structure as the foundation for how the Company manages its business. The Company periodically evaluates its segment reporting structure in accordance with ASC 350-20-55 and has evaluated potential subsequent eventsconcluded that it has five reporting units as of March 31, 2013. During the first quarter of 2013, the operations of the Paulin Acquisition were combined into the operations of the Canada segment. The United States segment, excluding All Points, and the Canada segment are the only segments considered material by the Company’s management as of March 31, 2013. The segments are as follows:

United States—excluding the All Points division

All Points

Canada

Mexico

Australia

Our United States segment distributes fasteners and related hardware items, threaded rod, keys, key duplicating systems and accessories, and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers and signs to hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, and other retail outlets primarily in the United States. This segment also provides innovative pet ID tag programs to a leading pet products chain retailer using a unique, patent-protected / patent-pending technology and product portfolio.

Our All Points segment is a Florida based distributor of commercial and residential fasteners catering to the hurricane protection industry in the southern United States. All Points has positioned itself as a major supplier to manufacturers of railings, screen enclosures, windows and hurricane shutters.

Our Canada segment distributes fasteners and related hardware items, threaded rod, keys, key duplicating systems and accessories, and identification items, such as tags and letters, numbers and signs to hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, and other retail outlets and industrial Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”) in Canada. Our Canada segment also produces fasteners, stampings, fittings and processes threaded parts for recordingautomotive suppliers, industrial OEM’s and disclosureindustrial distributors.

Our Mexico segment distributes fasteners and related hardware items to hardware stores, home centers, mass merchants, and other retail outlets in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-QMexico.

Our Australia segment distributes keys, key duplicating systems and accessories to home centers and other retail outlets in Australia.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

15. Segment Reporting (continued):

The Company uses profit or loss from operations to evaluate the performance of its segments. Profit or loss from operations is defined as income from operations before interest and tax expenses. Hillman accounts for intersegment sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. Segment revenue excludes intersegment sales related to the sales or transfer of products between segments which is consistent with the segment revenue information provided to the Company’s chief operating decision maker. Segment Income (Loss) from Operations for Mexico and Australia include insignificant costs allocated from the United States, excluding All Points segment, while the remaining operating segments do not include any allocations.

The table below presents revenues and income from operations for our reportable segments for the quarterthree months ended March 31, 2011. There2013 and 2012.

   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2013
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 

Revenues

   

United States excluding All Points

  $118,845   $119,761  

All Points

   4,653    4,509  

Canada

   18,312    2,408  

Mexico

   1,967    1,557  

Australia

   142    138  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $143,919   $128,373  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Segment Income (Loss) from Operations

   

United States excluding All Points

  $7,044   $8,715  

All Points

   371    92  

Canada

   166    (219

Mexico

   396    351  

Australia

   (193  (104
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total segment income from operations

  $7,784   $8,835  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reconciliation (1)

   

Total segment income from operations

  $7,784   $8,835  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income from operations

  $7,784   $8,835  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)This table reconciles segment income from operations to total income from operations

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

15. Segment Reporting (continued):

Assets by segment as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were no additional items requiring disclosure.as follows:

   March 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Assets

    

United States excluding All Points

  $920,456    $1,133,824  

All Points

   8,260     7,298  

Canada

   312,116     15,477  

Mexico

   19,569     17,816  

Australia

   1,643     1,378  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $1,262,044    $1,175,793  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

16. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information:

The 10.875% Senior Notes, of which $265,000 aggregate principal amount were outstanding as of March 31, 2013, were issued by The Hillman Group Inc. and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the Company and certain of Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries. The non-guarantor information presented represents our Australian, Canadian and Mexican subsidiaries.

The following financial information presents condensed consolidating statements of operations,comprehensive income, balance sheets, and cash flows for The Hillman Group, Inc., all guarantor subsidiaries, all non-guarantor subsidiaries and the eliminations necessary to provide the consolidated results for The Hillman Companies Inc. and subsidiaries. For purposes of this presentation, we have accounted for investments in our subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting. The principal consolidating adjustments eliminate investment in subsidiary and intercompany balances and transactions.

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

16. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of OperationsComprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 20112013

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated   Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust
- ments
   Consolidated 

Net sales

  $-       $99,469   $7,876   $3,949    $-       $111,294    $—     $117,158   $6,340   $20,421   $—      $143,919  

Cost of sales

   -        49,521    3,971    2,217     (53  55,656     —      56,315    4,499    12,832    —       73,646  
                    

Gross profit

   -        49,948    3,905    1,732     53    55,638  
                    

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   106    37,402    3,209    1,729     -        42,446     399    40,302    1,307    6,361    —       48,369  

Acquisition and integration expense

   -        1,250    -        40     -        1,290     —      1,640    14    375    —       2,029  

Depreciation

   -        4,224    197    18     -        4,439     —      5,348    15    179    —       5,542  

Amortization

   4,608    -        133    -         -        4,741     4,515    772    —      159    —       5,446  

Intercompany administrative (income) expense

   -        (60  -        60     -        -         —      (87  —      87    —       —    

Other (income) expense, net

   (138  1,216    (34  59    —       1,103  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total operating expenses

   4,714    42,816    3,539    1,847     -        52,916  
                    

Other (expense) income, net

   106    (47  (2  308     -        365  

Income (loss) from operations

   (4,608  7,085    364    193     53    3,087     (4,776  11,652    539    369    —       7,784  

Intercompany interest (income) expense

   (3,058  3,058    -        -         -        -         (3,058  3,062    —      (4  —       —    

Interest expense, net

   (106  9,183    -        -         -        9,077     (46  11,156    —      843    —       11,953  

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   3,152    -        -        -         -        3,152     3,152    —      —      —      —       3,152  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (95  -        -        -         -        (95   (94  —      —      —      —       (94
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income (loss) before equity in subsidiaries’ income

   (4,501  (5,156  364    193     53    (9,047   (4,730  (2,566  539    (470  —       (7,227

Equity in subsidiaries’ income (loss)

   (4,876  280    -        -         4,596    -         (2,797  (231  —      —      3,028     —    
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (9,377  (4,876  364    193     4,649    (9,047   (7,527  (2,797  539    (470  3,028     (7,227

Income tax provision (benefit)

   (4,442  -        176    101     -        (4,165   (2,942  —      222    78    —       (2,642
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(4,935 $(4,876 $188   $92    $4,649   $(4,882  $(4,585 $(2,797 $317   $(548 $3,028    $(4,585
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   -        -        -        23     -        23     —      (710  (21  (415  1,066     (80

Change in derivative security value

   -        (19  -        -         -        (19
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $(4,935 $(4,895 $188   $115    $4,649   $(4,878  $(4,585 $(3,507 $296   $(963 $4,094    $(4,665
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

16. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Condensed Consolidating Statements of OperationsComprehensive Income (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 20102012

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Predecessor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated   Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust -
ments
 Consolidated 

Net sales

  $-       $102,585   $3,410   $2,465   $-       $108,460    $—     $119,761   $4,509    $4,103   $—     $128,373  

Cost of sales

   -        48,083    2,650    1,181    24    51,938     —      57,642    3,529     2,418    —      63,589  
                   

Gross profit

   -        54,502    760    1,284    (24  56,522  
                   

Operating expenses:

       

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   1,508    36,919    858    1,003    -        40,288     194    42,070    866     1,790    —      44,920  

Acquisition and integration expense

   —      152    —       —      —      152  

Depreciation

   -        4,232    19    39    -        4,290     —      5,845    22     22    —      5,889  

Amortization

   1,598    -        9    -        -        1,607     4,515    856    —       100    —      5,471  

Intercompany administrative (income) expense

   -        (60  -        60    -        -         —      (87  —       86    1    —    

Management and transaction fees to related party

   251    -        -        -        -        251  

Other (income) expense, net

   (194  53    —       (341  (1  (483
                     

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total operating expenses

   3,357    41,091    886    1,102    -        46,436  
                   

Other (expense) income, net

   81    (21  (217  239    -        82  

Income (loss) from operations

   (3,276  13,390    (343  421    (24  10,168     (4,515  13,230    92     28    —      8,835  

Intercompany interest (income) expense

   (3,058  3,058    -        -        -        -         (3,058  3,058    —       —      —      —    

Interest expense, net

   (89  4,269    -        -        -        4,180     (106  10,208    —       —      —      10,102  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   3,246    -        -        -        -        3,246  

Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures

   3,152    -        -        -        -        3,152     3,152    —      —       —      —      3,152  

Investment income on trust common securities

   (95  -        -        -        -        (95   (95  —      —       —      —      (95
                     

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before equity in subsidiaries’ income

   (6,432  6,063    (343  421    (24  (315   (4,408  (36  92     28    —      (4,324

Equity in subsidiaries’ income (loss)

   6,037    (26  -        -        (6,011  -         (457  42    —       —      415    —    
                     

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (395  6,037    (343  421    (6,035  (315   (4,865  6    92     28    415    (4,324

Income tax provision (benefit)

   1,150    -        (49  153    -        1,254     (2,278  463    38     40    —      (1,737
                     

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $(1,545 $6,037   $(294 $268   $(6,035 $(1,569  $(2,587 $(457 $54    $(12 $415   $(2,587
                     

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

               

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   -        -        -        (37  -        (37   —      —      —       1,237    —      1,237  

Change in derivative security value

   -        10    -        -        -        10  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  $(1,545 $6,047   $(294 $231   $(6,035 $(1,596  $(2,587 $(457 $54    $1,225   $415   $(1,350
                     

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

16. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

As of March 31, 20112013

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated   Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust -
ments
 Consolidated 
ASSETS                

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1   $806    $2,102   $847   $-       $3,756    $1   $2,995    $1,740   $17,903   $—     $22,639  

Restricted investments

   227    -         -        -        -        227     846    —       —      —      —      846  

Accounts receivable

   -        61,174     7,932    (4,809  -        64,297     —      84,475     (400  8,704    —      92,779  

Inventories

   -        89,230     11,218    3,780    (285  103,943     —      108,982     8,035    54,156    (325  170,848  

Deferred income taxes

   7,083    -         1,654    225    (611  8,351     8,060    —       1,474    1,259    (678  10,115  

Other current assets

   -        3,102     758    792    -        4,652     —      6,170     270    3,266    —      9,706  
                      

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

   7,311    154,312     23,664    835    (896  185,226     8,907    202,622     11,119    85,288    (1,003  306,933  

Intercompany notes receivable

   105,446    -         -        -        (105,446  -         105,446    108,225     —      (108,225  (105,446  —    

Intercompany interest receivable

   3,058    -         -        -        (3,058  -         3,058    809     —      —      (3,867  —    

Investments in subsidiaries

   (621,426  96,978     -        -        524,448    -         (639,662  28,123     507    275,440    335,592    —    

Property and equipment

   -        51,785     17,655    236    -        69,676     —      69,146     348    14,977    —      84,471  

Goodwill

   430,622    1,555     25,471    -        280    457,928     418,946    24,512     3,090    21,684    280    468,512  

Other intangibles

   352,372    -         33,385    -        -        385,757     307,317    45,274     250    27,318    —      380,159  

Restricted investments

   3,382    -         -        -        -        3,382     3,109    —       —      —      —      3,109  

Deferred income taxes

   28,634    406     (127  471    (28,913  471     32,895    —       (472  739    (33,162  —    

Deferred financing fees

   -        14,989     -        -        -        14,989     —      12,095     —      —      —      12,095  

Investment in trust common securities

   3,261    -         -        -        -        3,261     3,261    —       —      —      —      3,261  

Other assets

   -        1,309     25    842    -        2,176     —      2,882     25    597    —      3,504  
                      

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets

  $312,660   $321,334    $100,073   $2,384   $386,415   $1,122,866    $243,277   $493,688    $14,867   $317,818   $192,394   $1,262,044  
                      

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable

  $-       $28,730    $1,650   $489   $-       $30,869    $—     $31,529    $1,145   $15,440   $—     $48,114  

Current portion of senior term loans

   -        2,900     -        -        -        2,900     —      3,968     —      —      —      3,968  

Additional acquisition consideration

   -        24,408     -        -        -        24,408  

Current portion of capitalized lease and

   -        30     -        -        -        30  

Current portion of capitalized lease and other obligations

   —      625     —      —      —      625  

Interest payable on junior subordinated debentures

   1,019    —       —      —      —      1,019  

Intercompany interest payable

   —      3,058     —      809    (3,867  —    

Accrued expenses:

                

Salaries and wages

   -        2,716     406    156    -        3,278     —      3,841     74    208    —      4,123  

Pricing allowances

   -        4,531     60    500    -        5,091     —      2,773     3    556    —      3,332  

Income and other taxes

   (445  1,851     232    661    -        2,299     (449  2,388     86    (80  —      1,945  

Interest

   -        7,397     -        -        -        7,397     —      10,033     —      —      —      10,033  

Deferred compensation

   227    -         -        -        -        227     846    —       —      —      —      846  

Other accrued expenses

   -        5,437     281    266    -        5,984     —      7,489     216    558    —      8,263  
                      

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

   (218  78,000     2,629    2,072    -        82,483     1,416    65,704     1,524    17,491    (3,867  82,268  

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

16. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

As of March 31, 20112013

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated   Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust -
ments
 Consolidated 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)               

Intercompany debt payable

   -        105,446    -         -        (105,446  -         —      105,446    —      —      (105,446  —    

Intercompany interest payable

   -        3,058    -         -        (3,058  -         —      —      —      —      —      —    

Long term senior term loans

   -        284,925    -         -        -        284,925     —      380,958    —      —      —      380,958  

Bank revolving credit

   -        9,000    -         -        -        9,000     —      —      —      —      —      —    

Long term portion of capitalized leases

   -        126    -         -        -        126     —      345    —      —      —      345  

Long term senior notes

   -        204,605    -         -        -        204,605     —      272,652    —      —      —      272,652  

Junior subordinated debentures

   115,730    -        -         -        -        115,730     115,086    —      —      —      —      115,086  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

   -        -        -         -        -        -      

Management purchased preferred options

   -        -        -         -        -        -      

Deferred compensation

   3,382    -        -         -        -        3,382     3,109    —      —      —      —      3,109  

Deferred income taxes, net

   153,557    -        54     -        (29,524  124,087     144,024    —      213    9,641    (33,840  120,038  

Accrued dividends on preferred stock

   -        -        -         -        -        -      

Other non-current liabilities

   -        3,278    -         -        -        3,278     975    5,767    —      —      —      6,742  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

   272,451    688,438    2,683     2,072    (138,028  827,616     264,610    830,872    1,737    27,132    (143,153  981,198  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Common stock with put options:

               

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 198.3 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2011

   12,247    -        -         -        -        12,247  

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 210.4 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013

   14,485    —      —      —      —      14,485  

Commitments and Contingencies

               

Stockholders’ Equity:

               

Preferred Stock:

               

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2011

   -        -        -         -        -        -      

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013

   —      —      —      —      —      —    

Common Stock:

               

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,801.7 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2011

   -        -        65     -        (65  -      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized,
4,789.6 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013

   —      —      50    —      (50  —    

Additional paid-in capital

   133,529    (149,859  96,913     341    215,620    296,544     118,693    (130,742  11,711    293,717    1,827    295,206  

Accumulated deficit

   (105,567  (216,602  412     430    308,407    (12,920   (154,511  (205,732  1,390    (3,006  332,223    (29,636

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   -        (643  -         (459  481    (621

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   —      (710  (21  (25  1,547    791  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   27,962    (367,104  97,390     312    524,443    283,003     (35,818  (337,184  13,130    290,686    335,547    266,361  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $312,660   $321,334   $100,073    $2,384   $386,415   $1,122,866    $243,277   $493,688   $14,867   $317,818   $192,394   $1,262,044  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

16. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

As of December 31, 20102012

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated   Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust -
ments
 Consolidated 
ASSETS                

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1   $5,166    $1,119   $1,299   $-       $7,585    $1   $62,917    $429   $2,201   $—     $65,548  

Restricted investments

   227    -         -        -        -        227     846    —       —      —      —      846  

Accounts receivable

   -        54,528     7,139    (5,157  -        56,510     —      65,916     6,473    (10,045  —      62,344  

Inventories

   -        84,011     10,644    3,384    (338  97,701     —      105,028     4,678    4,404    (272  113,838  

Deferred income taxes

   7,267    -         1,885    225    -        9,377     10,359    —       610    221    (726  10,464  

Other current assets

   -        2,239     364    798    -        3,401     —      6,526     145    1,835    —      8,506  
                      

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

   7,495    145,944     21,151    549    (338  174,801     11,206    240,387     12,335    (1,384  (998  261,546  

Intercompany notes receivable

   105,446    -         -        -        (105,446  -         105,446    —       —      —      (105,446  —    

Investments in subsidiaries

   (615,609  31,720     -        -        583,889    -         (637,376  27,204     —      —      610,172    —    

Property and equipment

   -        52,005     276    231    -        52,512     —      67,902     191    399    —      68,492  

Goodwill

   430,564    1,561     7,184    -        280    439,589     418,946    24,512     58    11,542    280    455,338  

Other intangibles

   356,981    -         6,095    -        -        363,076     311,832    46,047     250    8,515    —      366,644  

Restricted investments

   3,251    -         -        -        -        3,251     3,399    —       —      —      —      3,399  

Deferred income taxes

   25,423    392     (201  379    (25,614  379     29,492    —       (411  977    (30,058  —    

Deferred financing fees

   -        14,322     -        -        -        14,322     —      12,858     —      —      —      12,858  

Investment in trust common securities

   3,261    -         -        -        -        3,261     3,261    —       —      —      —      3,261  

Other assets

   -        900     25    662    -        1,587     —      3,521     25    709    —      4,255  
                      

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets

  $316,812   $246,844    $34,530   $1,821   $452,771   $1,052,778    $246,206   $422,431    $12,448   $20,758   $473,950   $1,175,793  
                      

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable

  $-       $27,433    $659   $332   $-       $28,424    $—     $31,873    $517   $181   $—     $32,571  

Current portion of senior term loans

   -        2,900     -        -        -        2,900     —      3,200     —      —      —      3,200  

Current portion of capitalized lease and
other obligations

   -        30     -        -        -        30     —      819     —      —      —      819  

Additional acquisition consideration

   —      —       —      —      —      —    

Accrued expenses:

                

Salaries and wages

   -        5,395     505    178    -        6,078     —      8,930     217    204    —      9,351  

Pricing allowances

   -        4,862     13    480    -        5,355     —      3,457     3    597    —      4,057  

Income and other taxes

   (283  1,749     153    420    -        2,039     (625  2,447     25    645    —      2,492  

Interest

   -        1,409     -        -        -        1,409     —      2,868     —      —      —      2,868  

Deferred compensation

   227    -         -        -        -        227     846    —       —      —      —      846  

Other accrued expenses

   -        6,484     1,201    214    -        7,899     —      9,822     40    1,535    —      11,397  
                      

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

   (56  50,262     2,531    1,624    -        54,361     221    63,416     802    3,162    —      67,601  

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

16. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

As of December 31, 20102012

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated   Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust -
ments
 Consolidated 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONTINUED)                

Intercompany debt payable

   -        105,446    -         -        (105,446  -         —      105,446    —       —      (105,446  —    

Intercompany interest payable

   -        -        -         -        -        -      

Long term senior term loans

   -        285,650    -         -        -        285,650     —      307,727    —       — ��    —      307,727  

Bank revolving credit

   -        12,000    -         -        -        12,000  

Long term portion of capitalized lease and other obligations

   -        134    -         -        -        134     —      245    —       —      —      245  

Long term senior notes

   -        150,000    -         -        -        150,000     —      272,942    —       —      —      272,942  

Long term unsecured subordinated notes

   -        -        -         -        -        -      

Junior subordinated debentures

   115,837    -        -         -        -        115,837     115,132    —      —       —      —      115,132  

Deferred compensation

   3,251    -        -         -        -        3,251     3,399    —      —       —      —      3,399  

Deferred income taxes, net

   154,844    -        54     -        (25,614  129,284     146,042    —      219     2,472    (30,784  117,949  

Other non-current liabilities

   -        2,283    -         -        -        2,283     714    5,473    —       —      —      6,187  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

   273,876    605,775    2,585     1,624    (131,060  752,800     265,508    755,249    1,021     5,634    (136,230  891,182  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Common stock with put options:

                

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 198.4 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

   12,247    -        -         -        -        12,247  

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 198.3 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

   14,116    —      —       —      —      14,116  

Commitments and Contingencies

                

Stockholders’ Equity:

                

Preferred Stock:

                

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

   -        -        -         -        -        -      

Preferred stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

   —      —      —       —      —      —    

Common Stock:

                

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,801.6 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010

   -        -        65     -        (65  -      

Common stock, $.01 par, 5,000 shares authorized, 4,801.7 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

   —      —      50     —      (50  —    

Additional paid-in capital

   133,138    (149,918  31,656     341    281,177    296,394     117,261    (131,642  10,304     17,192    281,560    294,675  

Accumulated deficit

   (102,449  (208,389  224     338    302,238    (8,038   (150,679  (201,176  1,073     (2,458  328,189    (25,051

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   -        (624  -         (482  481    (625   —      —      —       390    481    871  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   30,689    (358,931  31,945     197    583,831    287,731     (33,418  (332,818  11,427     15,124    610,180    270,495  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $316,812   $246,844   $34,530    $1,821   $452,771   $1,052,778    $246,206   $422,431   $12,448    $20,758   $473,950   $1,175,793  
                      

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

16. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 20112013

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Successor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated   Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

              

Net income (loss)

  $(59 $(5,156 $188   $92   $53   $(4,882  $(1,788 $(2,513 $317   $(548 $(53 $(4,585

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

       

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

   4,608    4,224    330    18    -        9,180     4,515    6,120    15    338    —      10,988  

Dispositions of property and equipment

   -        31    3    -        -        34     —      9    —      —      —      9  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

   (4,314  (14  181    (92  -        (4,239   (3,122  —      (809  898    —      (3,033

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

   (107  606    -        -        -        499     (46  629    —      —      —      583  

Stock-based compensation expense

   261    —      —      —      —      261  

Other non-cash interest and change in value of interest rate swap

   —      (207  —      —      —      (207

Changes in operating items:

              

Accounts receivable

   -        (6,534  814    (1,332  -        (7,052   —      (7,269  (2,842  (3,065  —      (13,176

Inventories

   -        (5,219  512    (396  (53  (5,156   —      (3,954  (3,357  5,299    53    (1,959

Other assets

   -        (1,384  (1,049  810    -        (1,623   —      (10,295  9,590    2,912    —      2,207  

Accounts payable

   -        1,297    469    157    -        1,923     —      (344  628    2,455    —      2,739  

Interest payable on junior subordinated debentures

   1,019    —      —      —      —      1,019  

Other accrued liabilities

   (162  5,091    (893  291    (3,058  1,269     176    2,264    94    (930  (3,867  (2,263

Other items, net

   34    (2,495  489    14    3,058    1,100     (1,015  (8,110  (2,316  8,395    3,867    821  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

   -        (9,553  1,044    (438  -        (8,947   —      (23,670  1,320    15,754    —      (6,596
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

              

TagWorks acquisition

   -        (40,359  -        -        -        (40,359

Paulin acquisition

   —      (103,416  —      —      —      (103,416

Capital expenditures

   -        (4,047  (61  (14  -        (4,122   —      (6,590  (9  (52  —      (6,651
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

   -        (44,406  (61  (14  -        (44,481   —      (110,006  (9  (52  —      (110,067
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Borrowings of senior term loans

   —      76,800    —      —      —      76,800  

Repayments of senior term loans

   —      (800  —      —      —      (800

Discount on senior term loans

   —      (2,152  —      —      —      (2,152

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

   —      (94  —      —      —      (94
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Repayments of senior term loans

   -        (725  -        -        -        (725

Borrowings of revolving credit loans

   -        3,000    -        -        -        3,000  

Repayments of revolving credit loans

   -        (6,000  -        -        -        (6,000

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

   -        (8  -        -        -        (8

Borrowings of senior notes

   -        50,000    -        -        -        50,000  

Premium on senior notes

   -        4,625    -        -        -        4,625  

Financing fees, net

   -        (1,293  -        -        -        (1,293
                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

   -        49,599    -        -        -        49,599  
                   

Net cash used for financing activities

   —      73,754    —      —      —      73,754  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   -        (4,360  983    (452  -        (3,829   —      (59,922  1,311    15,702    —      (42,909

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   1    5,166    1,119    1,299    -        7,585     1    62,917    429    2,201    —      65,548  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $1   $806   $2,102   $847   $-       $3,756    $1   $2,995   $1,740   $17,903    —     $22,639  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands)

 

16. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information (continued):

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

For the three months ended March 31, 20102012

(Amounts in thousands)

 

  Predecessor 
  Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
ments
 Consolidated   Guarantors
The Hillman
Companies, Inc.
 Issuer
The Hillman
Group, Inc.
 Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
 Consol-
idating
Adjust-
Ments
 Consolidated 

Cash flows from operating activities:

              

Net income (loss)

  $(7,582 $6,063   $(294 $268   $(24 $(1,569  $(2,130 $(486 $54   $(12 $(13 $(2,587

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

              

Depreciation and amortization

   1,598    4,232    28    39    -        5,897     4,515    6,701    22    122    —      11,360  

Dispositions of property and equipment

   -        -        -        -        -        -         —      —      —      —      —      —    

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

   872    6    (40  33    -        871     (2,435  446    37    137    —      (1,815

Deferred financing and original issue discount amortization

   (89  401    -        -        -        312     (107  605    —      —      —      498  

Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and management purchased options

   3,246    -        -        -        -        3,246  

Stock-based compensation expense

   833    -        -        -        -        833  

Other non-cash interest and change in value of interest rate swap

   —      (163  —      —      —      (163

Changes in operating items:

              

Accounts receivable

   -        (11,375  (188  35    -        (11,528   —      (7,745  (241  (651  —      (8,637

Inventories

   -        237    271    (237  24    295     —      (2,811  679    (211  13    (2,330

Other assets

   -        (797  533    281    -        17     —      9    (400  (172  —      (563

Accounts payable

   -        4,756    (74  186    -        4,868     —      2,684    (5  (97  —      2,582  

Interest payable on junior subordinated debentures

   -        -        -        -        -        -      

Other accrued liabilities

   168    (3,459  132    203    (3,058  (6,014   153    5,019    (29  152    (3,058  2,237  

Other items, net

   (2,908  (3,288  -        (46  6,921    679     4    (3,229  —      (127  3,058    (294
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities

   (3,862  (3,224  368    762    3,863    (2,093
                   

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

   —      1,030    117    (859  —      288  
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

              

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

   —      —      3    —      —      3  

Capital expenditures

   -        (2,967  (7  (2  -        (2,976   —      (5,371  (6  (70  —      (5,447

Other, net

   3,863    -        -        -        (3,863  -      
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

   3,863    (2,967  (7  (2  (3,863  (2,976
                   

Net cash used for investing activities

   —      (5,371  (3  (70  —      (5,444
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

              

Borrowings under capitalized lease obligations

   -        -        -        -        -        -      

Repayments of senior term loans

   —      (800  —      —      —      (800

Borrowings of revolving credit loans

   —      14,000    —      —      —      14,000  

Payments of additional acquisition consideration

   —      (12,387  —      —      —      (12,387

Principal payments under capitalized lease obligations

   -        (87  -        -        -        (87   —      (7  —      —      —      (7

Borrowings of senior notes

   —      —      —      —      —      —    

Premium on senior notes

   —      —      —      —      —      —    

Financing fees, net

   —      —      —      —      —      —    
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

   -        (87  -        -        -        (87

Net cash provided by financing activities

   —      806    —      —      —      806  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   1    (6,278  361    760    -        (5,156

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   —      (3,535  114    (929  —      (4,350

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   1    16,282    518    363    -        17,164     1    8,852    547    2,627    —      12,027  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $2   $10,004   $879   $1,123   $-       $12,008    $1   $5,317   $661   $1,698    —     $7,677  
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Shareholders of

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of H. Paulin & Co., Limited, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of H. Paulin & Co., Limited as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Chartered Professional Accountants, Chartered Accountants

Licensed Public Accountants

April 4, 2013

Mississauga, Canada

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

   Note   December 31
2012
   December 31
2011
 

Assets

      

CURRENT

      

Trade and other receivables

   7    $17,738    $16,868  

Inventories

   9     59,743     65,337  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     924     1,158  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     78,405     83,363  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT

      

Deferred income tax assets

   11     352     397  

Property, plant and equipment

   10     8,360     8,153  

Intangible assets

   12     —       513  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     8,712     9,063  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

    $87,117    $92,426  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

      

CURRENT

      

Bank indebtedness

    $3,986    $9,557  

Trade and other payables

   8     14,839     17,254  

Income taxes payable

   11     411     830  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     19,236     27,641  

Deferred income tax liabilities

   11     349     658  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     19,585     28,299  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

      

Share capital

   13     1,948     1,948  

Contributed surplus

   14     902     874  

Retained earnings

     64,637     61,271  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     45     34  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     67,532     64,127  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

    $87,117    $92,426  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

   

Note

  Year Ended
December 31
2012
  Year Ended
December 31
2011
 

Revenue

    $145,897   $139,343  

Cost of sales

  10, 15   111,264    108,023  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     34,633    31,320  

Administrative expense

  10, 15   16,790    12,960  

Distribution expense

  10, 15   12,785    12,239  

Other (income) expense

     (23  148  

Finance costs

     252    524  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     4,829    5,449  

Income tax expense

  11   1,299    1,549  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income for the year

    $3,530   $3,900  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

   Year Ended
December 31
2012
   Year Ended
December 31
2011
 

Net income for the year

  $3,530    $3,900  

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of tax expense (recovery) of $4; 2011-($4))

   11     (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year ended

  $3,541    $3,891  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

   Share
Capital
   Contributed
Surplus
   Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Total 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $1,948    $874    $61,271   $34   $64,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   —       —       3,530    —      3,530  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —       —       —      11    11  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   —       —       3,530    11    3,541  

Share based compensation

   —       28     —      —      28  

Dividend payment

   —       —       (164  —      (164
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $1,948    $902    $64,637   $45   $67,532  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $1,948    $800    $57,371   $43   $60,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   —       —       3,900    —      3,900  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   —       —       —      (9  (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   —       —       3,900    (9  3,891  

Share-based compensation

   —       74     —      —      74  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $1,948    $874    $61,271   $34   $64,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

   Note   Year Ended
December 31
2012
  Year Ended
December 31
2011
 

Cash flows from operating activities

     

Net income for the year

    $3,530   $3,900  

Adjustments for:

     

Depreciation and amortization

     975    1,286  

Impairment

   12     513    —    

Share-based compensation

     1,690    217  

Finance costs

     252    524  

Income tax expense

     1,299    1,549  

Changes in non-cash components of working capital

     

Change in trade and other receivables

     (904  1,566  

Change in inventories

     5,451    1,012  

Change in prepaid expenses and other assets

     232    (229

Change in trade and other payables

     (4,120  1,453  

Interest paid

     (252  (524

Income tax paid

     (1,965  (1,428
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     6,701    9,326  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

     

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

     (1,138  (1,235
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,138  (1,235
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

     

Re-payment of borrowings

     (5,571  (7,961

Dividends paid

     (164  —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (5,735  (7,961
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     172    (130

Net change in cash

     —      —    

Cash, beginning of year

     —      —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

    $—     $—    
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

1.Reporting entity

H. Paulin & Co., Limited (“the Company”) is a public company incorporated and domiciled in Canada. The address of the Company’s registered office is 55 Milne Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario M1L 4N3. The Company is primarily involved in the distribution and manufacture of fasteners, fluid system products, automotive parts and screw machine components.

2.Basis of presentation

Statement of compliance

The annual consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

In these consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise indicated, all dollar amounts are presented in Canadian dollars, which represents the Company’s functional currency.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on April 4, 2013.

3.Summary of significant accounting policies

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements, and have been applied consistently by the Company and its subsidiaries.

(a)Basis of consolidation

(i)Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists where the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

The financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

(ii)Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances, transactions, revenue and expenses, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

(b)Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars rounded to the nearest thousand and are prepared on the historical cost basis except for certain financial instruments measured at fair value. The methods used to measure fair values are discussed further in Note 4 to these consolidated financial statements.

Accounting estimates

Accounting estimates are estimates and assumptions made by management that may result in material adjustments to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year. Although these

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

accounting estimates are based on management’s knowledge of the current events and actions that the Company may undertake in the future, actual results may differ from these estimates. Reported amounts which required management to make estimates and assumptions are described below:

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical customer collection history, general economic indicators and other customer-specific information, all of which require the Company to make certain assumptions. Where the actual collectability of accounts receivable differs from these estimates, such differences will have an impact on net earnings in the period such a determination is made.

Valuation of inventories

Inventories represent a significant portion of the asset base of the Company and its value is reviewed at each reporting period. The estimates and assumptions related to cost and net realizable value to determine inventory carrying value and potential write-downs or reversals of write-downs are critical to the Company’s financial position.

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets

An evaluation of whether an asset is impaired involves consideration of whether indicators of impairment exist. Factors which could indicate that impairment exists include: significant underperformance relative to historical or projected operating results, significant changes in the manner in which an asset is used or in the Company’s overall business strategy, or significant negative industry or economic trends. In some cases, these events are clear. However, in many cases, a clearly identifiable event indicating possible impairment does not occur. Instead, a series of individually insignificant events may occur over a period of time leading to an indication that an asset may be impaired. Events can occur in these situations that may not be known until a date subsequent to their occurrence. Management continually monitors the Company’s segments, the markets, and the business environment, and makes judgments and assessments about conditions and events in order to conclude whether a possible impairment exists.

Share-based compensation

Management estimates the fair value of share-based compensation granted. These plans require management to make forward-looking assumptions. Varying inputs can result in significantly different results and there may be a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of cash flows, and statements of operations. Certain changes in expected stock volatility, the change in expected dividend yields, expected share price performance and changes in assumptions used to form a risk free rate during the expected terms may affect the value derived for share-based payments.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised, if revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

Accounting judgments

Accounting judgments are used for accounting policies that have been identified as being complex or involving subjective judgments or assessments. Reported amounts that require management to make judgments are described below:

Determination of functional currency

The determination of the functional currency of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary in the United States is based on an evaluation of the primary and if necessary, secondary factors as outlined in IAS 21,the Effects of Changes in Exchange Rates. The evaluation of these factors and the related conclusions on functional currency are subject to judgment by management.

Income tax assets and liabilities

The Company recognizes expected tax assets and liabilities based on estimates of current and future taxable net earnings, which may require judgment regarding the ultimate tax determination of certain items. If taxable net earnings differ from the estimates it may have an impact on current and future income tax provisions in the period when the determination of the difference is made.

(c)Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined on the first-in first-out basis, and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other direct costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

(d)Property, plant and equipment

(i)Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognized impairment losses.

Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part of the equipment.

When significant parts of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives from the overall asset’s useful life, they are identified as a separate component and depreciated accordingly.

Gains and losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of the assets, and are recognized net within other expense in the statement of operations.

All fully depreciated assets that are still in use remain on the Company’s books in the cost and accumulated depreciation accounts.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(ii)Subsequent costs

Subsequent costs relating to an item of property, plant and equipment are capitalized if it is probable that the future economic benefits from the use of the asset will flow to the Company and can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of repairs and maintenance of property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(iii)Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated over the depreciable amount, which is the cost of an asset, less its residual value.

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of property, plant and equipment, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in the asset. Depreciation begins when the asset is available for use and ceases on the earlier of the date the asset is held for sale and the date it is derecognized. An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from continued use of the asset. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Building

-25 years

Merchandising fixtures

-3 years

Machinery and equipment

-10-20 years

Computer, office equipment

-3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

-term of lease, straight-line

The Company reviews the depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values each year with the effect of any changes in estimates accounted for on a prospective basis.

(e)Intangible assets

Intangible assets, with finite lives, comprise system software development, which is amortized on an accelerated declining balance method over its expected useful life, not exceeding 10 years, once they are ready for use.

(f)Impairment of tangible and intangible assets

(i)At the end of each reporting period, the Company reviews the carrying amount of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss.

An impairment loss is recognized whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.

a) Calculation of recoverable amount

The recoverable amount is the greater of the asset or cash generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

b) Reversals of impairment

An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

(g)Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects the risks specific to the liability. Provisions are reviewed on a regular basis and adjusted to reflect management’s best current estimates. There are no provisions recorded as at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

(h)Income tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred income tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

Current tax expense comprises the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes.

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on either the same taxable entity, or on different taxable entities, which intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or realize their tax assets and liabilities simultaneously.

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the unused tax losses, unused tax credits and temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that all or part of the related tax benefit will be realized.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(i)Revenue recognition

Revenue from the sale of goods in the course of ordinary business activities is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of volume rebates. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when all the following conditions are satisfied:

The Company has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

The Company retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

The amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Company; and

The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

(j)Foreign currency

(i)Foreign currency transactions

Each entity within the consolidated group records transactions using its functional currency, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates. Foreign currency transactions are translated into the respective functional currency of each entity using the foreign currency rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at that date.

Foreign currency gains and losses arising from settlement of foreign currency transactions are recognized in profit or loss.

(ii)Foreign operations

For purposes of consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign operations with functional currencies other than the Canadian dollar are translated to Canadian dollars using the exchange rate at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to Canadian dollars at average exchange rates for the period.

Foreign currency differences resulting from translation of the accounts of foreign operations are recognized in a section of other comprehensive income called the foreign currency translation adjustment. When the settlement of a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, foreign exchange gains and losses arising from such a monetary item are considered to form part of a net investment in the foreign operation and are recognized in the foreign currency translation adjustment as part of other comprehensive income.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(k)Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recorded using settlement date accounting. They are initially recognized at fair value net of transaction costs, except for financial instruments classified as fair value through profit or loss and their subsequent measurement is dependent on their classification as described below. Their classification depends on the purpose for which the financial instruments were acquired or issued, their characteristics and the Company’s designation of such instruments.

Fair value through profit or loss

Financial instruments categorized as fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”) are financial assets or liabilities typically acquired for resale prior to maturity or that are designated as FVTPL. They are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date. Fair value fluctuations including interest earned, interest accrued, foreign exchange forwards, gains and losses realized on disposal and unrealized gains and losses are included in profit or loss.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are accounted for at amortized cost using the effective interest method. This includes trade and other receivables from the balance sheet.

Other liabilities

Other liabilities are recorded at amortized cost using the effective interest method and include all financial liabilities, other than derivative instruments. This includes bank indebtedness and trade and other payables from the balance sheet.

Transaction costs related to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit and loss are expensed when incurred. Transaction costs related to loans and receivables and other liabilities are included in the calculation of amortized cost using the effective interest method and, in effect, amortized through profit and loss over the life of the instrument.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the balance sheet when, and only when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

(i)Non-derivative financial assets

Non-derivative financial assets comprise trade and other receivables. Trade and other receivables are recognized on the date that they are originated.

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained is recognized as a separate asset or liability.

Financial assets are considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events has had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset.

(ii)Non-derivative financial liabilities

Financial liabilities (including liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss) are recognized initially on the trade date at which the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire.

The Company has the following non-derivative financial liabilities: bank indebtedness, and trade and other payables.

Such financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

(iii)Derivative financial instruments

The Company holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its foreign currency exposures. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Derivatives are recognized initially at fair value, and attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are re-measured at fair value with changes in its fair value recognized immediately in profit or loss, except when the derivative is designated in a qualifying hedging relationship.

(l)Employee benefits

(i)Company RRSP plan

The Company sponsors a Group Registered Retirement Savings Plan (“RRSP”) (the “Plan”) for all qualified employees. The assets of the Plan are held separately from those of the Company in independently administered funds.

(ii)Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided.

A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

(m)Share-based compensation transactions

The Company follows the fair value based method of accounting for employee stock options. Under this method, the estimated fair value of the stock options granted is recognized over the applicable vesting period as a charge to share-based compensation expense and a credit to contributed surplus. Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company has incorporated an estimated forfeiture rate for stock options that will not vest into its determination of share-based compensation for each period. When stock options granted are exercised, the proceeds received and the related amount in contributed surplus are credited to share capital.

Restricted share units (“RSU”) and deferred share units (“DSU”) are settled in cash once the applicable vesting period has been satisfied and the recipient redeems the units. They are measured initially at the fair

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

value of the liability. At the end of each reporting period until the liability is settled, and at the date of settlement, the fair value of the liability is remeasured, with any changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss for the year. Such liabilities are recorded on the balance sheet in trade and other payables.

(n)Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Company’s other components. All operating segments’ operating results are reviewed regularly by the Company’s President to make decisions about resources to be allocated and assess its performance and for which discrete financial information is available (see Note 6).

(o)Leased assets

Currently all leases are operating leases and are not recognized in the Company’s balance sheets. Operating leases are those that do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an asset.

Lease payments made under operating leases are recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are recognized as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

(p)Finance costs

Finance costs are comprised of interest expense on borrowings. All transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss on an accrual basis using the effective interest method.

(q)New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

1.New and revised IFRSs affecting amounts reported in the current year

IFRS 7Financial Instruments: Disclosures (“IFRS 7”)

IFRS 7 was amended in October 2010 to provide additional disclosure on the transfer of financial assets including the possible effects of any residual risks that the transferring entity retains. This standard was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2012. The adoption of this standard did not impact the Company’s financial instruments disclosure.

2.New and revised IFRSs issued but not yet effective

Certain new standards, interpretations, amendments and improvements to existing standards have been issued by the IASB, but are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2012, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

IAS 1Other Comprehensive Income (“IAS 1”)

In June 2011, the IASB and the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued amendments to standards to align the presentation requirements for other comprehensive income (“OCI”). The IASB issued amendments to IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements (“IAS 1”) to require companies preparing financial statements under IFRS to group items within OCI that may be reclassified to the profit or loss. The amendments also reaffirm existing requirements that items in OCI and profit or loss should be presented as either a single statements or two consecutive statements.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

The amendments to IAS 1 set out inPresentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Incomeand are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after July 1, 2012.

IAS 19Employee Benefits (“IAS 19”)

In June 2011, the IASB and the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) revised IAS 19. The main change is the elimination of the corridor approach, with all changes to the defined benefit obligation and plan assets recognized when they occur.

IAS 27 (Amended)Separate Financial Statements (“IAS 27”)

IAS 27 replaced the existing IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. IAS 27 contains accounting and disclosure requirements for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates when an entity prepares separate financial statements. IAS 27 requires an entity preparing separate financial statements to account for those investments at cost or in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments.

IAS 28 (Amended)Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (“IAS 28”)

IAS 28 was amended in 2011, which prescribes the accounting for investments in associates and sets out the requirements for the application of the equity method when accounting for investments in associates and joint ventures.

IFRS 10Consolidated Financial Statements (“IFRS 10”)

IFRS 10 establishes principles for the presentation and preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements when an entity controls one or more other entities. IFRS 10 supersedes IAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” and SIC-12 “Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities”.

IFRS 12Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (“IFRS 12”)

IFRS 12 applies to entities that have an interest in a subsidiary, a joint arrangement, an associate or an unconsolidated structured entity.

IFRS 13Fair Value Measurements (“IFRS 13”)

IFRS 13 defines fair value, sets out in a single IFRS framework for measuring fair value and requires disclosures about fair value measurements. The IFRS 13 applies to IFRSs that require or permit fair value measurements or disclosures about fair value measurements (and measurements, such as fair value less costs to sell, based on fair value or disclosures about those measurements), except in specified circumstances.

All of the standards above became effective for the Company on January 1, 2013 and are not expected to have a material impact on the Company.

IFRS 9Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”)

IFRS 9 replaces the guidance on classification and measurement of financial instruments in IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, establishes principles for the reporting of financial assets and financial liabilities that will present relevant and useful information to the users of financial statements for their assessment of the amounts, timing and uncertainty of an entity’s future cash flows.

IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015, with earlier application permitted. The Company has not yet determined the impact of IFRS 9 on its financial statements.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

IAS 32Financial Instruments Presentation (“IAS 32”)

Recent amendments to IAS 32 clarifies that an entity currently has a legally enforceable right to set-off if that right is not contingent on a future event and enforceable both in the normal course of business and in the event of default. The amendments to IAS 32 also clarify when a settlement mechanism provides for net settlement or gross settlement that is equivalent to net settlement. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014, with earlier application permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of these amendments on its financial statements.

4.Determination of fair values

A number of the Company’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

(i)Non-derivative financial assets

The fair value of trade and other receivables approximate their carrying values due to their short-term maturities.

(ii)Non-derivative financial liabilities

The fair value of bank indebtedness and trade and other payables approximates their carrying values due to their short-term maturities.

(iii)Derivatives

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market price. For forward exchange contracts, the fair values reflect the estimated amounts that the Company would receive or pay if it were to settle the contracts at the reporting date. These contracts were valued based on the differential between contract rates and quarter-end spot rates and reflect the time value of money.

Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take account of the credit risk of the Company and counterparty when appropriate.

Fair value hierarchy

Financial instruments recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets are classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

Level 1—inputs are unadjusted quoted prices of identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2—inputs do not have quoted prices but are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3—inputs are not based on observable market data.

The fair value of the forward exchange contracts outstanding as at December 31, 2012 represented an unrealized gain of $21,000 and has been recognized in the consolidated balance sheets in prepaid expenses and other assets (December 31, 2011 - $6,000 unrealized gain, recognized in prepaid expenses and other assets ) and classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

4.Determination of fair values (continued)

(iv)Share-based payment transactions

The fair value of the employee share options is measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Measurement inputs include share price on the measurement date, exercise price of the instrument, expected volatility, weighted average expected life of the instruments (based on historical experience and general option holder behavior), expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

5.Financial risk management

Risk management framework

The Board of Directors (“Board”) has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Company’s risk management framework.

The Company’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Company’s activities.

The Board oversees how management monitors compliance with the Company’s risk management policies and procedures, and reviews the adequacy of this framework in relation to the risks faced by the Company. The Board is assisted in its oversight role by members of senior management, who undertake regular reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the Board.

Interest rate risk

The Company’s overall objective is to minimize the amount of interest paid on borrowings. The Company uses a combination of short term Bankers Acceptances and bank borrowings to reduce its overall level of interest paid. Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of the changes in market interest rates. The Company is exposed to cash flow risk on its floating rate credit facilities. The Company monitors the interest rate on a regular basis to determine if a change is required to its floating rate credit facilities. The Company’s operating credit facility bears interest at the bank’s prime lending rate. As a result, the fair value approximates the carrying amount. Based on the average monthly outstanding bank indebtedness for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase in the general level of interest rates by 1% would increase the Company’s interest expense by $94,000 (December 31, 2011 - $193,000). The Company believes that 1% is a meaningful amount to base its sensitivity analysis, as its bank indebtedness is short term. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign exchange rates, remain constant.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure there is sufficient capital to meet short-term business requirements after taking into account cash flows from operations.

The Company has a $30 million (2011 - $30 million) operating facility with a Canadian chartered bank bearing interest at the bank’s prime lending rate. The effective interest on bank indebtedness was 2.7% per annum for the year ended December 31, 2012.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

5.Financial risk management (continued)

The Company leases property, plant and equipment under agreements, which are classified as operating leases. Rental expense under non-cancellable operating lease agreements was $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (December 21, 2011 - $2.6 million). There are no contingent rental payments or sub-lease payments received in respect of the Company’s operating lease agreements.

The table below summarizes the future undiscounted cash flow requirements for financial liabilities and contractual financial commitments at December 31, 2012.

   Not later than 1
year
   Later than 1
year not later
than 5 years
   Later than
5 years
   Total 

Bank indebtedness

  $3,986    $—      $—      $3,986  

Trade and other payables

   14,839     —       —       14,839  

Operating lease payments

   2,095     2,436     128     4,659  

Other financial commitments

   39     —       —       39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $20,959    $2,436    $128    $23,523  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign exchange risk

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk is primarily related to fluctuations in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to that of the U.S. dollar. The Company’s foreign currency exposure arises from purchase and sale contracts transacted in U.S. dollars. The requirement for U.S. dollars is managed in the short-term through the use of spot purchase orders. At times, the Company utilizes forward exchange contracts for the payment of purchases denominated in U.S. dollars. Contracts entered into prior to December 31, 2012 and maturing after that date totaled $6.3 million and have an unrealized gain of $21,000 as at December 31, 2012 (December 31, 2011, contracts totaled $1.5 million having an unrealized gain of $6,000). There were no contracts designated as hedging instruments as at any balance sheet date included in the financial statements.

During the year, an aggregate foreign exchange gain of $23,000 (2011 - $148,000 loss) was recorded in other (income) expense in the consolidated statements of operations. If the Canadian dollar depreciated by 1 cent against the U.S. dollar, with all other variables held constant, in particular interest rates, the impact of the foreign currency exchange on the U.S. denominated instruments would be a reduction of net income of approximately $319,000 as at December 31, 2012 (2011 - $285,000). This analysis excludes the impact of foreign exchange hedging activities, which mitigate exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer fails to meet its contractual obligations.

Trade and other receivables

The Company is subject to credit risk relating to its gross trade receivable balance. The Company conducts regular assessments of credit issues and maintains an allowance for possible credit losses. Management has a credit policy in place and the exposure to credit risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.

All overdue debts are monitored regularly and customers are put on credit hold if payments are not received on time.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

5.Financial risk management (continued)

At December 31, 2012, 86% of the trade and other receivable balance was under 60 days outstanding (December 31, 2011—87%). As at December 31, 2012, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $55,000, a decrease of $35,000 from the December 31, 2011 balance. The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk, as at December 31, 2012 two customers accounted for 24% of accounts receivable (December 31, 2011—23%).

The aging of current and past due, but not impaired trade receivables at the reporting date is as follows:

   December 31
2012
   December 31
2011
 

0-60 days

  $15,188    $14,693  

61-90 days

   2,010     1,473  

Greater than 90 days

   540     702  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $17,738    $16,868  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to the low risk nature of the Company’s most significant customers, and the history of good collections, a provision for doubtful accounts is made on a customer-by-customer and invoice by invoice basis, based on ongoing customer discussions.

The reconciliation of the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

   December 31
2012
  December 31
2011
 

Balance at beginning of the year

  $90   $136  

Amounts written off as uncollectible

   (83  (47

Impairment losses recognized on receivables

   48    1  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

  $55   $90  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company does not require collateral in respect of trade and other receivables.

Management does not consider there to be any significant impaired credit risk in the balance sheets at December 31, 2012.

Overall, the objectives, policies and processes for managing the above noted risks and the methods used to measure the risk have not changed from prior periods.

Management of capital

The Company’s capital comprises shareholders’ equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company’s objective when managing capital is to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to minimize the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust its capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares.

As at December 31, 2012, the interest-bearing debt/capital ratio was 6% (December 31, 2011 – 15%). Interest bearing debt includes bank indebtedness. The operating facility with a Canadian chartered bank requires the

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

5.Financial risk management (continued)

Company to comply with certain covenants regarding financial performance. The primary covenant is the ratio of funded debt to equity, which is not to exceed 1.0:1. The Company was in compliance with this covenant at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Security provided includes a general security interest over all personal property of the Company. There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the year.

Management includes the following in its definition of capital:

   December 31
2012
   % of
total
   December 31
2011
   % of
total
 

Share Capital

  $1,948     3    $1,948     3  

Contributed Surplus

   902     1     874     1  

Retained Earnings

   64,637     96     61,271     96  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Capital under management

  $67,487     100    $64,093     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6.Operating segments

The Company has two reportable segments as described below. For each of the operating segments, the Company’s President (representing the chief operating decision maker) reviews internal management reports on at least a quarterly basis. The following summary describes the operations in each of the Company’s operating segments:

The Distribution segment packages, merchandises and distributes ferrous and non-ferrous fasteners and fittings to the hardware, automotive aftermarket, industrial Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEM”) and distributor markets. The Manufacturing segment produces fasteners, stampings, fittings, screw machine parts and processes threaded parts for automotive Tier 1 and Tier 2 suppliers, industrial OEM’s and industrial distributors.

Information regarding the results of each reportable segment is included below. Performance is measured based on segment profit before income tax, as included in the internal management reports that are reviewed by the Company’s President. Segment profit is used to measure performance, as management believes that such information is the most relevant in evaluating the results of certain segments relative to other entities that operate within these industries. Inter-segment pricing is determined on an arm’s length basis.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

6.Operating segments (continued)

   Year ended
December 31
2012
  Year ended
December 31
2011
 

SALES

   

Distribution

  $126,217   $119,953  

Manufacturing

   31,570    30,172  

Intersegment

   (11,890  (10,782
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $145,897   $139,343  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

DEPRECIATION & AMORTIZATION

   

Distribution

  $617   $935  

Manufacturing

   358    351  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $975   $1,286  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

FINANCE COSTS

   

Distribution

  $209   $435  

Manufacturing

   43    89  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $252   $524  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

   

Distribution

  $4,135   $5,350  

Manufacturing

   694    99  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $4,829   $5,449  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NET CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

   

Distribution

  $780   $1,083  

Manufacturing

   253    204  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $1,033   $1,287  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Year Ended
December 31
2012
  Year Ended
December 31
2011
 

TOTAL ASSETS

   

Distribution

  $72,232   $76,679  

Manufacturing

   14,885    15,747  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $87,117   $92,426  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

   

Distribution

  $17,282   $24,373  

Manufacturing

   2,303    3,926  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $19,585   $28,299  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Intersegment sales are accounted for at fair market value. Export sales account for approximately 11% (December 31, 2011 - 9%) of sales to external customers for the year ended December 31, 2012. The total amount of non-current assets in foreign countries (U.S.) was $152,000 at December 31, 2012 (December 31, 2011 - $75,000).

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

6.Operating segments (continued)

Major customers

Combined segment sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 to two customers were 38% (December 31, 2011—38%) of the Company’s total external sales.

7.Trade and other receivables

   December 31
2012
   December 31
2011
 

Trade receivables

  $17,302    $16,116  

Other receivables

   436     752  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $17,738    $16,868  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

All trade and other receivables are current.

The Company’s exposure to credit and currency risks, and allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade and other receivables is disclosed in Note 5.

8.Trade and other payables

   December 31
2012
   December 31
2011
 

Trade payables

  $6,229    $11,156  

Other payables

   8,610     6,098  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $14,839    $17,254  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in other payables is an accrued liability related to share-based payments in the amount of $1,990 at December 31, 2012 and $378 at December 31, 2011 (see Note 14).

All trade and other payables are current.

9.Inventories

   December 31
2012
   December 31
2011
 

Raw material

  $1,850    $2,137  

Work in progress

   2,099     2,368  

Finished goods

   55,794     60,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $59,743    $65,337  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The cost of inventories recognized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $90.9 million (December 31, 2011—$87.6 million). The Company recorded an impairment charge to reflect inventory at its net realizable value in the amount of $290,000 in 2012 (2011—$537,000).

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

10.Property plant and equipment

   Land   Building   Merchandising
fixtures
  Machinery and
Equipment
  Computer,
office
equipment
  Leasehold
improvements
  Total 

Cost or deemed cost

          

Balance at January 1, 2012

  $730    $802    $2,565   $40,514   $5,394   $3,167   $53,172  

Additions

   —       —       34    840    335    20    1,229  

Disposals

   —       —       —      (152  (14  —      (166

Effect of movements in exchange rates

   —       —       (20  (4  (5  (1  (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $730    $802    $2,579   $41,198   $5,710   $3,186   $54,205  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   730     802     2,508    39,823    4,963    3,059    51,885  

Additions

   —       —       36    703    427    108    1,274  

Disposals

   —       —       —      (16  —      —      (16

Effect of movements in exchange rates

   —       —       21    4    4    —      29  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $730    $802    $2,565   $40,514   $5,394   $3,167   $53,172  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses

          

Balance at January 1, 2012

   —       311     2,459    34,643    4,748    2,858    45,019  

Depreciation for the year

   —       26     91    585    182    91    975  

Disposals

   —       —       —      (112  (9  —      (121

Effect of movements in exchange rates

   —       —       (20  (3  (4  (1  (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $—      $337    $2,530   $35,113   $4,917   $2,948   $45,845  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   —       285     2,240    34,060    4,595    2,535    43,715  

Depreciation for the year

   —       26     199    589    150    322    1,286  

Disposals

   —       —       —      (10  —      —      (10

Effect of movements in exchange rates

   —       —       20    4    3    1    28  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $—      $311    $2,459   $34,643   $4,748   $2,858   $45,019  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying amounts

          

At December 31, 2012

  $730    $465    $49   $6,085   $793   $238   $8,360  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

  $730    $491    $106   $5,871   $646   $309   $8,153  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

For the twelve months to December 31, 2012 property, plant and equipment was acquired at an aggregate cost of $1.0 million (December 31, 2011—$1.3 million). During this period, $1.1 million was paid towards property, plant and equipment acquired in the first twelve months of 2012 (2011—$1.2 million) and for property, plant and equipment purchased in earlier periods that were in trade payables.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

10.Property plant and equipment (continued)

The table below sets out the amount of depreciation and amortization included in cost of sales, distribution and administrative expenses.

   December 31
2012
   December 31
2011
 

Cost of sales

  $684    $920  

Distribution expense

   98     206  

Administrative expense

   193     160  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $975    $1,286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

11.Income taxes

   December 31
2012
  December 31
2011
 

Current tax expense

   

Current tax expense in respect to current year

  $1,576   $1,400  

Tax adjustments for prior periods

   (13  (41

Deferred tax expense

   

Deferred tax expense recognized in current year

   (264  190  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

  $1,299   $1,549  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reconciliation of tax expense to accounting profit or loss

   December 31
2012
  December 31
2011
 

Income before income taxes

  $4,829   $5,449  

Approximate applicable statutory tax rate

   27  28
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income taxes at statutory tax rates

   1,304    1,526  

Add (deduct) the tax effect of:

   

Manufacturing and processing tax credit

   (31  (58

Permanent differences

   37    44  

Other

   (11  37  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $1,299   $1,549  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The applicable tax rate of 27% for 2012 is based on the statutory rate at the federal level and of the provinces in which the Company operates its business. This rate has decreased from 28% in 2011 due to decreasing federal and provincial statutory tax rates.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

11.Income taxes (continued)

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

   Assets   Liabilities  Net 
   Dec 31
2012
   Dec 31
2011
   Dec 31
2012
  Dec 31
2011
  Dec 31
2012
  Dec 31
2011
 

Property, plant and equipment

  $—      $—      $(882 $(758 $(882 $(758

Compensation expense for RSU/DSU

   513     96     —      —      513    96  

Unrealized foreign exchange loss

   168     143     —      —      168    143  

Provisions

   —       —       —      (6  —      (6

Tax loss carry-forwards

           153             248             —              —              153            248  

Other

   51     16     —      —      51    16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $885    $503    $(882 $(764 $3   $(261
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Movement of temporary differences during the period

   Balance Dec  31
2012
  Recognized
in (profit)
or loss
  Balance Dec  31
2011
 

Property, plant and equipment

  $(882 $124   $(758

Compensation expense for RSU/DSU

   513    (417  96  

Unrealized foreign exchange loss

   168    (25  143  

Provisions

   —      (6  (6

Tax loss carry-forwards

   153    95    248  

Other

   51    (35  16  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $3   $(264 $(261
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

12.Impairment

On December 17, 2012, the Company entered into an Arrangement Agreement with The Hillman Group Inc. (“Hillman”) for the purchase of 100% of the Company’s outstanding common shares (see Note 17 for further details) (hereinafter referred to as the “Transaction”). As a result of the Transaction, the Company evaluated the intangible asset related to the implementation of its ERP system, and determined there was no future benefit associated with this intangible asset. As such, the intangible asset was written down to its recoverable amount, determined by its value in use. The impairment loss of $513,000 has been recorded in administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations. The impairment loss was booked fully to the Distribution segment.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

13.Share capital

The Company’s authorized capital consists of 6,000,000 Class A common shares and 2,000 common shares, with no par value. Each Class A shareholder is entitled to one vote and to receive dividends as declared from time to time.

   December 31
2012
   December 31
2011
 

Issued and outstanding

    

3,288,000 Class A Common Shares (2011—3,288,000)

  $1,948    $1,948  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends

On June 18, 2012, the Company paid a dividend to its shareholders of record in the amount of $164,000. There were no dividends paid by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011.

14.Share-based payment

Stock option plan

The Company maintains one employee stock option plan (“Stock Option Plan”, or “Compensation Plan”) under which Class A common shares have been authorized for issuance).

The Stock Option Plan was created in 1998 to provide incentives to the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and to encourage equity ownership in the Company by such individuals. The current reserve for issuance is set at a maximum of 650,000 Class A Common Shares. Under the Stock Option Plan, options are granted at the market price at the time of the grant.

Share unit plans

On November 11, 2005, the Board approved a Restricted Stock Unit (“RSU”) Plan to form part of the long-term compensation component for Named Executive Officers. Grants of RSU’s are awarded at the discretion of the Human Resource and Corporate Governance committee of the Board (“HR & CG Committee” or the “Committee”). The HR&CG Committee also utilizes RSU’s as part payment for bonuses earned.

Effective November 10, 2006, the Company offered a Deferred Stock Unit (“DSU”) Plan for non-executive members of the Board. Under the DSU Plan, each non-executive director is given a specified number of DSU’s which upon retirement from the Board, are redeemed for cash based on the market value of the shares.

Terms and conditions for share based payment programs

The terms and conditions relating to the grants of the share-based program are as follows. Options are granted to management, RSU’s are granted to key management personnel and DSU’s are granted to directors. All stock options are settled by the physical delivery of shares, while RSU’s and DSU’s are settled in cash.

Prior to the execution of the Arrangement Agreement related to the Transaction (see Note 17), the Company amended the terms of its share-based payment plans to include a change in control provision, whereby all outstanding share based awards would vest upon a change in control event. This resulted in a modification of the

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

14.Share-based payment (continued)

share-based payment plans. The modification was to a non-market condition, therefore, there was no change in the fair value of the underlying awards, however, it did result in accelerated vesting, since as of December 31, 2012, the change in control was considered probable. The Company recorded additional compensation expense for 2012 as a result of this modification.

Share option program (equity-settled)

During the year ended December 31, 2012, there were no stock options.

The number and weighted average exercise price of share options is as follows:

   Weighted average
exercise price
2012
   Number
of options
2012
   Weighted
average  exercise
price

2011
   Number of
options
2011
 

Outstanding at January 1

  $12.54     245,000    $12.54     245,000  

Forfeited during the year

  $15.67     10,500     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31

  $12.40     234,500    $12.54     245,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31

  $12.73     216,167    $13.24     208,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted average exercise price per share at December 31, 2012 was $12.73 (December 31, 2011—$12.54). Share-based compensation expense of $28,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 (December 31, 2011— $74,000) was calculated using the Black-Scholes model and was recognized as contributed surplus (which contains no other elements except for share-based compensation expense).

All options vest at rate of one-third per year over the first three years and have a contractual life of ten years.

The options outstanding at December 31, 2012 have an exercise price in the range of $8.00 to $15.67 (2011: $8.00 to $15.67) and a weighted average contractual life of 4.6 years (2011: 5.6 years).

Pursuant to the Arrangement Agreement with Hillman as outlined in note 17, all Class A common shares and the outstanding options are to be purchased for the consideration of $27.60 per share at the close of the Transaction and the shares are to be delisted from the TSX.

Inputs for measurement of grant date fair values

The grant date fair value of all share-based payment plans was measured based on the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average share price volatility over the past 10 years.

For these sets of options, the forfeiture rate was estimated to be zero.

RSU and DSU Plans (cash-settled)

On April 16, 2012, 16,340 RSU’s were granted at $10.00 per unit as part of the 2011 executive performance bonus compensation plan. Similarly, on March 31, 2011, 16,610 RSU’s were granted at $9.51 per unit as part of the 2010 executive performance bonus compensation plan. On March 31, 2010, 18,647 RSU’s were granted at

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

14.Share-based payment (continued)

$8.58 per unit as part of the 2009 executive performance bonus compensation plan. Each RSU vests at the rate of one-third per year over three years and has a contractual life of three years. As at December 31, 2012, there were 51,597 RSU’s outstanding (December 31, 2011—40,257). Share-based compensation expense of $1.1 million was recorded in 2012 (2011—$109,000).

On April 16, 2012, 6,750 DSU’s were granted at $10.00 per unit as part of the 2012 director’s compensation. Similarly, on March 31, 2011, 4,416 DSU’s were granted at $9.51 per unit as part of the 2011 director’s compensation. On March 31, 2010, 4,896 DSU’s were granted at $8.58 per unit as part of the 2010 director’s compensation. At December 31, 2012, there were 27,468 DSU’s outstanding (December 31, 2011—20,718). For the year ended 2012, $549,000 share-based compensation expense was recorded (2011—$34,000).

All DSU’s vest immediately.

As a result of the Transaction entered into with Hillman, all the RSU’s and the DSU’s are to be paid out at $27.60 per unit upon the close of the transaction.

15.Employee expenses

Employee expenses, recognized in cost of goods sold, administration expense and distribution expenses are as follows:

   December 31
2012
   December 31
2011
 

Wages, salaries and benefits

  $31,806    $30,612  

Expenses related to group RRSP plans

   381     393  

Share-based compensation

   1,142     183  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $33,329    $31,188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

16.Related party transactions and transactions with key management personnel

The Company leases plants in Ontario from its principal shareholders (shareholders with significant influence, some of whom are directors and officers). The lease payments to these related parties for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were approximately $824,000. All lease arrangements are determined based on market rates at the time the leases are entered into or at the time of renewal.

Key management personnel compensation

Key management personnel are those individuals having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company including the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company considers key management to be the members of the Board of Directors, President, Vice President Operations, Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer.

Key management personnel may also participate in the Company’s share-based compensation plans and the Company’s DSU and RSU Plan. See note 14 to these consolidated financial statements for further details on the Company’s share-based payment plans.

H. Paulin & Co., Limited

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts)

16.Related party transactions and transactions with key management personnel (continued)

Key management personnel compensation comprised:

   December 31
2012
   December 31
2011
 

Salaries and directors’ fees

  $1,438    $1,366  

Expenses related to group RRSP plans

   72     72  

Share-based compensation

   1,690     217  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $3,200    $1,655  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Key management and directors of the Company control 74% percent of the voting shares of the Company.

A number of key management personnel, or their related parties, hold positions in the Company that result in them having control or significant influence over the financial or operating policies of the Company.

17.Subsequent event

On December 18, 2012, the Company entered into an Arrangement Agreement, which provided for the acquisition by Hillman, pursuant to a plan of arrangement under theBusiness Corporations Act (Ontario), of all the issued and outstanding Class A common shares (the “Shares”) of Paulin for $27.60 per share (the “Consideration”). The purchase price, payable in cash, represented a total enterprise value of approximately $103 million.

The Transaction was approved by the shareholders on February 11, 2013 and was finalized on February 19, 2013. The shares will be de-listed on the TSX by the end of the first quarter and as such, the Company’s status as a reporting issuer in various provinces will cease.

LOGO

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus, and, if given or made, any information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to which it relates or an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any circumstances in which this offer or solicitation is unlawful. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made under this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since the date of this prospectus.

Until                 , 2011,2013, broker-dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the broker-dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) grants a Delaware corporation the power to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent against reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by him in connection with any proceeding brought by or on behalf of the corporation and against judgments, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by him in connection with any other proceeding, if (a) he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and (b) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Except as ordered by a court, however, no indemnification is to be made in connection with any proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation where the person involved is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

Section 7.01 of Hillman Group’s by-laws provide that we shall indemnify any person who was or is an authorized representative of the corporation, and who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any third party proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person was or is an authorized representative of the corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such third party proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal third party proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful.

Section 7.02 of Hillman Group’s by-laws provide that we shall indemnify any person who was or is an authorized representative of the corporation, and who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any corporate proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person was or is an authorized representative of the corporation, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such corporate proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation.

Section 102 of the DGCL permits the limitation of directors’ personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) breaches under section 174 of the DGCL, which relate to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 8 of our certificate of incorporation, as amended, limits the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted the DGCL.

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for our officers and directors.

The organizational documents of The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, and SunSub C Inc., and Paulin Industries Inc. (with the exception of Section 8 of Hillman Group’s certificate of incorporation, as described above) contain similar provisions.

Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “DLLCA”) provides that, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its limited liability company agreement, a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

Section 14 of the limited liability company agreements of Hillman Group GP1, LLC (“GP1”) and Hillman Group GP2, LLC (“GP2”) provides that the members shall not have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the company except to the extent provided in the DLLCA.

II-1


Section 15.1 of the limited liability company agreements of GP1 and GP2 provides that a member of the board of managers of the company will not be liable to the company or a member for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a member of the board of managers, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the DLLCA.

Section 15.3 of the limited liability company agreements of GP1 and GP2 provides that the company shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the State of Delaware, indemnify and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a member of the board of managers or officer of the company or while a member of the board of managers or officer is or was serving at the request of the company as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including, without limitation, service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing does not require the company to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such indemnification and advancement of expenses shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising as a matter of law, under any by-law, agreement, vote of the board of managers or member or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person.

Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business Corporation Act (the “FBCA”) provides that, in general, a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party to any proceeding (other than an action by, or in the right of, the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another entity, against liability incurred in connection with such proceeding, including any appeal thereof, provided certain standards are met, including that he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or

II-1


proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In the case of proceedings by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, the FBCA provides that, in general, a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party to any such proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another entity, against expenses and amounts paid in settlement not exceeding, in the judgment of the board of directors, the estimated expense of litigating the proceeding to conclusion, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceedings, including any appeal thereof, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person is adjudged liable unless the court in which such proceeding was brought, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the expenses which the court deems proper. To the extent that a director, officer, employee, or agent has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any of the proceedings described above, Section 607.0850 of the FBCA provides that the corporation is required to indemnify such person against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Section 607.0850 provides generally that its provisions regarding indemnification are not exclusive, however indemnification shall not be made to or on behalf of any director, officer, employee, or agent if a judgment or other final adjudication establishes that his actions, or omissions to act, were material to the cause of the action so adjudicated and constitute: (i) a violation of the criminal law, unless the person to be indemnified had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe it was unlawful; (ii) a transaction from which the person to be indemnified derived an improper personal benefit; (iii) in the case of a

II-2


director, a circumstance under which the liability provisions of Section 607.0834 of the FBCA (pertaining to a director voting for or assenting to a distribution made in violation of Section 607.0850 or the corporation’s articles of incorporation) are applicable; or (iv) willful misconduct or a conscious disregard for the best interests of the corporation in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of a shareholder.

Section 8 of the All Points’Points articles of incorporation provides that All Points shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the FBCA, indemnify any and all persons whom it has the power to indemnify under the provisions of the FBCA, from and against any and all expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said provisions, and such indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

Article IX of the All Points’Points by-laws provides that All Points may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of All Points, or is or was serving at the request of All Points as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Article IX of the by-laws further provides that All Points is required to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent to the extent such person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in the prior sentence, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him. The indemnification, unless pursuant to court determination, shall be made only if a determination is made that the indemnification is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct required by law.

Section 607.0831 of the FBCA provides that a director is not personally liable to the corporation or any other person for monetary damages for any statement, vote, decision, or failure to act, regarding corporate management or policy, unless (a) the director breached or failed to perform his duties as a director; and (b) the director’s breach of or failure to perform such duties constitutes, in general, (i) a violation of criminal law, unless the director had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his

II-2


conduct was unlawful; (ii) a transaction from which the director derived an improper benefit, directly or indirectly; (iii) a circumstance in which the liability provisions of Section 607.0834 of the FBCA (pertaining to a director voting for or assenting to a distribution made in violation of Section 607.0850 or the corporation’s articles of incorporation); (iv) in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or by or in the right of a shareholder, conscious disregard for the best interest of the corporation or willful misconduct; or (v) in a proceeding by or in the right of someone other than the corporation or a shareholder, recklessness or an act or omission which was committed in bad faith or with malicious purpose or in a manner exhibiting wanton and willful disregard of human rights, safety, or property.

Section 29-610(A) of the Arizona Revised Statutes (the “ARS”) provides that, in general, a domestic limited liability company is permitted, among other things, to make contracts, including contracts of guaranty, suretyship and indemnification and to indemnify a member, manager, employee, officer or agent or any other person.

Section 16 of the Second Amended Operating Agreement of TagWorks (the “Operating Agreement”) provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, TagWorks shall indemnify, hold harmless, protect and defend the Sole Member (as defined therein) and each officer of TagWorks (together with the Sole Member, a “Protected Person”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, including legal fees and expenses incurred in investigating or defending against any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, and any amounts expended in settlement of any claims approved by the Sole Member (collectively, the “Liabilities”), to which any Protected Person may become subject (i) by reason of any act or omission or alleged act or omission (even if negligent) performed or omitted to be performed in connection with the activities of TagWorks, (ii) by reason of the fact that it is or was acting in connection with the activities of TagWorks in any capacity or that it is or was serving at the request of TagWorks as a member, partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of any person, or (iii) by reason of any other act or omission or alleged act or omission arising out of or in connection with the activities of TagWorks, unless, in each case, such Liability results from such Protected Person’s own fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 16 of the Operating Agreement further provides that TagWorks shall promptly reimburse (and/or advance to the extent reasonably required) each Protected Person for reasonable legal or other expenses (as incurred) of each Protected Person in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending any claim, lawsuit or other proceeding relating to any Liabilities for which the Protected Person may be indemnified pursuant to Section 16 thereof; provided, that such Protected Person executes a written undertaking to repay TagWorks for such reimbursed or advanced expenses if it is finally judicially determined that such Protected Person is not entitled to the indemnification provided by Section 16 of the Operating Agreement.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

II-3


ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  2.1  Arrangement Agreement, and Plan of Merger, dated April 21, 2010,December 17, 2012, by and among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp.,between The Hillman Companies, Inc. and the Representatives named hereinH. Paulin & Co., Limited (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed April 23,December 19, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.1Amended and Restated By-laws of The Hillman Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed June 4, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.13.2Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Hillman Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed June 4, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.3  Certificate of Incorporation of The Hillman Group, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.23.4  By-laws of The Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.33.5  Certificate of Merger of OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp. with and into The Hillman Companies, Inc., dated May 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed June 4, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.4Amended and Restated By-laws of The Hillman Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed June 4, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.5*Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hillman Investment Company.Company, as amended (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.6  By-Laws of Hillman Investment Company (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.7  Certificate of Incorporation of SunSub C Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.8  By-laws of SunSub C Inc. (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.9  Articles of Incorporation of All Points Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.10  By-laws of All Points Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.11*3.11  ArticlesAmended and Restated Certificate of OrganizationIncorporation of TAGWORKS, L.L.C.Hillman Investment Company (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., as amended.filed July 13, 2011) (File No. 333-175527)).
  3.12*3.12  Operating AgreementCertificate of TAGWORKS, L.L.C., as amended.
  4.1Credit Agreement, dated asFormation of March 31, 2004, by and among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender, JP Morgan Chase Bank as Syndication Agent, and Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and JP Morgan Securities as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Lead BookrunnersGP1, LLC (incorporated by reference to the quarterlyannual report on Form 10-Q10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.23.13  LoanLimited Liability Company Agreement dated as of March 31, 2004, by and among the Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, the Hillman Group Inc., and Allied Capital CorporationGP1, LLC (incorporated by reference to the quarterlyannual report on Form 10-Q10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.14Certificate of Formation of Hillman Group GP2, LLC (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.15Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hillman Group GP2, LLC (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).

 

II-4


Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  4.33.16  Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., The Hillman Companies, Inc. and certainCertificate of its subsidiaries, Allied Capital Corporation and Merrill Lynch Capital, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-QIncorporation of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.4Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 21, 2006, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., the lenders from time to time party hereto, Merrill Lynch Capital, JPMorgan Chase Bank, and Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 1, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.5Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated July 21, 2006 by and among the Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., Allied Capital Corporation and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 1, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.6Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 21, 2006, amended as of August 7, 2009, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., the lenders from time to time party hereto, GE Business Financial Services Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, GE Capital Markets, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 16, 2009 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.7Third Amendment to Loan Agreement dated May 6, 2009, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., AEA Mezzanine Fund II LP, AEA Mezzanine Fund II LLC, AEA Mezzanine (Unleveraged) Fund LP, Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company of North America, Dick & Betsy Devos Foundation, Vanderweide Family Foundation, Douglas & Maria Devos Foundation, The Jerry & Marcia Tubergen Foundation, and GE Business Financial ServicesPaulin Industries Inc. (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 201029, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.83.17  Fourth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated August 7, 2009, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., AEA Mezzanine Fund II LP, AEA Mezzanine Fund II LLC, AEA Mezzanine (Unleveraged) Fund LP, Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Life Insurance CompanyBy-Laws of North America, Dicky & Betsy Devos Foundation, Vanderweide Family Foundation and GE Business Financial ServicesPaulin Industries Inc. (incorporated by reference to the quarterlyannual report on Form 10-Q10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 16, 2009March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.94.1  Indenture governing the 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of May 28, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., each of the guarantorsGuarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.104.2  Form of Exchange Note (included as Exhibit A1 of Exhibit 4.14.10 of this Registration Statement).
  4.114.3  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the guarantorsGuarantors listed on scheduleSchedule I thereto, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.4First Supplemental Indenture governing the Permanent 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated December 29, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.5Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 16, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.6Second Supplemental Indenture governing the Permanent 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated April 1, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 3, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.7Indenture governing the Temporary 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated December 21, 2012, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., each of the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed December 24, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.8Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 21, 2012, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto and Barclays Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed December 24, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.9First Supplemental Indenture governing the Temporary 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of February 5, 2013, by and among Hillman Group GP1, LLC, Hillman Group GP2, LLC, The Hillman Group, Inc., the other Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.10Third Supplemental Indenture governing the Permanent 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of February 5, 2013, by and among Hillman Group GP1, LLC, Hillman Group GP2, LLC, The Hillman Group, Inc., the other Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).

 

II-5


Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  4.124.11Fourth Supplemental Indenture governing the Permanent 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of February 19, 2013, by and among Paulin Industries Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the other Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  5.1*Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison.
  5.2*Opinion of Holland & Knight.
  8.1*Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison.
10.1The Hillman Companies, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated), effective as of January 1, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 15, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.2First Amendment to The Hillman Companies, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as of March 30, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 15, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.3Supply Agreement, dated January 5, 2006, between The SteelWorks Corporation and The Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed January 11, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.4Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Max W. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.5Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.6  Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., the lenders from time to time party hereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender, Barclays Capital and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Syndication Agents, Barclays Capital, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and GE Capital Markets, Inc. as Joint Bookrunners and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Documentation Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.1310.7  Borrower Assumption Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group Inc. and Barclays Bank plc, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.14Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2010, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp., certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp. and Barlcays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed on May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.15First Supplemental Indenture governing the 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated December 29, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.16Purchase Agreement (in relation to $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of initial notes), dated as of March 11, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors listed on Schedule II thereto and the Initial Purchasers thereunder (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.17Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 16, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.18Second Supplemental Indenture governing the 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated April 1, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed on May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.19Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2011, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, for purposes of Section 6 and 7 thereof, certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., as Guarantors (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed on May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  5.1*Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP.
  5.2*Opinion of Holland & Knight LLP.
  5.3*Opinion of Bonnett, Fairbourn, Friedman & Balint, PC.
  8.1*Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP.

II-6


Exhibit 
Number

Description

10.1The Hillman Companies, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan, adopted on March 31, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.2The Hillman Companies, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Option Plan, adopted on December 2004 (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 25, 2005 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.3The Hillman Companies, Inc. Employee Securities Purchase Plan, adopted on March 31, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.4Hillman Investment Company Employee Securities Purchase Plan, adopted on March 31, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.5HCI Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and among Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP, HCI Acquisition Corp., Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, HarbourVest Partners VI – Direct Fund, L.P. and each of the persons listed on Schedule A thereto (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.6Joinder to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by each of Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., SunSource Technology Services LLC, The Hillman Group Canada Ltd., SunSub C Inc., SunSub Holdings LLC and SunSource Integrated Services de Mexico, SA (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.7Hillman Investment Company Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and among Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP, Hillman Investment Company, Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, HarbourVest Partners VI – Direct Fund, L.P. and each of the persons listed on Schedule A thereto (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.8Management Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between CHS Management IV LP and the Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.9Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Max W. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.10Executive Securities Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between Max W. Hillman and HCI Acquisition Corp. (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.11Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Richard P. Hillman, dated March 31, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.12Executive Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between HCI Acquisition Corp. and Richard P. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.13Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).

II-7


Exhibit 
Number

Description

10.14Executive Securities Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between HCI Acquisition Corp. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.15Executive Securities Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between HCI Acquisition Corp. and George L. Heredia (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 25, 2005 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.16Executive Securities Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between HCI Acquisition Corp. and Terry R. Rowe (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 25, 2005 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.17SunSource Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of August 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed April 2, 2001 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.18The Hillman Companies, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated), effective as of January 1, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 15, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.19First Amendment to The Hillman Companies, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as of March 30, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 15, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.20Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 5, 2006, between The SteelWorks Corporation and The Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed January 11, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.21Supply Agreement, dated January 5, 2006, between The SteelWorks Corporation and The Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed January 11, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.22Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Max W. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.23Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Richard P. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.24Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.25  Purchase Agreement (in relation to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the initial notes), dated as of May 18, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, the Hillman Companies, Inc., All Points Industries, Inc., SunSub C Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.2610.9  Joinder Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., and the Guarantors named therein (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).

II-6


Exhibit
Number

Description

10.2710.10  Executive Letter Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2010, between The Hillman Group, Inc. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).

II-8


Exhibit 
Number

Description

10.2810.11  Executive Letter Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2010, between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Max. W. Hillman, Jr. (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.2910.12  Executive LetterPurchase Agreement (in relation to $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of initial notes), dated as of April 21, 2010, betweenMarch 11, 2011, by and among the Hillman Group, Inc., the guarantors listed on Schedule II thereto and the initial purchasers thereunder (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Group,Companies, Inc., filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.13OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. 2010 Stock Option Plan, adopted May 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 15, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.14Form of Option Award Agreement – Max Hillman and Richard P. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 201015, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.3010.15  EmploymentForm of Option Award Agreement dated as of April 21, 2010, between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Ali Fartaj– All Recipients (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 201015, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.3110.16  SeparationAmendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 28,December 22, 2010, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp., certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp. and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.17Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., Thomas Rowe and Mary Jennifer Rowe (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 15, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.18Development Alliance Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2011, by and among Keyworks-KeyExpress, LLC, The Hillman Group, Inc. and the persons identified as Members on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 15, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.19Employment Agreement, dated as of October 11 , 2011 and effective as of October 5, 2011, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Ali Fartaj. (25) (Exhibit 10.1)Anthony A. Vasconcellos (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed November 2, 2011) (File No. 333-175527)).
12.1*10.20  StatementAmendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of ComputationApril 18, 2011, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, for purposes of RatiosSection 6 and 7 thereof, certain subsidiaries of EarningsOHCP HM Acquisition Corp., as Guarantors (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Fixed Charges.The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).

II-7


Exhibit
Number

Description

21.110.21  ListJoinder Agreement, dated as of SubsidiariesNovember 4, 2011, by and among Barclays Bank PLC, as a New Lender, The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, solely for purposes of Sections 17(a) and 17(b) thereof, each other Credit Party party thereto, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2010 and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of April 18, 2011), among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp, The Hillman Companies, Inc. and The Hillman Group, Inc., the banks and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 7, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.22Form of Employment Agreement, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Robert J. Lackman (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 31, 201026, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.23Employment Agreement, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and George Heredia, dated April 21, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.24Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2012, by and among Barclays Bank PLC, as a New Lender, The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, solely for purposes of Sections 18(a) and 18(b) thereof, each other Credit Party party thereto, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2010, and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of April 18, 2011, as modified by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2011, and as amended by Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, and Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2013), among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp, The Hillman Companies, Inc. and The Hillman Group, Inc., the banks and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 9, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.25Purchase Agreement (in relation to $65,000,000 aggregate principal amount of temporary notes and permanent notes), dated as of December 18, 2012, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc., as Initial Purchaser (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed December 24, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.26Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, for purposes of Section 5 and 6 thereof, certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., as Guarantors LLC (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.27Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2013, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, for purposes of Section 5 and 6 thereof, certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., as Guarantors (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed February 21, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
12.1*Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1*List of Subsidiaries.

II-8


Exhibit
Number

Description

23.1*  Consent of Grant ThorntonKPMG LLP.
23.2*  Consent of KPMGDeloitte LLP.
23.3*  Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 to this Registration Statement).
23.4*  Consent of Holland & Knight LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2 to this Registration Statement).
23.5*Consent of Bonnett Fairbourn Friedman & Balint, PC (included in Exhibit 5.3 to this Registration Statement).
24*24  Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Part II).
25*  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to act as trustee under the Indenture.
99.1*  Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2*  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

 

*Filed herewith.

 

II-9


ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d) The undersigned registrant undertakes:

 

 (i)to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

 A.to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

 B.to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

 C.to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

 (ii)that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

 (iii)to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; and

 

 (iv)

that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424 (b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed

II-10


in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statements

II-10


as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

II-11


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio, on July 13, 2011.May 24, 2013.

 

THE HILLMAN GROUP, INC.

/S/    JAAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

Name: James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos
Title: Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Max W. Hillman, James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos or Tyler J. Wolfram or any of them his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the following capacities and on this 13day 24th day of July, 2011.May 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/    MAX W. HILLMAN

Max W. Hillman

  President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

/S/    RAICHARDNTHONY P. HA. VILLMANASCONCELLOS

Richard P. HillmanAnthony A. Vasconcellos

  President

/S/    JAMES P. WATERS

James P. Waters

Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/    TYLER J. WOLFRAM

Tyler J. Wolfram

  

Director

/S/    MICHAEL S. GREEN

Michael S. Green

Director

 

II-12


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio, on July 13, 2011.May 24, 2013.

 

THE HILLMAN COMPANIES, INC.

/S/    JAAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

Name: James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos
Title: 

Secretary, Treasurer, Vice President Finance and

Chief Financial Officer

and Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Max W. Hillman, James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos or Tyler J. Wolfram or any of them his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the following capacities and on this 1324th day of July, 2011.May 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/    MAX W. HILLMAN

Max W. Hillman

  President, and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

/S/    JAAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos

  Secretary, Treasurer, Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/    TYLER J. WOLFRAM

Tyler J. Wolfram

  Director

/S/    MICHAEL S. GREEN

Michael S. Green

Director

/S/    MAURICE ANDRIEN

Maurice Andrien

  Director

II-13


Signature

Title

/S/    ROBERT L. CAULK

Robert L. Caulk

  Director

/S/    DAVID A. JONES

David A. Jones

  Director

II-13


Signature

Title

/S/    ALAN J. LACY

Alan J. Lacy

  Director

/S/    KEVIN M. MAILENDER

Kevin M. Mailender

Director

/S/    JAMES P. WATERS

James P. Waters

  Director

 

II-14


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio, on July 13, 2011.May 24, 2013.

 

HILLMAN INVESTMENT COMPANY

/S/    JAAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

Name: James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos
Title: Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Max W. Hillman, James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos or Tyler J. Wolfram or any of them his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the following capacities and on this 1324th day of July, 2011.May 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/    MAX W. HILLMAN

Max W. Hillman

  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

/S/    JAAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos

  Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/    TYLER J. WOLFRAM

Tyler J. Wolfram

  

Director

/S/    MICHAEL S. GREEN

Michael S. Green

Director

/S/    KEVIN M. MAILENDER

Kevin M. Mailender

  Director

 

II-15


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio, on July 13, 2011.May 24, 2013.

 

SUNSUB C, INC.

/S/    JAAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

Name: James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos
Title: 

Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief

Financial Officer

and Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Max W. Hillman, James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos or Tyler J. Wolfram or any of them his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the following capacities and on this 1324th day of July, 2011.May 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/    MAX W. HILLMAN

Max W. Hillman

  President, and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

/S/    JAAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos

  Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/    TYLER J. WOLFRAM

Tyler J. Wolfram

  

Director

/S/    KEVIN M. MAILENDER

Kevin M. Mailender

  Director

 

II-16


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio on July 13, 2011.May 24, 2013.

 

ALL POINTS INDUSTRIES, INC.

/S/    JAAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

Name: James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos
Title: 

Secretary, Treasurer and Chief

Financial Officer

and Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Max W. Hillman, James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos or Kevin M. Mailender or any of them his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the following capacities and on this 1324th day of July, 2011.May 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/    RMICHARDAX P.W. HILLMAN

Richard P.Max W. Hillman

  

Chief Executive Officer, and President

(Principal (Principal Executive Officer)

and Director

/S/    JAAMESNTHONY P. WA. VATERSASCONCELLOS

James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos

  Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/    KEVIN M. MAILENDER

Kevin M. Mailender

  

Director

/S/    MICHAEL S. GREEN

Michael S. Green

Director

/S/    MAX W. HILLMAN

Max W. Hillman

Director

 

II-17


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio on July 13, 2011.May 24, 2013.

 

TAGWORKS, L.L.C.PAULIN INDUSTRIES INC.

By: THE HILLMAN GROUP, INC.,its sole member/S/    ANTHONY A. VASCONCELLOS

Name:Anthony A. Vasconcellos
Title:Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Max W. Hillman, Anthony A. Vasconcellos or James P. Waters or any of them his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the following capacities and on this 24th day of May 2013.

Signature

Title

/S/    MAX W. HILLMAN

Max W. Hillman

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

/S/    ANTHONY A. VASCONCELLOS

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/    JAMES P. WATERS

James P. Waters

Director

II-18


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio on May 24, 2013.

HILLMAN GROUP GP1, LLC

/S/    ANTHONY A. VASCONCELLOS

Name: James P. WatersAnthony A. Vasconcellos
Title: Authorized SignatoryChief Financial Officer and Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Max W. Hillman, Anthony A. Vasconcellos or James P. Waters or any of them his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the following capacities and on this 24th day of May 2013.

Signature

Title

/S/    MAX W. HILLMAN

Max W. Hillman

Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer) and Board Member

/S/    ANTHONY A. VASCONCELLOS

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Board Member (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/    JAMES P. WATERS

James P. Waters

Board Member

/S/    DOUGLAS D. ROBERTS

Douglas D. Roberts

Board Member

 

II-18II-19


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio on May 24, 2013.

HILLMAN GROUP GP2, LLC

/S/    ANTHONY A. VASCONCELLOS

Name:Anthony A. Vasconcellos
Title:Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Max W. Hillman, Anthony A. Vasconcellos or James P. Waters or any of them his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the following capacities and on this 24th day of May 2013.

Signature

Title

/S/    MAX W. HILLMAN

Max W. Hillman

Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer) and Board Member

/S/    ANTHONY A. VASCONCELLOS

Anthony A. Vasconcellos

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Board Member (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/    JAMES P. WATERS

James P. Waters

Board Member

/S/    DOUGLAS D. ROBERTS

Douglas D. Roberts

Board Member

II-20


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit 
Number

  

Description

  2.1  Arrangement Agreement, and Plan of Merger, dated April 21, 2010,December 17, 2012, by and among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp.,between The Hillman Companies, Inc. and the Representatives named hereinH. Paulin & Co., Limited (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed April 23,December 19, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.1Amended and Restated By-laws of The Hillman Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed June 4, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.13.2Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Hillman Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed June 4, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.3  Certificate of Incorporation of The Hillman Group, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.23.4  By-laws of The Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.33.5  Certificate of Merger of OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp. with and into The Hillman Companies, Inc., dated May 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed June 4, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.4Amended and Restated By-laws of The Hillman Companies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed June 4, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.5*Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hillman Investment Company.Company, as amended (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.6  By-Laws of Hillman Investment Company (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.7  Certificate of Incorporation of SunSub C Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.8  By-laws of SunSub C Inc. (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.9  Articles of Incorporation of All Points Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.10  By-laws of All Points Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed October 27, 2010) (File No. 333-170168)).
  3.11*3.11  ArticlesAmended and Restated Certificate of OrganizationIncorporation of TAGWORKS, L.L.C.Hillman Investment Company (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., as amended.filed July 13, 2011) (File No. 333-175527)).
  3.12*3.12  Operating AgreementCertificate of TAGWORKS, L.L.C., as amended.
  4.1Credit Agreement, dated asFormation of March 31, 2004, by and among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender, JP Morgan Chase Bank as Syndication Agent, and Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and JP Morgan Securities as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Lead BookrunnersGP1, LLC (incorporated by reference to the quarterlyannual report on Form 10-Q10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.23.13  LoanLimited Liability Company Agreement dated as of March 31, 2004, by and among the Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, the Hillman Group Inc., and Allied Capital CorporationGP1, LLC (incorporated by reference to the quarterlyannual report on Form 10-Q10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.14Certificate of Formation of Hillman Group GP2, LLC (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.15Limited Liability Company Agreement of Hillman Group GP2, LLC (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  3.16Certificate of Incorporation of Paulin Industries Inc. (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).

 

II-19II-21


Exhibit 
Number

  

Description

  4.33.17  Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., The Hillman Companies, Inc. and certainBy-Laws of its subsidiaries, Allied Capital Corporation and Merrill Lynch Capital, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.4Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 21, 2006, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., the lenders from time to time party hereto, Merrill Lynch Capital, JPMorgan Chase Bank, and Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 1, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.5Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated July 21, 2006 by and among the Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., Allied Capital Corporation and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 1, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.6Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated July 21, 2006, amended as of August 7, 2009, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., the lenders from time to time party hereto, GE Business Financial Services Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, GE Capital Markets, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 16, 2009 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.7Third Amendment to Loan Agreement dated May 6, 2009, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., AEA Mezzanine Fund II LP, AEA Mezzanine Fund II LLC, AEA Mezzanine (Unleveraged) Fund LP, Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company of North America, Dick & Betsy Devos Foundation, Vanderweide Family Foundation, Douglas & Maria Devos Foundation, The Jerry & Marcia Tubergen Foundation, and GE Business Financial ServicesPaulin Industries Inc. (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 201029, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.8Fourth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated August 7, 2009, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., AEA Mezzanine Fund II LP, AEA Mezzanine Fund II LLC, AEA Mezzanine (Unleveraged) Fund LP, Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Life Insurance Company of North America, Dicky & Betsy Devos Foundation, Vanderweide Family Foundation and GE Business Financial Services Inc. (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 16, 2009 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.94.1  Indenture governing the 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of May 28, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., each of the guarantorsGuarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.104.2  Form of Exchange Note (included as Exhibit A1 of Exhibit 4.14.10 of this Registration Statement).
  4.114.3  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the guarantorsGuarantors listed on scheduleSchedule I thereto, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.4First Supplemental Indenture governing the Permanent 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated December 29, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.5Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 16, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.6Second Supplemental Indenture governing the Permanent 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated April 1, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 3, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.7Indenture governing the Temporary 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated December 21, 2012, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., each of the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed December 24, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.8Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 21, 2012, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto and Barclays Capital Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed December 24, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.9First Supplemental Indenture governing the Temporary 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of February 5, 2013, by and among Hillman Group GP1, LLC, Hillman Group GP2, LLC, The Hillman Group, Inc., the other Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.10Third Supplemental Indenture governing the Permanent 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of February 5, 2013, by and among Hillman Group GP1, LLC, Hillman Group GP2, LLC, The Hillman Group, Inc., the other Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.11Fourth Supplemental Indenture governing the Permanent 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of February 19, 2013, by and among Paulin Industries Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the other Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).

 

II-20II-22


Exhibit 
Number

  

Description

  4.125.1*Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison.
  5.2*Opinion of Holland & Knight.
  8.1*Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison.
10.1The Hillman Companies, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated), effective as of January 1, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 15, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.2First Amendment to The Hillman Companies, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as of March 30, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 15, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.3Supply Agreement, dated January 5, 2006, between The SteelWorks Corporation and The Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed January 11, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.4Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Max W. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.5Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.6  Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., the lenders from time to time party hereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender, Barclays Capital and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Syndication Agents, Barclays Capital, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and GE Capital Markets, Inc. as Joint Bookrunners and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Documentation Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.1310.7  Borrower Assumption Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group Inc. and Barclays Bank plc, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.14Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2010, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp., certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp. and Barlcays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed on May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.15First Supplemental Indenture governing the 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated December 29, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.16Purchase Agreement (in relation to $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of initial notes), dated as of March 11, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors listed on Schedule II thereto and the Initial Purchasers thereunder (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.17Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 16, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.18Second Supplemental Indenture governing the 10.875% Senior Notes due 2018, dated April 1, 2011, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed on May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  4.19Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2011, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, for purposes of Section 6 and 7 thereof, certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., as Guarantors (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed on May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
  5.1*Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP.
  5.2*Opinion of Holland & Knight LLP.
  5.3*Opinion of Bonnett, Fairbourn, Friedman & Balint, PC.
  8.1*Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP.

II-21


Exhibit 
Number

Description

10.1The Hillman Companies, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan, adopted on March 31, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.2The Hillman Companies, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Option Plan, adopted on December 2004 (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 25, 2005 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.3The Hillman Companies, Inc. Employee Securities Purchase Plan, adopted on March 31, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.4Hillman Investment Company Employee Securities Purchase Plan, adopted on March 31, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.5HCI Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and among Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP, HCI Acquisition Corp., Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, HarbourVest Partners VI – Direct Fund, L.P. and each of the persons listed on Schedule A thereto (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.6Joinder to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by each of Hillman Investment Company, The Hillman Group, Inc., SunSource Technology Services LLC, The Hillman Group Canada Ltd., SunSub C Inc., SunSub Holdings LLC and SunSource Integrated Services de Mexico, SA (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.7Hillman Investment Company Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and among Code Hennessy & Simmons IV LP, Hillman Investment Company, Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, HarbourVest Partners VI – Direct Fund, L.P. and each of the persons listed on Schedule A thereto (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.8Management Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between CHS Management IV LP and the Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.9Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Max W. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.10Executive Securities Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between Max W. Hillman and HCI Acquisition Corp. (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.11Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Richard P. Hillman, dated March 31, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.12Executive Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between HCI Acquisition Corp. and Richard P. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.13Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).

II-22


Exhibit 
Number

Description

10.14Executive Securities Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between HCI Acquisition Corp. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 17, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.15Executive Securities Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between HCI Acquisition Corp. and George L. Heredia (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 25, 2005 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.16Executive Securities Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, by and between HCI Acquisition Corp. and Terry R. Rowe (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 25, 2005 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.17SunSource Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of August 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed April 2, 2001 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.18The Hillman Companies, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated), effective as of January 1, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 15, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.19First Amendment to The Hillman Companies, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as of March 30, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 15, 2004 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.20Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 5, 2006, between The SteelWorks Corporation and The Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed January 11, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.21Supply Agreement, dated January 5, 2006, between The SteelWorks Corporation and The Hillman Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed January 11, 2006 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.22Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Max W. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.23Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Richard P. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.24Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 21, 2008, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.25  Purchase Agreement (in relation to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the initial notes), dated as of May 18, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., Hillman Investment Company, the Hillman Companies, Inc., All Points Industries, Inc., SunSub C Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.2610.9  Joinder Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., and the Guarantors named therein (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.2710.10  Executive Letter Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2010, between The Hillman Group, Inc. and James P. Waters (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.11Executive Letter Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2010, between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Max. W. Hillman, Jr. (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 2010 (File No. 001-13293)).

 

II-23


Exhibit 
Number

  

Description

10.2810.12  Executive LetterPurchase Agreement (in relation to $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of initial notes), dated as of April 21, 2010, betweenMarch 11, 2011, by and among the Hillman Group, Inc., the guarantors listed on Schedule II thereto and the initial purchasers thereunder (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Group,Companies, Inc. and Max. W. Hillman, Jr., filed March 31, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.13OHCP HM Acquisition Corp. 2010 Stock Option Plan, adopted May 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 201015, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.2910.14  Executive LetterForm of Option Award Agreement dated as of April 21, 2010, between The– Max Hillman Group, Inc. and Richard P. Hillman (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 201015, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.3010.15  EmploymentForm of Option Award Agreement dated as of April 21, 2010, between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Ali Fartaj– All Recipients (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 16, 201015, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.3110.16  SeparationAmendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 28,December 22, 2010, among The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp., certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Merger Sub Corp. and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.17Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2010, by and among The Hillman Group, Inc., Thomas Rowe and Mary Jennifer Rowe (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 15, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.18Development Alliance Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2011, by and among Keyworks-KeyExpress, LLC, The Hillman Group, Inc. and the persons identified as Members on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed August 15, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.19Employment Agreement, dated as of October 11 , 2011 and effective as of October 5, 2011, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Ali Fartaj. (25) (Exhibit 10.1)Anthony A. Vasconcellos (incorporated by reference to the registration statement on Form S-4 of the Hillman Group, Inc., filed November 2, 2011) (File No. 333-175527)).
12.1*10.20  StatementAmendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of ComputationApril 18, 2011, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, for purposes of RatiosSection 6 and 7 thereof, certain subsidiaries of EarningsOHCP HM Acquisition Corp., as Guarantors (incorporated by reference to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Fixed Charges.The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed May 13, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
21.110.21  ListJoinder Agreement, dated as of SubsidiariesNovember 4, 2011, by and among Barclays Bank PLC, as a New Lender, The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, solely for purposes of Sections 17(a) and 17(b) thereof, each other Credit Party party thereto, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2010 and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of April 18, 2011), among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp, The Hillman Companies, Inc. and The Hillman Group, Inc., the banks and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 7, 2011 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.22Form of Employment Agreement, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Robert J. Lackman (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 31, 201026, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).

II-24


Exhibit 
Number

Description

10.23Employment Agreement, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and George Heredia, dated April 21, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 26, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.24Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2012, by and among Barclays Bank PLC, as a New Lender, The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, solely for purposes of Sections 18(a) and 18(b) thereof, each other Credit Party party thereto, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2010, and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of April 18, 2011, as modified by the Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2011, and as amended by Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, and Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2013), among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp, The Hillman Companies, Inc. and The Hillman Group, Inc., the banks and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender and Swingline Lender (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed November 9, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.25Purchase Agreement (in relation to $65,000,000 aggregate principal amount of temporary notes and permanent notes), dated as of December 18, 2012, by and between The Hillman Group, Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc., as Initial Purchaser (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed December 24, 2012 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.26Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, for purposes of Section 5 and 6 thereof, certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., as Guarantors LLC (incorporated by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed March 29, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
10.27Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2013, among OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., The Hillman Companies, Inc., The Hillman Group, Inc., the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent and, for purposes of Section 5 and 6 thereof, certain subsidiaries of OHCP HM Acquisition Corp., as Guarantors (incorporated by reference to the current report on Form 8-K of The Hillman Companies, Inc., filed February 21, 2013 (File No. 001-13293)).
12.1*Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1*List of Subsidiaries.
23.1*  Consent of Grant ThorntonKPMG LLP.
23.2*  Consent of KPMGDeloitte LLP.
23.3*  Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 to this Registration Statement).
23.4*  Consent of Holland & Knight LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2 to this Registration Statement).
23.5*Consent of Bonnett Fairbourn Friedman & Balint, PC (included in Exhibit 5.3 to this Registration Statement).
24*24  Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Part II).
25*  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to act as trustee under the Indenture.
99.1*  Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2*  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

 

*Filed herewith.

 

II-24II-25